A1 1 / 68
How a Korean sentence is built: SOV, particles and ellipsis
어순과 문장 구조
In short
A Korean sentence is [subject + particle] [object + particle] [verb] - and the verb goes last, always. Word roles are carried by the little particles glued to each noun, not by position, so the nouns can swap places while the verb cannot move. Anything the listener can already work out is simply left out.
The rule
Step 1 - The verb ends the sentence. This rule has no exceptions.
Korean is SOV: Subject - Object - Verb. English puts the verb second; Korean puts it dead last, after every noun, every adverb and every negation.
저는 밥을 먹어요. (Jeoneun babeul meogeoyo.) - I eat a meal.
- 저 (jeo, I) + 는 = subject, raised as the topic
- 밥 (bap, cooked rice, a meal) + 을 = object
- 먹어요 (meogeoyo, eat) = the verb, in final position
Everything you add goes in front of the verb, never behind it. A Korean sentence is finished the moment the verb is spoken - which is why Koreans listen to the end before reacting.
Step 2 - Particles carry the role, so nouns may move
In English, Dog bites man and Man bites dog mean opposite things, because position alone assigns the roles. In Korean the role is stamped onto the noun by its particle, so moving the noun changes the emphasis, not the meaning:
- 저는 밥을 먹어요. (Jeoneun babeul meogeoyo.) - neutral.
- 밥을 저는 먹어요. (Babeul jeoneun meogeoyo.) - same roles, but the meal is now fronted for contrast.
밥을 is the object in both, because 을 says so. This freedom is called scrambling. Two limits: the verb still cannot move, and the neutral, unmarked order is the one you should default to at A1. Fronting is a deliberate effect, not a free choice.
The particle you pick depends on the last letter of the noun - vowel or 받침. See the table below. Which of 이/가 and 은/는 to use for a subject is a separate question, owned by Marking the subject and the topic: 이/가 and 은/는.
Step 3 - Head-final: every modifier comes before what it modifies
The verb-last rule is one case of a bigger principle. Korean is head-final: the important word comes last in its group, and everything that describes it stands in front.
- Adjective before noun: 새 책 (sae chaek) - a new book; 예쁜 꽃 (yeppeun kkot) - a pretty flower
- Possessor before noun: 제 친구 (je chingu) - my friend; 한국 음식 (Hanguk eumsik) - Korean food
- Adverb before verb: 빨리 먹어요. (Ppalli meogeoyo.) - [I] eat quickly.
- Negation before verb: 안 가요. (An gayo.) - [I] am not going.
Nothing is ever attached after a noun except its particle. Even a whole clause goes in front: 제가 읽는 책 (jega ingneun chaek) - the book I am reading, literally I-read book. English hangs that clause behind the noun; Korean cannot. (The endings that build such clauses come later, in Modifier endings -는/-(으)ㄴ/-(으)ㄹ and bound nouns.)
When you add time and place, the neutral order is time -> place -> object -> verb:
저는 어제 학교에서 친구를 만났어요. (Jeoneun eoje hakgyoeseo chingureul mannasseoyo.) - Yesterday I met a friend at school.
Step 4 - Drop whatever is recoverable
Korean leaves out any subject or object the listener can reconstruct. This is not lazy or informal - it is the normal, correct pattern, and repeating the subject in every sentence is the clearest beginner tell.
- 밥 먹었어요? (Bap meogeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten? No subject at all: obviously you.
- 네, 먹었어요. (Ne, meogeosseoyo.) - Yes, I have. Subject and object both gone.
- 어디 가요? (Eodi gayo?) - Where are you going?
Notice that 밥 먹었어요? also drops the object particle 을. In relaxed speech the particle itself is often left off when the role is obvious. What can never be dropped is the verb - it is the only obligatory part of a Korean sentence, and a bare verb is a complete, grammatical utterance.
Step 5 - Three things Korean simply does not have
- No articles. 사과를 먹어요. (Sagwareul meogeoyo.) covers I eat an apple, the apple, or apples. Context decides.
- No plural agreement. Nouns are number-neutral. 학생 (haksaeng) is student or students. There is a marker -들 (학생들, haksaengdeul), but it is optional and used mainly for definite groups of people - never required the way English -s is.
- No subject-verb agreement. 먹어요 is the form for I, you, he, she, we, they. The verb never changes for person or number. It changes for tense, politeness and mood - never for who is doing it.
Step 6 - Three kinds of predicate (preview)
Whatever ends the sentence is the predicate, and it comes in three flavours. You will meet each in its own lesson:
- Noun predicate with the copula: 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - I am a student.
- Action verb: 저는 밥을 먹어요. (Jeoneun babeul meogeoyo.) - I eat a meal.
- Descriptive verb (what English calls an adjective): 날씨가 좋아요. (Nalssiga joayo.) - The weather is good.
The third one is the surprise: Korean adjectives are conjugating verbs and need no to be. 좋아요 already means is good.
The sentence frame:
| Slot | Marked by | Example | May it move? |
|---|
| Topic / subject | 은/는, 이/가 | 저는 (jeoneun) | yes |
| Object | 을/를 | 밥을 (babeul) | yes |
| Place, time, direction | 에, 에서, (으)로 | 학교에서 (hakgyoeseo) | yes |
| Adverb / negation | nothing | 빨리 (ppalli), 안 (an) | only right before the verb |
| Predicate (verb) | the ending | 먹어요 (meogeoyo) | no - always last |
Particle allomorphs - chosen by the last letter of the noun:
| Role | After a vowel | After a 받침 | Worked examples |
|---|
| Topic | 는 | 은 | 저는 (jeoneun) / 학생은 (haksaengeun) |
| Subject | 가 | 이 | 날씨가 (nalssiga) / 밥이 (babi) |
| Object | 를 | 을 | 커피를 (keopireul) / 책을 (chaegeul) |
| Place / time | 에 | 에 (no change) | 학교에 (hakgyoe) / 집에 (jibe) |
| Location of action | 에서 | 에서 (no change) | 학교에서 (hakgyoeseo) / 집에서 (jibeseo) |
Only the first three alternate. Getting the pair wrong (*책를, *저은) is the single most visible A1 error in writing.
Head-final order - Korean vs English:
| English order | Korean order | Example |
|---|
| verb before object | object before verb | 책을 읽어요. (Chaegeul ilgeoyo.) - [I] read a book. |
| adjective before noun (same) | adjective before noun | 새 책 (sae chaek) - a new book |
| relative clause after noun | clause before noun | 제가 읽는 책 (jega ingneun chaek) - the book I read |
| not before the main verb | negation right before the verb | 안 읽어요. (An ilgeoyo.) - [I] don’t read [it]. |
Examples
- 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - I am a student.
- 저는 밥을 먹어요. (Jeoneun babeul meogeoyo.) - I eat a meal.
- 밥을 저는 먹어요. (Babeul jeoneun meogeoyo.) - The meal, I am the one eating it.
- 저는 학교에 가요. (Jeoneun hakgyoe gayo.) - I go to school.
- 어제 친구를 만났어요. (Eoje chingureul mannasseoyo.) - Yesterday [I] met a friend.
- 밥 먹었어요? (Bap meogeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten?
- 어디 가요? (Eodi gayo?) - Where are you going?
- 저는 한국 음식을 좋아해요. (Jeoneun Hanguk eumsigeul joahaeyo.) - I like Korean food.
- 오늘 날씨가 정말 좋아요. (Oneul nalssiga jeongmal joayo.) - The weather is really good today.
- 새 책을 읽어요. (Sae chaegeul ilgeoyo.) - [I] am reading a new book.
Common mistakes
- 저는 먹어요 밥을. (Jeoneun meogeoyo babeul.) -> 저는 밥을 먹어요. (Jeoneun babeul meogeoyo.) - English SVO order transferred straight over. The verb must be the last word, with no exceptions.
- 책를 읽어요. (Chaegreul ilgeoyo.) -> 책을 읽어요. (Chaegeul ilgeoyo.) - 책 ends in the 받침 ㄱ, so the object particle is 을, not 를. Check the last letter of the noun before every particle.
- 저는 학교에 가요 안. (Jeoneun hakgyoe gayo an.) -> 저는 학교에 안 가요. (Jeoneun hakgyoe an gayo.) - negation and adverbs go before the verb, and nothing at all may follow it.
- 책 새를 읽어요. (Chaek saereul ilgeoyo.) -> 새 책을 읽어요. (Sae chaegeul ilgeoyo.) - the modifier always precedes its noun, and the particle attaches to the noun, not to the modifier.
- 저는 학생이에요. 저는 한국어를 공부해요. 저는 서울에 살아요. -> 저는 학생이에요. 한국어를 공부해요. 서울에 살아요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo. Hangugeoreul gongbuhaeyo. Seoure sarayo.) - once the subject is established, drop it. Repeating 저는 sounds as though you keep insisting me, not someone else.
Tips
- Build the sentence backwards. Decide the verb first, park it at the end, then hang the nouns in front of it in the order time -> place -> object. Thinking left to right in English order is what produces broken Korean.
- Position is emphasis; the particle is grammar. If you are unsure what a noun is doing in a sentence, do not count words - look at the particle glued to it. That single syllable is the whole answer.
- Nothing follows a noun but its particle. Whenever English wants to add information after a noun (the book that I bought, the man in the corner), Korean puts all of it in front. Train this early and modifier clauses at A2 will feel natural.
- A verb on its own is a complete sentence. 먹었어요. (Meogeosseoyo.) - I ate. Leaving out the obvious is correct Korean, not sloppy Korean.
A1 2 / 68
Saying what something is: 이다 and 아니다
이다와 아니다
In short
To say “X is Y” in Korean you glue an ending onto the noun: 이에요 (ieyo) after a noun that ends in a 받침, 예요 (yeyo) after a noun that ends in a vowel. The negative is a separate word - N + 이/가 아니에요 (anieyo) - and you turn any of these into a question just by raising your voice at the end.
The rule
The Korean equivalent of English “to be (something)” is the copula 이다 (ida). It is not a free word like English “is” - it is a bound ending. It has no life of its own: it is written attached to the preceding noun with no space, exactly like a particle, and the whole thing is pronounced as one chunk.
In this lesson you learn the polite everyday (해요체) forms. Build a sentence in three steps.
- Step 1 - take the noun you want to identify: 학생 (haksaeng, student), 커피 (keopi, coffee).
- Step 2 - look at its LAST syllable. Does it end in a 받침 (a final consonant) or in a vowel? 학생 ends in the 받침 ㅇ; 커피 ends in the vowel ㅣ.
- Step 3 - attach the matching form, with no space. After a 받침 -> 이에요; after a vowel -> 예요. So 학생이에요 and 커피예요.
Schematically: Noun(받침) + 이에요 / Noun(vowel) + 예요.
A ㄹ 받침 is an ordinary 받침 here - there is no special case: 서울 -> 서울이에요 (seourieyo, it’s Seoul).
Pronunciation note: 예요 is very often heard simply as [에요] (eyo) in normal speech, so 커피예요 sounds close to “keopi-eyo”. That is a pronunciation fact only - the spelling stays 예요, and *커피에요 is a misspelling.
The negative: 아니다
이다 is never negated with 안 or -지 않다 (lesson 14). It has its own separate negative word, 아니다 (anida), polite form 아니에요 (anieyo). Two things change:
- 아니에요 is a real word, so it is written with a space after the noun.
- The noun before it takes the subject particle 이 (after a 받침) or 가 (after a vowel).
Schematically: Noun + 이/가 + 아니에요. So 학생 -> 학생이 아니에요 (is not a student), 커피 -> 커피가 아니에요 (is not coffee). In relaxed speech that particle is often dropped, which is why you will hear 제 거 아니에요 (it’s not mine) rather than the fuller 제 것이 아니에요.
Questions
There is no word order change and no extra word: the statement and the question are identical, and only the intonation (and the question mark in writing) differs. 학생이에요. = (You) are a student. -> 학생이에요? = Are you a student?
Two warnings
Do not confuse the copula with 있어요 (isseoyo, from 있다). 이에요/예요 says what something is (identity); 있어요 says that something exists or that you have it - that is lesson 6.
And remember from lesson 1 that Korean drops what is obvious: 학생이에요 on its own is a complete sentence whose subject is whoever the context points to.
Treat 이에요, 예요 and 아니에요 as fixed forms to memorise here. They are 해요체 forms, and the productive rule that generates 해요체 from any stem arrives in lesson 12; the formal 입니다 / 아닙니다 (imnida / animnida) belong to lesson 27. For now, just these three.
The copula, chosen by the ending of the noun:
| Noun ends in | Attach | Worked example | Romanization | English |
|---|
| vowel (no 받침) | 예요 | 커피 -> 커피예요 | keopiyeyo | it’s coffee |
| any 받침 | 이에요 | 학생 -> 학생이에요 | haksaengieyo | (I) am a student |
| ㄹ 받침 (no exception) | 이에요 | 서울 -> 서울이에요 | seourieyo | it’s Seoul |
The negative, chosen the same way:
| Noun ends in | Pattern | Worked example | Romanization | English |
|---|
| vowel (no 받침) | N + 가 아니에요 | 커피 -> 커피가 아니에요 | keopiga anieyo | it’s not coffee |
| any 받침 | N + 이 아니에요 | 학생 -> 학생이 아니에요 | haksaengi anieyo | (I) am not a student |
The four sentence types, all from one noun:
| Type | Pattern | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| statement | N이에요 / N예요. | 한국 사람이에요. | Hanguk saramieyo. |
| question | N이에요? / N예요? | 한국 사람이에요? | Hanguk saramieyo? |
| negative | N이/가 아니에요. | 한국 사람이 아니에요. | Hanguk sarami anieyo. |
| negative question | N이/가 아니에요? | 한국 사람이 아니에요? | Hanguk sarami anieyo? |
Where these forms sit (for orientation only - do not use the right-hand column yet):
| Dictionary form | 해요체 (this lesson) | 합쇼체 (lesson 27) |
|---|
| 이다 (ida) | 이에요 / 예요 (ieyo / yeyo) | 입니다 (imnida) |
| 아니다 (anida) | 아니에요 (anieyo) | 아닙니다 (animnida) |
Examples
- 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - I am a student.
- 이건 커피예요. (Igeon keopiyeyo.) - This is coffee.
- 제 이름은 민수예요. (Je ireumeun Minsuyeyo.) - My name is Minsu.
- 저 사람은 선생님이에요. (Jeo sarameun seonsaengnimieyo.) - That person is a teacher.
- 여기가 우리 집이에요. (Yeogiga uri jibieyo.) - This is our house.
- 오늘은 월요일이에요. (Oneureun woryoirieyo.) - Today is Monday.
- 한국 사람이에요? (Hanguk saramieyo?) - Are you Korean?
- 저는 한국 사람이 아니에요. (Jeoneun Hanguk sarami anieyo.) - I am not Korean.
- 그건 제 거 아니에요. (Geugeon je geo anieyo.) - That one is not mine.
- 이건 물이에요, 커피가 아니에요. (Igeon murieyo, keopiga anieyo.) - This is water, not coffee.
Common mistakes
- 저는 학생 이에요. (Jeoneun haksaeng ieyo.) -> 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - 이에요 is an ending, not an English-style “is”: it attaches to the noun with no space.
- 이건 커피이에요. (Igeon keopiieyo.) -> 이건 커피예요. (Igeon keopiyeyo.) - after a vowel-final noun the form is 예요; 이에요 is only for nouns with a 받침.
- 저는 학생예요. (Jeoneun haksaengyeyo.) -> 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - the mirror error: 학생 ends in the 받침 ㅇ, so it takes 이에요.
- 저는 학생이 있어요. (Jeoneun haksaengi isseoyo.) -> 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - 있어요 means “there is / I have”; for saying what someone is, use 이에요/예요.
- 저는 한국 사람 안 이에요. (Jeoneun Hanguk saram an ieyo.) -> 저는 한국 사람이 아니에요. (Jeoneun Hanguk sarami anieyo.) - 이다 is never negated with 안; it has its own negative 아니다, and the noun in front takes 이/가.
Tips
- One-line memory hook: 받침 -> 이에요, no 받침 -> 예요. The 이 is there to give the ending something to lean on after a consonant, and it disappears after a vowel.
- The two most useful sentences a beginner can own are 이름이 뭐예요? (Ireumi mwoyeyo?, What is your name?) and its answer 저는 …이에요/예요. Note the spelling 뭐예요 - 뭐 ends in a vowel, so 예요, and the common *뭐에요 is simply wrong.
- English keeps “is” as a separate word; Korean does not. If you can hear a pause before 이에요/예요, you are saying it wrong - but 아니에요 really is a separate word, so a small pause there is correct.
- Positive and negative use different glue: the positive attaches (학생이에요), the negative takes a particle plus a space (학생이 아니에요). Drill the pair together so the space never migrates.
A1 3 / 68
Marking the subject and the topic: 이/가 and 은/는
주격 이/가와 주제 은/는
In short
이/가 marks the grammatical subject - the noun that does the action or carries the description. 은/는 marks the topic - the thing you have chosen to talk about. Each comes in two shapes, and the shape is decided purely by whether the noun ends in a 받침: 이 and 은 after a 받침, 가 and 는 after a vowel.
The rule
Step 1 - Choose the shape from the 받침, before anything else
Korean particles glue onto the end of a noun with no space. Both of today’s particles are pairs, and picking the wrong half is not a style slip - it is a spelling error that a Korean reader notices instantly.
- Noun ends in a consonant (받침) -> 이, 은. 학생 -> 학생이 (haksaengi), 학생은 (haksaengeun).
- Noun ends in a vowel -> 가, 는. 커피 -> 커피가 (keopiga), 커피는 (keopineun).
ㄹ counts as a 받침 like any other: 물 -> 물이 (muri), 서울 -> 서울은 (Seoureun).
Step 2 - 이/가 = the subject
Noun + 이/가 + Predicate. This is the noun the sentence is about grammatically: the one that acts, exists, or has the quality being described.
- 날씨가 좋아요. (Nalssiga joayo.) - The weather is nice.
- 동생이 학교에 가요. (Dongsaengi hakgyoe gayo.) - My younger sibling goes to school.
Question words in subject position take 이/가, never 은/는 - you cannot make an unknown thing your topic.
Step 3 - 은/는 = what you are talking about
Noun + 은/는 + [the rest of the sentence]. Read it as “as for X…”. It announces the thing under discussion and then says something about it - a self-introduction, a general truth, a heading for the sentence.
- 김치는 매워요. (Gimchineun maewoyo.) - Kimchi is spicy. (kimchi in general, as a subject of discussion)
은/는 is NOT “the subject marker”. English-language materials often mislabel it that way, and it is the single most damaging thing a beginner can believe about Korean. 은/는 says this is the theme; the theme very often happens to also be the subject, which is why the two look interchangeable at first. Sometimes it sits on something that is not the subject at all - see Step 6.
The full 은/는 vs 이/가 contrast is deferred to When 은/는, when 이/가. New information vs old, contrast, exclusive focus, what happens in subordinate clauses - none of that is your job right now. At A1, use the two defaults in Steps 4 and 5 and you will be right most of the time.
Step 4 - The self-introduction frame: 저는 …이에요
Memorise this whole frame as one chunk. It is the highest-frequency sentence you will ever build in Korean:
저는 + [noun] + 이에요/예요.
- 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - I am a student.
- 저는 의사예요. (Jeoneun uisayeyo.) - I am a doctor.
The copula is itself an allomorph pair (이에요 after a 받침, 예요 after a vowel - see Saying what something is: 이다 and 아니다), so one short sentence makes you choose correctly twice.
Step 5 - Five fusions you must learn by heart
Two pronouns and one question word do not simply add the particle - they fuse with it. The unfused forms are wrong, not merely unusual.
- 누구 + 가 -> 누가 (nuga) - who (as subject)
- 나 + 가 -> 내가 (naega) - I (casual)
- 저 + 가 -> 제가 (jega) - I (polite)
- 나 + 는 -> 난 (nan) - casual, shortened
- 저 + 는 -> 전 (jeon) - polite, shortened
With 은/는 the full forms 나는 and 저는 are perfectly normal writing; 난 and 전 are just faster spoken contractions. With 이/가 there is no choice at all: 누가, 내가, 제가 are the only forms.
Step 6 - Both particles in one sentence
Because the two do different jobs, one sentence can carry both - a topic first, then a subject inside the comment:
저는 + 이름이 + [name]예요.
- 저는 이름이 지수예요. (Jeoneun ireumi Jisuyeyo.) - My name is Jisu. Literally as for me, the name is Jisu.
Here 저는 is the topic (the person under discussion) and 이름이 is the grammatical subject (the thing that is Jisu). This is proof that 은/는 and 이/가 are not competing labels for one slot. You will meet this pattern properly at When 은/는, when 이/가; for now just recognise it.
Forms & patterns
The subject particle 이/가:
| Noun ends in | Particle | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| 받침 (any consonant) | 이 | 학생 -> 학생이 | haksaengi |
| vowel | 가 | 커피 -> 커피가 | keopiga |
| vowel | 가 | 날씨 -> 날씨가 | nalssiga |
The topic particle 은/는:
| Noun ends in | Particle | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| 받침 (any consonant) | 은 | 사람 -> 사람은 | sarameun |
| vowel | 는 | 학교 -> 학교는 | hakgyoneun |
| vowel | 는 | 저 -> 저는 | jeoneun |
ㄹ is a 받침 like any other here. 물 -> 물이 (muri), 서울 -> 서울은 (Seoureun) - no
special case, because these particles only ask “consonant or vowel?”. ㄹ becomes special later,
with endings that begin with 으: 서울 -> 서울로 (Seoullo), never *서울으로. Do not carry that
exception back to 이/가 and 은/는.
The fused forms:
| Base | + 이/가 | + 은/는 | Note |
|---|
| 누구 (nugu, who) | 누가 (nuga) | - | 누구가 is wrong |
| 나 (na, I, casual) | 내가 (naega) | 나는 (naneun) / 난 (nan) | 나가 is wrong |
| 저 (jeo, I, polite) | 제가 (jega) | 저는 (jeoneun) / 전 (jeon) | 저가 is wrong |
What each particle is doing:
| Particle | Job | Typical use at A1 |
|---|
| 이/가 | grammatical subject | who did it, what exists, what has the quality |
| 은/는 | the thing being talked about | self-introduction, general statements, sentence heading |
Examples
- 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - I am a student.
- 선생님은 한국 사람이에요. (Seonsaengnimeun Hanguk saramieyo.) - The teacher is Korean.
- 커피가 맛있어요. (Keopiga masisseoyo.) - The coffee is delicious.
- 날씨가 좋아요. (Nalssiga joayo.) - The weather is nice.
- 동생이 학교에 가요. (Dongsaengi hakgyoe gayo.) - My younger sibling goes to school.
- 누가 왔어요? (Nuga wasseoyo?) - Who came?
- 제가 지수예요. (Jega Jisuyeyo.) - I am Jisu.
- 저는 이름이 지수예요. (Jeoneun ireumi Jisuyeyo.) - My name is Jisu.
- 김치는 매워요. (Gimchineun maewoyo.) - Kimchi is spicy.
- 물이 차가워요. (Muri chagawoyo.) - The water is cold.
Common mistakes
- 커피이 맛있어요. (Keopii masisseoyo.) -> 커피가 맛있어요. (Keopiga masisseoyo.) - 커피 ends in a vowel, so the subject particle is 가. 이 only ever follows a 받침.
- 선생님는 한국 사람이에요. (Seonsaengnimneun Hanguk saramieyo.) -> 선생님은 한국 사람이에요. (Seonsaengnimeun Hanguk saramieyo.) - 님 has the 받침 ㅁ, so the topic particle is 은. Check the last syllable of the actual word every time.
- 누구가 왔어요? (Nuguga wasseoyo?) -> 누가 왔어요? (Nuga wasseoyo?) - 누구 + 가 fuses to 누가. The unfused form does not exist.
- 저가 학생이에요. (Jeoga haksaengieyo.) -> 제가 학생이에요. (Jega haksaengieyo.) - 저 + 가 fuses to 제가, exactly as 나 + 가 fuses to 내가.
- 저는 학생이 있어요. (Jeoneun haksaengi isseoyo.) -> 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - 있어요 means there is / I have; saying what someone is needs the copula 이에요/예요.
Tips
- The sound-based mnemonic. A noun ending in a vowel takes the particle that starts with a consonant (가, 는); a noun ending in a 받침 takes the one that starts with a vowel (이, 은), so the 받침 can slide over into it: 물 + 이 is pronounced [무리] (muri). Korean is avoiding two vowels or two consonants crashing together - that is the whole system.
- Translate 은/는 as “as for”, never as “is”. As for me, student. Awkward English, but it keeps you from treating 은/는 as a subject marker or as part of the verb.
- Learn 저는 …이에요/예요 as one unbreakable chunk. It is your first complete sentence, and it drills both allomorph pairs at once. Say 저는 학생이에요 and 저는 의사예요 out loud until the choice is automatic.
- Do not agonise over 은/는 vs 이/가 yet. At A1 the defaults carry you: 은/는 for introducing yourself and for general statements, 이/가 for the doer and for answering who? or what?. The real contrast is a whole lesson of its own later on.
A1 4 / 68
Pronouns and how Koreans address each other
인칭 대명사와 호칭
In short
Korean has two words for “I” and you choose by politeness: 저 (jeo) in 해요체, 나 (na) in 반말. There is no usable everyday word for “you” - you address people by title (선생님 seonsaengnim), by name plus 씨 (민수 씨 Minsu ssi), or by a kinship term, and otherwise you just leave the pronoun out. And “my house” is normally 우리 집 (uri jip), literally “our house”.
The rule
Step 1 - pick the right “I” for your register. The polite set is 저 and the plain set is 나. They are not interchangeable: the pronoun has to match the sentence ending. 저는 학생이에요 (jeoneun haksaengieyo - I am a student) is consistent; *나는 학생이에요 mixes a casual pronoun with a polite ending, and *저는 학생이야 does the reverse. Both read as a mistake.
Step 2 - learn the contracted forms, because they are what you actually say. Both pronouns fuse with the subject particle 가 and with the possessive 의:
- 저 + 가 -> 제가 (jega). Never *저가.
- 저 + 의 -> 제 (je) = “my”. 저의 exists in writing but sounds stiff.
- 나 + 가 -> 내가 (naega). Never *나가 (that is the verb “go out”).
- 나 + 의 -> 내 (nae) = “my”.
- With 은/는 and 을/를 there is no fusion: 저는, 저를 / 나는, 나를 (colloquially shortened to 절, 날).
Step 3 - use 우리 where English uses “my”. With nouns naming something you share with a group - family, home, workplace, school, country - Korean prefers 우리 (uri, “our”): 우리 집 (uri jip - my/our house), 우리 엄마 (uri eomma - my mum), 우리 회사 (uri hoesa - my company), 우리 학교 (uri hakgyo - my school). 제 집 is not ungrammatical, but it sounds oddly proprietary. The humble equivalent, used when you are speaking to a customer or a superior about your own side, is 저희 (jeohui): 저희 회사 (jeohui hoesa - our company). Note the spacing: 우리 집 and 우리 엄마 take a space, but 우리나라 (urinara - our country) is written as one word.
Step 4 - do not say 당신. 당신 (dangsin) is a textbook translation of “you” and a trap. In real speech it is used between spouses, in song lyrics and prayers, or aggressively during an argument. Instead, in order of preference:
- 직함 + 님 for anyone with a role or rank: 선생님 (seonsaengnim - teacher), 사장님 (sajangnim - company president), 과장님 (gwajangnim - section manager). This is the safest default for a superior.
- 이름 + 씨 for a peer or a colleague whose name you know: 민수 씨 (Minsu ssi). Attach 씨 to the given name or the full name, never to the family name alone. Never use 씨 upward to a boss or a teacher.
- Kinship terms, extended to non-relatives: a woman says 언니 (eonni) / 오빠 (oppa) to an older woman / man; a man says 누나 (nuna) / 형 (hyeong). 이모 (imo - aunt) is common for an older woman running a restaurant.
- Omit it. Korean drops any pronoun the context supplies. 어디에 가요? (Eodie gayo?) already means “where are you going?”.
너 (neo) is the genuine second-person pronoun, but it is 반말 only - for close friends, children and juniors. Its subject form is irregular: 네가 (nega), which almost everyone pronounces and often writes as 니가 (niga) to keep it distinct from 내가. Possessive is 네 (ne), plural 너희 (neohui).
Step 5 - for “he/she”, use a noun phrase. 그 (geu) and 그녀 (geunyeo) are a written-language calque invented to translate European novels. 그녀 in particular is essentially never spoken. Say 그 사람 (geu saram - that person) normally, 그분 (geubun, one word) politely, or just repeat the name or the title.
Step 6 - the plural -들 is optional. -들 (-deul) marks a plural but is not required, and is mostly used with people or with a specific known group: 학생들 (haksaengdeul - the students). Drop it after a number: 학생 세 명 (haksaeng se myeong - three students), not *학생들 세 명.
The first-person paradigm - the row you choose is decided by the sentence ending:
| Job | Polite (해요체 / 합쇼체) | Plain (반말) |
|---|
| Topic (“as for me”) | 저는 (jeoneun) | 나는 (naneun) |
| Subject | 제가 (jega) | 내가 (naega) |
| Object | 저를 / 절 (jeoreul / jeol) | 나를 / 날 (nareul / nal) |
| Possessive “my” | 제 (je) | 내 (nae) |
| “we / our” | 저희 (jeohui), 우리 (uri) | 우리 (uri) |
Second person - what to say instead of a pronoun:
| Who you are talking to | Use | Example |
|---|
| Teacher, boss, doctor, any rank | 직함 + 님 | 선생님 (seonsaengnim), 사장님 (sajangnim) |
| Colleague or peer, name known | 이름 + 씨 | 민수 씨 (Minsu ssi) |
| Older woman / man (female speaker) | kinship term | 언니 (eonni), 오빠 (oppa) |
| Older woman / man (male speaker) | kinship term | 누나 (nuna), 형 (hyeong) |
| An audience or a group | 여러분 (yeoreobun) | 여러분, 안녕하세요 (Yeoreobun, annyeonghaseyo) |
| Close friend, child, junior (반말) | 너 / 네가 / 네 | 너는 (neoneun), 네가 (nega) |
| Anyone, when context is clear | nothing at all | 어디에 가요? (Eodie gayo?) |
Third person - written form vs what people actually say:
| Written only | Everyday spoken | Polite spoken |
|---|
| 그 (geu - he) | 그 사람 (geu saram) | 그분 (geubun) |
| 그녀 (geunyeo - she) | 그 사람 (geu saram) | 그분 (geubun) |
| 그들 (geudeul - they) | 그 사람들 (geu saramdeul) | 그분들 (geubundeul) |
Examples
- 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - I am a student.
- 제 이름은 민수예요. (Je ireumeun Minsuyeyo.) - My name is Minsu.
- 제가 할게요. (Jega halgeyo.) - I’ll do it.
- 우리 집은 서울에 있어요. (Uri jibeun Seoure isseoyo.) - My house is in Seoul.
- 저희 회사는 부산에 있어요. (Jeohui hoesaneun Busane isseoyo.) - Our company is in Busan.
- 선생님, 질문 있어요. (Seonsaengnim, jilmun isseoyo.) - Teacher, I have a question.
- 민수 씨는 회사원이에요? (Minsu ssineun hoesawonieyo?) - Minsu, are you an office worker?
- 그 사람은 제 친구예요. (Geu sarameun je chinguyeyo.) - That person is my friend.
- 그분은 우리 선생님이에요. (Geubuneun uri seonsaengnimieyo.) - That gentleman/lady is our teacher.
- 나는 커피 좋아해. 너는? (Naneun keopi joahae. Neoneun?) - I like coffee. And you? (반말)
Common mistakes
- 저가 할게요. -> 제가 할게요. (Jega halgeyo.) - 저 does not simply take 가; 저 + 가 contracts to 제가. The same holds for 나 + 가 -> 내가.
- 나는 김민수예요. -> 저는 김민수예요. (Jeoneun Gim Minsuyeyo.) - the pronoun must match the ending. 나 belongs with 반말 (나는 김민수야), 저 with 해요체.
- 당신은 어디에 가요? -> 민수 씨는 어디에 가요? (Minsu ssineun eodie gayo?) - 당신 is not a neutral “you”. Use name + 씨, a title + 님, or drop the pronoun entirely.
- 그녀는 제 친구예요. -> 그 사람은 제 친구예요. (Geu sarameun je chinguyeyo.) - 그녀 is a written-language form. In speech say 그 사람 or, politely, 그분.
- 제 집은 서울에 있어요. -> 우리 집은 서울에 있어요. (Uri jibeun Seoure isseoyo.) - for home, family, school and workplace Korean says 우리, even when only one person is meant.
Tips
- Two things move together: 저 / 제가 / 저희 go with -요 endings, 나 / 내가 / 우리 go with 반말. If you catch yourself saying 저 in one sentence and 내가 in the next, one of them is wrong.
- 저희 is humble, so it excludes the listener. Speaking to your own team you say 우리; speaking to a client about your team you say 저희. One fixed exception: your own country is always 우리나라 (urinara), never 저희 나라 - it is odd to be humble about a nation.
- A useful reflex: when in doubt, drop the pronoun. Korean sentences with no subject at all are completely normal, and omission can never be rude - whereas guessing at a form of address can.
- Two look-alikes worth knowing early. 자기 (jagi) is “oneself” in writing, but in conversation it is what couples call each other (“honey”) - do not use it as a general “you”. 본인 (bonin - the person in question, oneself) is formal and appears on forms and in official speech.
A1 5 / 68
Demonstratives 이/그/저 and place words
지시어 이·그·저
In short
Korean splits “this/that” three ways: 이 (i) near me, 그 (geu) near you or already mentioned, 저 (jeo) far from both of us. Those three syllables then combine with a fixed set of endings to give you things (이것), places (여기), directions (이쪽), kinds (이런) and manner (이렇게) - learn one row and you get three words for free.
The rule
English has two demonstratives, “this” and “that”. Korean has three, and the middle one is the one English speakers miss.
Step 1 - choose the syllable (distance).
- 이 (i) - near the speaker: in my hand, on my desk, right here.
- 그 (geu) - near the listener, or something already talked about.
- 저 (jeo) - far from both of us: across the street, out the window.
저 is only for things physically distant from both speakers and visible. If you cannot point at it, it is not 저. This is the trap: English “that” covers both 그 and 저, so learners reach for 저 for everything that is not in their own hand.
Step 2 - the anaphoric 그. Distance also applies to the conversation itself. Anything already mentioned - a plan, a shop, a person’s name you just heard - is 그, never 저: 그 영화 (geu yeonghwa) “that film we’re talking about”. This discourse use is far more frequent in real speech than the pointing use, and it is why 그 is the workhorse of the whole family.
Step 3 - choose the ending (what kind of word you need).
- 이/그/저 + Noun - a determiner. It is a separate word and always takes a space: 이 사람 (i saram) “this person”, 그 책 (geu chaek) “that book”.
- 이것/그것/저것 (igeot / geugeot / jeogeot) - “this thing”; written as one word, no space. This is the careful, written form.
- 여기/거기/저기 (yeogi / geogi / jeogi) - places. Note that these are irregular: not *이기, not *그기.
- 이쪽/그쪽/저쪽 (ijjok / geujjok / jeojjok) - directions, “this way”; also a polite way to point at a person.
- 이런/그런/저런 + Noun (ireon / geureon / jeoreon) - “this kind of”; like the determiner, it needs a noun after it.
- 이렇게/그렇게/저렇게 (ireoke / geureoke / jeoreoke) - manner, “like this / that way”; an adverb, so it attaches to a verb.
The manner words come from the descriptive verbs 이렇다/그렇다/저렇다, which are ㅎ-irregular: 그렇다 -> 그래요 (geureota -> geuraeyo) “that’s right / it’s like that”. You will meet 그래요 constantly.
Step 4 - the spoken forms and their contractions. In speech nobody says 이것 - they say 이거 (igeo). And when a particle attaches, the whole thing contracts. These contractions are not slang; they are what you will actually hear and should use:
- 이것이 -> 이게 (ige), 이것은 -> 이건 (igeon), 이것을 -> 이걸 (igeol).
Note that 것 ends in a 받침, so it selects the consonant-side allomorph every time: 것이, 것은, 것을 - never *것가, *것는, *것를.
Step 5 - the question counterparts. Every row has a question word, and three of them are easy to confuse:
- 어느 + Noun (eoneu) - “which one of a known set”: 어느 나라 (which country).
- 무슨 + Noun (museun) - “what kind of / what”: 무슨 색 (what colour).
- 어떤 + Noun (eotteon) - “what sort of, what is it like”: 어떤 사람 (what sort of person).
All three are determiners and need a noun. Standing alone you want 어디 (eodi, where), 뭐 (mwo, what) or 어떻게 (eotteoke, how).
The grid. Read across for one distance, down for one word type:
| Function | 이 - near me | 그 - near you / mentioned | 저 - far from both | Question |
|---|
| + Noun (determiner, spaced) | 이 (i) | 그 (geu) | 저 (jeo) | 어느 (eoneu) |
| Thing (one word) | 이것 (igeot) | 그것 (geugeot) | 저것 (jeogeot) | 무엇 (mueot) |
| Thing (spoken) | 이거 (igeo) | 그거 (geugeo) | 저거 (jeogeo) | 뭐 (mwo) |
| Place | 여기 (yeogi) | 거기 (geogi) | 저기 (jeogi) | 어디 (eodi) |
| Direction | 이쪽 (ijjok) | 그쪽 (geujjok) | 저쪽 (jeojjok) | 어느 쪽 (eoneu jjok) |
| Kind of + Noun | 이런 (ireon) | 그런 (geureon) | 저런 (jeoreon) | 어떤 (eotteon) |
| Manner (adverb) | 이렇게 (ireoke) | 그렇게 (geureoke) | 저렇게 (jeoreoke) | 어떻게 (eotteoke) |
The contractions. 것 ends in a 받침, so the consonant-side allomorph is always the one that contracts:
| Full form | Particle | Contraction | Romanization | Role |
|---|
| 이것이 | 이/가 -> 이 | 이게 | ige | subject |
| 이것은 | 은/는 -> 은 | 이건 | igeon | topic |
| 이것을 | 을/를 -> 을 | 이걸 | igeol | object |
| 그것이 | 이 | 그게 | geuge | subject |
| 그것은 | 은 | 그건 | geugeon | topic |
| 그것을 | 을 | 그걸 | geugeol | object |
| 저것이 | 이 | 저게 | jeoge | subject |
| 저것은 | 은 | 저건 | jeogeon | topic |
Spacing - the single rule that decides it:
| Written | Spacing | Why |
|---|
| 이 사람 (i saram) | spaced | 이 is a determiner, a separate word |
| 이것 (igeot) | one word | lexicalized pronoun |
| 이런 옷 (ireon ot) | spaced | 이런 is a determiner |
| 이렇게 (ireoke) | one word | single adverb |
| 어느 나라 (eoneu nara) | spaced | 어느 is a determiner |
Examples
- 이건 제 책이에요. (Igeon je chaegieyo.) - This is my book.
- 그건 뭐예요? (Geugeon mwoyeyo?) - What is that (there by you)?
- 저건 우체국이에요. (Jeogeon uchegugieyo.) - That over there is a post office.
- 이 사람은 제 친구예요. (I sarameun je chinguyeyo.) - This person is my friend.
- 여기는 우리 집이에요. (Yeogineun uri jibieyo.) - This place is our house.
- 화장실이 어디예요? (Hwajangsiri eodiyeyo?) - Where is the bathroom?
- 이쪽으로 오세요. (Ijjogeuro oseyo.) - Come this way.
- 저는 그렇게 생각해요. (Jeoneun geureoke saenggakaeyo.) - I think so.
- 이런 옷을 좋아해요. (Ireon oseul joahaeyo.) - I like this kind of clothes.
- 어느 나라 사람이에요? (Eoneu nara saramieyo?) - Which country are you from?
Common mistakes
- 이것 사람은 제 친구예요. (Igeot sarameun je chinguyeyo.) -> 이 사람은 제 친구예요. (I sarameun je chinguyeyo.) - 이것 already means “this thing” and is a complete noun phrase, so it cannot modify another noun. Before a noun you need the bare determiner 이.
- 그것는 뭐예요? (Geugeotneun mwoyeyo?) -> 그것은 뭐예요? (Geugeoseun mwoyeyo?) - 것 ends in the 받침 ㅅ, so the topic particle is 은, never 는. Same for 것이 (not *것가) and 것을 (not *것를).
- 저 것은 얼마예요? (Jeo geoseun eolmayeyo?) -> 저것은 얼마예요? (Jeogeoseun eolmayeyo?) - 이/그/저 fuse with 것 into a single written word. The space is only correct when a real noun follows, as in 저 가방 (jeo gabang).
- 저 영화 재미있어요? (Jeo yeonghwa jaemiisseoyo?) said about a film the other person just mentioned -> 그 영화 재미있어요? (Geu yeonghwa jaemiisseoyo?) - 저 is only for something visible and far from both of you. Anything that exists in the conversation rather than in the room is 그.
- 어디 나라 사람이에요? (Eodi nara saramieyo?) -> 어느 나라 사람이에요? (Eoneu nara saramieyo?) - 어디 is a standalone pronoun meaning “where”. To ask “which X” in front of a noun you need the determiner 어느.
Tips
- Three, not two. The test for 그 is not “is it far from me” but “is it near my listener, or did we just talk about it?” If either is true, use 그. Save 저 for things you can physically point at across a distance.
- 그 is the one you will use most. Because it covers everything already mentioned, 그, 그거, 그런, 그렇게 and 그래요 run through ordinary conversation constantly, while 저것 stays fairly rare.
- Spacing mnemonic: a determiner is a word, a pronoun is a lump. 이 sits alone in front of a noun (이 사람), but glues onto 것 (이것). If you can replace it with “this ___”, it is spaced; if it means “this thing”, it is one word.
- Speak the contractions. Saying 이것은 out loud sounds like reading a textbook. 이건, 그건, 이게, 그게, 이걸, 그걸 are the normal spoken shapes and are perfectly correct in writing too.
A1 6 / 68
Existence, location and possession: 있다/없다
있다와 없다
In short
Korean has no verb “to have”. One pair of words - 있어요 (isseoyo) and 없어요 (eopseoyo) - covers there is / there isn’t, is located / isn’t located, and has / doesn’t have. Learn them now as two fixed chunks; the conjugation machinery behind them arrives in the 해요체 lesson.
The rule
Step 1 - Two words, not one word plus a negative
The dictionary forms are 있다 (itda, to exist / to be somewhere / to have) and 없다 (eopda, to not exist / to not be somewhere / to not have). 없다 is a separate word, not 있다 with a negative attached. This matters immediately: you never say *안 있어요. The negative of 있어요 is simply 없어요.
Watch the 받침. 있다 has double ㅆ and 없다 has the cluster ㅄ - 잇다 and 업다 are different words entirely.
For now, take 있어요 / 없어요 as unanalysed chunks. In 해요체 they also serve as questions with nothing but rising intonation: 있어요? (isseoyo?) - is there? / do you have?
Step 2 - Existence: what takes 이/가
The plain existence pattern is Noun + 이/가 + 있어요/없어요.
- 시간이 있어요? (Sigani isseoyo?) - Is there time? / Do you have time?
The thing whose existence is in question is the grammatical subject, so it takes 이/가 - and the choice is decided by the 받침 of that noun, not by meaning: 시간 ends in ㄴ, so 시간이; 차 ends in a vowel, so 차가.
Step 3 - Location: the place takes 에
Add a place and you get Noun + 이/가 + Place + 에 + 있어요/없어요. Korean is verb-final, so 있어요 stays at the end and the place sits in front of it.
- 저는 학교에 있어요. (Jeoneun hakgyoe isseoyo.) - I am at school.
The particle here is 에, the static-location particle. 에서 marks where an action happens, so it cannot appear with 있다 - see 에, 에서 and (으)로. Note also that the located thing may be raised to a topic with 은/는 (저는), exactly as in lesson 3.
Step 4 - Possession: “to me, X exists”
Korean expresses have as existence attached to a person. Two frames do the job:
- Person + 은/는 + Noun + 이/가 + 있어요/없어요 - the everyday one: 저는 차가 없어요. (Jeoneun chaga eopseoyo.) - I don’t have a car.
- Person + 한테/에게 + Noun + 이/가 + 있어요/없어요 - literally to that person there exists: 저한테 우산이 있어요. (Jeohante usani isseoyo.) - I have an umbrella.
한테 is the spoken form and 에게 the written one; they are otherwise interchangeable here, and their fuller life as dative particles is lesson 20.
Step 5 - Position nouns are nouns, and they take a space
Korean has no prepositions. On, in, behind are ordinary nouns of position that follow the reference noun and then carry 에:
Reference noun + [space] + position noun + 에
- 책상 위에 (chaeksang wie) - on the desk, literally at the desk’s top.
Because 위, 안, 앞 and the rest are full nouns, 띄어쓰기 puts a space before them: 책상 위에, never *책상위에.
Step 6 - Two things to file away for later
있다/없다 are their own predicate class - neither action verbs nor descriptive verbs. Nothing changes for you today, but it decides their modifier form later: they take -는 (있는 inneun, 없는 eomneun), never -(으)ㄴ - see lesson 24.
And when the person located deserves respect, 있다 is replaced by the honorific verb 계시다 (gyesida): 아버지가 방에 계세요. (Abeojiga bange gyeseyo.) - Father is in the room. Full treatment in lesson 22; until then, use it only of other people, never of yourself.
The three uses, as templates:
| Use | Pattern | Example |
|---|
| Existence | Noun + 이/가 + 있어요/없어요 | 시간이 있어요. (Sigani isseoyo.) - There is time. |
| Location | Noun + 이/가 + Place + 에 + 있어요/없어요 | 친구가 학교에 있어요. (Chinguga hakgyoe isseoyo.) - My friend is at school. |
| Possession (topic frame) | Person + 은/는 + Noun + 이/가 + 있어요/없어요 | 저는 차가 없어요. (Jeoneun chaga eopseoyo.) - I don’t have a car. |
| Possession (dative frame) | Person + 한테/에게 + Noun + 이/가 + 있어요/없어요 | 저한테 돈이 없어요. (Jeohante doni eopseoyo.) - I have no money. |
Which subject particle, decided by the 받침:
| The noun ends in | Particle | Worked example |
|---|
| a vowel | 가 | 차가 있어요. (Chaga isseoyo.) - There is a car. |
| any 받침 | 이 | 시간이 있어요. (Sigani isseoyo.) - There is time. |
| ㄹ 받침 (a 받침 like any other) | 이 | 연필이 있어요. (Yeonpiri isseoyo.) - There is a pencil. |
Forms to recognise now, drill later:
| Base form | 해요체 (this lesson) | 합쇼체 (L29) | Past (L18) | Of a respected person (L24) |
|---|
| 있다 (itda) | 있어요 (isseoyo) | 있습니다 (itseumnida) | 있었어요 (isseosseoyo) | 계세요 (gyeseyo) |
| 없다 (eopda) | 없어요 (eopseoyo) | 없습니다 (eopseumnida) | 없었어요 (eopseosseoyo) | 안 계세요 (an gyeseyo) |
Position nouns - the core set:
| Position noun | Meaning | With 에 | Example phrase |
|---|
| 위 (wi) | on, above | 위에 (wie) | 책상 위에 (chaeksang wie) - on the desk |
| 아래 (arae) | below | 아래에 (araee) | 침대 아래에 (chimdae araee) - below the bed |
| 밑 (mit) | underneath | 밑에 (mite) | 의자 밑에 (uija mite) - under the chair |
| 안 (an) | inside | 안에 (ane) | 가방 안에 (gabang ane) - in the bag |
| 밖 (bak) | outside | 밖에 (bakke) | 집 밖에 (jip bakke) - outside the house |
| 앞 (ap) | in front of | 앞에 (ape) | 학교 앞에 (hakgyo ape) - in front of the school |
| 뒤 (dwi) | behind | 뒤에 (dwie) | 건물 뒤에 (geonmul dwie) - behind the building |
| 옆 (yeop) | beside | 옆에 (yeope) | 은행 옆에 (eunhaeng yeope) - next to the bank |
| 사이 (sai) | between | 사이에 (saie) | 학교하고 집 사이에 (hakgyohago jip saie) - between the school and the house |
| 근처 (geuncheo) | near, in the area of | 근처에 (geuncheoe) | 집 근처에 (jip geuncheoe) - near the house |
Examples
- 시간이 있어요? (Sigani isseoyo?) - Do you have time?
- 오늘은 시간이 없어요. (Oneureun sigani eopseoyo.) - Today I don’t have time.
- 저는 지금 학교에 있어요. (Jeoneun jigeum hakgyoe isseoyo.) - I am at school right now.
- 친구가 집에 없어요. (Chinguga jibe eopseoyo.) - My friend isn’t at home.
- 고양이가 의자 위에 있어요. (Goyangiga uija wie isseoyo.) - The cat is on the chair.
- 은행이 학교 앞에 있어요. (Eunhaengi hakgyo ape isseoyo.) - The bank is in front of the school.
- 저는 차가 없어요. (Jeoneun chaga eopseoyo.) - I don’t have a car.
- 저한테 우산이 있어요. (Jeohante usani isseoyo.) - I have an umbrella.
- 가방 안에 지갑이 있어요. (Gabang ane jigabi isseoyo.) - There is a wallet in the bag.
- 집 근처에 편의점이 있어요. (Jip geuncheoe pyeonuijeomi isseoyo.) - There is a convenience store near my house.
Common mistakes
- 저는 학생이 있어요. (Jeoneun haksaengi isseoyo.) -> 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - 있어요 says something exists; saying what something is needs the copula 이에요/예요.
- 저는 차가 안 있어요. (Jeoneun chaga an isseoyo.) -> 저는 차가 없어요. (Jeoneun chaga eopseoyo.) - 있다 is never negated with 안. Its negative is the separate word 없다.
- 지갑가 가방 안에 있어요. (Jigapga gabang ane isseoyo.) -> 지갑이 가방 안에 있어요. (Jigabi gabang ane isseoyo.) - 지갑 ends in the 받침 ㅂ, so the subject particle must be 이, not 가.
- 저는 학교에서 있어요. (Jeoneun hakgyoeseo isseoyo.) -> 저는 학교에 있어요. (Jeoneun hakgyoe isseoyo.) - 에서 marks where an action takes place; simply being somewhere takes 에.
- 책상위에 있어요. (Chaeksangwie isseoyo.) -> 책상 위에 있어요. (Chaeksang wie isseoyo.) - 위 is a noun, not a suffix, so 띄어쓰기 requires the space.
Tips
- Ask which of the three meanings you need. 있어요 is exists, is located, and has all at once. English forces you to pick a verb; Korean does not, and the frame around 있어요 (bare noun, place + 에, person + 은/는) already tells the listener which one you mean.
- Memorise the pair, not the word. 있어요/없어요 always come as a set, and the negative is a different word. Drill them together out loud and *안 있어요 will never occur to you.
- They hide inside common adjectives. 재미있어요 (jaemiisseoyo, it’s fun) / 재미없어요 (jaemieopseoyo, it’s boring) and 맛있어요 (masisseoyo, it’s tasty) / 맛없어요 (madeopseoyo, it tastes bad) are built on this pair - note that 맛없어요 is pronounced with a linking ㄷ, not an ㅅ.
- Never use 계세요 of yourself. *저는 집에 계세요 is wrong: honorifics point at someone else. About yourself it is always 저는 집에 있어요.
A1 7 / 68
Question words and asking questions
의문사와 의문문
In short
To ask a question in Korean you change almost nothing: keep the sentence exactly as it is and drop the question word into the slot where the answer would go. 이게 뭐예요? (Ige mwoyeyo?) “What is this?” has the same shape as the statement that answers it. For yes/no questions in 해요체 you change nothing at all - you just raise your voice at the end.
The rule
Step 1 - The question word sits in the answer’s slot
English moves question words to the front: “You are eating what?” becomes “What are you eating?” Korean does no such thing. The sentence keeps its normal verb-final order and the question word simply occupies the position of the missing information.
- 어디 가요? (Eodi gayo?) - Where are you going? -> answer 학교 가요. (Hakgyo gayo.) I’m going to school.
- 어디 stands exactly where 학교 stands. Nothing moved.
So the procedure for building any question word question is: write the answer, then swap the unknown part for a question word. That single habit removes most beginner word-order errors.
Step 2 - Yes/no questions are intonation only
In 해요체 the statement and the yes/no question are the same words with the same ending. Only the pitch differs - falling for a statement, rising for a question - and in writing only the question mark differs.
- 커피 좋아해요. (Keopi joahaeyo.) - You like coffee.
- 커피 좋아해요? (Keopi joahaeyo?) - Do you like coffee?
There is no Korean equivalent of “do”-support, no auxiliary, no inversion. (The formal question ending -습니까? exists, but it belongs to 합쇼체 and arrives at The formal deferential style 합쇼체. Do not mix it into 해요체 sentences.)
Step 3 - Answering: 네 and 아니요
네 (ne) is “yes” and 아니요 (aniyo) is “no”, but 네 is better understood as “that’s right” - it agrees with the proposition you were just handed rather than with the English polarity. 네 also works as “I’m listening”, “here you go” and “pardon?”, which is why you hear it constantly.
Step 4 - Question words take 이/가, never 은/는
An unknown thing cannot be your topic - you cannot announce “as for what…” So a question word in subject position must carry the subject particle 이/가, and the answer that fills the gap carries it too:
- 누가 왔어요? (Nuga wasseoyo?) - Who came? -> 제가 왔어요. (Jega wasseoyo.) I did.
Note the fusion: 누구 + 가 -> 누가, not *누구가. Learn 누가 as its own word, the subject form of 누구. The same applies to 뭐: 뭐가 좋아요? (Mwoga joayo?) Which one is good?
Answering 저는 왔어요 here would be wrong - 은/는 announces a topic, but the questioner asked for brand-new information, so 제가 is the only correct answer.
Step 5 - Some question words need a noun after them
무슨, 어느 and 어떤 are determiners: they modify a following noun and cannot stand alone. They are spaced from that noun.
- 무슨 + Noun - what / what kind of, out of an open field.
- 어느 + Noun - which one, out of a known set.
- 어떤 + Noun - what sort of, what is it like.
몇 (myeot) is the same kind of word: it needs a counter after it - 몇 시 (myeot si) “what time”, 몇 개 (myeot gae) “how many items” - and is always spaced. Contrast 얼마 (eolma), which stands alone and asks price or quantity. Full coverage of counters is in Two number systems, counters, time and dates; the determiner family is mapped in Demonstratives 이/그/저 and place words.
Step 6 - The same words also mean “someone / something / sometime”
Korean question words are indefinite pronouns too. The words do not change; the intonation does, and so does the particle.
- 누구 있어요? (Nugu isseoyo?) - Is anyone there? (not “who is there?”)
- 뭐 좀 먹었어요? (Mwo jom meogeosseoyo?) - Did you eat something?
- 어디 갔어요? (Eodi gasseoyo?) - with the stress on 어디 this is where did you go?, but said flatly it is did you go somewhere?
The tell is the particle: a real question word in subject position takes 이/가 (누가 있어요? Who is there?), while the indefinite reading leaves it bare or takes 은/는.
The core inventory. These ten cover almost everything you need at A1:
| Word | RR | Meaning | Stock frame |
|---|
| 뭐 | mwo | what (spoken) | 이게 뭐예요? (Ige mwoyeyo?) |
| 무엇 | mueot | what (written, formal) | 무엇이에요? (Mueosieyo?) |
| 누구 | nugu | who | 누구예요? (Nuguyeyo?) |
| 누가 | nuga | who (subject form) | 누가 왔어요? (Nuga wasseoyo?) |
| 어디 | eodi | where | 어디예요? (Eodiyeyo?) |
| 언제 | eonje | when | 언제예요? (Eonjeyeyo?) |
| 왜 | wae | why | 왜요? (Waeyo?) |
| 어떻게 | eotteoke | how, by what means | 어떻게 해요? (Eotteoke haeyo?) |
| 얼마 | eolma | how much (price, amount) | 얼마예요? (Eolmayeyo?) |
| 몇 | myeot | how many (+ counter) | 몇 시예요? (Myeot siyeyo?) |
How 누구 and 뭐 behave with particles. Both end in a vowel, so they select the vowel-side allomorph every time:
| Slot | 누구 | 뭐 | Note |
|---|
| subject (+ 이/가) | 누가 (nuga) | 뭐가 (mwoga) | 누구 + 가 fuses to 누가; *누구가 is wrong |
| identity (+ 이에요/예요) | 누구예요 (nuguyeyo) | 뭐예요 (mwoyeyo) | vowel-final -> 예요, never 이에요 |
| object (+ 을/를) | 누구를 (nugureul) | 뭐를, 뭘 (mworeul, mwol) | vowel-final -> 를; 뭘 is the normal spoken shape |
| topic (+ 은/는) | - | - | not available: an unknown cannot be a topic |
The determiners - each one needs a noun, spaced:
| Determiner | RR | Asks for | Example |
|---|
| 무슨 | museun | what kind of (open field) | 무슨 영화예요? (Museun yeonghwayeyo?) |
| 어느 | eoneu | which of a known set | 어느 나라예요? (Eoneu narayeyo?) |
| 어떤 | eotteon | what sort of, what like | 어떤 사람이에요? (Eotteon saramieyo?) |
| 몇 | myeot | how many (+ counter) | 몇 개예요? (Myeot gaeyeyo?) |
Answering yes and no:
| Answer | RR | Use |
|---|
| 네 | ne | yes, that’s right - the everyday default |
| 예 | ye | yes - slightly more formal, same job |
| 아니요 | aniyo | no |
| 아뇨 | anyo | no - spoken contraction of 아니요 |
| 맞아요 | majayo | that’s right - confirms a guess |
Examples
- 이게 뭐예요? (Ige mwoyeyo?) - What is this?
- 여기가 어디예요? (Yeogiga eodiyeyo?) - Where is this place?
- 지금 몇 시예요? (Jigeum myeot siyeyo?) - What time is it now?
- 누가 왔어요? (Nuga wasseoyo?) - Who came?
- 생일이 언제예요? (Saengiri eonjeyeyo?) - When is your birthday?
- 왜 늦었어요? (Wae neujeosseoyo?) - Why are you late?
- 어떻게 알아요? (Eotteoke arayo?) - How do you know?
- 이거 얼마예요? (Igeo eolmayeyo?) - How much is this?
- 커피 좋아해요? (Keopi joahaeyo?) - Do you like coffee?
- 누구 있어요? (Nugu isseoyo?) - Is anyone there?
Common mistakes
- 누구가 왔어요? (Nuguga wasseoyo?) -> 누가 왔어요? (Nuga wasseoyo?) - 누구 plus the subject particle fuses into the single word 누가. The uncontracted form does not exist.
- 누가 왔어요? - 저는 왔어요. (Jeoneun wasseoyo.) -> 제가 왔어요. (Jega wasseoyo.) - the answer to a 누가 question is the new information the questioner asked for, so it takes 이/가. 은/는 would announce a topic instead of answering.
- 뭐는 맛있어요? (Mwoneun masisseoyo?) -> 뭐가 맛있어요? (Mwoga masisseoyo?) - question words cannot carry 은/는 at all. You cannot make an unknown into the thing you are talking about.
- 뭐해요? (Mwohaeyo?) -> 뭐 해요? (Mwo haeyo?) - 뭐 is an independent pronoun, not a prefix, so it is spaced from the verb. Compare 공부해요, which really is one word.
- 어떻게 사람이에요? (Eotteoke saramieyo?) -> 어떤 사람이에요? (Eotteon saramieyo?) - 어떻게 is an adverb (“by what means”) and attaches to a verb. In front of a noun you need the determiner 어떤.
Tips
- Write the answer first, then swap. Because nothing moves, you can build any question by writing the full statement and replacing the unknown word. This is the fastest way to stop producing English word order in Korean.
- 네 agrees, it does not mean “yes”. If someone asks a negative question - “you’re not going?” - Korean 네 means that’s right, I’m not going, exactly where English would say “no”. Answer the proposition, not the polarity.
- 얼마 is money, 몇 is countable. 얼마 stands alone and asks price or amount (얼마예요?); 몇 is a determiner and must be glued to a counter with a space (몇 시, 몇 개, 몇 사람). Writing *몇시 is a spacing error.
- 뭐 and 무엇 are the same word in two registers. Say 뭐 in conversation and write 무엇 in formal or written Korean. A learner who says 무엇이에요 out loud sounds like a textbook; a learner who writes 뭐 in an exam essay sounds too casual.
A1 8 / 68
The object particle 을/를
목적격 조사 을/를
In short
을/를 marks the direct object - the thing the action is done to - and it glues onto the noun with no space: 을 after a 받침, 를 after a vowel. The catch for English speakers is that Korean and English disagree about which verbs even take an object, so you have to learn the particle together with the verb.
The rule
Step 1 - Choose the shape from the 받침
Exactly the same mechanism as 이/가 and 은/는. Look at the last syllable of the noun, not at the word’s meaning:
- Noun ends in a consonant (받침) -> 을. 책 -> 책을 (chaegeul, a book), 밥 -> 밥을 (babeul, a meal).
- Noun ends in a vowel -> 를. 사과 -> 사과를 (sagwareul, an apple), 커피 -> 커피를 (keopireul, coffee).
ㄹ is a 받침 like any other, so it takes 을: 물 -> 물을 (mureul, water), 서울 -> 서울을 (Seoureul, Seoul). Writing *사과을 or *책를 is a spelling error, not a variant.
Step 2 - Where the object sits
Noun + 을/를 + Verb. The object comes before the verb, and the verb still closes the sentence:
- 저는 사과를 먹어요. (Jeoneun sagwareul meogeoyo.) - I eat an apple.
Because the particle carries the role, the object can be moved for emphasis without becoming the subject - but at A1 keep the neutral order.
Step 3 - Verbs whose case frame will surprise you
This is the real work of this lesson. English marks these roles with a preposition; Korean simply calls them the object and puts 을/를 on them. Learn each verb with its particle, as one unit.
- 친구를 만나요. (Chingureul mannayo.) - [I] meet a friend. English says meet with, Korean does not.
- 버스를 타요. (Beoseureul tayo.) - [I] take the bus. English says get on, so learners reach for 에. Wrong: 타다 takes 을/를.
- 학교를 다녀요. (Hakgyoreul danyeoyo.) - [I] attend school. English says go to.
Step 4 - 좋아하다 vs 좋다, and 이/가 되다
Two traps that look like one another but pull in opposite directions.
좋아하다 (to like) and 싫어하다 (to dislike) are action verbs, so what you like is the object: 커피를 좋아해요. But 좋다 and 싫다 are descriptive verbs meaning roughly is likeable / is disagreeable, so the thing takes 이/가: 커피가 좋아요. Same English translation, opposite particle.
되다 (to become) goes the other way. English says become a teacher and learners write *선생님을 됐어요; Korean marks the result with 이/가: 선생님이 됐어요.
잘하다 (to be good at) and 못하다 (to be bad at) behave like normal transitive verbs despite the English at: 한국어를 잘해요, 요리를 못해요. Note the spacing - 못하다 written solid means to be bad at, while 못 하다 with a space means cannot do it.
Step 5 - 를 contracts to ㄹ in speech
In conversation and casual writing, 를 collapses onto the previous syllable as a final ㄹ. These are normal, not sloppy:
- 무엇을 / 뭐를 -> 뭘 (mwol). 뭘 마셔요? (Mwol masyeoyo?) - What are you drinking?
- 이것을 -> 이걸 (igeol), 그것을 -> 그걸 (geugeol)
- 저를 -> 절 (jeol), 나를 -> 날 (nal)
Use the full forms in formal writing; recognise the short ones everywhere else.
Step 6 - Dropping the particle
When the role is obvious, everyday speech simply omits 을/를:
- 밥 먹었어요? (Bap meogeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten?
- 물 주세요. (Mul juseyo.) - Water, please.
This is a spoken-register habit, not a licence to drop particles in writing. Keep them in until your ear is reliable.
Step 7 - 하다 compounds can split
공부하다 is one word, but the noun inside it can be pulled out and marked as a real object: 공부를 해요. The split version puts a little weight on the noun (it’s studying that I’m doing). The solid form is the default. Full treatment at 하다 verbs and the noun + 하다 pattern.
Forms & patterns
The allomorph table:
| Noun ends in | Particle | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| vowel | 를 | 사과 -> 사과를 | sagwareul |
| vowel | 를 | 커피 -> 커피를 | keopireul |
| 받침 (any consonant) | 을 | 책 -> 책을 | chaegeul |
| 받침 (any consonant) | 을 | 밥 -> 밥을 | babeul |
| 받침 ㄹ | 을 | 물 -> 물을 | mureul |
| 받침 ㄹ | 을 | 서울 -> 서울을 | Seoureul |
Spoken contractions of 를:
| Full form | Romanization | Contraction | Romanization |
|---|
| 무엇을 | mueoseul | 뭘 | mwol |
| 이것을 | igeoseul | 이걸 | igeol |
| 그것을 | geugeoseul | 그걸 | geugeol |
| 저를 (polite me) | jeoreul | 절 | jeol |
| 나를 (casual me) | nareul | 날 | nal |
Which particle each verb demands:
| Verb | Particle | Example | The English that misleads |
|---|
| 만나다 (mannada, meet) | 을/를 | 친구를 만나요 (Chingureul mannayo) | meet with |
| 타다 (tada, ride) | 을/를 | 버스를 타요 (Beoseureul tayo) | get on |
| 다니다 (danida, attend) | 을/를 | 학교를 다녀요 (Hakgyoreul danyeoyo) | go to |
| 좋아하다 (joahada, like) | 을/를 | 커피를 좋아해요 (Keopireul joahaeyo) | - |
| 싫어하다 (sireohada, dislike) | 을/를 | 운동을 싫어해요 (Undongeul sireohaeyo) | - |
| 잘하다 (jalhada, be good at) | 을/를 | 한국어를 잘해요 (Hangugeoreul jalhaeyo) | good at |
| 못하다 (motada, be bad at) | 을/를 | 요리를 못해요 (Yorireul motaeyo) | bad at |
| 좋다 (jota, be likeable) | 이/가 | 커피가 좋아요 (Keopiga joayo) | I like coffee |
| 싫다 (silta, be disagreeable) | 이/가 | 운동이 싫어요 (Undongi sireoyo) | I hate exercise |
| 되다 (doeda, become) | 이/가 | 선생님이 됐어요 (Seonsaengnimi dwaesseoyo) | become a teacher |
하다 compounds, solid vs split:
| Solid (default) | Split with 을/를 | Meaning |
|---|
| 공부해요 (gongbuhaeyo) | 공부를 해요 (gongbureul haeyo) | study |
| 운동해요 (undonghaeyo) | 운동을 해요 (undongeul haeyo) | exercise |
| 전화해요 (jeonhwahaeyo) | 전화를 해요 (jeonhwareul haeyo) | make a call |
Examples
- 저는 사과를 먹어요. (Jeoneun sagwareul meogeoyo.) - I eat an apple.
- 책을 읽어요. (Chaegeul ilgeoyo.) - [I] read a book.
- 친구를 만나요. (Chingureul mannayo.) - [I] meet a friend.
- 매일 버스를 타요. (Maeil beoseureul tayo.) - [I] take the bus every day.
- 저는 대학교를 다녀요. (Jeoneun daehakgyoreul danyeoyo.) - I attend university.
- 저는 커피를 좋아해요. (Jeoneun keopireul joahaeyo.) - I like coffee.
- 동생은 요리를 잘해요. (Dongsaengeun yorireul jalhaeyo.) - My younger sibling is good at cooking.
- 친구가 선생님이 됐어요. (Chinguga seonsaengnimi dwaesseoyo.) - My friend became a teacher.
- 뭘 마셔요? (Mwol masyeoyo?) - What are you drinking?
- 밥 먹었어요? (Bap meogeosseoyo?) - Have you eaten?
Common mistakes
- 사과을 먹어요. (Sagwa-eul meogeoyo.) -> 사과를 먹어요. (Sagwareul meogeoyo.) - 사과 ends in a vowel, so the object particle is 를. 을 only ever follows a 받침.
- 저는 김치가 좋아해요. (Jeoneun gimchiga joahaeyo.) -> 저는 김치를 좋아해요. (Jeoneun gimchireul joahaeyo.) - 좋아하다 is an action verb and takes an object. Only the descriptive 좋다 takes 이/가: 김치가 좋아요.
- 버스에 타요. (Beoseu-e tayo.) -> 버스를 타요. (Beoseureul tayo.) - English get on the bus pulls learners toward 에, but 타다 is transitive in Korean.
- 저는 선생님을 됐어요. (Jeoneun seonsaengnimeul dwaesseoyo.) -> 저는 선생님이 됐어요. (Jeoneun seonsaengnimi dwaesseoyo.) - 되다 never takes 을/를. The thing you turn into is marked with 이/가.
- 한국어를 공부를 해요. (Hangugeoreul gongbureul haeyo.) -> 한국어를 공부해요. (Hangugeoreul gongbuhaeyo.) - one clause, one object. If 한국어를 is already there, 공부하다 stays solid.
Tips
- Learn the particle as part of the verb, like a German verb’s case. Store it as 친구를 만나다, 버스를 타다, 선생님이 되다 - never as bare 만나다, 타다, 되다. The English translation will lie to you about which particle to use; the memorised chunk will not.
- 좋아하다 has 하다 in it, and 하다 verbs take objects. That one observation resolves the 좋다/좋아하다 split for good: 하다 -> action -> 을/를; plain 좋다 -> description -> 이/가.
- ㄹ is a consonant. Learners see 물 or 서울 ending in a “soft” sound and reach for 를. Both take 을: 물을, 서울을.
- Hear the contractions before you use them. 뭘, 이걸 and 절 make you sound natural in speech but out of place in an email or an exam answer, where 무엇을, 이것을 and 저를 belong.
A1 9 / 68
Where and how: 에, 에서 and (으)로
장소·방향 조사 에·에서·(으)로
In short
에 marks a still point - where something is (with 있다/없다), where you are going, and when something happens. 에서 marks the place an action happens, and the place you came from. (으)로 marks the direction you head in, and the means or material you do something with.
The rule
Korean does not use prepositions. There is no word for at, to, in or by - the information is glued to the end of the noun as a particle, with no space. Which particle you pick depends on what the verb is doing, so read the verb first.
Step 1 - 에 = a point, not an activity
Noun + 에. 에 never changes shape - it attaches identically after a vowel or a 받침. It has three A1 jobs.
(a) Static location, with 있다 and 없다 only.
- 집에 있어요. (Jibe isseoyo.) - I am at home.
- 화장실이 저기에 있어요. (Hwajangsiri jeogie isseoyo.) - The bathroom is over there.
(b) The goal of movement, with 가다, 오다, 도착하다.
- 학교에 가요. (Hakgyoe gayo.) - I go to school.
(c) A point in time.
- 세 시에 만나요. (Se sie mannayo.) - Let’s meet at three.
The time use has one trap: 에 attaches to clock and calendar words - 세 시에 (se sie, at three), 월요일에 (woryoire, on Monday), 아침에 (achime, in the morning) - but never to 오늘 (oneul, today), 어제 (eoje, yesterday), 내일 (naeil, tomorrow), 지금 (jigeum, now) or 매일 (maeil, every day). Those stand bare: 오늘 만나요, not *오늘에 만나요.
Step 2 - 에서 = the stage the action plays on
Noun + 에서. If a real activity happens at the place - eating, studying, working, meeting, buying - the place takes 에서, not 에.
- 집에서 공부해요. (Jibeseo gongbuhaeyo.) - I study at home.
Same particle, second job: origin, the place something came from.
- 한국에서 왔어요. (Hangugeseo wasseoyo.) - I came from Korea.
Step 3 - The 에 vs 에서 decision, in one question
Ask: is a verb of activity happening at this place?
- Yes -> 에서. 도서관에서 공부해요.
- No - the sentence only says something exists there, or moves there -> 에. 도서관에 가요.
Two verbs break the pattern in a way worth memorising: 있다/없다 always take 에 (a state, not an activity), and 살다 (salda, to live) also normally takes 에: 서울에 살아요 (Seoure sarayo.) - I live in Seoul.
Step 4 - (으)로: pick the shape from the 받침
This one is an allomorph pair, and its rule has a famous exception: ㄹ behaves like a vowel.
- Noun ends in a vowel -> 로. 학교 -> 학교로 (hakgyoro).
- Noun ends in ㄹ -> 로 as well. 서울 -> 서울로 (Seoullo), 지하철 -> 지하철로 (jihacheollo).
- Noun ends in any other 받침 -> 으로. 집 -> 집으로 (jibeuro).
*서울으로 and *학교으로 are both wrong. ㄹ is the only 받침 that takes the short form.
Step 5 - What (으)로 means
Three uses, all of them “the route the action travels along”:
- Direction - which way you head: 오른쪽으로 가요 (Oreunjjogeuro gayo.) - Go to the right.
- Means or instrument - how you do it: 버스로 가요 (beoseuro), 연필로 써요 (yeonpillo), 한국어로 말해요 (Hangugeoro).
- Material - what it is made of: 나무로 만들어요 (namuro).
Step 6 - 에 vs (으)로 for a destination
Both can point at a place you are going, but they say different things. 에 names the endpoint you will arrive at; (으)로 names the direction you set off in.
- 학교에 가요. (Hakgyoe gayo.) - I am going to school. (school is where I end up)
- 학교로 가요. (Hakgyoro gayo.) - I am heading toward school. (that is the way I am going)
With plain 가다/오다 at A1, 에 is the safe default. Use (으)로 when the point really is the direction: 이쪽으로 (ijjogeuro, this way), 위로 (wiro, upward).
Step 7 - Stacking other particles on top
에, 에서 and (으)로 keep their place and let 도 (too), 만 (only) and 는 attach after them:
- 집에서도 공부해요. (Jibeseodo gongbuhaeyo.) - I study at home too.
- 집으로만 가요. (Jibeuroman gayo.) - I only go home.
The order is fixed: Noun + place particle + 도/만. *집도에서 is wrong.
Forms & patterns
에 vs 에서 - minimal pairs on the same noun:
| Sentence | Romanization | Meaning | Why |
|---|
| 집에 있어요. | Jibe isseoyo. | I am at home. | 있다 -> a state, so 에 |
| 집에서 일해요. | Jibeseo ilhaeyo. | I work at home. | an activity happens there -> 에서 |
| 도서관에 가요. | Doseogwane gayo. | I go to the library. | movement to a goal -> 에 |
| 도서관에서 공부해요. | Doseogwaneseo gongbuhaeyo. | I study at the library. | an activity happens there -> 에서 |
| 한국에 가요. | Hanguge gayo. | I go to Korea. | destination -> 에 |
| 한국에서 왔어요. | Hangugeseo wasseoyo. | I came from Korea. | origin -> 에서 |
The jobs of each particle:
| Particle | Job | Typical verbs |
|---|
| 에 | static location | 있다, 없다, 살다 |
| 에 | goal of movement | 가다, 오다, 도착하다 |
| 에 | point in time | any verb |
| 에서 | place of an action | 공부하다, 일하다, 먹다, 만나다, 사다 |
| 에서 | origin, from | 오다 |
(으)로 - the allomorph table:
| Noun ends in | Particle | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| vowel | 로 | 학교 -> 학교로 | hakgyoro |
| vowel | 로 | 버스 -> 버스로 | beoseuro |
| 받침 ㄹ | 로 | 서울 -> 서울로 | Seoullo |
| 받침 ㄹ | 로 | 지하철 -> 지하철로 | jihacheollo |
| any other 받침 | 으로 | 집 -> 집으로 | jibeuro |
| any other 받침 | 으로 | 오른쪽 -> 오른쪽으로 | oreunjjogeuro |
What (으)로 is doing:
| Use | Example | Romanization | Meaning |
|---|
| direction | 오른쪽으로 가요. | Oreunjjogeuro gayo. | Go to the right. |
| means of transport | 버스로 가요. | Beoseuro gayo. | I go by bus. |
| instrument | 연필로 써요. | Yeonpillo sseoyo. | I write with a pencil. |
| language | 한국어로 말해요. | Hangugeoro malhaeyo. | I speak in Korean. |
| material | 나무로 만들어요. | Namuro mandeureoyo. | It is made out of wood. |
Examples
- 저는 지금 집에 있어요. (Jeoneun jigeum jibe isseoyo.) - I am at home right now.
- 동생은 학교에 없어요. (Dongsaengeun hakgyoe eopseoyo.) - My younger sibling is not at school.
- 월요일에 도서관에 가요. (Woryoire doseogwane gayo.) - On Monday I go to the library.
- 비행기가 세 시에 공항에 도착해요. (Bihaenggiga se sie gonghange dochakaeyo.) - The plane arrives at the airport at three o’clock.
- 카페에서 커피를 마셔요. (Kapeeseo keopireul masyeoyo.) - I drink coffee at the cafe.
- 친구를 공원에서 만나요. (Chingureul gongwoneseo mannayo.) - I meet my friend at the park.
- 저는 한국에서 왔어요. (Jeoneun Hangugeseo wasseoyo.) - I am from Korea.
- 버스로 회사에 가요. (Beoseuro hoesae gayo.) - I go to work by bus.
- 여기에서 오른쪽으로 가요. (Yeogieseo oreunjjogeuro gayo.) - From here, go to the right.
- 집에서도 한국어를 공부해요. (Jibeseodo Hangugeoreul gongbuhaeyo.) - I study Korean at home too.
Common mistakes
- 집에서 있어요. (Jibeseo isseoyo.) -> 집에 있어요. (Jibe isseoyo.) - 있다 and 없다 describe a state, not an action, so their place always takes 에. This is the single most common 에/에서 error.
- 학교에 공부해요. (Hakgyoe gongbuhaeyo.) -> 학교에서 공부해요. (Hakgyoeseo gongbuhaeyo.) - An activity is happening at the school, so the place needs 에서. 학교에 가요 is right because 가다 is movement to a goal.
- 학교으로 가요. (Hakgyoeuro gayo.) -> 학교로 가요. (Hakgyoro gayo.) - 학교 ends in a vowel, so the short form 로 attaches. 으로 only follows a 받침.
- 서울으로 가요. (Seoureuro gayo.) -> 서울로 가요. (Seoullo gayo.) - ㄹ is the exception among 받침: it takes 로, exactly like a vowel. Same for 지하철로, 연필로.
- 오늘에 친구를 만나요. (Oneure chingureul mannayo.) -> 오늘 친구를 만나요. (Oneul chingureul mannayo.) - 오늘, 어제, 내일, 지금 and 매일 take no particle at all. Only clock and calendar words take 에.
Tips
- 에 is a dot, 에서 is a stage. If the sentence only pins something to a spot or sends it there, put a dot on the map with 에. If a scene is being acted out there, you need a stage: 에서. This one image settles almost every case at A1.
- Learn the 에-verbs as a closed list. 있다, 없다, 살다, 가다, 오다, 도착하다 take 에; practically every other verb takes 에서 for its location. Memorising six verbs is faster than reasoning it out mid-sentence.
- ㄹ is an honorary vowel for (으)로. 서울로, 지하철로, 연필로 - never *서울으로. This same ㄹ-behaves-like-a-vowel pattern comes back with 은/는, verb endings and much else, so it is worth noticing now.
- Do not translate English prepositions. English at is 에 in at home (집에 있어요) but 에서 in study at home (집에서 공부해요); English by and with and in (a language) are all one particle, (으)로. Choose from the Korean verb, never from the English word.
A1 10 / 68
Verb stems and the 아/어/여 conjugation engine
어간과 아·어·여 활용
In short
Every Korean verb you meet in a dictionary ends in -다. Cut off the -다 and you have the 어간 (eogan, stem) - and almost everything you will ever attach to a verb hangs off that stem. This lesson teaches the single most productive attachment of all: the 아/어/여 form, chosen by one small rule and then contracted.
The rule
The form in the dictionary is 어간 + -다. The -다 is not part of the word’s meaning; it is just the citation ending.
- 가다 (gada, to go) -> stem 가
- 먹다 (meokda, to eat) -> stem 먹
- 마시다 (masida, to drink) -> stem 마시
- 읽다 (ikda, to read) -> stem 읽
You never say 가다 in a normal sentence. You say 가요, 갔어요, 가서, 가고 - stem plus something. So the first habit to build is: see -다, mentally delete it.
Step 2 - Two shapes of stem
A stem either ends in a vowel (가, 마시, 배우, 하) or in a 받침 (먹, 읽, 앉, 좋). That difference decides whether the ending contracts, and it also decides the (으) in endings like -(으)면 and -(으)세요 later on.
Step 3 - Choose 아 or 어 by the stem’s LAST vowel
This is the whole selection rule, and it has exactly three lines:
- The stem’s last vowel is ㅏ or ㅗ -> attach -아.
- Anything else (ㅓ, ㅜ, ㅡ, ㅣ, ㅐ, ㅔ, ㅕ, ㅚ, …) -> attach -어.
- 하다 is irregular in its own way: 하 + 여 -> 해.
Only the last vowel of the stem counts, never the first. 가르치다 (gareuchida, to teach) has ㅏ in the first syllable, but the last vowel of the stem 가르치 is ㅣ, so it is 가르쳐 (gareucheo), not *가르차.
Stem + -아 / -어 / -여 -> the 아/어 form
Step 4 - Contract, obligatorily
After a 받침 nothing happens - the ending just sits there: 먹 + 어 = 먹어, 읽 + 어 = 읽어, 앉 + 아 = 앉아, 좋 + 아 = 좋아.
After a vowel the two vowels merge, and the merged spelling is the only correct one in normal writing. *가아요 and *마시어요 are simply errors. The full table is in Forms & patterns below - learn it as a table, not as a theory.
Step 5 - 으 is not an irregularity, it is part of this rule
A stem whose last vowel is ㅡ drops that ㅡ before 아/어, and then the harmony is decided by the vowel of the syllable before it:
Stem in 으 + 아/어 -> ㅡ deleted, harmony read from the previous syllable
- 아프다 (apeuda, to hurt): 아프 -> 아ㅍ, previous vowel ㅏ -> 아파 (apa)
- 예쁘다 (yeppeuda, to be pretty): 예쁘 -> 예ㅃ, previous vowel ㅖ -> 예뻐 (yeppeo)
- 쓰다 (sseuda, to write): nothing precedes, so the default 어 wins -> 써 (sseo)
This is regular. Every 으-stem behaves this way, so do not file it with the real irregular classes (lesson 17 and lesson 39), which is where ㅂ, ㄷ, ㅅ, ㄹ, 르 and ㅎ stems are handled.
The 아/어 form is not just for the polite ending. It is the input to a whole family of patterns you will meet over the next two levels - build it once, reuse it everywhere.
The selection rule, with worked stems:
| Last vowel of the stem | Ending | Dictionary form | Stem | 아/어 form |
|---|
| ㅏ | -아 | 받다 (batda, to receive) | 받 | 받아 (bada) |
| ㅗ | -아 | 좋다 (jota, to be good) | 좋 | 좋아 (joa) |
| ㅓ | -어 | 먹다 (meokda, to eat) | 먹 | 먹어 (meogeo) |
| ㅣ | -어 | 씻다 (ssitda, to wash) | 씻 | 씻어 (ssiseo) |
| ㅜ | -어 | 웃다 (utda, to laugh) | 웃 | 웃어 (useo) |
| 하 | -여 | 하다 (hada, to do) | 하 | 해 (hae) |
The contraction table - the heart of this lesson:
| Stem | + ending | Result | Romanization | What merged |
|---|
| 가 (가다, to go) | + 아 | 가 | ga | ㅏ + ㅏ -> ㅏ (absorbed) |
| 오 (오다, to come) | + 아 | 와 | wa | ㅗ + ㅏ -> ㅘ |
| 보 (보다, to see) | + 아 | 봐 | bwa | ㅗ + ㅏ -> ㅘ |
| 배우 (배우다, to learn) | + 어 | 배워 | baewo | ㅜ + ㅓ -> ㅝ |
| 주 (주다, to give) | + 어 | 줘 | jwo | ㅜ + ㅓ -> ㅝ |
| 마시 (마시다, to drink) | + 어 | 마셔 | masyeo | ㅣ + ㅓ -> ㅕ |
| 되 (되다, to become) | + 어 | 돼 | dwae | ㅚ + ㅓ -> ㅙ |
| 서 (서다, to stand) | + 어 | 서 | seo | ㅓ + ㅓ -> ㅓ (absorbed) |
| 지내 (지내다, to get along) | + 어 | 지내 | jinae | ㅐ + ㅓ -> ㅐ (absorbed) |
| 켜 (켜다, to switch on) | + 어 | 켜 | kyeo | ㅕ + ㅓ -> ㅕ (absorbed) |
| 하 (하다, to do) | + 여 | 해 | hae | ㅏ + ㅕ -> ㅐ |
으 탈락 - the ㅡ drops, then look one syllable back:
| Dictionary form | Stem | Vowel before the 으 | 아/어 form | Romanization |
|---|
| 아프다 (to hurt) | 아프 | ㅏ -> 아 | 아파 | apa |
| 바쁘다 (to be busy) | 바쁘 | ㅏ -> 아 | 바빠 | bappa |
| 예쁘다 (to be pretty) | 예쁘 | ㅖ -> 어 | 예뻐 | yeppeo |
| 기쁘다 (to be glad) | 기쁘 | ㅣ -> 어 | 기뻐 | gippeo |
| 쓰다 (to write, to use) | 쓰 | (none) -> 어 | 써 | sseo |
| 크다 (to be big) | 크 | (none) -> 어 | 커 | keo |
Where the 아/어 form is consumed downstream:
| Pattern | Meaning | Built on 가 / 먹어 / 해 | Lesson |
|---|
| -아/어요 | polite informal ending | 가요, 먹어요, 해요 | L14 |
| -았/었- | past tense | 갔어요, 먹었어요, 했어요 | L18 |
| -아/어서 | because; and then | 가서, 먹어서, 해서 | L30 |
| -아/어 주다 | do it for someone | 가 주다, 먹어 주다, 해 주다 | L35 |
| -아/어 보다 | try doing it | 가 보다, 먹어 보다, 해 보다 | L37 |
| -아/어도 | even if | 가도, 먹어도, 해도 | L51 |
| -아/어지다 | become, get -er | 커지다, 예뻐지다, 좋아지다 | L39 |
Note the 띄어쓰기: the ENDINGS 요, -서, -도 attach with no space, but the AUXILIARY VERBS 주다 and 보다 are separate words - 해 주세요, 먹어 보세요.
Examples
- 저는 학교에 가요. (Jeoneun hakgyoe gayo.) - I go to school.
- 친구가 집에 와요. (Chinguga jibe wayo.) - My friend is coming home.
- 저는 물을 마셔요. (Jeoneun mureul masyeoyo.) - I drink water.
- 동생이 한국어를 배워요. (Dongsaengi hangugeoreul baewoyo.) - My younger sibling learns Korean.
- 매일 아침을 먹어요. (Maeil achimeul meogeoyo.) - I eat breakfast every day.
- 저녁에 텔레비전을 봐요. (Jeonyeoge tellebijeoneul bwayo.) - In the evening I watch television.
- 오늘은 배가 아파요. (Oneureun baega apayo.) - Today my stomach hurts.
- 요즘 아주 바빠요. (Yojeum aju bappayo.) - I am very busy these days.
- 여기에서 편지를 써요. (Yeogieseo pyeonjireul sseoyo.) - I write letters here.
- 저는 매일 운동해요. (Jeoneun maeil undonghaeyo.) - I exercise every day.
Common mistakes
- 학교에 가아요. (Hakgyoe gaayo.) -> 학교에 가요. (Hakgyoe gayo.) - The contraction is obligatory, not optional. ㅏ + ㅏ is always written as one ㅏ.
- 저는 밥을 먹아요. (Jeoneun babeul meogayo.) -> 저는 밥을 먹어요. (Jeoneun babeul meogeoyo.) - The stem 먹 has ㅓ, not ㅏ or ㅗ, so the ending is 어. Only ㅏ and ㅗ take 아.
- 선생님이 한국어를 가르차요. (Seonsaengnimi hangugeoreul gareuchayo.) -> 선생님이 한국어를 가르쳐요. (Seonsaengnimi hangugeoreul gareucheoyo.) - Harmony reads the LAST vowel of the stem 가르치 (ㅣ), never the first.
- 머리가 아프어요. (Meoriga apeueoyo.) -> 머리가 아파요. (Meoriga apayo.) - An 으-stem deletes its ㅡ, and the harmony then comes from 아 in 아프.
- 저는 의사가 되요. (Jeoneun uisaga doeyo.) -> 저는 의사가 돼요. (Jeoneun uisaga dwaeyo.) - 되 + 어 contracts to 돼. Even Korean natives slip here; the rule is that 되 alone can never carry 요.
Tips
- One question, one answer. Look at the last vowel of the stem and ask only: “Is it ㅏ or ㅗ?” Yes -> 아. No -> 어. 하다 -> 해. There is no fourth case.
- The 돼 / 되 trick. Wherever you are unsure between 되 and 돼, substitute 하 and 해. If 해 sounds right, write 돼; if 하 sounds right, write 되. So 돼요 (= 해요), but 되고 (= 하고).
- 하다 pays the biggest dividend. Thousands of Korean verbs are a noun plus 하다 (공부하다, 운동하다, 사랑하다), and every one of them ends in 해 - one memorised form unlocks the largest verb class in the language. Written as one word: 공부해요, never *공부 해요.
- Do not conjugate for tense here. Unlike English, the 아/어 form itself carries no tense or person. 먹어 is just “eat” as raw material; tense, politeness and mood all come from what you stack on top of it.
A1 11 / 68
Adjectives are verbs: 형용사 (descriptive verbs)
형용사는 동사다
In short
A Korean adjective is not a word you attach “to be” to - it is the verb. 예쁘다 (yeppeuda) means to be pretty, and it conjugates with the same 아/어 engine as 가다: 예뻐요 (yeppeoyo) - it’s pretty. Never add the copula: *예쁜이에요 is the single most common beginner error in the language.
The rule
Step 1 - Korean has no “be + adjective”
English builds descriptions out of two words: is plus pretty. Korean builds them out of one. 형용사 (hyeongyongsa, descriptive verb) is a class of verbs, listed in the dictionary in the same -다 form as action verbs, and conjugated by the same machinery you learned in lesson 10.
So the sentence the weather is good is 날씨가 좋아요. (Nalssiga joayo.) - subject, then the predicate, and nothing else. There is no slot for 이에요/예요 and nothing is missing.
Step 2 - Three predicate classes, plus a hybrid
Every Korean sentence ends in one of these:
- Noun + 이다 - identity. 학생이에요. (Haksaengieyo.) - I’m a student. See lesson 2.
- 동사 (dongsa, action verb) - what someone does. 먹어요. (Meogeoyo.) - (I) eat.
- 형용사 (hyeongyongsa, descriptive verb) - what someone or something is like. 좋아요. (Joayo.) - It’s good.
The fourth, hybrid class is 있다 / 없다. They describe a state like adjectives and conjugate like them, but their modifier form follows the verbs (see Step 6). All the 있다-compounds inherit this: 맛있다, 재미있다, 재미없다.
The practical consequence: only the first class takes 이다. If your predicate is a 형용사, adding 이에요 is like saying it is is-pretty.
Step 3 - Conjugating one is nothing new
Take the dictionary form, strip -다, and apply the 아/어 rule: stem-final ㅏ or ㅗ takes -아요, everything else takes -어요, and 하다 stems take 해요.
- 좋 + 아요 -> 좋아요 (joayo) - it’s good
- 맛있 + 어요 -> 맛있어요 (masisseoyo) - it’s delicious
- 크 + 어요 -> 커요 (keoyo) - it’s big (으-elision, the same contraction as 쓰다 -> 써요)
- 조용하 + 여요 -> 조용해요 (joyonghaeyo) - it’s quiet
Irregular stems behave exactly as they do for action verbs: ㅂ-irregular 덥다 -> 더워요 (deowoyo), but regular 좁다 -> 좁아요 (jobayo). The past tense, 합쇼체, -(으)면 and the rest all attach identically.
Step 4 - What adjectives cannot do
Because they describe a state rather than an action, 형용사 refuse the endings that presuppose doing something:
- -고 있다 (in progress) - a state is not in progress. *좋고 있어요 is impossible; just say 좋아요.
- -고 싶다 (want to) - you cannot want to be tall directly. Use -아/어지다 (become) first: 예뻐지고 싶어요. (Yeppeojigo sipeoyo.) - I want to become pretty.
- -(으)러 (go in order to) - takes an action only. *바쁘러 가요 is impossible.
- Imperatives and propositives - you cannot order someone into a quality. *예쁘세요! as a command and *바쁩시다! (bappeupsida) are both out. Note the trap: 예쁘세요 as a statement is perfectly good - it is honorific description, you are pretty - so the block is on the command reading, not on the shape.
If a pattern works with 형용사, it works because it is state-friendly: -(으)면, -지만, -아/어서, the past -았/었-, and 안-negation all attach freely.
Step 5 - Making a verb out of an adjective: -아/어하다
To turn a description into an action - what a person does about a quality - take the 아/어 form and add 하다:
Adjective 아/어 form + 하다
좋아 + 하다 -> 좋아하다 (joahada, to like), 싫어 + 하다 -> 싫어하다 (sireohada, to dislike), 예뻐 + 하다 -> 예뻐하다 (yeppeohada, to dote on).
This changes the particles. The adjective 좋다 describes the thing, so the thing is the subject with 이/가; the verb 좋아하다 acts on it, so the thing is the object with 을/를:
- 김치가 좋아요. (Gimchiga joayo.) - I like kimchi (literally kimchi is good/pleasing).
- 김치를 좋아해요. (Gimchireul joahaeyo.) - I like kimchi.
The -아/어하다 form is also how you report someone else’s feelings, which is why 좋아하다 is the normal verb for third persons.
Step 6 - 안 + 형용사, and a preview of the modifier split
Negation is simple: put 안 in front, with a space. 안 좋아요 (an joayo), 안 비싸요 (an bissayo). One catch for 하다-adjectives: unlike 하다-verbs, they are single words, so 안 goes before the whole thing - 안 조용해요 (an joyonghaeyo), never *조용 안 해요. Full treatment in lesson 14.
Finally, file this away: when a predicate is put in front of a noun to modify it, the class decides the ending - 동사 takes -는 (먹는 meongneun) and 형용사 takes -(으)ㄴ (예쁜 yeppeun, 좋은 joeun). This is the main reason knowing the class matters; it is taught in full in lesson 24.
The predicate classes side by side:
| Class | Ends the sentence with | Example | Takes 이다? | Present modifier |
|---|
| Noun + 이다 | 이에요 / 예요 | 학생이에요. (Haksaengieyo.) - I’m a student. | it is 이다 | -(으)ㄴ: 학생인 |
| 동사 (action) | -아/어요 | 먹어요. (Meogeoyo.) - (I) eat. | no | -는: 먹는 (meongneun) |
| 형용사 (descriptive) | -아/어요 | 좋아요. (Joayo.) - It’s good. | no - never | -(으)ㄴ: 좋은 (joeun) |
| 있다 / 없다 (hybrid) | -어요 | 있어요. (Isseoyo.) - There is. | no | -는: 있는 (inneun), 없는 (eomneun) |
A real adjective paradigm - identical machinery to the action verbs:
| Base form | 해요체 | 합쇼체 | Past | -(으)면 | Modifier |
|---|
| 좋다 (jota) be good | 좋아요 (joayo) | 좋습니다 (joseumnida) | 좋았어요 (joasseoyo) | 좋으면 (joeumyeon) | 좋은 (joeun) |
| 작다 (jakda) be small | 작아요 (jagayo) | 작습니다 (jakseumnida) | 작았어요 (jagasseoyo) | 작으면 (jageumyeon) | 작은 (jageun) |
| 크다 (keuda) be big | 커요 (keoyo) | 큽니다 (keumnida) | 컸어요 (keosseoyo) | 크면 (keumyeon) | 큰 (keun) |
| 예쁘다 (yeppeuda) be pretty | 예뻐요 (yeppeoyo) | 예쁩니다 (yeppeumnida) | 예뻤어요 (yeppeosseoyo) | 예쁘면 (yeppeumyeon) | 예쁜 (yeppeun) |
| 덥다 (deopda) be hot (ㅂ-irr.) | 더워요 (deowoyo) | 덥습니다 (deopseumnida) | 더웠어요 (deowosseoyo) | 더우면 (deoumyeon) | 더운 (deoun) |
| 조용하다 (joyonghada) be quiet | 조용해요 (joyonghaeyo) | 조용합니다 (joyonghamnida) | 조용했어요 (joyonghaesseoyo) | 조용하면 (joyonghamyeon) | 조용한 (joyonghan) |
| 맛있다 (masitda) be tasty | 맛있어요 (masisseoyo) | 맛있습니다 (masitseumnida) | 맛있었어요 (masisseosseoyo) | 맛있으면 (masisseumyeon) | 맛있는 (masinneun) |
Note the last row: 맛있다 is a descriptive verb, but because it is built on 있다 its modifier is -는, not -(으)ㄴ.
The blocked patterns:
| Pattern | With a 동사 | With a 형용사 | What to say instead |
|---|
| -고 있다 | 먹고 있어요 (meokgo isseoyo) | *좋고 있어요 | 좋아요 (joayo) |
| -고 싶다 | 가고 싶어요 (gago sipeoyo) | *예쁘고 싶어요 | 예뻐지고 싶어요 (yeppeojigo sipeoyo) |
| -(으)러 가다 | 먹으러 가요 (meogeureo gayo) | *바쁘러 가요 | no equivalent - rephrase |
| Imperative -(으)세요 | 앉으세요 (anjeuseyo) | *예쁘세요! (as a command) | describe instead: 예뻐요 |
| Propositive -(으)ㅂ시다 | 갑시다 (gapsida) | *바쁩시다 | no equivalent - rephrase |
형용사 + -아/어하다 -> 동사:
| Adjective (state, 이/가) | 아/어 form | Derived verb (action, 을/를) |
|---|
| 좋다 (jota) be likeable | 좋아 | 좋아하다 (joahada) to like |
| 싫다 (silta) be disagreeable | 싫어 | 싫어하다 (sireohada) to dislike |
| 예쁘다 (yeppeuda) be pretty | 예뻐 | 예뻐하다 (yeppeohada) to dote on |
| 무섭다 (museopda) be scary | 무서워 | 무서워하다 (museowohada) to be afraid of |
Examples
- 오늘 날씨가 좋아요. (Oneul nalssiga joayo.) - The weather is nice today.
- 이 가방이 너무 비싸요. (I gabangi neomu bissayo.) - This bag is too expensive.
- 김치가 정말 맛있어요. (Gimchiga jeongmal masisseoyo.) - The kimchi is really delicious.
- 제 방이 커요. (Je bangi keoyo.) - My room is big.
- 요즘 아주 바빠요. (Yojeum aju bappayo.) - I’m very busy these days.
- 여름에는 날씨가 더워요. (Yeoreumeneun nalssiga deowoyo.) - In summer the weather is hot.
- 이 영화는 재미없어요. (I yeonghwaneun jaemieopseoyo.) - This movie is boring.
- 저는 조용한 카페가 좋아요. (Jeoneun joyonghan kapega joayo.) - I like quiet cafes.
- 저는 커피를 좋아해요. (Jeoneun keopireul joahaeyo.) - I like coffee.
- 그 식당은 안 비싸요. (Geu sikdangeun an bissayo.) - That restaurant isn’t expensive.
Common mistakes
- 가방이 예쁜이에요. (Gabangi yeppeunieyo.) -> 가방이 예뻐요. (Gabangi yeppeoyo.) - 예쁘다 is already a verb. Adding 이에요 duplicates the predicate; conjugate the adjective instead.
- 크어요. (Keueoyo.) -> 커요. (Keoyo.) - the 으 of the stem drops before -어요. The contraction is obligatory, exactly as in 쓰다 -> 써요.
- 저는 커피를 좋아요. (Jeoneun keopireul joayo.) -> 저는 커피를 좋아해요. (Jeoneun keopireul joahaeyo.) - 좋다 is descriptive and takes 이/가 (커피가 좋아요); with the object particle 을/를 you need the derived verb 좋아하다.
- 날씨가 좋고 있어요. (Nalssiga joko isseoyo.) -> 날씨가 좋아요. (Nalssiga joayo.) - -고 있다 marks an action in progress, and a quality is not an action. The plain form already means is good right now.
- 방이 조용 안 해요. (Bangi joyong an haeyo.) -> 방이 안 조용해요. (Bangi an joyonghaeyo.) - 조용하다 is one word, unlike the 하다-verbs that split (공부 안 해요), so 안 goes in front of the whole adjective.
Tips
- Read the dictionary form as an English sentence, not an English word. Learn 크다 as to be big, not as big. Do that from day one and *큰이에요 never forms in your head.
- A one-question class test. Can you say it with -고 있다, or command it? Then it is a 동사. If both feel wrong, it is a 형용사 - and it will take -(으)ㄴ in front of a noun.
- 좋다 vs 좋아하다 is about who owns the feeling. 좋다 presents the thing as pleasing (김치가 좋아요), 좋아하다 presents you as liking it (김치를 좋아해요). About a third person, the -아/어하다 verb is the natural choice.
- Watch the 있다-family. 맛있다, 재미있다, 재미없다 are descriptive in meaning but take -는 as their modifier: 맛있는 음식 (masinneun eumsik) - tasty food, never *맛있은.
A1 12 / 68
The everyday polite style 해요체
해요체 -아/어요
In short
해요체 is the polite everyday speech level, and it is made by one small move: take the 아/어 form you already built in lesson 10 and add 요. The same form does four jobs - statement, question, request and suggestion - and only intonation and context tell them apart.
The rule
Verb or adjective stem + -아/어 + 요
Lesson 10 gave you the engine: a stem whose last vowel is ㅏ or ㅗ takes -아, everything else takes -어, and 하- takes 여 -> 해. 해요체 adds nothing new. It just glues 요 onto that form.
먹다 -> stem 먹- -> 먹어 -> 먹어요 (meogeoyo, eat); 가다 -> 가- -> 가 -> 가요 (gayo, go); 하다 -> 해 -> 해요 (haeyo, do).
The contractions from lesson 10 are obligatory here too: 와요 (wayo, come), 마셔요 (masyeoyo, drink), 줘요 (jwoyo, give), 돼요 (dwaeyo, become, be OK), 배워요 (baewoyo, learn). Never write *가아요 or *하어요.
요 is a single unstressed syllable written with no space: 먹어요, not *먹어 요.
Step 2 - It works the same for every word class
Korean has no separate “to be” for adjectives, so 동사 (action verbs) and 형용사 (descriptive verbs, lesson 11) run through exactly the same machine. 있다/없다 are regular here as well. Only 이다 is special.
동사 읽다 -> 읽어요 (ilgeoyo, read); 형용사 바쁘다 -> 바빠요 (bappayo, is busy); 있어요 (isseoyo) / 없어요 (eopseoyo); and every noun + 하다 verb inherits 해요 - 공부하다 -> 공부해요 (gongbuhaeyo).
Irregular stems stay irregular in front of 요, because the irregularity happens before the ending is even attached: 덥다 -> 더워요 (deowoyo), 듣다 -> 들어요 (deureoyo), 짓다 -> 지어요 (jieoyo), 모르다 -> 몰라요 (mollayo), 쓰다 -> 써요 (sseoyo). But the regular look-alikes stay regular: 입다 -> 입어요 (ibeoyo), 받다 -> 받아요 (badayo), 웃다 -> 웃어요 (useoyo).
Step 3 - 이다 is the one exception: 이에요 / 예요
The copula does not build a plain 아/어 form. Its 해요체 has its own two shapes, chosen by the 받침 of the noun in front of it, and it attaches to that noun with no space:
Noun with 받침 + 이에요 / Noun ending in a vowel + 예요
- 학생 (받침 ㅇ) -> 학생이에요 (haksaengieyo) - is a student
- 의사 (vowel) -> 의사예요 (uisayeyo) - is a doctor
The negative counterpart is 아니에요 (anieyo), which follows 이/가: 학생이 아니에요 (haksaengi anieyo) - is not a student. Full treatment in lesson 2.
A 해요체 sentence is ambiguous on paper and perfectly clear in speech. Nothing changes in the ending; the intonation and the context choose the reading.
- Statement - falling intonation: 가요. (Gayo.) - I’m going.
- Question - rising intonation, and in writing a question mark; no word order changes and nothing is added: 가요? (Gayo?) - Are you going?
- Request - a soft imperative, often with 좀 or a gesture: 여기 앉아요. (Yeogi anjayo.) - Sit here. It is gentler than -(으)세요 (lesson 21) but also less deferential, so use it with people at or below your own level.
- Suggestion - marked by 같이 (gachi, together) or 우리 (uri, we): 같이 가요. (Gachi gayo.) - Let’s go together.
This is why Korean questions feel easy at first: there is no auxiliary, no inversion, no do-support.
Step 5 - Where 안 goes
안 is a free adverb standing immediately before the predicate, with a space:
안 + [해요체 predicate]
- 안 가요. (An gayo.) - I’m not going.
- 안 바빠요. (An bappayo.) - I’m not busy.
For noun + 하다 verbs the negative splits the word: 공부 안 해요 (gongbu an haeyo), not *안 공부해요. And 있다 is never negated with 안 - its negative is the separate word 없어요. Everything else about negation is lesson 14.
Step 6 - Why this style, and what the other two are
Korean has several speech levels, but only three are fully alive today. 해요체 is this path’s default because it is the overwhelming majority register of ordinary spoken Korean - and of this project’s own Korean phrase corpus. It is polite enough for shops, colleagues, teachers and strangers, and it is what you will actually hear.
The other two live levels are 합쇼체 (-습니다/-ㅂ니다), the formal deferential style of announcements, news and service speech (lesson 27), and 반말 / 해체, the casual style used with close friends and juniors (lesson 44). Note that 반말 is literally 해요체 minus 요: 해요 -> 해.
Never mix levels inside one sentence or one conversation, and match the pronoun: 저는 … 해요 is polite, 나는 … 해 is casual. *저는 … 해 is a register clash.
The ending, chosen by the stem’s last vowel:
| Stem-final vowel | Ending | Base form | 해요체 |
|---|
| ㅏ or ㅗ | -아요 | 좋다 (jota) | 좋아요 (joayo) |
| ㅏ or ㅗ, vowel-final stem -> contracts | -아요 | 가다 (gada) | 가요 (gayo) |
| any other vowel | -어요 | 먹다 (meokda) | 먹어요 (meogeoyo) |
| any other vowel, vowel-final stem -> contracts | -어요 | 마시다 (masida) | 마셔요 (masyeoyo) |
| 하- | -여요 -> 해요 | 하다 (hada) | 해요 (haeyo) |
Obligatory contractions - never write the long form:
| Stem + ending | Written form | Base form |
|---|
| 가 + 아요 | 가요 (gayo) | 가다 - go |
| 오 + 아요 | 와요 (wayo) | 오다 - come |
| 주 + 어요 | 줘요 (jwoyo) | 주다 - give |
| 마시 + 어요 | 마셔요 (masyeoyo) | 마시다 - drink |
| 배우 + 어요 | 배워요 (baewoyo) | 배우다 - learn |
| 되 + 어요 | 돼요 (dwaeyo) | 되다 - become |
| 하 + 여요 | 해요 (haeyo) | 하다 - do |
Every word class in 해요체:
| Class | Base form | 해요체 | Gloss |
|---|
| 동사 (action verb) | 읽다 (ikda) | 읽어요 (ilgeoyo) | reads |
| 동사, vowel stem | 보다 (boda) | 봐요 (bwayo) | sees, watches |
| 형용사 (descriptive verb) | 좋다 (jota) | 좋아요 (joayo) | is good |
| 형용사, ㅂ-irregular | 덥다 (deopda) | 더워요 (deowoyo) | is hot |
| 이다 (copula), after 받침 | 이다 (ida) | 이에요 (ieyo) | is (a) … |
| 이다 (copula), after vowel | 이다 (ida) | 예요 (yeyo) | is (a) … |
| 아니다 | 아니다 (anida) | 아니에요 (anieyo) | is not (a) … |
| 있다 / 없다 | 있다 / 없다 (itda / eopda) | 있어요 / 없어요 (isseoyo / eopseoyo) | there is / there isn’t |
| 하다 and noun + 하다 | 공부하다 (gongbuhada) | 공부해요 (gongbuhaeyo) | studies |
The copula’s allomorphs, decided by the 받침:
| The noun ends in | Form | Worked example |
|---|
| any 받침 | 이에요 | 학생이에요. (Haksaengieyo.) - I’m a student. |
| ㄹ 받침 (a 받침 like any other) | 이에요 | 서울이에요. (Seourieyo.) - It’s Seoul. |
| a vowel | 예요 | 의사예요. (Uisayeyo.) - I’m a doctor. |
One form, four functions:
| Function | Signal | Example |
|---|
| Statement | falling intonation | 학교에 가요. (Hakgyoe gayo.) - I’m going to school. |
| Question | rising intonation, ? in writing | 학교에 가요? (Hakgyoe gayo?) - Are you going to school? |
| Request | context, often 좀 | 조금만 기다려요. (Jogeumman gidaryeoyo.) - Wait a moment. |
| Suggestion | 같이 / 우리 | 우리 같이 가요. (Uri gachi gayo.) - Let’s go together. |
The three living speech levels, same sentence:
| Level | Ending | Example | Used with |
|---|
| 합쇼체 (L29) | -습니다/-ㅂ니다 | 갑니다. (Gamnida.) | announcements, news, service, the military |
| 해요체 (this lesson) | -아/어요 | 가요. (Gayo.) | almost everything spoken |
| 반말 / 해체 (L46) | -아/어 | 가. (Ga.) | close friends, juniors, children |
Examples
- 저는 한국어를 배워요. (Jeoneun Hangugeoreul baewoyo.) - I’m learning Korean.
- 지금 어디에 가요? (Jigeum eodie gayo?) - Where are you going now?
- 우리 같이 점심 먹어요. (Uri gachi jeomsim meogeoyo.) - Let’s have lunch together.
- 여기 앉아요. (Yeogi anjayo.) - Sit here.
- 오늘은 좀 바빠요. (Oneureun jom bappayo.) - I’m a bit busy today.
- 이 커피는 안 뜨거워요. (I keopineun an tteugeowoyo.) - This coffee isn’t hot.
- 저는 회사원이에요. (Jeoneun hoesawonieyo.) - I’m an office worker.
- 친구가 집에 없어요. (Chinguga jibe eopseoyo.) - My friend isn’t at home.
- 매일 아침에 운동해요. (Maeil achime undonghaeyo.) - I exercise every morning.
- 주말에 뭐 해요? (Jumare mwo haeyo?) - What are you doing at the weekend?
Common mistakes
- 가아요. (Gaayo.) -> 가요. (Gayo.) - When the stem already ends in ㅏ, the ending fuses with it. The uncontracted form is never written.
- 하어요. (Haeoyo.) -> 해요. (Haeyo.) - 하다 does not take -어요. It is the one stem that takes 여, and 하 + 여요 always contracts to 해요.
- 저는 학생이예요. (Jeoneun haksaengiyeyo.) -> 저는 학생이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengieyo.) - 학생 ends in a 받침, so the copula is 이에요. 예요 appears only after a vowel, as in 의사예요.
- 저는 커피를 마셔. (Jeoneun keopireul masyeo.) -> 저는 커피를 마셔요. (Jeoneun keopireul masyeoyo.) - 저는 is the polite pronoun, so the ending must be polite too. Dropping 요 makes it 반말, and 저 + 반말 is a register clash.
- 안 공부해요. (An gongbuhaeyo.) -> 공부 안 해요. (Gongbu an haeyo.) - In a noun + 하다 verb, 안 goes between the noun and 하다, not in front of the whole word.
Tips
- 요 is a switch, not a word. Add it and you are polite; take it off and you are speaking 반말 to a friend. That single syllable is the most useful thing in beginner Korean - when in doubt, keep it on.
- Learn to hear the question, not to build it. There is no inversion and no auxiliary, so 가요 and 가요? are the same three sounds with different pitch. Practise saying every new verb twice, once falling and once rising.
- 해요체 present tense covers more ground than English present. 가요 can mean I go, I’m going, and - with a time word - even I’m going tomorrow. Do not hunt for a progressive form yet; -고 있다 arrives in lesson 32 and is used far less than English -ing.
- Politeness to the listener is not respect for the subject. 해요체 honours the person you are talking to. Honouring the person you are talking about is a separate machine, -(으)시- (lesson 22), and the two stack independently: 가요 (polite) vs 가세요 (polite + honorific subject).
A1 13 / 68
하다 verbs and the noun + 하다 pattern
하다 동사와 명사+하다
In short
하다 (hada, to do) glues onto a plain noun and turns it into a verb: 공부 (study) -> 공부하다, 전화 (phone) -> 전화하다. It is the single most productive word in Korean, and it conjugates by one irregular rule you only ever have to learn once: 하 + 여 -> 해.
The rule
Step 1 - Noun + 하다 makes a verb
Take a noun that names an activity and attach 하다 with no space. The whole thing behaves as one ordinary verb.
Noun + 하다 -> Noun + 해요
- 공부 (gongbu, study) -> 공부해요 (gongbuhaeyo, [I] study)
- 일 (il, work) -> 일해요 (ilhaeyo, [I] work)
- 전화 (jeonhwa, a phone call) -> 전화해요 (jeonhwahaeyo, [I] call)
- 운동 (undong, exercise) -> 운동해요 (undonghaeyo, [I] exercise)
The mechanism is still open: Korean applies it to new loanwords the moment they arrive. 체크하다 (chekeuhada, to check), 스캔하다 (seukaenhada, to scan), 클릭하다 (keullikada, to click) are all built the same way. If you know the noun, you can usually build the verb.
Step 2 - The 여 불규칙, learned once for hundreds of verbs
Every other verb picks -아요 or -어요 by its stem vowel (lesson 10). 하다 belongs to a class of its own: its stem 하- takes -여요, and 하 + 여 contracts to 해. *하아요 does not exist at all; the uncontracted 하여요 is a real form, but a stiff literary one, so in ordinary speech and writing always write 해요.
That one contraction propagates through the whole paradigm, because everything built on the 아/어 form inherits it:
해요 (haeyo) - 했어요 (haesseoyo) - 해서 (haeseo) - 해야 (haeya) - 해 주세요 (hae juseyo)
The forms built on the stem instead, not on the 아/어 form, are perfectly regular: 하세요 (haseyo), 할 거예요 (hal geoyeyo), 하면 (hamyeon), 하고 (hago). And because this applies to 하다 itself, it applies automatically to 공부하다, 전화하다, 사랑하다 and every other member: 공부해요, 전화했어요, 사랑해서.
Step 3 - The separable object: 공부해요 vs 공부를 해요
The noun inside a 하다 verb is still a noun, so it can be pulled out and marked as a real object with 을/를:
Noun + 하다 (solid, the default) <-> Noun + 을/를 + 하다 (split)
- 공부해요 (gongbuhaeyo) <-> 공부를 해요 (gongbureul haeyo)
- 전화했어요 (jeonhwahaesseoyo) <-> 전화를 했어요 (jeonhwareul haesseoyo)
Two things decide which you write:
- Solid is the neutral form. Use it unless something forces a split.
- An adverb or a modifier between the noun and 하다 forces the split, because you cannot insert anything inside a single word: 공부를 열심히 해요 (Gongbureul yeolsimhi haeyo, [I] study hard), 전화를 두 번 했어요 (Jeonhwareul du beon haesseoyo, [I] called twice).
The split also adds a light emphasis on the noun. Note the spacing follows automatically: once 을/를 is there, 해요 is a separate word and takes a space.
One clause holds one object. If the sentence already has an object, keep 하다 solid: 한국어를 공부해요, never *한국어를 공부를 해요.
Step 4 - 하다-adjectives
Not every 하다 word is an action. Many are descriptive verbs (lesson 11) - they describe a state, and they simply happen to end in 하다:
조용하다 (joyonghada, to be quiet), 깨끗하다 (kkaekkeutada, to be clean), 필요하다 (piryohada, to be necessary), 미안하다 (mianhada, to be sorry), 중요하다 (jungyohada, to be important)
They conjugate identically - 조용해요, 깨끗했어요 - but they carry the restrictions of every descriptive verb:
- No 을/를 split. There is no object to pull out: 조용을 해요 is not Korean. The related adverb is 조용히 (joyonghi): 조용히 해요 ([I] keep quiet*).
- No imperative or proposal. *깨끗하세요 is wrong; you say 깨끗하게 하세요 (kkaekkeutage haseyo, make it clean).
- 필요하다 marks what is needed with 이/가, not 을/를: 돈이 필요해요 (Doni piryohaeyo, [I] need money), never *돈을 필요해요.
Quick test: if Noun + 을/를 + 해요 is possible, it is an action verb; if not, it is an adjective.
Step 5 - 하다 vs 되다
Many nouns take both 하다 and 되다 (doeda, to become / to get done). The pair splits the work:
- 하다 - somebody does it. 제가 회의를 시작해요. (Jega hoeuireul sijakaeyo.) - I start the meeting.
- 되다 - it happens, with no agent named. 회의가 시작돼요. (Hoeuiga sijakdwaeyo.) - The meeting starts.
되다 is not irregular - it simply contracts: 되 + 어요 -> 돼요 (dwaeyo), 되 + 었어요 -> 됐어요 (dwaesseoyo), and the contracted spelling is the normal one. Common pairs: 시작하다/시작되다, 준비하다/준비되다, 걱정하다/걱정되다, 취소하다/취소되다. Note that 되다 takes 이/가 on what English would call the object. This is the doorway to the passive - full treatment in lesson 55.
Step 6 - Spacing
명사+하다 is one word: 공부하다, 운동하다, 전화하다. Writing *공부 하다 with a space is a spelling error. The space appears only when a particle comes between them (공부를 해요) or when 하다 is the free verb to do (뭐 해요? - What are you doing?).
하다 in full - the paradigm you reuse for every 하다 verb:
| Form | 하다 | Romanization | Built on |
|---|
| Dictionary form | 하다 | hada | - |
| 해요체 present | 해요 | haeyo | 아/어 form |
| Past | 했어요 | haesseoyo | 아/어 form |
| Reason, sequence -아/어서 | 해서 | haeseo | 아/어 form |
| Obligation -아/어야 | 해야 해요 | haeya haeyo | 아/어 form |
| Polite request -(으)세요 | 하세요 | haseyo | stem |
| Future -(으)ㄹ 거예요 | 할 거예요 | hal geoyeyo | stem |
| Conditional -(으)면 | 하면 | hamyeon | stem |
| Linking -고 | 하고 | hago | stem |
| 합쇼체 (L29) | 합니다 | hamnida | stem |
| 반말 (L46) | 해 | hae | 아/어 form |
Noun + 하다, solid and split:
| Noun | Verb (solid) | 해요 form | Split with 을/를 | Meaning |
|---|
| 공부 (gongbu) | 공부하다 | 공부해요 (gongbuhaeyo) | 공부를 해요 | to study |
| 일 (il) | 일하다 | 일해요 (ilhaeyo) | 일을 해요 | to work |
| 전화 (jeonhwa) | 전화하다 | 전화해요 (jeonhwahaeyo) | 전화를 해요 | to make a call |
| 운동 (undong) | 운동하다 | 운동해요 (undonghaeyo) | 운동을 해요 | to exercise |
| 준비 (junbi) | 준비하다 | 준비해요 (junbihaeyo) | 준비를 해요 | to prepare |
| 사랑 (sarang) | 사랑하다 | 사랑해요 (saranghaeyo) | 사랑을 해요 | to love |
| 체크 (chekeu, loanword) | 체크하다 | 체크해요 (chekeuhaeyo) | 체크를 해요 | to check |
하다-adjectives - same endings, different rules:
| Adjective | 해요 form | Past | The restriction |
|---|
| 조용하다 (joyonghada, be quiet) | 조용해요 (joyonghaeyo) | 조용했어요 (joyonghaesseoyo) | no 을/를 split; adverb is 조용히 |
| 깨끗하다 (kkaekkeutada, be clean) | 깨끗해요 (kkaekkeutaeyo) | 깨끗했어요 (kkaekkeutaesseoyo) | no imperative: 깨끗하게 하세요 |
| 필요하다 (piryohada, be needed) | 필요해요 (piryohaeyo) | 필요했어요 (piryohaesseoyo) | what is needed takes 이/가 |
| 중요하다 (jungyohada, be important) | 중요해요 (jungyohaeyo) | 중요했어요 (jungyohaesseoyo) | describes, never commands |
하다 vs 되다:
| Noun | With 하다 (someone does it) | With 되다 (it happens) |
|---|
| 시작 (sijak) | 시작해요 (sijakaeyo) - starts it | 시작돼요 (sijakdwaeyo) - it starts |
| 준비 (junbi) | 준비해요 (junbihaeyo) - prepares it | 준비됐어요 (junbidwaesseoyo) - it is ready |
| 걱정 (geokjeong) | 걱정해요 (geokjeonghaeyo) - worries about it | 걱정돼요 (geokjeongdwaeyo) - it worries me |
| 취소 (chwiso) | 취소했어요 (chwisohaesseoyo) - cancelled it | 취소됐어요 (chwisodwaesseoyo) - it got cancelled |
Examples
- 저는 매일 한국어를 공부해요. (Jeoneun maeil hangugeoreul gongbuhaeyo.) - I study Korean every day.
- 오늘은 공부를 많이 했어요. (Oneureun gongbureul mani haesseoyo.) - Today I studied a lot.
- 어제 친구한테 전화했어요. (Eoje chinguhante jeonhwahaesseoyo.) - I called my friend yesterday.
- 주말에 공원에서 운동해요. (Jumare gongwoneseo undonghaeyo.) - I exercise at the park on weekends.
- 저는 가족을 사랑해요. (Jeoneun gajogeul saranghaeyo.) - I love my family.
- 지금 시험을 준비해요. (Jigeum siheomeul junbihaeyo.) - I’m preparing for the exam right now.
- 도서관이 아주 조용해요. (Doseogwani aju joyonghaeyo.) - The library is very quiet.
- 저는 지금 돈이 필요해요. (Jeoneun jigeum doni piryohaeyo.) - I need money right now.
- 수업이 아홉 시에 시작돼요. (Sueobi ahop sie sijakdwaeyo.) - The class starts at nine.
- 내일 이메일을 체크할 거예요. (Naeil imeireul chekeuhal geoyeyo.) - I’ll check the email tomorrow.
Common mistakes
- 하아요. (Haayo.) -> 해요. (Haeyo.) - 하다 does not take -아요. Its stem takes -여요, and 하 + 여 contracts to 해.
- 저는 공부 해요. (Jeoneun gongbu haeyo.) -> 저는 공부해요. (Jeoneun gongbuhaeyo.) - with no particle between them, the noun and 하다 are a single word and take no space.
- 조용을 해요. (Joyongeul haeyo.) -> 조용히 해요. (Joyonghi haeyo.) - 조용하다 is a descriptive verb, so there is no object noun to split off. Use the adverb 조용히.
- 저는 돈을 필요해요. (Jeoneun doneul piryohaeyo.) -> 저는 돈이 필요해요. (Jeoneun doni piryohaeyo.) - 필요하다 describes a state, not an action; what you need is its subject, marked with 이/가.
- 제가 회의를 시작돼요. (Jega hoeuireul sijakdwaeyo.) -> 제가 회의를 시작해요. (Jega hoeuireul sijakaeyo.) - 되다 never takes an object. If you name the person doing it, the verb must be 하다.
Tips
- Learn 하다 once, get hundreds of verbs free. 해요, 했어요, 해서, 해야, 하세요, 할 거예요 is the whole story. Every 명사+하다 verb - including ones invented last week - inflects exactly like this, so the 여 불규칙 is the highest-return five minutes in A1.
- The 을/를 test tells you the word class. If Noun + 을/를 + 해요 sounds right (공부를 해요, 운동을 해요), it is an action verb. If it does not (*조용을 해요, *필요를 해요), it is a 하다-adjective and follows lesson 11’s rules instead.
- 하다 = I do it, 되다 = it gets done. English uses one verb for both (the meeting starts / I start the meeting); Korean makes you choose, and 되다 puts 이/가 on the thing affected.
- Negation goes inside the compound. With 안, the split is obligatory: 공부 안 해요 (gongbu an haeyo), not *안 공부해요. The full picture is next door in lesson 14.
A1 14 / 68
Saying no: 안, 못, -지 않다, -지 못하다
부정 안·못·-지 않다·-지 못하다
In short
Korean negates a sentence in two ways: put the little adverb 안 (an, not) or 못 (mot, can’t) in front of the predicate, or attach the long ending -지 않다 / -지 못하다 to the stem. 안 denies; 못 says you were unable. Three verbs refuse the negative adverbs and use a separate negative word instead: 있다 -> 없다, 알다 -> 모르다, 이다 -> 아니다.
The rule
Step 1 - Two negatives, and they mean different things
안 is plain denial: it doesn’t happen, it isn’t so, or I choose not to. 못 says the action was blocked - by lack of ability, by circumstances, by someone else.
- 안 가요. (An gayo.) - I’m not going. (I don’t want to, I have no reason to.)
- 못 가요. (Mot gayo.) - I can’t go. (Something is stopping me.)
Because 못 is about ability, it attaches only to 동사 (action verbs). An adjective describes a state, and a state cannot be “unable”, so *못 바빠요 is impossible - the negative of 바빠요 is 안 바빠요 (an bappayo, isn’t busy).
안 / 못 + [predicate], with a space.
They stand immediately before the verb - after the object, after the place, after everything else, because Korean is verb-final:
Object + 을/를 + 안 + Verb - 저는 아침을 안 먹어요. (Jeoneun achimeul an meogeoyo.) - I don’t eat breakfast.
The space matters. 안 가다 is not to go, but 안가 written solid is a different word altogether, and 못 하다 (to be unable to do it) is not 못하다 (to be bad at something) - see the Tips.
Verb or adjective stem + -지 않다 / Verb stem + -지 못하다
This one is a real ending, so it goes on the stem, and then 않다/못하다 conjugates as usual: 않다 -> 않아요 (anayo), 못하다 -> 못해요 (motaeyo).
가다 -> 가- -> 가지 않아요 (gaji anayo); 먹다 -> 먹- -> 먹지 못해요 (meokji motaeyo).
Two things make -지 unusually easy. It has no allomorphs - unlike 은/는, 이/가 or -(으)면, it attaches in one single shape whether the stem ends in a vowel or a 받침. And because it starts with a consonant, it never triggers an irregular stem: 덥다 -> 덥지 않아요 (deopji anayo), not *더우지 않아요.
Spacing: 않아요 and 못해요 are separate auxiliary words, so 하지 않아요 takes a space. *하지않아요 is a spelling error.
The long form is not more polite - it is more written and more emphatic. In ordinary speech the short form is far more common.
A noun + 하다 verb like 공부하다 is one word, but 안 and 못 wedge themselves in between the noun and 하다:
- 공부 안 해요. (Gongbu an haeyo.) - I don’t study. Never *안 공부해요.
- 공부 못 해요. (Gongbu mot haeyo.) - I can’t study.
The long form does not split, because it is an ending on the whole stem: 공부하지 않아요 (gongbuhaji anayo).
Two groups look like 하다 verbs but do not split:
- 하다-adjectives: only a 동사 splits, so 안 stays in front of the whole word - 안 피곤해요 (an pigonhaeyo, isn’t tired), not *피곤 안 해요. (피곤 is a perfectly good noun; what blocks the split is that 피곤하다 is a 형용사.)
- Lexicalized verbs whose 하다 sits on a verb form rather than a noun: 안 좋아해요 (an joahaeyo, doesn’t like), 안 싫어해요 (an sireohaeyo, doesn’t dislike).
Step 5 - Three verbs have a suppletive negative
Some words own a separate negative word, and the negative adverbs are simply ungrammatical with them.
- 있다 -> 없다: *안 있어요 is wrong; say 없어요 (eopseoyo). See lesson 6.
- 알다 -> 모르다: *안 알아요 is wrong; say 몰라요 (mollayo, 르-irregular).
- 이다 -> 아니다: *학생이 안 이에요 is wrong; say 학생이 아니에요 (haksaengi anieyo), with 이/가 on the noun. See lesson 2.
The block is on the short adverb. The long ending is still possible in careful writing (알지 못해요, 있지 않아요), but as a beginner use the suppletive word.
Step 6 - 못 is spelled 못 and pronounced [몯]
The 받침 ㅅ in 못 is never an [s]. It neutralises to a plain [t] stop, and then reacts to whatever follows - this is why 못 sounds different in almost every sentence while the spelling never changes. The full set of rules lives in the reading and pronunciation guide, in its lesson on the sound changes that the spelling hides; the table below has the four cases you need now.
Step 7 - Adverbs that require a negative
A small set of adverbs and adverbial phrases is negative-polarity: they license, and demand, a negative predicate. Saying them with a positive verb is a real error, not a stylistic slip.
별로 (byeollo, not particularly), 전혀 (jeonhyeo, not at all), 하나도 (hanado, not one bit - literally 하나 + the particle 도, see lesson 15).
별로 안 좋아해요. (Byeollo an joahaeyo.) - I don’t like it much. But *별로 좋아해요 is wrong - there is no positive 별로.
아직 (ajik) is not one of these. Paired with a negative it means not yet (아직 안 왔어요. Ajik an wasseoyo. - hasn’t come yet), but with a positive predicate it simply means still (아직 자요. Ajik jayo. - is still asleep), so on its own it does not demand a negative.
안 vs 못 - the core contrast:
| 안 / -지 않다 | 못 / -지 못하다 |
|---|
| Meaning | doesn’t, isn’t, won’t - denial or choice | can’t - ability, or an outside obstacle |
| Attaches to | 동사 and 형용사 | 동사 (only the long form ever reaches a 형용사, in a falls short of sense) |
| Short form | 안 가요 (an gayo) - isn’t going | 못 가요 (mot gayo) - can’t go |
| Long form | 가지 않아요 (gaji anayo) | 가지 못해요 (gaji motaeyo) |
| With an adjective | 안 바빠요 (an bappayo) - isn’t busy | not possible (*못 바빠요) |
| Past (L18) | 안 갔어요 (an gasseoyo) - didn’t go | 못 갔어요 (mot gasseoyo) - couldn’t go |
Short form vs long form - same meaning, different register:
| Short (짧은 부정) | Long (긴 부정) |
|---|
| Shape | 안/못 + predicate | stem + -지 않아요 / -지 못해요 |
| Where it lives | everyday speech | writing, formal speech, emphasis |
| Frequency | much more common | less common, fully neutral |
| 먹다 | 안 먹어요 (an meogeoyo) | 먹지 않아요 (meokji anayo) |
| 하다 verbs | splits: 공부 안 해요 | no split: 공부하지 않아요 |
-지 않다 attaches in one shape - no allomorphs:
| The stem ends in | Form | Worked example |
|---|
| a vowel | stem + -지 않아요 | 가다 -> 가지 않아요 (gaji anayo) - doesn’t go |
| any 받침 | stem + -지 않아요 | 먹다 -> 먹지 않아요 (meokji anayo) - doesn’t eat |
| ㄹ 받침 (the ㄹ stays) | stem + -지 않아요 | 만들다 -> 만들지 않아요 (mandeulji anayo) - doesn’t make |
| ㅂ-irregular (stays regular here) | stem + -지 않아요 | 덥다 -> 덥지 않아요 (deopji anayo) - isn’t hot |
| 하다 verb (does not split) | stem + -지 않아요 | 공부하다 -> 공부하지 않아요 (gongbuhaji anayo) - doesn’t study |
| 동사 only, for inability | stem + -지 못해요 | 자다 -> 자지 못해요 (jaji motaeyo) - can’t sleep |
The three suppletive negatives:
| Positive | Negative | Never say |
|---|
| 있어요 (isseoyo) - there is, has | 없어요 (eopseoyo) | *안 있어요 |
| 알아요 (arayo) - knows | 몰라요 (mollayo) | *안 알아요 |
| 학생이에요 (haksaengieyo) - is a student | 학생이 아니에요 (haksaengi anieyo) | *학생이 안 이에요 |
How 못 is pronounced:
| Written | What follows | Sounds like | Note |
|---|
| 못 가요 | a plain consonant | [몯까요] | the ㅅ is a [t] stop; the next consonant tenses |
| 못해요 | ㅎ | [모태요] (motaeyo) | [t] + ㅎ fuse into ㅌ |
| 못 먹어요 | ㅁ or ㄴ | [몬 머거요] (mon meogeoyo) | nasal assimilation: [t] -> [n] |
| 못 와요 | a vowel | [모돠요] (modwayo) | the neutralised [t] links across the gap |
Revised Romanization writes assimilation and aspiration but not tensing, so 못 가요 is romanized mot gayo even though the ㄱ is tense.
Adverbs that demand a negative:
| Adverb | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| 별로 (byeollo) | not particularly | 별로 안 좋아해요. (Byeollo an joahaeyo.) - I don’t like it much. |
| 전혀 (jeonhyeo) | not at all | 전혀 몰라요. (Jeonhyeo mollayo.) - I have no idea at all. |
| 하나도 (hanado) | not one bit | 하나도 안 매워요. (Hanado an maewoyo.) - It isn’t spicy at all. |
Examples
- 저는 커피를 안 마셔요. (Jeoneun keopireul an masyeoyo.) - I don’t drink coffee.
- 오늘은 학교에 안 가요. (Oneureun hakgyoe an gayo.) - I’m not going to school today.
- 주말에는 일 안 해요. (Jumareneun il an haeyo.) - I don’t work at the weekend.
- 저는 술을 못 마셔요. (Jeoneun sureul mot masyeoyo.) - I can’t drink alcohol.
- 어제 파티에 못 갔어요. (Eoje patie mot gasseoyo.) - I couldn’t go to the party yesterday.
- 저는 수영을 못해요. (Jeoneun suyeongeul motaeyo.) - I can’t swim.
- 이 책은 별로 어렵지 않아요. (I chaegeun byeollo eoryeopji anayo.) - This book isn’t very difficult.
- 그 사람 이름을 전혀 몰라요. (Geu saram ireumeul jeonhyeo mollayo.) - I don’t know his name at all.
- 아직 점심을 안 먹었어요. (Ajik jeomsimeul an meogeosseoyo.) - I haven’t had lunch yet.
- 지금은 시간이 없어요. (Jigeumeun sigani eopseoyo.) - I don’t have time right now.
Common mistakes
- 안 공부해요. (An gongbuhaeyo.) -> 공부 안 해요. (Gongbu an haeyo.) - In the short form, 안 splits a noun + 하다 verb and stands just before 하다. Only the long form keeps the word whole: 공부하지 않아요.
- 저는 안 알아요. (Jeoneun an arayo.) -> 저는 몰라요. (Jeoneun mollayo.) - 알다 has its own negative word, 모르다. The same block applies to 있다, whose negative is 없다.
- 어제 안 잤어요. (Eoje an jasseoyo.) -> 어제 못 잤어요. (Eoje mot jasseoyo.) - If sleep would not come, that is inability: 못. 안 잤어요 says you deliberately stayed up.
- 가지않아요. (Gajianayo.) -> 가지 않아요. (Gaji anayo.) - 않아요 is an auxiliary verb, not a suffix, so 띄어쓰기 requires the space. Same for 하지 못해요.
- 오늘은 못 바빠요. (Oneureun mot bappayo.) -> 오늘은 안 바빠요. (Oneureun an bappayo.) - 못 negates only action verbs. A state cannot be “unable”, so adjectives always take 안.
Tips
- 안 = won’t, 못 = can’t. Ask yourself whether the thing failed to happen because of a decision (안) or because of an obstacle (못). English blurs this - I didn’t go covers both - so the choice has to be made consciously every time.
- The space is a different word. 못 하다 (mot hada) is couldn’t do it; 못하다 (motada) written solid is to be bad at it. So 수영을 못해요 = I can’t swim / I’m a poor swimmer, while 숙제를 못 했어요 = I didn’t manage to do the homework. Likewise 잘 못해요 (I’m not good at it) vs 잘 못 해요 (I couldn’t do it properly).
- Speak short, write long. Learners often reach for -지 않다 because it looks more like a grammar rule. Native speech reaches for 안 and 못 first. Default to the short form and keep the long one for writing and for stressing the denial.
- 별로 and 전혀 are half a negative. They cannot stand alone the way English hardly or barely can - the negative predicate must still be there. If you say 별로, your sentence has already promised an 안, a 못 or a 없어요 at the end.
A1 15 / 68
Focus particles 도, 만 and 밖에
도·만·밖에
In short
도 (too, also, even), 만 (only) and 밖에 (nothing but) attach to a noun with no space and add focus to it. The rule you must not forget: they push out 이/가, 은/는 and 을/를, but they stack after 에, 에서 and 한테 - and 밖에 always needs a negative predicate (안, 못, 없다, 모르다).
The rule
Step 1 - One shape, no allomorphs
Unlike 이/가 or 을/를, these three never change form. 도 is always 도, 만 is always 만, 밖에 is always 밖에, after a vowel and after a 받침 alike: 저도 (jeodo), 책도 (chaekdo), 물만 (mulman), 하나만 (hanaman), 물밖에 (mulbakke). That is the easy half of the lesson.
Step 2 - 도 = too, also, even
Noun + 도. It says “this one as well as the other one.”
- 저도 학생이에요. (Jeodo haksaengieyo.) - I am a student too.
- 김치도 좋아해요. (Gimchido joahaeyo.) - I like kimchi too.
Repeat it on two nouns and you get both … and:
- 커피도 차도 좋아해요. (Keopido chado joahaeyo.) - I like both coffee and tea.
With something unexpected, the same 도 means even:
- 아이도 알아요. (Aido arayo.) - Even a child knows it.
Step 3 - 만 = only, just
Noun + 만. It shuts everything else out, neutrally - no complaint attached.
- 저는 물만 마셔요. (Jeoneun mulman masyeoyo.) - I drink only water.
- 공부만 해요. (Gongbuman haeyo.) - [He] does nothing but study.
Step 4 - The stacking rule (the real content of this lesson)
Korean particles come in two groups, and the focus particles treat them differently.
Group A - replaced. The subject 이/가, the topic 은/는 and the object 을/를 disappear. You write the noun, then 도/만/밖에, and nothing else:
- 저는 + 도 -> 저도 (never *저는도)
- 김치를 + 도 -> 김치도 (never *김치를도)
도 never lets the case marker back in. 만 is the one form to watch: the case marker can never come before it, but in careful or emphatic style it can follow it (저만이 왔어요, Jeomani wasseoyo; 그것만을 원해요, Geugeonmaneul wonhaeyo). At A1 the bare 저만 is what you want.
Group B - kept. The place and role particles 에, 에서, 한테/에게, (으)로 stay, and the focus particle comes after them:
- 집에 + 도 -> 집에도 (jibedo, at home too)
- 도서관에서 + 만 -> 도서관에서만 (doseogwaneseoman, only at the library)
- 친구한테 + 밖에 -> 친구한테밖에 (chinguhantebakke, to nobody but my friend)
The order is fixed: Noun + place particle + 도/만/밖에. *집도에서 is wrong.
Step 5 - 밖에 = nothing but, and it demands a negative
Noun + 밖에 + negative predicate. This is not a stylistic preference - a positive verb after 밖에 is simply ungrammatical. The negative can be 없다, 안, 못, -지 않다 or 모르다:
- 물밖에 없어요. (Mulbakke eopseoyo.) - There is nothing but water.
- 저밖에 안 왔어요. (Jeobakke an wasseoyo.) - Nobody but me came.
- 하나밖에 못 샀어요. (Hanabakke mot sasseoyo.) - I could only buy one.
English translates all of these with only, and the English only is positive - which is exactly why learners drop the 안/못. Train the pair as one chunk: 밖에 … 안/못/없어요.
Step 6 - 만 vs 밖에
Both come out as only in English, but they carry different attitudes.
- 하나만 샀어요. (Hanaman sasseoyo.) - I bought just one. Neutral: one was what I wanted.
- 하나밖에 안 샀어요. (Hanabakke an sasseoyo.) - I bought only one. Loaded: one is not much, and I feel it.
So 밖에 carries a built-in and that is too few / too little. When you simply want to state a restriction, use 만.
Step 7 - 도 with a negative: 도 안, 도 못, 하나도 안
도 combines happily with negation and gives not … either:
- 저도 안 가요. (Jeodo an gayo.) - I am not going either.
Fixed and very frequent: 하나도 + negative = not … at all (literally “not even one”).
- 하나도 안 매워요. (Hanado an maewoyo.) - It is not spicy at all.
- 하나도 없어요. (Hanado eopseoyo.) - There is none at all.
The same trick makes 아무 words negative: 아무도 안 와요. (Amudo an wayo.) - Nobody is coming.
Forms & patterns
The stacking table - what gets replaced, what gets kept:
| Preceding particle | + 도 | + 만 | + 밖에 | Status |
|---|
| 이/가 (subject) | 저도 (jeodo) | 저만 (jeoman) | 저밖에 (jeobakke) | replaced |
| 은/는 (topic) | 저도 (jeodo) | 저만 (jeoman) | 저밖에 (jeobakke) | replaced |
| 을/를 (object) | 김치도 (gimchido) | 김치만 (gimchiman) | 김치밖에 (gimchibakke) | replaced |
| 에 (location, time) | 집에도 (jibedo) | 집에만 (jibeman) | 집에밖에 (jibebakke) | kept |
| 에서 (place of action) | 집에서도 (jibeseodo) | 집에서만 (jibeseoman) | 집에서밖에 (jibeseobakke) | kept |
| 한테 / 에게 (to a person) | 친구한테도 (chinguhantedo) | 친구한테만 (chinguhanteman) | 친구한테밖에 (chinguhantebakke) | kept |
| (으)로 (means, direction) | 버스로도 (beoseurodo) | 버스로만 (beoseuroman) | 버스로밖에 (beoseurobakke) | kept |
만 vs 밖에 - the same fact, two attitudes:
| 만 (neutral restriction) | 밖에 + negative (only, and it is too little) |
|---|
| 하나만 샀어요. (Hanaman sasseoyo.) I bought just one. | 하나밖에 안 샀어요. (Hanabakke an sasseoyo.) I bought only one. |
| 물만 있어요. (Mulman isseoyo.) There is only water. | 물밖에 없어요. (Mulbakke eopseoyo.) There is nothing but water. |
| 저만 왔어요. (Jeoman wasseoyo.) Only I came. | 저밖에 안 왔어요. (Jeobakke an wasseoyo.) Nobody but me came. |
| 조금만 주세요. (Jogeumman juseyo.) Just give me a little. | 조금밖에 없어요. (Jogeumbakke eopseoyo.) There is only a little. |
Which negatives license 밖에:
| Negative | Example | Romanization | Meaning |
|---|
| 없다 | 물밖에 없어요. | Mulbakke eopseoyo. | There is nothing but water. |
| 안 | 저밖에 안 왔어요. | Jeobakke an wasseoyo. | Nobody but me came. |
| 못 | 하나밖에 못 샀어요. | Hanabakke mot sasseoyo. | I could only buy one. |
| -지 않다 | 조금밖에 먹지 않아요. | Jogeumbakke meokji anayo. | I eat only a little. |
| 모르다 | 조금밖에 몰라요. | Jogeumbakke mollayo. | I know only a little. |
Examples
- 저도 학생이에요. (Jeodo haksaengieyo.) - I am a student too.
- 커피도 차도 좋아해요. (Keopido chado joahaeyo.) - I like both coffee and tea.
- 주말에도 일해요. (Jumaredo ilhaeyo.) - I work on weekends too.
- 저는 물만 마셔요. (Jeoneun mulman masyeoyo.) - I drink only water.
- 도서관에서만 공부해요. (Doseogwaneseoman gongbuhaeyo.) - I study only at the library.
- 냉장고에 물밖에 없어요. (Naengjanggo-e mulbakke eopseoyo.) - There is nothing but water in the fridge.
- 오늘은 저밖에 안 왔어요. (Oneureun jeobakke an wasseoyo.) - Today nobody but me came.
- 사과 하나밖에 못 샀어요. (Sagwa hanabakke mot sasseoyo.) - I could only buy one apple.
- 저도 안 가요. (Jeodo an gayo.) - I am not going either.
- 이 음식은 하나도 안 매워요. (I eumsigeun hanado an maewoyo.) - This food is not spicy at all.
Common mistakes
- 저는도 학생이에요. (Jeoneundo haksaengieyo.) -> 저도 학생이에요. (Jeodo haksaengieyo.) - 도 replaces the subject 이/가, the topic 은/는 and the object 을/를 - it does not queue up behind them. The same forms hold for 만 and 밖에: 저만, 저밖에, 김치도.
- 집도에서 공부해요. (Jipdo-eseo gongbuhaeyo.) -> 집에서도 공부해요. (Jibeseodo gongbuhaeyo.) - 에/에서/한테 are kept, and the focus particle goes last. Never insert 도 in front of a place particle.
- 물밖에 있어요. (Mulbakke isseoyo.) -> 물밖에 없어요. (Mulbakke eopseoyo.) - 밖에 cannot stand with a positive predicate. If you want a positive verb, switch to 만: 물만 있어요.
- 하나밖에 샀어요. (Hanabakke sasseoyo.) -> 하나밖에 안 샀어요. (Hanabakke an sasseoyo.) - English only is positive and the 안 gets lost in translation. 밖에 and 안/못 travel together.
- 집 밖에 없어요. (Jip bakke eopseoyo.) -> 집밖에 없어요. (Jipbakke eopseoyo.) - Spacing changes the word. Written solid, 밖에 is the particle nothing but; written apart, 밖 is the noun outside, so 집 밖에 means outside the house.
Tips
- Two groups, one line to remember them: “role particles die, place particles survive.” 이/가, 은/는, 을/를 are swallowed by 도/만/밖에; 에, 에서, 한테, (으)로 stay put and take the focus particle on their back. Almost every error in this lesson is a violation of that one line.
- 밖에 is a negative-polarity item - like English anything in “I don’t have anything”. You would never say I have anything, and Korean feels the same way about 밖에 without 안/못/없다. Drill the frame ___밖에 없어요 until it is automatic.
- Pick 만 when you are neutral, 밖에 when you are disappointed. 십 분만 있어요 (Sip bunman isseoyo) is I have just ten minutes (that is enough); 십 분밖에 없어요 (Sip bunbakke eopseoyo) is I have only ten minutes (help). Native speakers hear the difference immediately.
- 하나도 does not mean “one also”. It is not a dictionary word of its own - it is 하나 + 도 - but with a negative it works as a fixed expression meaning not at all: 하나도 안 매워요, 하나도 없어요, 하나도 모르겠어요 (Hanado moreugesseoyo, I have no idea at all). Treat it as a single vocabulary item.
A1 16 / 68
The past tense -았/었-
과거 시제 -았/었-
In short
The Korean past tense is one syllable slipped into a word you can already build: take the 아/어 form from lesson 10, add ㅆ, and finish with 어요. 먹어 -> 먹었어요, 가 -> 갔어요, 해 -> 했어요. There is no separate perfect tense - this one form covers ate, have eaten and had eaten.
The rule
Step 1 - The past marker sits INSIDE the word, before the final ending
Korean is agglutinative: a predicate is a stem with slots stacked on it, and the sentence ending always comes last. Tense goes in the slot just before it.
Stem + [아/어 form] + -ㅆ- + -어요
So 먹었어요 is not one lump but 먹 + 었 + 어요: stem, past, politeness. That is why you will later see 먹었는데, 먹었지만, 먹었습니다 - the same 었 with a different ending bolted on.
Step 2 - Choosing 았 or 었 is the lesson-12 rule again, nothing new
-았- and -었- are the same 아/어 pair you already know, with ㅆ riding on top:
- Stem’s last vowel is ㅏ or ㅗ -> -았-. 받다 -> 받 + 았 -> 받았어요 (badasseoyo, received).
- Anything else -> -었-. 먹다 -> 먹 + 었 -> 먹었어요 (meogeosseoyo, ate).
- 하다 -> 했-. 하 + 였 -> 했어요 (haesseoyo, did), and so every noun + 하다 verb: 공부했어요 (gongbuhaesseoyo, studied).
Only the last vowel of the stem counts, exactly as before.
Step 3 - The contractions are the same ones, and still obligatory
If the stem ends in a vowel, the 아/어 merges into it first, and then ㅆ lands on the merged block. *가았어요 is simply impossible, and although the uncontracted 마시었어요 is tolerated on paper, nobody writes it - use 마셨어요. The full list is in Forms & patterns - it is the lesson-12 table with 어요 swapped for ㅆ어요.
Step 4 - The shortcut: 해요체 minus 요, plus ㅆ어요
Because the past is built on the same 아/어 form as 해요체, you can go straight from the polite present to the polite past:
[해요체 form] - 요 + ㅆ어요
가요 -> 갔어요, 마셔요 -> 마셨어요, 배워요 -> 배웠어요, 돼요 -> 됐어요, 해요 -> 했어요. This works for every verb and every adjective. The copula is the one exception (Step 5) - do not run 이에요 through it.
Note that the ending after the past marker is always 어요, never 아요. The 아/어 choice is made once, before the ㅆ; after it, 었어요 is fixed. *갔아요 is always wrong.
Step 5 - 이다, 아니다, 있다, 없다
The copula’s 해요체 이에요/예요 is not built on an 아/어 form, so the Step-4 shortcut does not apply; its past is chosen instead by the 받침 of the noun in front:
Noun with 받침 + 이었어요 / Noun ending in a vowel + 였어요
학생 (받침 ㅇ) -> 학생이었어요 (haksaengieosseoyo, was a student); 의사 (vowel) -> 의사였어요 (uisayeosseoyo, was a doctor). 였어요 is simply 이었어요 contracted after a vowel. The negative is 아니었어요 (anieosseoyo), still with 이/가: 학생이 아니었어요 (haksaengi anieosseoyo).
있다/없다, by contrast, are perfectly regular: 있었어요 (isseosseoyo, there was, had) and 없었어요 (eopseosseoyo, there wasn’t, didn’t have).
Step 6 - Adjectives take the past too
Korean 형용사 are verbs (lesson 11), so they inflect for tense just like action verbs - where English needs was + adjective, Korean needs no 이다 at all: 추웠어요 (chuwosseoyo, it was cold), 좋았어요 (joasseoyo, it was good), 바빴어요 (bappasseoyo, I was busy).
추웠어요 comes from 춥다, a ㅂ-irregular (춥 -> 추워); its regular look-alike 좁다 gives 좁았어요 (jobasseoyo). The irregular classes are lesson 17 - what matters here is that the irregularity happens before the ㅆ is attached, so the past never fixes a stem you conjugated wrongly.
Step 7 - Negation in the past
Negation is built exactly as in lesson 14; only the ending goes past.
- Short form - 안 and 못 stay free adverbs with a space, and the past marker goes on the verb: 안 갔어요 (an gasseoyo, didn’t go), 못 갔어요 (mot gasseoyo, couldn’t go).
- Long form - the past marker goes on the AUXILIARY, not on the main stem: 가지 않았어요 (gaji anasseoyo), 먹지 못했어요 (meokji motaesseoyo). Never *갔지 않아요.
Step 8 - -았/었었- for a discontinued past
Doubling the marker gives -았었-/-었었-, which says the situation held once and is now clearly over, with no trace left in the present.
- 서울에 살았어요. (Seoure sarasseoyo.) - I lived in Seoul (neutral; possibly still there).
- 서울에 살았었어요. (Seoure sarasseosseoyo.) - I used to live in Seoul (and I no longer do).
It is far rarer than English used to. Plain -았/었- is the default; reach for -았었- only when the break with the present is the point.
Step 9 - Korean past is not the English perfect
One Korean form covers I ate, I have eaten and I had eaten. So 아침 먹었어요? (Achim meogeosseoyo?) means Have you had breakfast?, not Did you eat breakfast (at some point in your life)?.
The reverse trap matters more: several Korean verbs describe entering a state, so their PAST is the natural way to say a PRESENT English state - 결혼했어요 (gyeolhonhaesseoyo) is I am married, 왔어요 (wasseoyo) is he’s here, 늦었어요 (neujeosseoyo) is I’m late.
Choosing the marker - the lesson-12 rule with ㅆ on top:
| Stem shape | Marker | Dictionary form | 해요체 | Past |
|---|
| 받침, last vowel ㅏ/ㅗ | -았- | 받다 (batda, receive) | 받아요 | 받았어요 (badasseoyo) |
| 받침, last vowel ㅗ | -았- | 좋다 (jota, be good) | 좋아요 | 좋았어요 (joasseoyo) |
| 받침, other vowel | -었- | 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹어요 | 먹었어요 (meogeosseoyo) |
| 받침, other vowel | -었- | 읽다 (ikda, read) | 읽어요 | 읽었어요 (ilgeosseoyo) |
| double 받침 | -았- | 앉다 (anda, sit) | 앉아요 | 앉았어요 (anjasseoyo) |
| ㄹ-stem (regular before 아/어) | -았- | 살다 (salda, live) | 살아요 | 살았어요 (sarasseoyo) |
| 하- | 했- | 하다 (hada, do) | 해요 | 했어요 (haesseoyo) |
Vowel-final stems - the contractions from lesson 10, obligatory here too:
| Stem + marker | 해요체 | Past | Romanization | Base form |
|---|
| 가 + 았 | 가요 | 갔어요 | gasseoyo | 가다 - go |
| 오 + 았 | 와요 | 왔어요 | wasseoyo | 오다 - come |
| 보 + 았 | 봐요 | 봤어요 | bwasseoyo | 보다 - see, watch |
| 마시 + 었 | 마셔요 | 마셨어요 | masyeosseoyo | 마시다 - drink |
| 배우 + 었 | 배워요 | 배웠어요 | baewosseoyo | 배우다 - learn |
| 주 + 었 | 줘요 | 줬어요 | jwosseoyo | 주다 - give |
| 되 + 었 | 돼요 | 됐어요 | dwaesseoyo | 되다 - become, be OK |
| 지내 + 었 | 지내요 | 지냈어요 | jinaesseoyo | 지내다 - get along, spend time |
이다, 아니다, 있다/없다 and adjectives:
| Word | Present | Past | Note |
|---|
| 이다 after 받침 | 학생이에요 | 학생이었어요 (haksaengieosseoyo) | the shortcut does not apply |
| 이다 after a vowel | 의사예요 | 의사였어요 (uisayeosseoyo) | 이었어요 contracted |
| 아니다 | 아니에요 | 아니었어요 (anieosseoyo) | takes 이/가 on the noun |
| 있다 / 없다 | 있어요 / 없어요 | 있었어요 / 없었어요 (isseosseoyo / eopseosseoyo) | fully regular |
| 형용사 좋다 | 좋아요 | 좋았어요 (joasseoyo) | no 이다 needed for was good |
| 형용사 춥다 (ㅂ-irregular) | 추워요 | 추웠어요 (chuwosseoyo) | irregular before the ㅆ - L19 |
| 형용사 좁다 (regular) | 좁아요 | 좁았어요 (jobasseoyo) | the ㅂ look-alike stays regular |
The past in negation, in 합쇼체, and doubled:
| Pattern | Example | Romanization | Gloss |
|---|
| 안 + past | 안 갔어요. | An gasseoyo. | didn’t go |
| 못 + past | 못 갔어요. | Mot gasseoyo. | couldn’t go |
| -지 않았어요 | 가지 않았어요. | Gaji anasseoyo. | didn’t go (long form) |
| -지 못했어요 | 먹지 못했어요. | Meokji motaesseoyo. | couldn’t eat |
| -았/었습니다 (L29) | 갔습니다. | Gatseumnida. | went (formal) |
| -았/었었- | 살았었어요. | Sarasseosseoyo. | used to live (no longer) |
Examples
- 어제 학교에 갔어요. (Eoje hakgyoe gasseoyo.) - I went to school yesterday.
- 친구가 집에 왔어요. (Chinguga jibe wasseoyo.) - A friend came to my house.
- 아침 먹었어요? (Achim meogeosseoyo?) - Have you had breakfast?
- 주말에 영화를 봤어요. (Jumare yeonghwareul bwasseoyo.) - I watched a film at the weekend.
- 어제는 정말 추웠어요. (Eojeneun jeongmal chuwosseoyo.) - Yesterday was really cold.
- 그때 저는 학생이었어요. (Geuttae jeoneun haksaengieosseoyo.) - At that time I was a student.
- 시간이 없었어요. (Sigani eopseosseoyo.) - I didn’t have time.
- 어제는 회사에 안 갔어요. (Eojeneun hoesae an gasseoyo.) - I didn’t go to the office yesterday.
- 작년에 한국어를 배웠어요. (Jangnyeone Hangugeoreul baewosseoyo.) - I learned Korean last year.
- 잘 지냈어요? (Jal jinaesseoyo?) - How have you been?
Common mistakes
- 어제 학교에 가요. (Eoje hakgyoe gayo.) -> 어제 학교에 갔어요. (Eoje hakgyoe gasseoyo.) - A time word like 어제 does not mark tense. Korean puts the past on the verb, every time, even when the adverb already says it.
- 밥을 먹었아요. (Babeul meogeosayo.) -> 밥을 먹었어요. (Babeul meogeosseoyo.) - After the past marker the ending is always 어요. The 아/어 choice is spent on 았/었 and is never made twice.
- 저는 학생이였어요. (Jeoneun haksaengiyeosseoyo.) -> 저는 학생이었어요. (Jeoneun haksaengieosseoyo.) - 학생 ends in a 받침, so the copula past is 이었어요. 였어요 appears only after a vowel, as in 의사였어요.
- 어제 못갔어요. (Eoje motgasseoyo.) -> 어제 못 갔어요. (Eoje mot gasseoyo.) - 못 is a free adverb and takes a space. Written solid, 못하다 is a different word meaning to be bad at something.
- 학교에 갔지 않아요. (Hakgyoe gatji anayo.) -> 학교에 가지 않았어요. (Hakgyoe gaji anasseoyo.) - In the long negative the tense goes on the auxiliary 않다, not on the main stem. The main verb stays bare: 가지.
Tips
- Build it from 해요체, not from the dictionary. Say the polite present out loud, drop 요, add ㅆ어요: 마셔요 -> 마셨어요, 돼요 -> 됐어요. One move, no new rule - and it keeps your contractions honest, because a wrong 해요체 form is the only way to get a wrong past.
- One Korean past = three English tenses. I ate, I have eaten and I had eaten are all 먹었어요. Stop looking for a perfect; Korean marks when with adverbs (어제, 아까, 작년에) and leaves the verb alone.
- Beware the state verbs. 결혼했어요, 왔어요, 늦었어요 and 알았어요 look past but describe now: I’m married, he’s here, I’m late, got it. Translating them as English pasts is one of the most common beginner misreadings.
- -았었- is not English used to. Plain -았/었- already handles most past narration. Save the doubled form for a state that is emphatically finished, and expect to hear it far less often than you would say used to.
A1 17 / 68
Irregular stems ㅂ, ㄷ, ㅅ and ㄹ-deletion
불규칙 활용 ㅂ·ㄷ·ㅅ과 ㄹ 탈락
In short
Some stems change their final consonant when a vowel-initial ending arrives: 덥다 -> 더워요 (deowoyo, it’s hot), 듣다 -> 들어요 (deureoyo, I listen), 짓다 -> 지어요 (jieoyo, I build). And a ㄹ-final stem does the opposite - it drops its ㄹ in front of ㄴ, ㅂ and ㅅ: 살다 -> 삽니다, 사세요, 사는. Nothing here is optional, and a look-alike like 받다 or 입다 stays perfectly regular.
The rule
Step 1 - The change happens BEFORE the ending, not to the ending
You already know the 아/어 engine (lesson 10). An irregular class does not change that engine; it changes the stem first, and then the normal engine runs on the changed stem. So the question is always the same two-part question:
- What class is this stem in? (You learn that with the word, like a gender in German.)
- What does the ending it meets start with?
Step 2 - Three ending classes, and that is all
Every ending you will ever attach falls into one of three buckets, and the bucket decides whether anything happens:
- Vowel-initial: -아/어요, -았/었어요, -아/어서. These fire ㅂ, ㄷ and ㅅ.
- -(으)- endings: -(으)면, -(으)세요, -(으)니까, -(으)ㄴ, -(으)ㄹ. These also fire ㅂ, ㄷ and ㅅ, because the 으 is a vowel.
- Plain consonant-initial: -고, -지만, -게, -겠-, -습니다. Nothing happens to a ㅂ, ㄷ or ㅅ stem - it is written exactly as in the dictionary: 덥고 (deopgo), 듣고 (deutgo), 짓고 (jitgo). (A ㄹ stem is the one that still reacts here, to ㄴ, ㅂ and ㅅ - see Step 6.)
Step 3 - ㅂ 불규칙: the ㅂ becomes 우
Drop the ㅂ and put 우 in its place; the 우 then merges with the following vowel. Because 우 is not ㅏ or ㅗ, the ending is always 어, so the 해요 form always comes out as -워요:
덥 + 어요 -> 더우 + 어요 -> 더워요
Two members break the pattern in one place only: 돕다 (dopda, to help) and 곱다 (gopda, to be lovely) give 도와요 (dowayo) and 고와요 (gowayo), not *도워요. Everything else about them is normal (도우면, 도운).
Most ㅂ-final descriptive verbs are in this class; most ㅂ-final action verbs are not.
Step 4 - ㄷ 불규칙: the ㄷ becomes ㄹ
In front of a vowel the final ㄷ is rewritten as ㄹ, and then the ending attaches normally:
듣 + 어요 -> 들 + 어요 -> 들어요
This class is small - 듣다 (deutda, to listen), 걷다 (geotda, to walk), 묻다 (mutda, to ask) - and it is surrounded by regular look-alikes (받다, 닫다, 믿다) that you simply have to keep apart.
Step 5 - ㅅ 불규칙: the ㅅ disappears and nothing contracts
The ㅅ is deleted, but the two vowels left behind do not merge. This is the part learners get wrong:
짓 + 어요 -> 지 + 어요 -> 지어요 (never *져요)
낫 + 아요 -> 나 + 아요 -> 나아요 (never *나요)
Step 6 - ㄹ 탈락: the ㄹ runs away from ㄴ, ㅂ, ㅅ
A ㄹ-final stem is regular in front of a vowel (살아요, 살았어요), but it deletes the ㄹ in front of an ending beginning with ㄴ, ㅂ or ㅅ. On top of that, a ㄹ stem never takes the 으 of an -(으)- ending - it behaves like a vowel stem:
살 + -ㅂ니다 -> 삽니다 - 살 + -세요 -> 사세요 - 살 + -는 -> 사는 - 살 + -니까 -> 사니까
But 으-less does not mean ㄹ-less. In -(으)면 the ending really starts with ㅁ, which is not ㄴ/ㅂ/ㅅ, so the ㄹ survives and only the 으 is dropped: 살면 (salmyeon), 만들면 (mandeulmyeon). This is not an irregularity you memorise word by word - every ㄹ stem does it.
The trigger table - which ending class fires which change:
| The ending starts with… | Typical endings | ㅂ 덥다 | ㄷ 듣다 | ㅅ 짓다 | ㄹ 살다 |
|---|
| a vowel | -아/어요, -았/었어요 | 더워요 (deowoyo) | 들어요 (deureoyo) | 지어요 (jieoyo) | 살아요 (sarayo) |
| 으 | -(으)면, -(으)ㄴ, -(으)니까 | 더우면 (deoumyeon) | 들으면 (deureumyeon) | 지으면 (jieumyeon) | 살면 (salmyeon), 사니까 (sanikka) |
| a plain consonant | -고, -지만, -게, -겠- | 덥고 (deopgo) | 듣고 (deutgo) | 짓고 (jitgo) | 살고 (salgo) |
| ㄴ, ㅂ or ㅅ | -습니다/-ㅂ니다, -는, -세요, -네요 | 덥습니다 (deopseumnida) | 듣습니다 (deutseumnida) | 짓습니다 (jitseumnida) | 삽니다 (samnida), 사는 (saneun), 사세요 (saseyo) |
ㅂ 불규칙 - and the regular ㅂ stems underneath:
| Dictionary form | 해요 form | Past | -(으)면 | -(으)ㄴ modifier |
|---|
| 덥다 (be hot) | 더워요 (deowoyo) | 더웠어요 (deowosseoyo) | 더우면 (deoumyeon) | 더운 (deoun) |
| 춥다 (be cold) | 추워요 (chuwoyo) | 추웠어요 (chuwosseoyo) | 추우면 (chuumyeon) | 추운 (chuun) |
| 쉽다 (be easy) | 쉬워요 (swiwoyo) | 쉬웠어요 (swiwosseoyo) | 쉬우면 (swiumyeon) | 쉬운 (swiun) |
| 어렵다 (be difficult) | 어려워요 (eoryeowoyo) | 어려웠어요 (eoryeowosseoyo) | 어려우면 (eoryeoumyeon) | 어려운 (eoryeoun) |
| 맵다 (be spicy) | 매워요 (maewoyo) | 매웠어요 (maewosseoyo) | 매우면 (maeumyeon) | 매운 (maeun) |
| 가깝다 (be near) | 가까워요 (gakkawoyo) | 가까웠어요 (gakkawosseoyo) | 가까우면 (gakkaumyeon) | 가까운 (gakkaun) |
| 무겁다 (be heavy) | 무거워요 (mugeowoyo) | 무거웠어요 (mugeowosseoyo) | 무거우면 (mugeoumyeon) | 무거운 (mugeoun) |
| 돕다 (help) - 와! | 도와요 (dowayo) | 도왔어요 (dowasseoyo) | 도우면 (doumyeon) | 도운 (doun) |
| 곱다 (be lovely) - 와! | 고와요 (gowayo) | 고왔어요 (gowasseoyo) | 고우면 (goumyeon) | 고운 (goun) |
| regular 입다 (wear) | 입어요 (ibeoyo) | 입었어요 (ibeosseoyo) | 입으면 (ibeumyeon) | 입은 (ibeun) |
| regular 좁다 (be narrow) | 좁아요 (jobayo) | 좁았어요 (jobasseoyo) | 좁으면 (jobeumyeon) | 좁은 (jobeun) |
| regular 잡다 (grab) | 잡아요 (jabayo) | 잡았어요 (jabasseoyo) | 잡으면 (jabeumyeon) | 잡은 (jabeun) |
ㄷ 불규칙 - and its three regular look-alikes:
| Dictionary form | 해요 form | Past | -(으)면 | -(으)세요 |
|---|
| 듣다 (listen, hear) | 들어요 (deureoyo) | 들었어요 (deureosseoyo) | 들으면 (deureumyeon) | 들으세요 (deureuseyo) |
| 걷다 (walk) | 걸어요 (georeoyo) | 걸었어요 (georeosseoyo) | 걸으면 (georeumyeon) | 걸으세요 (georeuseyo) |
| 묻다 (ask) | 물어요 (mureoyo) | 물었어요 (mureosseoyo) | 물으면 (mureumyeon) | 물으세요 (mureuseyo) |
| regular 받다 (receive) | 받아요 (badayo) | 받았어요 (badasseoyo) | 받으면 (badeumyeon) | 받으세요 (badeuseyo) |
| regular 닫다 (close) | 닫아요 (dadayo) | 닫았어요 (dadasseoyo) | 닫으면 (dadeumyeon) | 닫으세요 (dadeuseyo) |
| regular 믿다 (believe) | 믿어요 (mideoyo) | 믿었어요 (mideosseoyo) | 믿으면 (mideumyeon) | 믿으세요 (mideuseyo) |
ㅅ 불규칙 - and its three regular look-alikes:
| Dictionary form | 해요 form | Past | -(으)면 | 합쇼체 |
|---|
| 짓다 (build, make) | 지어요 (jieoyo) | 지었어요 (jieosseoyo) | 지으면 (jieumyeon) | 짓습니다 (jitseumnida) |
| 낫다 (get better) | 나아요 (naayo) | 나았어요 (naasseoyo) | 나으면 (na-eumyeon) | 낫습니다 (natseumnida) |
| 붓다 (pour, swell) | 부어요 (bueoyo) | 부었어요 (bueosseoyo) | 부으면 (bueumyeon) | 붓습니다 (butseumnida) |
| regular 웃다 (laugh) | 웃어요 (useoyo) | 웃었어요 (useosseoyo) | 웃으면 (useumyeon) | 웃습니다 (utseumnida) |
| regular 씻다 (wash) | 씻어요 (ssiseoyo) | 씻었어요 (ssiseosseoyo) | 씻으면 (ssiseumyeon) | 씻습니다 (ssitseumnida) |
| regular 벗다 (take off) | 벗어요 (beoseoyo) | 벗었어요 (beoseosseoyo) | 벗으면 (beoseumyeon) | 벗습니다 (beotseumnida) |
ㄹ 탈락 - there are no exceptions and no regular look-alikes:
| Dictionary form | 해요 form | 합쇼체 | -(으)세요 | modifier | -(으)면 |
|---|
| 살다 (live) | 살아요 (sarayo) | 삽니다 (samnida) | 사세요 (saseyo) | 사는 (saneun) | 살면 (salmyeon) |
| 알다 (know) | 알아요 (arayo) | 압니다 (amnida) | 아세요 (aseyo) | 아는 (aneun) | 알면 (almyeon) |
| 만들다 (make) | 만들어요 (mandeureoyo) | 만듭니다 (mandeumnida) | 만드세요 (mandeuseyo) | 만드는 (mandeuneun) | 만들면 (mandeulmyeon) |
| 팔다 (sell) | 팔아요 (parayo) | 팝니다 (pamnida) | 파세요 (paseyo) | 파는 (paneun) | 팔면 (palmyeon) |
| 놀다 (play, hang out) | 놀아요 (norayo) | 놉니다 (nomnida) | 노세요 (noseyo) | 노는 (noneun) | 놀면 (nolmyeon) |
| 멀다 (be far) | 멀어요 (meoreoyo) | 멉니다 (meomnida) | - | 먼 (meon) | 멀면 (meolmyeon) |
Two details worth pinning down. First, a ㄹ stem takes -ㅂ니다, not -습니다, exactly like a vowel stem: 삽니다, never *살습니다. Second, the whole 살다 family in one line: 살아요 - 삽니다 - 사세요 - 사는 - 사니까 - 삽시다 (sapsida) - 살면 - 살고.
Examples
- 오늘은 날씨가 정말 더워요. (Oneureun nalssiga jeongmal deowoyo.) - Today the weather is really hot.
- 이 김치는 너무 매워요. (I gimchineun neomu maewoyo.) - This kimchi is too spicy.
- 저는 매일 음악을 들어요. (Jeoneun maeil eumageul deureoyo.) - I listen to music every day.
- 아침마다 공원에서 걸어요. (Achimmada gongwoneseo georeoyo.) - I walk in the park every morning.
- 저는 매일 편지를 받아요. (Jeoneun maeil pyeonjireul badayo.) - I receive a letter every day.
- 아버지가 집을 지어요. (Abeojiga jibeul jieoyo.) - My father is building a house.
- 감기가 다 나았어요. (Gamgiga da naasseoyo.) - My cold has completely gone.
- 저는 서울에 살아요. (Jeoneun Seoure sarayo.) - I live in Seoul.
- 동생이 라면을 만들어요. (Dongsaengi ramyeoneul mandeureoyo.) - My younger sibling is making ramyeon.
- 집이 학교에서 멀어요. (Jibi hakgyoeseo meoreoyo.) - My house is far from school.
Common mistakes
- 날씨가 덥어요. (Nalssiga deobeoyo.) -> 날씨가 더워요. (Nalssiga deowoyo.) - 덥다 is ㅂ-irregular, so the ㅂ becomes 우 before a vowel. Only regular ㅂ stems keep it: 입다 -> 입어요.
- 음악을 듣어요. (Eumageul deudeoyo.) -> 음악을 들어요. (Eumageul deureoyo.) - ㄷ-irregular: the ㄷ is rewritten as ㄹ in front of a vowel. The look-alike 받다 does not change - 받아요, never *발아요.
- 집을 져요. (Jibeul jyeoyo.) -> 집을 지어요. (Jibeul jieoyo.) - After a ㅅ-irregular stem the vowels never contract. Same for 낫다: 나아요, not *나요.
- 서울에 살습니다. (Seoure salseumnida.) -> 서울에 삽니다. (Seoure samnida.) - A ㄹ stem drops its ㄹ before ㅂ and then takes -ㅂ니다 like a vowel stem.
- 김밥을 만들으세요. (Gimbabeul mandeureuseyo.) -> 김밥을 만드세요. (Gimbabeul mandeuseyo.) - A ㄹ stem never takes the 으 of -(으)세요, and the ㄹ itself falls out before the ㅅ.
Tips
- The ㄹ mnemonic: ㄴ, ㅂ, ㅅ. The ㄹ is shy and runs away from those three consonants - and it never lets an 으 stand next to it. Everything else (vowels, -고, -지만, -면) leaves it alone.
- Guess by word class, then verify. Almost every ㅂ-final adjective is irregular (덥다, 춥다, 맵다, 쉽다, 어렵다, 무겁다, 가깝다), while ㅂ-final action verbs are usually regular (입다, 잡다, 씹다). 돕다 and 굽다 (grill, roast) are the well-known action-verb exceptions - 도와요 (not *도워요) and 구워요.
- Watch the twin 묻다. 묻다 meaning to ask is irregular (물어요), but 묻다 meaning to bury is regular (묻어요). Same spelling, different class - the sentence tells you which.
- Learn the 해요 form, not the rule. A good dictionary prints the 아/어 form beside the entry. If you store 덥다 as the pair “덥다 - 더워요” from day one, you never have to run the rule at speaking speed.
In short
To say A and B between two nouns, hang a linker on the FIRST noun: 와/과 (neutral, written), 하고 (everyday spoken), or (이)랑 (casual). Use (이)나 for A or B. And for X’s Y, the possessive is 의 - but in speech Koreans mostly just put the two nouns side by side: 친구 집 (a friend’s house), no particle at all.
The rule
Step 1 - Linkers join NOUNS, not sentences
Noun + 와/과 (또는 하고 / (이)랑) + Noun. These three all mean and, and they attach with no space to the first noun. Do not reach for 그리고 (geurigo) here - 그리고 joins whole sentences, never two nouns. *커피 그리고 차 is not how you say coffee and tea; 커피와 차 is.
Step 2 - Pick the register, then pick the allomorph
The three and-words differ only in feel:
- 와/과 - neutral, the written and formal choice. It has two shapes: 와 after a vowel, 과 after a 받침.
- 하고 - the everyday spoken word. One shape only, after any noun: 커피하고, 빵하고. When in doubt, this one is always safe.
- (이)랑 - casual, friendly. 랑 after a vowel, 이랑 after a 받침.
The allomorph is chosen by the noun the linker sits on. 커피 ends in a vowel, so 커피와; 빵 ends in a 받침, so 빵과.
Step 3 - (이)나 = or
Same slot, same allomorph rule, different meaning: (이)나 offers a choice between nouns. 나 after a vowel, 이나 after a 받침.
- 커피나 차 주세요. (Keopina cha juseyo.) - Give me coffee or tea.
- 물이나 주스 있어요? (Murina juseu isseoyo?) - Do you have water or juice?
(To say or between whole clauses you need -거나 - a different tool, in lesson 23.)
Step 4 - 와/과 also means with after certain verbs
A small group of predicates is inherently two-sided, and they take 과/와 (or 하고 / (이)랑) instead of the object 을/를: 같다 (be the same), 다르다 (be different), 비슷하다 (be similar), 결혼하다 (marry). Think of it as the same AS, different FROM. 만나다 (meet) fits the same with pattern - 친구와 만나요 (meet with a friend) - but, unlike the others, it also takes a plain object, so 친구를 만나요 is equally correct.
- 친구하고 같이 영화를 봤어요. (Chinguhago gachi yeonghwareul bwasseoyo.) - I watched a movie with a friend. (같이 = together, often paired with the with noun.)
- 그 사람과 결혼해요. (Geu saramgwa gyeolhonhaeyo.) - [She] is marrying that person.
Step 5 - Possession: 의, and why you rarely say it
X의 Y = X’s Y: 한국의 문화 (Hangugui munhwa, Korea’s culture). The particle is written 의, and the standard allows it to be read either [의] or [에] (e) - in practice almost everyone says [에]. In real speech, though, Koreans usually drop it and just stack the two nouns:
친구 집 (a friend’s house), 학교 앞 (in front of the school), 한국 사람 (a Korean person).
Keep 의 for careful or written possession (한국의 미래, Korea’s future), and drop it in everyday talk. Note that a fixed compound like 한국 사람 never takes 의 at all.
Step 6 - The pronoun contractions, and 우리 집
Pronoun + 의 contracts, obligatorily in normal speech:
나의 -> 내, 저의 -> 제, 너의 -> 네.
So my friend (polite) is 제 친구 (je chingu), not 저의 친구. One idiom overrides all of this: for your own home, family or country Korean says 우리 (our), not 내/제 - 우리 집 (my/our house), 우리 엄마, 우리나라 (one word - it is a single dictionary entry). *나의 집 sounds off.
The four linkers - allomorph by environment:
| Linker | After a vowel (커피) | After a 받침 (빵) | Feel |
|---|
| 와/과 (and) | 커피와 (keopiwa) | 빵과 (ppanggwa) | neutral, written & formal |
| 하고 (and) | 커피하고 (keopihago) | 빵하고 (ppanghago) | everyday spoken, any noun |
| (이)랑 (and) | 커피랑 (keopirang) | 빵이랑 (ppangirang) | casual, friendly |
| (이)나 (or) | 커피나 (keopina) | 빵이나 (ppangina) | offering a choice |
Verbs that take 과/와 (the with / comparison pattern):
| Predicate | Pattern | Example |
|---|
| 같다 (be the same) | Noun + 과/와 같다 | 이것과 같아요 (igeotgwa gatayo) |
| 다르다 (be different) | Noun + 과/와 다르다 | 저것과 달라요 (jeogeotgwa dallayo) |
| 비슷하다 (be similar) | Noun + 과/와 비슷하다 | 동생과 비슷해요 (dongsaenggwa biseutaeyo) |
| 만나다 (meet) | Noun + 과/와 만나다 | 친구와 만나요 (chinguwa mannayo) |
| 결혼하다 (marry) | Noun + 과/와 결혼하다 | 그 사람과 결혼해요 (geu saramgwa gyeolhonhaeyo) |
Possessive 의 vs the bare noun+noun (the spoken norm):
| Meaning | With 의 (careful / written) | Bare noun + noun (everyday) |
|---|
| Korea’s culture | 한국의 문화 (Hangugui munhwa) | 한국 문화 (Hanguk munhwa) |
| a friend’s house | 친구의 집 (chinguui jip) | 친구 집 (chingu jip) |
| a Korean person | (한국의 사람 X) | 한국 사람 (Hanguk saram) |
Pronoun + 의 contractions (obligatory):
| Full form | Contraction | Meaning |
|---|
| 나의 (naui) | 내 (nae) | my (plain) |
| 저의 (jeoui) | 제 (je) | my (polite / humble) |
| 너의 (neoui) | 네 (ne) | your (plain) |
Examples
- 커피와 차를 좋아해요. (Keopiwa chareul joahaeyo.) - I like coffee and tea.
- 빵과 우유를 샀어요. (Ppanggwa uyureul sasseoyo.) - I bought bread and milk.
- 친구하고 같이 영화를 봤어요. (Chinguhago gachi yeonghwareul bwasseoyo.) - I watched a movie with a friend.
- 저는 동생이랑 살아요. (Jeoneun dongsaengirang sarayo.) - I live with my younger sibling.
- 커피나 차 주세요. (Keopina cha juseyo.) - Give me coffee or tea.
- 물이나 주스 있어요? (Murina juseu isseoyo?) - Do you have water or juice?
- 이것은 저것과 달라요. (Igeoseun jeogeotgwa dallayo.) - This is different from that.
- 한국의 문화를 좋아해요. (Hangugui munhwareul joahaeyo.) - I like Korean culture.
- 우리 집은 학교 앞에 있어요. (Uri jibeun hakgyo ape isseoyo.) - Our house is in front of the school.
- 제 친구는 미국 사람이에요. (Je chinguneun Miguk saramieyo.) - My friend is American.
Common mistakes
- 커피과 차 (keopigwa cha) -> 커피와 차 (keopiwa cha) - 커피 ends in a vowel, so the linker is 와, not 과.
- 빵와 우유 (ppangwa uyu) -> 빵과 우유 (ppanggwa uyu) - 빵 ends in a 받침 (ㅇ), so it must be 과. Same split runs through (이)랑 and (이)나: 빵이랑, 빵이나.
- 커피 그리고 차 주세요. (Keopi geurigo cha juseyo.) -> 커피와 차 주세요. (Keopiwa cha juseyo.) - 그리고 links sentences, not nouns. Between two nouns use 와/과, 하고 or (이)랑.
- 그 사람을 결혼해요. (Geu sarameul gyeolhonhaeyo.) -> 그 사람과 결혼해요. (Geu saramgwa gyeolhonhaeyo.) - 결혼하다, 같다 and 다르다 pair with 과/와, never with the object 을/를 (결혼하다 takes no object at all).
- 나의 집이 좋아요. (Naui jibi joayo.) -> 우리 집이 좋아요. (Uri jibi joayo.) - For your own home, family or country Korean uses 우리 (our), not 나의/내: 우리 집, 우리 엄마, 우리나라.
Tips
- A register ladder for and: 와/과 > 하고 > (이)랑. 와/과 is the tidy written pair (with allomorphs); 하고 is the one-shape workhorse of everyday speech; (이)랑 is what you use with close friends. If you are unsure, 하고 never sounds wrong.
- Look at the FIRST noun to choose the allomorph. 와/과, (이)랑 and (이)나 all agree with the noun they attach to, not the second one: 커피와 빵 but 빵과 커피, 물이나 커피 but 커피나 물.
- 의 is written but mostly silent. It is normally pronounced [에] (e) - the standard permits both [의] and [에] - and in speech it usually disappears entirely: 친구 집, 학교 앞, 한국 사람. Save it for careful or written possession, and remember the three contractions 내 / 제 / 네.
- (이)나 = or, (이)랑 = and. They attach identically, so the only thing to track is the meaning: 커피나 차 = pick one; 커피랑 차 = both together.
A1 19 / 68
Two number systems, counters, time and dates
수·단위명사·시간과 날짜
In short
Korean runs two number systems at once. Native numbers (하나, 둘, 셋 …) count hours, ages and things through a counter word; Sino-Korean numbers (일, 이, 삼 …) do minutes, money, dates and anything large. The whole skill is picking the right set for each counter - and remembering that on the clock the hour is native (세 시, se si) but the minute is Sino (삼십 분, samsip bun).
The rule
Step 1 - Two number systems, and Sino counts by ten-thousands
Sino-Korean numbers are borrowed from Chinese: 일 이 삼 사 오 육 칠 팔 구 십. They stack cleanly - 23 is 이십삼 (isipsam, literally two-ten-three), 45 is 사십오 (sasibo). The higher units are 백 (baek, 100), 천 (cheon, 1,000), 만 (man, 10,000) and 억 (eok, 100,000,000). Korean groups large numbers by 만 (ten-thousands), not by thousands, so 100,000 is 십만 (simman, ten 만), 1,000,000 is 백만 (baengman), and you never build a separate “hundred-thousand” word. Sino numbers do minutes, money, phone numbers, dates, floors, bus routes and any large count.
Step 2 - Native numbers, and the five truncations before a counter
Native numbers run 하나 둘 셋 넷 다섯 여섯 일곱 여덟 아홉 열, then the tens 스물 (20), 서른 (30), 마흔 (40), 쉰 (50), 예순 (60). They fade out around 100, where Korean switches back to Sino 백. Five of them lose their tail the moment a counter follows: 하나->한, 둘->두, 셋->세, 넷->네, 스물->스무. So it is 한 개, 두 명, 세 시, 네 살, 스무 살 - never *하나 개. Only these five change; 다섯, 여섯, 일곱 and the rest stay as they are (다섯 개, 여섯 명).
Step 3 - Counters, and the pattern that carries them
You cannot count a Korean noun bare - you count it through a counter (단위명사), in the order:
Noun + Number + Counter -> 사과 세 개 (sagwa se gae, three apples), 커피 두 잔 (keopi du jan, two coffees).
The noun comes first, then the number, then the counter, all with spaces. Each counter is locked to one number system: 개, 명, 마리, 장, 권, 잔, 병, 살, 번, 시간 and clock-hour 시 all take native numbers; clock-minute 분, plus 년, 월, 일 and 원 (won), take Sino numbers. The full assignment is in Forms & patterns.
Step 4 - The clock: native hour, Sino minute
This split is the classic beginner trap. The hour is a native number + 시 (si), the minute is a Sino number + 분 (bun):
native + 시 + Sino + 분 -> 세 시 삼십 분 (se si samsip bun, 3:30).
반 (ban, half) replaces the minutes: 세 시 반 (se si ban, half past three). Add 오전 (ojeon, a.m.) or 오후 (ohu, p.m.) in front: 오후 다섯 시 (ohu daseot si, 5 p.m.). A time point takes the particle 에: 두 시에 (du sie, at two) - but note that a duration does not (Step 6).
Step 5 - Dates: all Sino, with two spelling quirks
Year, month and day are year 년 + month 월 + day 일, every part a Sino number: 이천이십육 년 칠월 십팔 일 (2026, July, the 18th). Two months change shape to smooth the sound: 6월 is 유월 (yuwol, not *육월) and 10월 is 시월 (siwol, not *십월); the others are regular (일월, 이월, 삼월 …). Weekdays are a day-word + 요일 (yoil): 월요일, 화요일, 수요일, 목요일, 금요일, 토요일, 일요일. To ask the date, use 몇 월 며칠 (myeot wol myeochil, what month, what day) - and note the word for “what day of the month” is spelled 며칠, never *몇 일.
Step 6 - Duration
For how long, the counters are 시간 (hours, native), 일 (days, Sino), 주일 (weeks, Sino), 개월 (months, Sino) or its native twin 달, and 년 (years, Sino): 세 시간 (se sigan, 3 hours), 십 일 (sip il, 10 days), 삼 개월 = 세 달 (sam gaewol = se dal, 3 months), 이 년 (i nyeon, 2 years). A stretch of time is wrapped with 동안 (dongan, for, during), which takes a space: 세 시간 동안 (se sigan dongan, for three hours). Do not put 에 on a duration - *세 시간에 공부해요 is wrong.
Step 7 - Range and frequency particles
Four short markers ride on the number words. 부터, 까지 and 마다 are particles and 씩 is a suffix, so those four attach with no space; 동안 is a noun, so it keeps its space:
- N + 부터 … N + 까지 - from … to: 한 시부터 세 시까지 (han sibuteo se sikkaji, from 1 to 3), 월요일부터 금요일까지.
- N + 동안 - for a duration: 이 주일 동안 (i juil dongan, for two weeks).
- N + 마다 - every: 날마다 (nalmada, every day), 주말마다 (jumalmada, every weekend).
- N + 씩 - each, apiece: 하나씩 (hanassik, one each), 조금씩 (jogeumssik, little by little).
The two systems, 1-10 and beyond:
| Value | Sino-Korean | Native Korean |
|---|
| 1 | 일 (il) | 하나 (hana) |
| 2 | 이 (i) | 둘 (dul) |
| 3 | 삼 (sam) | 셋 (set) |
| 4 | 사 (sa) | 넷 (net) |
| 5 | 오 (o) | 다섯 (daseot) |
| 6 | 육 (yuk) | 여섯 (yeoseot) |
| 7 | 칠 (chil) | 일곱 (ilgop) |
| 8 | 팔 (pal) | 여덟 (yeodeol) |
| 9 | 구 (gu) | 아홉 (ahop) |
| 10 | 십 (sip) | 열 (yeol) |
| 20 | 이십 (isip) | 스물 (seumul) |
| 30 | 삼십 (samsip) | 서른 (seoreun) |
| 50 | 오십 (osip) | 쉰 (swin) |
| 100 | 백 (baek) | (none - use 백) |
| 10,000 | 만 (man) | - |
| 100,000 | 십만 (simman) | - |
| 100,000,000 | 억 (eok) | - |
Truncation before a counter (only these five):
| Number | Standalone | Before a counter |
|---|
| 1 | 하나 (hana) | 한 - 한 개 (han gae) |
| 2 | 둘 (dul) | 두 - 두 명 (du myeong) |
| 3 | 셋 (set) | 세 - 세 시 (se si) |
| 4 | 넷 (net) | 네 - 네 살 (ne sal) |
| 20 | 스물 (seumul) | 스무 - 스무 살 (seumu sal) |
Counters and the number system each takes:
| Counter | Counts | System | Example |
|---|
| 개 (gae) | things, objects | native | 사과 한 개 (sagwa han gae) |
| 명 (myeong) | people | native | 두 명 (du myeong) |
| 분 (bun) | people (honorific) | native | 세 분 (se bun) |
| 마리 (mari) | animals | native | 강아지 네 마리 (gangaji ne mari) |
| 장 (jang) | flat sheets | native | 표 두 장 (pyo du jang) |
| 권 (gwon) | books, volumes | native | 책 다섯 권 (chaek daseot gwon) |
| 잔 (jan) | cups, glasses | native | 커피 한 잔 (keopi han jan) |
| 병 (byeong) | bottles | native | 물 두 병 (mul du byeong) |
| 살 (sal) | years of age | native | 스무 살 (seumu sal) |
| 번 (beon) | times | native | 세 번 (se beon) |
| 시간 (sigan) | hours (duration) | native | 두 시간 (du sigan) |
| 시 (si) | o’clock | native | 아홉 시 (ahop si) |
| 분 (bun) | minutes | Sino | 십 분 (sip bun) |
| 년 (nyeon) | years | Sino | 삼 년 (sam nyeon) |
| 월 (wol) | month | Sino | 삼월 (samwol) |
| 일 (il) | day (date) | Sino | 이십 일 (isip il) |
| 원 (won) | won (money) | Sino | 오천 원 (ocheon won) |
Assembling a time and a date:
| Piece | Pattern | Example | Gloss |
|---|
| Hour | native + 시 | 세 시 (se si) | 3:00 |
| Minute | Sino + 분 | 삼십 분 (samsip bun) | :30 |
| Half | 반 (ban) | 세 시 반 (se si ban) | 3:30 |
| a.m./p.m. | 오전/오후 + time | 오후 세 시 (ohu se si) | 3 p.m. |
| Year | Sino + 년 | 이천 년 (icheon nyeon) | the year 2000 |
| Month | Sino + 월 | 유월 (yuwol) | June |
| Day | Sino + 일 | 십오 일 (sibo il) | the 15th |
| Weekday | day-word + 요일 | 월요일 (woryoil) | Monday |
Examples
- 사과 세 개 주세요. (Sagwa se gae juseyo.) - Please give me three apples.
- 교실에 학생이 스무 명 있어요. (Gyosire haksaengi seumu myeong isseoyo.) - There are twenty students in the classroom.
- 지금 몇 시예요? (Jigeum myeot siyeyo?) - What time is it now?
- 지금 세 시 반이에요. (Jigeum se si banieyo.) - It’s half past three now.
- 회의는 오후 두 시 삼십 분에 시작해요. (Hoeuineun ohu du si samsip bune sijakaeyo.) - The meeting starts at 2:30 p.m.
- 오늘은 유월 십오 일이에요. (Oneureun yuwol sibo irieyo.) - Today is June 15th.
- 생일이 며칠이에요? (Saengiri myeochirieyo?) - What date is your birthday?
- 저는 스물다섯 살이에요. (Jeoneun seumuldaseot sarieyo.) - I’m twenty-five years old.
- 월요일부터 금요일까지 일해요. (Woryoilbuteo geumyoilkkaji ilhaeyo.) - I work from Monday to Friday.
- 세 시간 동안 공부했어요. (Se sigan dongan gongbuhaesseoyo.) - I studied for three hours.
Common mistakes
- 오 살이에요. (O sarieyo.) -> 다섯 살이에요. (Daseot sarieyo.) - Age with 살 takes native numbers, so five years old is 다섯 살, never the Sino *오 살.
- 둘 개 주세요. (Dul gae juseyo.) -> 두 개 주세요. (Du gae juseyo.) - 둘 truncates to 두 the instant a counter follows; the same goes for 하나->한, 셋->세, 넷->네, 스물->스무.
- 삼 시 삼십 분이에요. (Sam si samsip bunieyo.) -> 세 시 삼십 분이에요. (Se si samsip bunieyo.) - On the clock the hour is native (세 시) but the minute is Sino (삼십 분). Do not run the whole time in one system.
- 육월 십오 일이에요. (Yugwol sibo irieyo.) -> 유월 십오 일이에요. (Yuwol sibo irieyo.) - June is the irregular 유월 with the ㄱ dropped; October is likewise 시월, not *십월.
- 오늘은 몇 일이에요? (Oneureun myeot irieyo?) -> 오늘은 며칠이에요? (Oneureun myeochirieyo?) - “What date” is one fixed word, spelled 며칠. The spelling *몇 일 does not exist.
Tips
- Two feels, one rule of thumb. Native for things you touch and small close counts - people, cups, animals, ages, and clock hours; Sino for measured or labelled numbers - money, dates, phone numbers, and clock minutes. When in doubt on the clock, chant “hour native, minute Sino”.
- 스물 only shrinks to 스무 right before a counter. So 20 alone is 스물, 20 years old is 스무 살, but 25 keeps the full form: 스물다섯 살 (the counter follows 다섯, which never truncates).
- 분 is two different words. As a native-number counter it is the honorific for a person - 한 분, 두 분 (one/two people, politely); as a Sino-number counter it is minutes - 십 분, 삼십 분. Context and the number system tell them apart.
- Counters glue in the order Noun + Number + Counter. It is 커피 두 잔, not *두 잔 커피 and not *두 커피. English “two coffees” reorders; Korean keeps the noun in front and hangs the count behind it.
A1 20 / 68
Giving and receiving directions: 에게/한테/께 and 에게서/한테서
여격 조사 에게·한테·께와 에게서·한테서
In short
Use 에게 (written), 한테 (spoken) or 께 (honorific) to mark the person something is given, sent, taught or said to. Add -서 (에게서/한테서), or (으)로부터, to mark the person or place it comes from. An inanimate recipient - a school, a plant, a company - takes plain 에 instead.
The rule
Korean glues the “to” and “from” information onto the end of the noun, with no space. Which particle you use depends on two things: who is receiving (register + honour) and whether the recipient is a living thing.
Step 1 - Who receives it: 에게 / 한테 / 께
These three all mean to (a person) and all attach identically after a vowel or a 받침 - there is no allomorph pair here. They differ only in register:
- 한테 - everyday spoken Korean. This is your default. 친구한테 (chinguhante, to a friend).
- 에게 - the written / neutral equivalent. Same meaning, more formal. 친구에게 (chinguege).
- 께 - the honorific form, for someone you look up to. 선생님께 (seonsaengnimkke, to the teacher).
Step 2 - The animacy gate
Only a living recipient (a person or an animal) takes 에게/한테/께. A thing, place or organisation takes the location particle 에 from lesson 9:
- 친구한테 전화해요. (Chinguhante jeonhwahaeyo.) - I call my friend. (a person)
- 학교에 전화해요. (Hakgyoe jeonhwahaeyo.) - I call the school. (an organisation -> 에)
- 화분에 물을 줘요. (Hwabune mureul jwoyo.) - I water the plant. (a plant cannot receive -> 에)
Step 3 - 께 travels in a pack
When you honour the recipient with 께, the giving verb also changes: 주다 (juda, give) becomes the humble 드리다 (deurida), which lifts up the person receiving. -(으)시- does not join in here: that suffix honours the subject, and in these sentences the subject is you. It shows up only when the honoured person is the one acting - and then the subject is marked 께서, not 께 (lesson 22).
- 선생님께 선물을 드려요. (Seonsaengnimkke seonmureul deuryeoyo.) - I give the teacher a present.
Never honour yourself: when you are the one receiving, the verb is plain 주다, never 드리다.
Step 4 - Where it comes from: add 서
The source particles are just the dative ones with -서 stuck on: 에게 -> 에게서, 한테 -> 한테서. The honorific source is plain 께 (it takes no 서). For a more formal source, or a place/organisation, use (으)로부터, which picks its shape exactly like (으)로 (vowel/ㄹ -> 로부터, other 받침 -> 으로부터).
- 친구한테서 편지를 받았어요. (Chinguhanteseo pyeonjireul badasseoyo.) - I got a letter from my friend.
- 회사로부터 이메일을 받았어요. (Hoesarobuteo imeireul badasseoyo.) - I got an email from the company.
In casual speech people often drop the 서 and let 한테 cover both directions, so 친구한테 받았어요 is also fine for received from a friend.
Step 5 - Verbs that license these particles
The dative/source slot is opened by transfer and communication verbs: 주다 (give), 드리다 (give, humble), 보내다 (send), 전화하다 (call), 가르치다 (teach), 물어보다 (ask), 말하다 (tell). The ones to watch are 배우다 (learn) and 받다 (receive), which take the source side (from whom).
Step 6 - Stacking 만 / 도 / 는
Focus particles attach after the dative particle, never before it: Noun + 한테 + 만/도/는.
- 친구한테만 전화해요. (Chinguhanteman jeonhwahaeyo.) - I only call my friend.
- 저한테도 보내요. (Jeohantedo bonaeyo.) - Send it to me too.
Forms & patterns
Dative - marking who receives (to):
| Recipient | Particle | Register / note | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| person, writing | 에게 | written, neutral | 친구에게 줘요 | chinguege jwoyo |
| person, speaking | 한테 | everyday spoken | 친구한테 줘요 | chinguhante jwoyo |
| honored person | 께 | honorific (+ 드리다) | 선생님께 드려요 | seonsaengnimkke deuryeoyo |
| thing / place / org | 에 | inanimate | 학교에 보내요 | hakgyoe bonaeyo |
에게, 한테 and 께 do not change shape after a vowel vs a 받침 - they attach unchanged.
Source - marking where it comes from (from):
| Source | Particle | Register / note | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| person, writing | 에게서 | written | 친구에게서 받아요 | chinguegeseo badayo |
| person, speaking | 한테서 | spoken | 친구한테서 받아요 | chinguhanteseo badayo |
| honored person | 께 | honorific (no 서) | 선생님께 배워요 | seonsaengnimkke baewoyo |
| person / place / org | (으)로부터 | formal | 회사로부터 받아요 | hoesarobuteo badayo |
Animacy: can it hear you?
| Recipient | Hears you? | Particle | Example | Meaning |
|---|
| 친구 (chingu) | yes | 한테/에게 | 친구한테 전화해요 (chinguhante jeonhwahaeyo) | I call my friend |
| 강아지 (gangaji) | yes | 한테/에게 | 강아지한테 줘요 (gangajihante jwoyo) | I give it to the puppy |
| 학교 (hakgyo) | no | 에 | 학교에 전화해요 (hakgyoe jeonhwahaeyo) | I call the school |
| 화분 (hwabun) | no | 에 | 화분에 물을 줘요 (hwabune mureul jwoyo) | I water the plant |
Verbs that open the slot:
| Verb | Meaning | Marks the noun as | Example |
|---|
| 주다 | give | recipient (에게/한테/께) | 친구한테 줘요 |
| 드리다 | give (humble) | honored recipient (께) | 선생님께 드려요 |
| 보내다 | send | recipient | 친구한테 보내요 |
| 전화하다 | call | recipient | 친구한테 전화해요 |
| 가르치다 | teach | recipient | 학생한테 가르쳐요 |
| 물어보다 | ask | recipient | 친구한테 물어봐요 |
| 말하다 | tell | recipient | 친구한테 말해요 |
| 배우다 | learn | source (에게서/한테서/께) | 선생님께 배워요 |
| 받다 | receive | source (한테서/(으)로부터) | 친구한테서 받아요 |
Examples
- 친구한테 선물을 줘요. (Chinguhante seonmureul jwoyo.) - I give a present to my friend.
- 선생님께 이메일을 보내요. (Seonsaengnimkke imeireul bonaeyo.) - I send an email to the teacher.
- 어머니께 꽃을 드려요. (Eomeonikke kkocheul deuryeoyo.) - I give flowers to my mother.
- 친구한테 전화해요. (Chinguhante jeonhwahaeyo.) - I call my friend.
- 학교에 전화해요. (Hakgyoe jeonhwahaeyo.) - I call the school.
- 선생님께 한국어를 배워요. (Seonsaengnimkke Hangugeoreul baewoyo.) - I learn Korean from the teacher.
- 친구한테서 편지를 받았어요. (Chinguhanteseo pyeonjireul badasseoyo.) - I received a letter from my friend.
- 회사로부터 이메일을 받았어요. (Hoesarobuteo imeireul badasseoyo.) - I received an email from the company.
- 친구한테만 비밀을 말해요. (Chinguhanteman bimireul malhaeyo.) - I only tell the secret to my friend.
- 저한테도 사진을 보내요. (Jeohantedo sajineul bonaeyo.) - Send the photo to me too.
Common mistakes
- 회사한테 이메일을 보내요. (Hoesahante imeireul bonaeyo.) -> 회사에 이메일을 보내요. (Hoesae imeireul bonaeyo.) - A company or a school is inanimate, so it takes 에, not 한테/에게. Only people and animals take the dative particles.
- 할머니한테 선물을 줘요. (Halmeonihante seonmureul jwoyo.) -> 할머니께 선물을 드려요. (Halmeonikke seonmureul deuryeoyo.) - When you honour the recipient, the particle becomes 께 and 주다 becomes the humble 드리다. The two move together.
- 친구가 저한테 드려요. (Chinguga jeohante deuryeoyo.) -> 친구가 저한테 줘요. (Chinguga jeohante jwoyo.) - 드리다 elevates the person receiving, so using it when you are the receiver honours yourself. When you are the recipient, the verb is plain 주다.
- 친구에서 편지를 받았어요. (Chingueseo pyeonjireul badasseoyo.) -> 친구한테서 편지를 받았어요. (Chinguhanteseo pyeonjireul badasseoyo.) - 에서 is a place source (한국에서 왔어요). A person source is 한테서 / 에게서 (or 께).
- 친구만한테 전화해요. (Chingumanhante jeonhwahaeyo.) -> 친구한테만 전화해요. (Chinguhanteman jeonhwahaeyo.) - The dative particle comes first, then 만/도/는 stacks on after it: 한테 + 만, never 만 + 한테.
Tips
- 한테 to talk, 에게 to write. They are the same particle in two registers - use 한테 in conversation and messages, 에게 in essays and formal writing. Beginners can safely live on 한테.
- If it can hear you, it takes 한테. A friend, a teacher, a dog can receive, so they take 한테/에게/께. A school, a bank, a flowerpot cannot, so they fall back to 에. This one question settles almost every case.
- Source = dative + 서. 한테 -> 한테서, 에게 -> 에게서. The honorific 께 is the exception: it stays 께 for both to and from and never adds 서.
- 께 is a package deal. Honored recipient -> 께 + 드리다 (not 주다). Do not tack -(으)시- onto 드려요: -(으)시- honours the subject, and the subject here is you. The full 주다/드리다 contrast is covered again in lesson 33.
A1 21 / 68
Commands, requests and prohibition
명령과 요청 -(으)세요·-지 마세요
In short
To tell someone politely to do something, attach -(으)세요 to the verb stem: -세요 after a vowel, -으세요 after a 받침. To tell them not to, use -지 마세요. For a warmer, favour-asking tone, use -아/어 주세요 (please do it for me). Only action verbs take commands - you cannot command an adjective.
The rule
Step 1 - The polite command is -(으)세요, chosen by the 받침
Verb stem + -(으)세요
The ending has two shapes, picked by the last sound of the stem - exactly the vowel-vs-받침 split you already know from 은/는 and -(으)면:
- stem ends in a vowel -> -세요: 가다 -> 가세요 (gaseyo, please go)
- stem ends in any 받침 -> -으세요: 읽다 -> 읽으세요 (ilgeuseyo, please read), 앉다 -> 앉으세요 (anjeuseyo, please sit)
Because the 받침 form inserts a vowel -으, it triggers irregular stems just like any vowel-initial ending: 듣다 -> 들으세요 (deureuseyo, please listen), not *듣으세요.
Step 2 - ㄹ-stems drop their ㄹ
A stem ending in ㄹ loses the ㄹ before -세요 and takes the vowel form, never *-으세요:
- 살다 -> 사세요 (saseyo, please live; the same shape as 사다 buy -> 사세요, so context decides which)
- 만들다 -> 만드세요 (mandeuseyo, please make it)
- 팔다 -> 파세요 (paseyo, please sell)
This is the same ㄹ-deletion you met in lesson 17: ㄹ falls out in front of ㅅ, ㄴ and ㅂ.
Step 3 - Where -(으)세요 comes from, and why it is polite
-(으)세요 is the subject-honorific -(으)시- (lesson 22) fused with 해요체 -어요: -(으)시- + -어요 -> -(으)세요. So the ending does two jobs at once - it is polite to the listener and it raises the subject you are addressing. This is exactly why you never point it at yourself: *저는 앉으세요 is wrong. Command forms are always about the other person.
Step 4 - Softer and more deferential requests
A bare -(으)세요 is a clear instruction. Two patterns soften it:
- -아/어 주세요 - do it for me, as a favour. Build the 아/어 form (lesson 10) and add 주세요 (juseyo, from 주다 give), with a space: 기다려 주세요 (gidaryeo juseyo, please wait for me), 읽어 주세요 (ilgeo juseyo, please read it to me). A few of these have fused into single dictionary words and so lose the space - 도와주세요 (dowajuseyo, please help me), from the headword 도와주다. Treat it as a fixed pattern for now; the full benefactive machine is lesson 33.
- -(으)시겠어요? - the most deferential, a would you…? offer: 앉으시겠어요? (anjeusigesseoyo?, would you like to sit?).
And the plain 해요체 form (lesson 12) is gentler still than -(으)세요 - 여기 앉아요 (yeogi anjayo, sit here) - but it does not raise the subject, so use it only with people at or below your level.
Step 5 - Prohibition: -지 마세요
To forbid an action, attach -지 마세요 to the stem. You cannot negate a command with 안 - *안 가세요 does not mean don’t go.
Verb stem + -지 마세요
- 가다 -> 가지 마세요 (gaji maseyo, please don’t go)
- 만지다 -> 만지지 마세요 (manjiji maseyo, please don’t touch)
The 마세요 part is the honorific command of 말다 (malda, to stop / desist), a ㄹ-stem - so its ㄹ drops (Step 2): 말- + -세요 -> 마세요, never *말세요. The softer 해요체 version is -지 마요 (가지 마요, gaji mayo), and the casual and formal forms follow the ladder in Step 7.
Step 6 - A few verbs have a suppletive honorific command
When you address someone you respect, a handful of everyday verbs swap for a completely different honorific word (the full set is lesson 22):
- 먹다 / 마시다 -> 드세요 (deuseyo, please eat / drink): 많이 드세요 (mani deuseyo, do help yourself)
- 자다 -> 주무세요 (jumuseyo, please sleep): 안녕히 주무세요 (annyeonghi jumuseyo, good night)
- 있다 -> 계세요 (gyeseyo, please stay): 안녕히 계세요 (annyeonghi gyeseyo, goodbye, to the one staying)
- 말하다 -> 말씀하세요 (malsseumhaseyo, please speak, go ahead)
Never use these of yourself - *저는 드세요 / *저는 계세요 are register errors.
Step 7 - Adjectives cannot be commanded
An imperative demands an action, but a 형용사 (lesson 11) describes a state, and you cannot order a state into being: 예쁘세요 (yeppeuseyo) and 바쁘세요 (bappeuseyo) have no be pretty / be busy reading. Careful, though - those strings are not ungrammatical. -(으)세요 is a mood-neutral ending, so on an adjective it is simply read as an honorific statement instead: 예쁘세요 = you are pretty (a compliment you will hear often), 바쁘세요? = are you busy?. To actually ask for the state, say it with a verb - turn the adjective into an adverb with -게/-히 and add a verb: 조용하세요, which can only mean you are quiet, -> 조용히 하세요 (joyonghi haseyo, please be quiet = do it quietly).
-(으)세요, chosen by the last sound of the stem:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Base form | Command |
|---|
| a vowel | -세요 | 가다 (gada) | 가세요 (gaseyo) - please go |
| any 받침 | -으세요 | 읽다 (ikda) | 읽으세요 (ilgeuseyo) - please read |
| any 받침 | -으세요 | 앉다 (anda) | 앉으세요 (anjeuseyo) - please sit |
| 받침, ㄷ-irregular | -으세요 | 듣다 (deutda) | 들으세요 (deureuseyo) - please listen |
| ㄹ (ㄹ drops) | -세요 | 살다 (salda) | 사세요 (saseyo) - please live |
| ㄹ (ㄹ drops) | -세요 | 만들다 (mandeulda) | 만드세요 (mandeuseyo) - please make it |
| suppletive honorific | special word | 먹다 (meokda) | 드세요 (deuseyo) - please eat |
The softening scale, same verb 기다리다 (wait):
| Pattern | Nuance | Example |
|---|
| bare 해요체 (L14) | soft, same level | 기다려요 (gidaryeoyo) - wait |
| -(으)세요 | standard polite command | 기다리세요 (gidariseyo) - please wait |
| -아/어 주세요 (L35) | as a favour to me | 기다려 주세요 (gidaryeo juseyo) - please wait for me |
| -(으)시겠어요? | most deferential offer | 기다리시겠어요? (gidarisigesseoyo?) - would you wait? |
Prohibition -지 마세요 across the registers:
| Register | Ending | Example (가다) |
|---|
| 해요체, softer | -지 마요 | 가지 마요 (gaji mayo) |
| polite command (this lesson) | -지 마세요 | 가지 마세요 (gaji maseyo) |
| 반말 (L46) | -지 마 | 가지 마 (gaji ma) |
| 합쇼체 (L29) | -지 마십시오 | 가지 마십시오 (gaji masipsio) |
Suppletive honorific commands (full set in L24):
| Plain verb | Honorific command | Set phrase |
|---|
| 먹다 / 마시다 (eat / drink) | 드세요 (deuseyo) | 많이 드세요 - help yourself |
| 자다 (sleep) | 주무세요 (jumuseyo) | 안녕히 주무세요 - good night |
| 있다 (stay) | 계세요 (gyeseyo) | 안녕히 계세요 - goodbye (to one staying) |
| 말하다 (speak) | 말씀하세요 (malsseumhaseyo) | 말씀하세요 - go ahead, speak |
The command ladder, verb 하다 (do):
| Form | Register | Force | Used with |
|---|
| 해 (hae) | 반말 (L46) | casual command | close friends, juniors |
| 해요 (haeyo) | 해요체 (L14) | soft request | same level, gently |
| 하세요 (haseyo) | 해요체 + honorific | standard polite command | the default here |
| 하십시오 (hasipsio) | 합쇼체 (L29) | formal command | signs, service, announcements |
Examples
- 여기 앉으세요. (Yeogi anjeuseyo.) - Please sit here.
- 이 책을 읽으세요. (I chaegeul ilgeuseyo.) - Please read this book.
- 조금만 기다려 주세요. (Jogeumman gidaryeo juseyo.) - Please wait a moment for me.
- 여기에서 사진을 찍지 마세요. (Yeogieseo sajineul jjikji maseyo.) - Please don’t take photos here.
- 많이 드세요. (Mani deuseyo.) - Please help yourself.
- 안녕히 주무세요. (Annyeonghi jumuseyo.) - Good night.
- 천천히 말해 주세요. (Cheoncheonhi malhae juseyo.) - Please speak slowly.
- 잠깐 여기에 앉으시겠어요? (Jamkkan yeogie anjeusigesseoyo?) - Would you sit here for a moment?
- 걱정하지 마세요. (Geokjeonghaji maseyo.) - Please don’t worry.
- 도서관에서는 조용히 하세요. (Doseogwaneseoneun joyonghi haseyo.) - Please be quiet in the library.
Common mistakes
- 읽세요. (Ikseyo.) -> 읽으세요. (Ilgeuseyo.) - 읽다 ends in a 받침, so the command is -으세요. The bare -세요 belongs only to vowel-final stems like 가세요.
- 가지 말세요. (Gaji malseyo.) -> 가지 마세요. (Gaji maseyo.) - 마세요 comes from 말다, a ㄹ-stem, and ㄹ drops before -세요. Writing the ㄹ back in is the classic ㄹ-stem slip.
- 여기 안 앉으세요. (Yeogi an anjeuseyo.) -> 여기 앉지 마세요. (Yeogi anji maseyo.) - You cannot forbid an action with 안. Prohibition needs the -지 마세요 pattern.
- 조용하세요. (Joyonghaseyo.) -> 조용히 하세요. (Joyonghi haseyo.) - 조용하다 is an adjective, so -(으)세요 on it can only be read as a statement (you are quiet), never as the command you meant. Make it an adverb plus the verb 하다.
- (leaving, to the one staying) 안녕히 가세요. -> 안녕히 계세요. (Annyeonghi gyeseyo.) - Say 가세요 (go well) to the person who is leaving and 계세요 (stay well) to the one who stays; learners swap them.
Tips
- -(으)세요 = -(으)시- + 해요. It bows to the listener and lifts the subject in one ending. That double duty is exactly why it never points at you - a command form is always about the other person.
- The command ladder, top to bottom: 해 (friend) < 해요 (gentle) < 하세요 (polite default) < 하십시오 (formal). With a stranger, 하세요 is always safe; among friends drop to 해요 or 해.
- -아/어 주세요 literally means “do it and give.” The 주다 (give) frames the action as a favour to you, so it lands warmer and less bossy than a bare 하세요. Reach for it whenever you are asking, not instructing.
- Public signs speak 합쇼체. You will read -지 마십시오 everywhere - 들어가지 마십시오 (do not enter), 담배를 피우지 마십시오 (no smoking) - even though you yourself will say 마세요.
In short
To honor the person you are talking about, slip -(으)시- into their verb, upgrade the subject particle 이/가 to 께서, and add -님 to their title. A handful of everyday verbs swap for special honorific words instead - 있다 -> 계시다 (be present), 먹다 -> 드시다 (eat), 자다 -> 주무시다 (sleep) - and you never point any of this at yourself.
The rule
Korean marks respect on two independent axes: the ending honors the listener (that is 해요체, lesson 12), and -(으)시- honors the subject - the person the sentence is about. This lesson is the second axis. They stack: 가요 (polite to the listener) vs 가세요 (polite to the listener and respectful of the goer).
Step 1 - Insert -(으)시- into the stem, choosing the allomorph by 받침
The honorific marker sits on the stem, in front of the tense and the final ending. Which shape it takes depends on the stem’s last sound - exactly the 은/는, 이/가 logic you already know:
Vowel-final stem + -시- / 받침-final stem + -으시- / ㄹ-stem: drop the ㄹ, then -시-
- 가다 -> 가시- -> 가세요 (gaseyo, [respected person] goes)
- 읽다 -> 읽으시- -> 읽으세요 (ilgeuseyo, reads) - the stem ends in a 받침, so 으 appears
- 살다 -> 사시- -> 사세요 (saseyo, lives) - the ㄹ drops before 시, just as in 사세요/삽니다 from lesson 17
The everyday present is -(으)세요 (from -(으)시- + -어요). It is the same shape as the polite request in lesson 21; context and intonation tell a statement (가세요.) from a request (가세요!) apart.
Step 2 - -(으)시- stacks under every other ending
Because 시 lives on the stem, every tense and connective simply builds on top of 가시-:
- Past: 가셨어요 (gasyeosseoyo, went) - 가시- + -었- + -어요
- Future/intention: 가실 거예요 (gasil geoyeyo, will go)
- Connectives: 가시고 (gasigo, goes and), 가시니까 (gasinikka, since [they] go)
- Formal 합쇼체 (lesson 27): 가십니다 (gasimnida)
Step 3 - Upgrade the subject particle to 께서, and the title with -님, 분
When the subject is honored, its particle rises too. 이/가 -> 께서, and 은/는 -> 께서는:
Honored noun + 께서 + … -(으)세요
- 할아버지께서 신문을 읽으세요. (Harabeojikkeseo sinmuneul ilgeuseyo.) - Grandfather is reading the newspaper.
Add -님 to a title or role to raise the person (선생님 teacher, 사장님 boss, 부모님 parents, 손님 guest), and count respected people with the honorific counter 분 instead of 명 (손님 세 분, three guests). 분 also stands alone as an honorific “person”: 이분, 그분.
Step 4 - Some verbs are replaced outright (special 높임말)
A small, very frequent set does not just take -(으)시-; the whole verb is swapped for a special honorific word. The single most important trap: 있다 splits in two. For a person being present it becomes 계시다, but for possession (having something) it stays 있다 and only adds -으시-, giving 있으시다:
- 선생님께서 교실에 계세요. (… gyosire gyeseyo.) - The teacher is in the classroom. (presence -> 계시다)
- 시간 있으세요? (Sigan isseuseyo?) - Do you have time? (possession -> 있으시다, never *시간 계세요)
Step 5 - Lower yourself: the humble (겸양) set
Respect has a matching downward move. When you act toward a superior, you use humble verbs about yourself: 주다 -> 드리다 (give), 보다/만나다 -> 뵙다/뵈다 (meet), 묻다 -> 여쭙다 (ask), 데리고 가다 -> 모시고 가다 (escort). And the pronoun 나 drops to 저, 말 (my words) to 말씀. Crucially, you never honor yourself: *저는 가세요 is wrong - about yourself it is always 저는 가요.
-(으)시- allomorph, chosen by the stem:
| Stem ends in | Marker | Base | Present -(으)세요 |
|---|
| a vowel | -시- | 가다 (gada) | 가세요 (gaseyo) |
| a vowel | -시- | 오다 (oda) | 오세요 (oseyo) |
| any 받침 | -으시- | 읽다 (ikda) | 읽으세요 (ilgeuseyo) |
| any 받침 | -으시- | 앉다 (anda) | 앉으세요 (anjeuseyo) |
| ㄹ (ㄹ drops) | -시- | 살다 (salda) | 사세요 (saseyo) |
| ㄹ (ㄹ drops) | -시- | 만들다 (mandeulda) | 만드세요 (mandeuseyo) |
-(으)시- under every ending (base 가다 -> 가시-):
| Function | Form | Romanization |
|---|
| Present 해요체 | 가세요 | gaseyo |
| Past | 가셨어요 | gasyeosseoyo |
| Future / intention | 가실 거예요 | gasil geoyeyo |
| Connective -고 | 가시고 | gasigo |
| Connective -(으)니까 | 가시니까 | gasinikka |
| Formal 합쇼체 | 가십니다 | gasimnida |
Special honorific verbs (memorize as a set):
| Plain | Honorific | 해요체 | Note |
|---|
| 있다 (be present) | 계시다 | 계세요 (gyeseyo) | a person is somewhere |
| 있다 (possess) | 있으시다 | 있으세요 (isseuseyo) | just add -으시-, NOT 계시다 |
| 먹다 / 마시다 | 드시다 (잡수시다) | 드세요 (deuseyo), 잡수세요 (japsuseyo) | eat / drink |
| 자다 | 주무시다 | 주무세요 (jumuseyo) | sleep |
| 말하다 | 말씀하시다 | 말씀하세요 (malsseumhaseyo) | speak |
| 죽다 | 돌아가시다 | 돌아가셨어요 (doragasyeosseoyo) | pass away - nearly always past; bare 돌아가세요 reads as please go back |
| 아프다 | 편찮으시다 | 편찮으세요 (pyeonchaneuseyo) | be ill |
Honorific nouns:
| Plain | Honorific | Romanization |
|---|
| 이름 (name) | 성함 | seongham |
| 나이 (age) | 연세 | yeonse |
| 집 (house) | 댁 | daek |
| 밥 (meal) | 진지 | jinji |
| 생일 (birthday) | 생신 | saengsin |
| 말 (words) | 말씀 | malsseum |
Humble (겸양) forms - used about yourself toward a superior:
| Plain | Humble | 해요체 | Meaning |
|---|
| 주다 | 드리다 | 드려요 (deuryeoyo) | give to a superior |
| 보다 / 만나다 | 뵙다 / 뵈다 | 봬요 (bwaeyo), 뵐게요 (boelgeyo) | meet a superior |
| 묻다 | 여쭙다 / 여쭈다 | 여쭤요 (yeojjwoyo) | ask a superior |
| 데리고 가다 | 모시고 가다 | 모시고 가요 (mosigo gayo) | escort a superior |
| 나 / 말 | 저 / 말씀 | - | I / my words |
Examples
- 할아버지께서 신문을 읽으세요. (Harabeojikkeseo sinmuneul ilgeuseyo.) - Grandfather is reading the newspaper.
- 선생님께서 지금 교실에 계세요. (Seonsaengnimkkeseo jigeum gyosire gyeseyo.) - The teacher is in the classroom now.
- 시간 있으세요? (Sigan isseuseyo?) - Do you have time?
- 할머니께서 주무세요. (Halmeonikkeseo jumuseyo.) - Grandmother is sleeping.
- 아버지께서 진지를 드세요. (Abeojikkeseo jinjireul deuseyo.) - Father is eating his meal.
- 사장님께서 뭐라고 말씀하셨어요? (Sajangnimkkeseo mworago malsseumhasyeosseoyo?) - What did the boss say?
- 할아버지께서 작년에 돌아가셨어요. (Harabeojikkeseo jangnyeone doragasyeosseoyo.) - My grandfather passed away last year.
- 성함이 어떻게 되세요? (Seonghami eotteoke doeseyo?) - May I ask your name?
- 제가 선생님께 선물을 드릴게요. (Jega seonsaengnimkke seonmureul deurilgeyo.) - I’ll give the teacher a present.
- 내일 부모님을 뵐게요. (Naeil bumonimeul boelgeyo.) - I’ll see my parents tomorrow.
Common mistakes
- 저는 지금 가세요. (Jeoneun jigeum gaseyo.) -> 저는 지금 가요. (Jeoneun jigeum gayo.) - Honorifics point at someone else. Never apply -(으)시- to yourself; about yourself use the plain form.
- 교수님, 시간 계세요? (Gyosunim, sigan gyeseyo?) -> 교수님, 시간 있으세요? (Gyosunim, sigan isseuseyo?) - Possessing something is 있으시다 (있- + -으시-). 계시다 is only for a person being present.
- 할아버지께서 신문을 읽세요. (… sinmuneul ikseyo.) -> 할아버지께서 신문을 읽으세요. (… ilgeuseyo.) - 읽다 ends in a 받침, so the marker is -으시- / -으세요, not bare -세요.
- 선생님이 오세요. (Seonsaengnimi oseyo.) -> 선생님께서 오세요. (Seonsaengnimkkeseo oseyo.) - When the subject is honored, the particle upgrades: 이/가 -> 께서 (and 은/는 -> 께서는).
- 할아버지께서 밥을 먹어요. (… babeul meogeoyo.) -> 할아버지께서 진지를 드세요. (… jinjireul deuseyo.) - A respected subject takes the suppletive verb 드시다 and the honorific noun 진지, not plain 먹다/밥.
Tips
- Two dials, set separately. The ending honors the listener; -(으)시- honors the subject. 가세요 turns both up; 가요 only the listener dial. The full contrast is lesson 45.
- -(으)세요 is doing two jobs. Here it is the honorific statement/question; in lesson 21 the same shape is a polite request. One form, told apart by context - not two things to memorize.
- Drill the special verbs as a rhyme - eat 드세요, sleep 주무세요, be-here 계세요, speak 말씀하세요. They are high-frequency because you use them about parents, teachers and elders every single day.
- Respect comes in a matched pair. Raise the other person (-(으)시-, 께서, -님, 드시다) and lower yourself (저, 드리다, 뵙다, 여쭙다). Putting an honorific on yourself, or a humble verb on your elder, both sound wrong.
A1 23 / 68
Joining clauses and sentences: -고, -지만, -거나 and 그리고/그래서/그런데
연결 어미 -고·-지만·-거나와 접속 부사
In short
To join two ideas inside one sentence, stack a connective ending on the first stem: -고 (and), -지만 (but), -거나 (or). All three glue straight onto any stem with no allomorph. To join two separate sentences, start the second one with a matching conjunctive adverb: 그리고, 그래서, 그런데, 하지만 and friends.
The rule
Korean does not have a floating word “and” or “but” that sits between clauses. Instead the connector rides on the end of the first verb or adjective stem, and the sentence keeps flowing to its final verb. When you want the connector to open a fresh sentence instead, you use a conjunctive adverb at the head of that sentence.
Step 1 - The three endings attach with no allomorph
-고, -지만 and -거나 all begin with a plain consonant, so they attach to the bare stem exactly as written - after a vowel, after a 받침, and after a ㄹ-stem alike. There is no 은/는-style vowel/consonant pair to choose, and a ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ (unlike before -(으)ㄴ or -ㅂ니다). This makes them among the easiest endings in the language.
- -고 = and - lists things or puts them in sequence: 싸고 맛있어요 (ssago masisseoyo, cheap and tasty).
- -지만 = but - contrasts two ideas: 비싸지만 맛있어요 (bissajiman masisseoyo, expensive but tasty).
- -거나 = or - offers alternative actions: 보거나 쉬어요 (bogeona swieoyo, watch or rest).
Step 2 - -고 has two jobs, and tense behaves differently in each
Listing (A and B, both simply true): each clause may carry its own tense.
- 어제는 비가 왔고 오늘은 눈이 와요. (Eojeneun biga watgo oneureun nuni wayo.) - Yesterday it rained and today it snows. - past 왔고 on the first clause is fine.
Sequence (A, and then B): do not put a tense marker on the first clause. The final verb carries the tense for the whole chain.
- 밥을 먹고 학교에 갔어요. (Babeul meokgo hakgyoe gasseoyo.) - I ate and (then) went to school. - 먹고, not 먹었고, even though the event is past.
Quick test: if you can slip in “and then,” keep the first clause tenseless.
Step 3 - -지만 takes tense freely
Contrast clauses are independent, so -지만 happily follows a past or present stem: present 가지만, past 갔지만 (gatjiman, went but). The tense sits before 지만, on the stem.
- 어제 갔지만 아무도 없었어요. (Eoje gatjiman amudo eopseosseoyo.) - I went yesterday but there was no one.
Step 4 - -거나 is for verbs; nouns use (이)나
-거나 offers a choice between actions: 영화를 보거나 쉬어요 (yeonghwareul bogeona swieoyo, I watch a movie or rest). Its casual spoken twin is -든지 (마시든지 쉬든지 하세요, drink or rest, whatever). To offer a choice between two nouns, you do not use 거나 - you use (이)나 from lesson 18: 커피나 차 (keopina cha, coffee or tea), where 이나 goes after a 받침 and 나 after a vowel.
Step 5 - Conjunctive adverbs re-package these endings as sentence openers
Most of the “start a new sentence” words are really the little adjective 그렇다/그러하다 (to be so) wearing one of these connective endings and moved to the front. Learn the ending and you get the adverb almost for free:
- 그렇 + -지만 -> 그렇지만 = but, however (하지만 is the very same ending, but on 하- - not on 그렇-)
- 그러 + -(으)면 -> 그러면 (short: 그럼) = then, in that case
- 그렇 + -아/어도 -> 그래도 = even so, still (ㅎ-irregular contraction)
- 그렇 + -아/어서 -> 그래서 = so, therefore
They open a new sentence after a full stop; they never attach to a stem. Use the mapping table below to pair each adverb with the in-sentence ending that means the same thing.
The three connective endings - no allomorph, ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ:
| Ending | Meaning | After vowel stem | After plain 받침 | After ㄹ-stem |
|---|
| -고 | and (list / then) | 싸다 -> 싸고 (ssago) | 먹다 -> 먹고 (meokgo) | 살다 -> 살고 (salgo) |
| -지만 | but | 크다 -> 크지만 (keujiman) | 좋다 -> 좋지만 (jochiman) | 멀다 -> 멀지만 (meoljiman) |
| -거나 | or (verbs) | 보다 -> 보거나 (bogeona) | 먹다 -> 먹거나 (meokgeona) | 놀다 -> 놀거나 (nolgeona) |
Because all three start with a consonant, the stem is written just as in the dictionary - the ㄹ-stem does not drop its ㄹ here (contrast 살다 -> 삽니다 / 사세요, where it does).
-고: listing vs sequence and what happens to tense:
| Job of -고 | Tense on the first clause? | Example |
|---|
| Listing (A and B) | allowed | 어제는 비가 왔고 오늘은 눈이 와요 (watgo) |
| Sequence (A, then B) | left off | 밥을 먹고 학교에 갔어요 (meokgo) |
Conjunctive adverb <-> matching clause ending:
| Start-of-sentence adverb | Meaning | Same idea as ending | Ending taught in |
|---|
| 그리고 (geurigo) | and, and then | -고 | this lesson |
| 하지만 / 그렇지만 (hajiman / geureochiman) | but, however | -지만 | this lesson |
| 그래서 (geuraeseo) | so (result) | -아/어서 | lesson 28 |
| 그러니까 (geureonikka) | so (reason) | -(으)니까 | lesson 28 |
| 그런데 (geureonde) | but, by the way | -는데/-(으)ㄴ데 | lesson 41 |
| 그러면 / 그럼 (geureomyeon / geureom) | then, in that case | -(으)면 | lesson 29 |
| 그래도 (geuraedo) | even so, still | -아/어도 | lesson 49 |
Examples
- 이 옷은 싸고 예뻐요. (I oseun ssago yeppeoyo.) - These clothes are cheap and pretty.
- 밥을 먹고 커피를 마셔요. (Babeul meokgo keopireul masyeoyo.) - I eat and then drink coffee.
- 어제는 비가 왔고 오늘은 눈이 와요. (Eojeneun biga watgo oneureun nuni wayo.) - Yesterday it rained and today it snows.
- 한국어는 어렵지만 재미있어요. (Hangugeoneun eoryeopjiman jaemiisseoyo.) - Korean is hard but fun.
- 어제 갔지만 아무도 없었어요. (Eoje gatjiman amudo eopseosseoyo.) - I went yesterday but there was no one there.
- 주말에 영화를 보거나 책을 읽어요. (Jumare yeonghwareul bogeona chaegeul ilgeoyo.) - On weekends I watch a movie or read a book.
- 커피나 차를 마셔요. (Keopina chareul masyeoyo.) - I drink coffee or tea.
- 저는 학생이고 형은 회사원이에요. (Jeoneun haksaengigo hyeong-eun hoesawonieyo.) - I’m a student and my older brother is an office worker.
- 비가 와요. 그래서 우산을 가져가요. (Biga wayo. Geuraeseo usaneul gajeogayo.) - It’s raining. So I’m taking an umbrella.
- 한국어는 어려워요. 하지만 재미있어요. (Hangugeoneun eoryeowoyo. Hajiman jaemiisseoyo.) - Korean is hard. But it’s fun.
Common mistakes
- 밥을 먹었고 학교에 갔어요. (Babeul meogeotgo hakgyoe gasseoyo.) -> 밥을 먹고 학교에 갔어요. (Babeul meokgo hakgyoe gasseoyo.) - For an “and then” sequence, do not mark tense on the first clause; the final verb carries it. (먹었고 is fine only for plain listing, not “then.”)
- 싸다 그리고 맛있어요. (Ssada geurigo masisseoyo.) -> 싸고 맛있어요. (Ssago masisseoyo.) - To join two predicates inside one sentence, stack -고 on the first stem. 그리고 starts a new sentence; it does not attach to a stem, and you never leave the first verb in its dictionary form.
- 커피거나 차를 마셔요. (Keopigeona chareul masyeoyo.) -> 커피나 차를 마셔요. (Keopina chareul masyeoyo.) - -거나 joins verbs/clauses; to say “or” between two nouns, use (이)나 (lesson 18).
- 재미있어요지만 어려워요. (Jaemiisseoyojiman eoryeowoyo.) -> 재미있지만 어려워요. (Jaemiitjiman eoryeowoyo.) - Endings attach to the stem (재미있-), never to a finished 해요체 form. Strip the -어요 before adding -지만.
Tips
- These are your no-fuss endings. -고, -지만, -거나 take no allomorph and trigger no stem change - no 받침 juggling like 은/는 or -(으)면. Just glue them on and keep going to the final verb.
- Most “새 문장” connectors are 그렇다 + an ending. 그렇 + -지만 = 그렇지만, 그러 + -면 = 그러면, 그렇 + -아도 = 그래도, 그렇 + -(으)ㄴ데 = 그런데. (하지만 is the odd one out: it is 하- + -지만.) Learn the in-sentence ending and the sentence-opening adverb comes as a bonus.
- -고 tense trick: if “and then” fits, leave the first clause tenseless (밥을 먹고 갔어요); if it is just “A and B are both true,” tense is free (왔고, 이고).
- 그래서 vs 그런데: 그래서 signals a result (“so”), 그런데 signals a turn or new topic (“but / by the way”). Both are everywhere in speech - reach past 그리고, which only ever means a flat “and.”
A1 24 / 68
Modifier endings -는/-(으)ㄴ/-(으)ㄹ and bound nouns
관형형 어미와 의존명사
In short
To turn a whole clause into an adjective that sits in front of a noun, attach a modifier ending to the verb stem and place the clause before the noun: 먹는 사람 (meongneun saram, the person who eats), 먹은 사람 (meogeun saram, the person who ate), 먹을 사람 (meogeul saram, the person who will eat). Action verbs choose the ending by tense (-는 / -(으)ㄴ / -(으)ㄹ), describing words use -(으)ㄴ for the plain present, and a handful of nouns (것, 수, 때 …) live at the end of such a clause - always written with a space in front.
The rule
Step 1 - A modifier clause comes BEFORE its noun
Korean has no “who/which/that”. Instead the whole clause is turned into a modifier and set directly in front of the noun it describes, with the modifier ending doing the linking work: Clause + modifier ending + Noun. English says the book that I read; Korean says 읽은 책 (ilgeun chaek), literally read book. There is nothing between the ending and the noun.
Step 2 - Action verbs pick the ending by tense
For a 동사 (action verb) the ending encodes when the action happens relative to the main sentence:
- Present / ongoing -는: 먹는 (meongneun, that eats / is eating)
- Past / completed -(으)ㄴ: 먹은 (meogeun, that ate)
- Prospective / irrealis -(으)ㄹ: 먹을 (meogeul, that will eat / to eat)
-는 is the same after every action verb (vowel or consonant stem): 가는 (ganeun), 먹는 (meongneun). -(으)ㄴ and -(으)ㄹ are the familiar -(으)- endings from lesson 17: a bare ㄴ/ㄹ after a vowel stem, 은/을 after a 받침.
Step 3 - Describing words use -(으)ㄴ for the plain present
A 형용사 (descriptive verb) does not take -는. Its everyday attributive form is -(으)ㄴ: 예쁜 (yeppeun, pretty), 좋은 (joeun, good), 큰 (keun, big), 작은 (jageun, small), 많은 (maneun, many). Watch the overlap: the very ending that means past on a verb (먹은) means present on an adjective (작은). The word class tells you which reading applies.
Step 4 - 있다/없다 behave like verbs; 이다 uses -인
Anything built on 있다/없다 takes the verb-style -는, even though it feels adjective-like: 맛있는 (masinneun, tasty), 재미있는 (jaemiinneun, fun), 재미없는 (jaemieomneun, boring), 없는 (eomneun, that has none). The copula 이다 (lesson 2) makes its present modifier with -ㄴ: 학생인 (haksaengin, who is a student).
Step 5 - Irregular stems change first, then take the ending
The modifier endings are just more -(으)- endings, so the irregular classes fire exactly as in lesson 17. A ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before -는 and before -(으)ㄴ: 살다 -> 사는 (saneun, present), 산 (san, past), 살 (sal, prospective); 만들다 -> 만드는, 만든 (mandeuneun, mandeun); 알다 -> 아는 (aneun). ㅂ: 덥다 -> 더운 (deoun, hot). ㄷ: 듣다 -> 들은 (deureun, that heard). ㅅ: 짓다 -> 지은 (jieun, that built).
Step 6 - Bound nouns: real nouns that cannot stand alone
Some nouns habitually sit at the end of a modifier clause, and they always take a space in front. 것, 적, 지 are true 의존명사 (bound nouns) and cannot stand alone at all; 때, 후, 동안 are ordinary nouns that can also follow a plain noun (방학 때, 식사 후) - either way the space is required. Learn them as vocabulary: 것/거 (thing, the act/fact), 수 (possibility), 때 (time/when), 후 (after), 적 (a past occasion), 지 (elapsed time since), 동안 (during/while), 중 (in the middle of). Note the spacing in 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo, can do) and 갈 때 (gal ttae, when going) - the full spacing rules are in lesson 46.
The core allomorph table - modifier endings by stem type:
| After… | -는 (verb present) | -(으)ㄴ (verb past / adj present) | -(으)ㄹ (prospective) |
|---|
| vowel stem (가다 / 크다) | 가는 (ganeun) | 간 (gan) / 큰 (keun) | 갈 (gal) / 클 (keul) |
| 받침 stem (먹다 / 작다) | 먹는 (meongneun) | 먹은 (meogeun) / 작은 (jageun) | 먹을 (meogeul) / 작을 (jageul) |
| ㄹ-stem (살다) | 사는 (saneun) | 산 (san) | 살 (sal) |
Which ending each word class takes:
| Class | Present | Past | Prospective |
|---|
| 동사 action verb (먹다) | -는 먹는 (meongneun) | -(으)ㄴ 먹은 (meogeun) | -(으)ㄹ 먹을 (meogeul) |
| 형용사 descriptive (작다) | -(으)ㄴ 작은 (jageun) | - (see lesson 57) | -(으)ㄹ 작을 (jageul) |
| 있다/없다 (맛있다) | -는 맛있는 (masinneun) | - | -(으)ㄹ 맛있을 (masisseul) |
| 이다 copula (학생이다) | -ㄴ 학생인 (haksaengin) | - | - |
Bound nouns - the modifier they usually follow, and the spacing:
| Bound noun | Meaning | Usual modifier | Example |
|---|
| 것 / 거 (geot / geo) | thing, the act/fact | any | 먹는 것 (meongneun geot) the thing one eats |
| 수 (su) | possibility (ability) | -(으)ㄹ | 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo) can do it |
| 때 (ttae) | time, when | -(으)ㄹ / noun | 갈 때 (gal ttae) when going |
| 후 (hu) | after | -(으)ㄴ / noun | 먹은 후에 (meogeun hue) after eating |
| 적 (jeok) | a past occasion | -(으)ㄴ | 간 적이 있어요 (gan jeogi isseoyo) have been |
| 지 (ji) | elapsed time since | -(으)ㄴ | 온 지 (on ji) since coming |
| 동안 (dongan) | during, while | -는 / noun | 사는 동안 (saneun dongan) while living |
| 중 (jung) | in the middle of, among | -는 / noun | 공부하는 중 (gongbuhaneun jung) in the middle of studying |
Examples
- 저는 매운 음식을 좋아해요. (Jeoneun maeun eumsigeul joahaeyo.) - I like spicy food.
- 지금 먹는 빵이 정말 맛있어요. (Jigeum meongneun ppangi jeongmal masisseoyo.) - The bread I’m eating now is really tasty.
- 어제 본 영화가 재미있었어요. (Eoje bon yeonghwaga jaemiisseosseoyo.) - The movie I watched yesterday was fun.
- 내일 만날 사람이 누구예요? (Naeil mannal sarami nuguyeyo?) - Who is the person you’ll meet tomorrow?
- 지금은 갈 수 없어요. (Jigeumeun gal su eopseoyo.) - I can’t go right now.
- 밥을 먹을 때 물을 마셔요. (Babeul meogeul ttae mureul masyeoyo.) - I drink water when I eat.
- 한국에 온 지 오래됐어요. (Hanguge on ji oraedwaesseoyo.) - It’s been a long time since I came to Korea.
- 저는 학생인 친구가 많아요. (Jeoneun haksaengin chinguga manayo.) - I have many friends who are students.
- 이건 제가 만든 케이크예요. (Igeon jega mandeun keikeuyeyo.) - This is the cake I made.
- 재미있는 영화를 보고 싶어요. (Jaemiinneun yeonghwareul bogo sipeoyo.) - I want to watch a fun movie.
Common mistakes
- 좋는 사람 (jonneun saram) -> 좋은 사람 (joeun saram) - 좋다 is a describing word, so its present modifier is -(으)ㄴ, not the verb-style -는. A good person.
- 지금 먹은 사람 (jigeum meogeun saram) -> 지금 먹는 사람 (jigeum meongneun saram) - on an action verb -(으)ㄴ is past; for the ongoing present you need -는. 지금 (now) forces the present reading.
- 맛있은 음식 (masiseun eumsik) -> 맛있는 음식 (masinneun eumsik) - anything on 있다/없다 modifies like a verb and takes -는, never -(으)ㄴ. Tasty food.
- 살는 집 (salleun jip) -> 사는 집 (saneun jip) - a ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before the ㄴ of -는. The house one lives in.
- 할수있어요 (halsuisseoyo) -> 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo) - 수 is a bound noun and needs a space on each side; run it together and the phrase is misspelled.
Tips
- One-second class check. Action verb present = -는 (먹는); describing word present = -(으)ㄴ (좋은). The same -(으)ㄴ that reads as PAST on a verb reads as PRESENT on an adjective - the word class decides.
- The verb timeline runs ㄹ -> 는 -> ㄴ. Prospective 먹을, present 먹는, past 먹은. Say the three in a row for any verb and the shapes stick.
- 있다/없다 are honorary verbs. They feel like adjectives but always take -는: 맛있는, 재미있는, 재미없는, 없는. Same for every 있다/없다 compound.
- If a modifier can sit in front of it, it takes a space. 할 수, 갈 때, 먹은 후, 온 지 - all bound nouns, all spaced. (Full spacing rules live in lesson 46.)
A1 25 / 68
Future and conjecture: -(으)ㄹ 거예요 and -겠-
미래와 추측 -(으)ㄹ 거예요·-겠-
In short
Korean has no dedicated future tense - it uses two everyday tools. -(으)ㄹ 거예요 states a settled plan (I’m going to…) or a general prediction (it’ll probably…); -겠- slots into the verb for an on-the-spot guess (that must be…) or a decisive I will. 주말에 뭐 할 거예요? / 맛있겠어요!
The rule
Step 1 - -(으)ㄹ 거예요 is three pieces you already own
It is not a new ending but the modifier form from lesson 24 plus a bound noun plus the copula from lesson 2:
Verb stem + -(으)ㄹ (future modifier) + 것 (bound noun “thing”) + 이에요 (copula)
The full written shape is -(으)ㄹ 것이에요 (geosieyo). In speech 것 shrinks to 거 and 이에요 contracts to 예요, giving the form you will actually use: -(으)ㄹ 거예요. Literally it says it is a thing that [will happen] - which is exactly why 거 keeps a space (it is a noun) and why the copula on the end can go formal (겁니다) or past (거였어요).
Note the spelling: 이에요 after the vowel of 거 becomes 예요, so it is 거예요, never *거에요.
Step 2 - Choosing -ㄹ or -을 is the modifier rule from lesson 24
The (으) is the same 받침-driven choice you already make:
- Stem ends in a vowel -> -ㄹ 거예요. 가다 -> 갈 거예요.
- Stem ends in a 받침 -> -을 거예요. 먹다 -> 먹을 거예요.
- 하다 -> 할 거예요.
- A ㄹ-stem already ends in ㄹ, so it just uses that ㄹ, no 으: 만들다 -> 만들 거예요.
Irregular stems bend here exactly as in lesson 24: 듣다 (ㄷ-irregular) -> 들을 거예요, but regular 받다 -> 받을 거예요.
Step 3 - Say it right: the 거 is tensed to [꺼]
The future -(으)ㄹ makes the following consonant tense, so although you write a plain ㄱ, you pronounce 갈 거예요 as [갈꺼예요] (gal kkeoyeyo). This is automatic and applies to every -(으)ㄹ 거예요, and to the related -(으)ㄹ 수 있어요 and -(으)ㄹ 것 같아요 you will meet later.
Step 4 - Two readings, decided by the subject
Same form, two jobs:
- Plan / intention - with a 1st- or 2nd-person subject it is a firm plan. 저는 집에 갈 거예요. (I’m going to go home.) / 뭐 할 거예요? (What are you going to do?)
- Prediction - with a 3rd-person subject, or with weather and things outside anyone’s control, it is a confident guess. 비가 올 거예요. (It’ll probably rain.) / 그 사람은 안 올 거예요. (He probably won’t come.)
You can state your OWN plan directly, but you can only GUESS at someone else’s - so with a 3rd-person subject 거예요 is never a promise, just a well-founded prediction.
Step 5 - The past: 거였어요
Because the tail is just the copula, you make it past on the copula: 것이었어요 -> 거였어요. 갈 거였어요 (gal geoyeosseoyo) = I was going to go (a plan that was in place earlier). The verb stem before 거 stays in its plain -(으)ㄹ form; only the copula moves.
Step 6 - -겠- goes inside the verb, with no allomorph choice
-겠- sits in the tense slot on the stem, right before the final ending - the same position as 았/었 - and it attaches to any stem unchanged, 받침 or not:
Stem + -겠- + ending -> 하겠어요, 가겠어요, 먹겠어요, 살겠어요
It carries three closely related meanings:
- Decisive will (usually 1st person). A firm I will, common in polite or service speech: 제가 하겠어요. (I’ll do it.) / 곧 시작하겠습니다. (We’ll begin shortly.)
- Immediate conjecture from present evidence. You react to something in front of you right now - a plate of food, a photo, what someone just said: 맛있겠다! (That looks delicious!) / 힘들겠어요. (That must be hard.) / 피곤하겠어요. (You must be tired.)
- Frozen politeness formulas. Memorize these whole; do not translate the 겠 literally: 알겠어요 (I understand / got it), 모르겠어요 (I don’t know), 처음 뵙겠습니다 (Nice to meet you), 잘 먹겠습니다 (said before a meal).
The spontaneous reaction 맛있겠다 is plain-style (an exclamation to yourself); its 해요체 form is 맛있겠어요. Use whichever matches your listener - do not mix the two in one breath.
Step 7 - -(으)ㄹ 거예요 vs -겠-, and a look ahead
Both point at the non-past, but they lean on different grounds: -(으)ㄹ 거예요 rests on a settled plan or a broad prediction, while -겠- rests on evidence right in front of you or a will you are voicing on the spot. Seeing a great dish, a Korean says 맛있겠어요 (fresh evidence), not 맛있을 거예요.
There is a third first-person tool, -(으)ㄹ게요 (lesson 43), for a promise you make in reaction to the moment (제가 할게요). Keep it apart from 제가 할 거예요, which reports a plan you already had.
-(으)ㄹ 거예요 - the allomorph table:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Dictionary form | -(으)ㄹ 거예요 | Pronounced |
|---|
| vowel | -ㄹ 거예요 | 가다 (gada, go) | 갈 거예요 | [갈꺼예요] gal kkeoyeyo |
| 받침 | -을 거예요 | 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹을 거예요 | [머글꺼예요] meogeul kkeoyeyo |
| 하- | -ㄹ 거예요 | 하다 (hada, do) | 할 거예요 | [할꺼예요] hal kkeoyeyo |
| ㄹ (no 으) | -ㄹ 거예요 | 만들다 (mandeulda, make) | 만들 거예요 | [만들꺼예요] mandeul kkeoyeyo |
| ㄷ-irregular | -을 거예요 | 듣다 (deutda, listen) | 들을 거예요 | [드를꺼예요] deureul kkeoyeyo |
-(으)ㄹ 거예요 - copula endings on the tail (verb 가다):
| Register / tense | Form | Romanization | Gloss |
|---|
| 해요체 present | 갈 거예요 | gal geoyeyo | (I’m) going to go |
| 합쇼체 present | 갈 겁니다 | gal geomnida | (I) will go (formal) |
| Past | 갈 거였어요 | gal geoyeosseoyo | was going to go |
| Full written form | 갈 것이에요 | gal geosieyo | (same, uncontracted) |
-겠- - invariant marker (compare the fixed 거예요 above):
| Use | Example | Romanization | Gloss |
|---|
| Decisive will (1st) | 제가 하겠어요. | Jega hagesseoyo. | I’ll do it. |
| Will, formal | 가겠습니다. | Gagetseumnida. | I will go. |
| Conjecture (evidence) | 힘들겠어요. | Himdeulgesseoyo. | That must be hard. |
| Conjecture, plain | 맛있겠다! | Masitgetda! | That looks tasty! |
| Frozen formula | 알겠어요. / 모르겠어요. | Algesseoyo. / Moreugesseoyo. | Got it. / I don’t know. |
Examples
- 저는 주말에 집에서 쉴 거예요. (Jeoneun jumare jibeseo swil geoyeyo.) - I’m going to rest at home this weekend.
- 내일 뭐 할 거예요? (Naeil mwo hal geoyeyo?) - What are you going to do tomorrow?
- 내일은 비가 올 거예요. (Naeireun biga ol geoyeyo.) - It’ll probably rain tomorrow.
- 그 영화는 재미있을 거예요. (Geu yeonghwaneun jaemiisseul geoyeyo.) - That film is probably fun.
- 이 일은 제가 하겠어요. (I ireun jega hagesseoyo.) - I’ll do this task myself.
- 이 음식 정말 맛있겠어요. (I eumsik jeongmal masitgesseoyo.) - This food looks really delicious.
- 많이 힘들겠어요. (Mani himdeulgesseoyo.) - That must be really hard.
- 네, 알겠어요. (Ne, algesseoyo.) - Okay, I understand.
- 죄송해요, 잘 모르겠어요. (Joesonghaeyo, jal moreugesseoyo.) - Sorry, I don’t really know.
- 아까는 학교에 갈 거였어요. (Akkaneun hakgyoe gal geoyeosseoyo.) - I was going to go to school earlier.
Common mistakes
- 갈거예요. (galgeoyeyo.) -> 갈 거예요. (gal geoyeyo.) - 거 is the bound noun 것, so it always takes a space before it, just like 할 수 있어요 and 갈 것 같아요.
- 먹 거예요. (meok geoyeyo.) -> 먹을 거예요. (meogeul geoyeyo.) - After a 받침 the modifier ending is -을, not a bare -ㄹ. The choice is the same 받침 rule as everywhere else.
- 이 음식 맛있을 거예요. (I eumsik masisseul geoyeyo.) -> 이 음식 맛있겠어요. (I eumsik masitgesseoyo.) - Reacting to food right in front of you is fresh evidence, so it takes on-the-spot -겠-, not the prediction 거예요.
- 제가 할 거예요. (Jega hal geoyeyo.) -> 제가 할게요. (Jega halgeyo.) - When you decide to help at that moment, use the promise ending -(으)ㄹ게요 (lesson 43); 할 거예요 reports a plan you already had.
- 갈 거에요. (gal geoeyo.) -> 갈 거예요. (gal geoyeyo.) - The copula after the vowel 거 is 예요, so the spelling is 거예요, never 거에요.
Tips
- 거 = 것, so read it as a noun. It is a thing (that will happen) explains everything at once: the obligatory space, the past 거였어요, and the formal 겁니다. Get the noun and the grammar follows.
- Your plan is confident; someone else’s is a guess. With I/you 거예요 is a real plan; with weather or a third person it is only a prediction - 비가 올 거예요 means it’ll probably rain, never a promise from the sky.
- -겠- means “I can see it now.” Reach for it the instant you have fresh input - a dish, a sigh, a photo: 맛있겠다!, 힘들겠어요, 피곤하겠어요. If your basis is a standing plan instead, use 거예요.
- Bank the frozen phrases whole. 알겠어요, 모르겠어요, 처음 뵙겠습니다, 잘 먹겠습니다 are fixed expressions - never parse the 겠 or swap it out.
A1 26 / 68
Wanting and proposing: -고 싶다 and -(으)ㄹ까요?
희망 -고 싶다와 제안 -(으)ㄹ까요?
In short
To say what you want to do, add -고 싶다 to a verb stem and conjugate 싶다 like an adjective: 가다 -> 가고 싶어요 (gago sipeoyo, I want to go). To propose doing something together, add -(으)ㄹ까요?: 커피 마실까요? (keopi masilkkayo?, Shall we have coffee?). One catch to remember from the start: -고 싶다 speaks only for you or the person you are asking - a third person’s wish needs -고 싶어 하다.
The rule
Step 1 - -고 싶다 = verb stem + -고 싶다, and 싶다 inflects as an adjective
The desire pattern is built on the connective -고 from lesson 23 plus the auxiliary 싶다 (sipda, to want to):
Verb stem + -고 싶다
싶다 carries no tense or politeness by itself; it is a 보조 형용사 (auxiliary adjective), so it conjugates with the same machinery as any 형용사 from lesson 11. 싶 has the stem vowel ㅣ (not ㅏ or ㅗ), so the 아/어 form takes 어: 싶 + 어요 -> 싶어요 (sipeoyo). That gives 가고 싶어요 (I want to go), past 가고 싶었어요 (gago sipeosseoyo, I wanted to go), and the modifier 먹고 싶은 것 (meokgo sipeun geot, the thing I want to eat) - present modifier -은, because 싶다 is an adjective, never the verb -는.
Step 2 - Person matters: -고 싶다 (I / you) vs -고 싶어 하다 (someone else)
-고 싶다 reports a feeling from the inside, so in a statement it is about the speaker, and in a question it naturally asks the listener. To speak of a third person’s wish - something you only observe from outside - Korean turns the feeling into behaviour with -어 하다:
Third person: Verb stem + -고 싶어 하다 -> 가고 싶어 해요 (gago sipeo haeyo, he/she wants to go)
싶어 하다 conjugates as a regular action verb (하다 verb): 싶어 해요, 싶어 했어요.
Step 3 - Only action verbs take -고 싶다
-고 싶다 attaches to action verbs only, never to an adjective. You cannot say *예쁘고 싶다 for want to be pretty. Turn the adjective into a change-of-state verb with -아/어지다 (lesson 37) first: 예쁘다 -> 예뻐지다 -> 예뻐지고 싶어요 (yeppeojigo sipeoyo, I want to become pretty).
Step 4 - The object may take 을/를 or 이/가
Because 싶다 is adjective-like, the object of the wanted verb can keep its normal 을/를, or switch to 이/가 to spotlight it as the thing desired. Both are correct:
물을 마시고 싶어요 (mureul masigo sipeoyo) = 물이 마시고 싶어요 (muri masigo sipeoyo) - I want to drink water.
을/를 is the neutral, everyday choice; 이/가 leans on water specifically. With 3rd-person -고 싶어 하다, stay with 을/를: 동생이 물을 마시고 싶어 해요.
Step 5 - Negation: two spots
Put 안 before the main verb, or attach the long -지 않다 to 싶다 - both are used:
- 안 가고 싶어요 (an gago sipeoyo) - I don’t want to go.
- 가고 싶지 않아요 (gago sipji anayo) - I don’t want to go. (long form, negating 싶다)
Step 6 - Proposing with -(으)ㄹ까요?
-(으)ㄹ까요? floats a proposal and asks the other person’s willingness. Same ending, two readings by context: 제안 shall WE? (with 우리/같이) and 의향 shall I? (with 저/제가):
- 우리 갈까요? (uri galkkayo?) - Shall we go?
- 제가 할까요? (jega halkkayo?) - Shall I do it?
The (으) is chosen by the 받침, exactly like every -(으)ㄹ ending - see the table below.
Step 7 - The everyday alternatives, and what is deferred
A plain 같이 + -아/어요 statement is an equally common, warmer let’s: 같이 가요 (gachi gayo, let’s go together). 우리 + verb does the same inclusive job: 우리 밥 먹어요 (uri bap meogeoyo, let’s eat). Typical replies are 좋아요 (joayo, sounds good) or 그래요 (geuraeyo, okay, sure). Two more let’s forms belong to later registers - the formal -(으)ㅂ시다 (lesson 27) and the casual -자 (lesson 44) - and the softer I wish / I’d like -(으)면 좋겠다 is lesson 61.
싶다 conjugates as an adjective (paradigm on 가다 -> 가고 싶다):
| Form | Ending | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| present (해요체) | -고 싶어요 | 가고 싶어요 | gago sipeoyo |
| past | -고 싶었어요 | 가고 싶었어요 | gago sipeosseoyo |
| formal (합쇼체, L29) | -고 싶습니다 | 가고 싶습니다 | gago sipseumnida |
| negative (long) | -고 싶지 않아요 | 가고 싶지 않아요 | gago sipji anayo |
| present modifier | -고 싶은 + noun | 먹고 싶은 것 | meokgo sipeun geot |
| 3rd person | -고 싶어 해요 | 가고 싶어 해요 | gago sipeo haeyo |
-(으)ㄹ까요? - the allomorph is chosen by the 받침:
| Stem type | Ending | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| vowel-final | -ㄹ까요? | 마시다 -> 마실까요? | masilkkayo |
| 받침-final | -을까요? | 먹다 -> 먹을까요? | meogeulkkayo |
| ㄹ-stem (stem ㄹ serves as the -ㄹ) | -ㄹ까요? | 만들다 -> 만들까요? | mandeulkkayo |
Ways to propose “let’s / shall we”, from everyday to deferred:
| Pattern | Nuance | Example | Register |
|---|
| -(으)ㄹ까요? | asks willingness, shall we/I? | 커피 마실까요? (keopi masilkkayo?) | 해요체, everyday |
| 같이 + -아/어요 | direct, warm let’s | 같이 가요 (gachi gayo) | 해요체, everyday |
| 우리 + verb | inclusive we/let’s | 우리 밥 먹어요 (uri bap meogeoyo) | 해요체 |
| -(으)ㅂ시다 | formal let’s (L29) | 갑시다 (gapsida) | 합쇼체 |
| -자 | casual let’s (L46) | 가자 (gaja) | 반말 |
| replies | accept | 좋아요 / 그래요 (joayo / geuraeyo) | - |
Examples
- 저는 집에 가고 싶어요. (Jeoneun jibe gago sipeoyo.) - I want to go home.
- 주말에 뭐 하고 싶어요? (Jumare mwo hago sipeoyo?) - What do you want to do at the weekend?
- 물을 마시고 싶어요. (Mureul masigo sipeoyo.) - I want to drink water.
- 동생이 게임을 하고 싶어 해요. (Dongsaengi geimeul hago sipeo haeyo.) - My younger sibling wants to play games.
- 저는 지금 안 가고 싶어요. (Jeoneun jigeum an gago sipeoyo.) - I don’t want to go right now.
- 우리 커피 마실까요? (Uri keopi masilkkayo?) - Shall we have coffee?
- 같이 영화 볼까요? (Gachi yeonghwa bolkkayo?) - Shall we watch a movie together?
- 제가 도와줄까요? (Jega dowajulkkayo?) - Shall I help you?
- 좋아요, 같이 가요. (Joayo, gachi gayo.) - Sounds good, let’s go together.
- 점심에 뭘 먹을까요? (Jeomsime mwol meogeulkkayo?) - What shall we eat for lunch?
Common mistakes
- 동생이 가고 싶어요. (Dongsaengi gago sipeoyo.) -> 동생이 가고 싶어 해요. (Dongsaengi gago sipeo haeyo.) - -고 싶다 states only your own or your listener’s wish. A third person’s desire, seen from outside, needs -고 싶어 하다.
- 예쁘고 싶어요. (Yeppeugo sipeoyo.) -> 예뻐지고 싶어요. (Yeppeojigo sipeoyo.) - -고 싶다 takes action verbs only. To want to be an adjective, make it become first with -아/어지다.
- 먹고 싶는 것 (meokgo simneun geot) -> 먹고 싶은 것 (meokgo sipeun geot) - 싶다 conjugates as an adjective, so its present modifier is -은, never the verb -는.
- 만들을까요? (mandeureulkkayo?) -> 만들까요? (mandeulkkayo?) - a ㄹ-stem already ends in ㄹ, so it adds no 을; the stem’s own ㄹ is the -(으)ㄹ of the ending.
- 가고싶어요. (gagosipeoyo.) -> 가고 싶어요. (gago sipeoyo.) - 싶다 is a separate auxiliary word: keep a space after -고. Endings glue on with no space, but auxiliaries take one.
Tips
- 싶다 feels; 하다 shows. -고 싶다 is the wish felt from inside (yours, or the listener’s when you ask); -고 싶어 해요 is the wanting you observe in someone else. English want hides this split, so it is the error learners make longest.
- -(으)ㄹ까요? asks, 같이 -아/어요 tells. 갈까요? checks whether the other person is willing (shall we?); 같이 가요 is a warm, settled let’s go. Both are plain 해요체 and both are everyday - reach for the formal 갑시다 or casual 가자 only when the whole conversation is in that register.
- Answer a 마실까요? with a set phrase. 좋아요 (sounds good) and 그래요 (sure) accept; 다음에요 (daeumeyo, next time) or 아니요, 괜찮아요 (aniyo, gwaenchanayo, no, I’m fine) decline gently. You will hear these far more than any textbook grammar.
- Object case is a free choice, not a rule you can get wrong. 물을 마시고 싶어요 and 물이 마시고 싶어요 are both fine; default to 을/를 and treat 이/가 as light emphasis on the thing you crave.
합쇼체 is the crisp, formal register you hear in news broadcasts, announcements, presentations, the military, job interviews and polished service speech. Its statement ending is -습니다 after a 받침 and -ㅂ니다 after a vowel. It is not more polite than 해요체 - it is more formal and more distant, so 해요체 stays your everyday default and you switch into 합쇼체 only when the situation is public or ceremonial.
The choice is decided by the 받침 of the verb or adjective stem, exactly like every other Korean allomorph pair.
Consonant-final (받침) stem + -습니다 / vowel-final stem + -ㅂ니다
- 먹다 -> stem 먹- (받침) -> 먹습니다 (meokseumnida, eats)
- 가다 -> stem 가- (vowel) -> 갑니다 (gamnida, goes)
- 하다 -> stem 하- (vowel) -> 합니다 (hamnida, does)
Note the pronunciation: the ㅂ of -ㅂ니다 meets the following ㄴ and is read as ㅁ, so 갑니다 is gamnida and 합니다 is hamnida - never gapnida or hapnida.
A stem that ends in ㄹ counts as vowel-like here and takes -ㅂ니다, but the ㄹ falls out first (the same ㄹ-deletion you met in lesson 17).
- 살다 -> 삽니다 (samnida, lives)
- 만들다 -> 만듭니다 (mandeumnida, makes)
- 알다 -> 압니다 (amnida, knows)
합쇼체 marks statement, question, command and suggestion with four different endings - unlike 해요체, where one form does all four jobs and only intonation separates them.
- Statement: -습니다 / -ㅂ니다 -> 갑니다, 먹습니다
- Question: -습니까? / -ㅂ니까? -> 갑니까? (gamnikka?), 먹습니까? (meokseumnikka?)
- Command: -(으)십시오 (built on the honorific -(으)시-) -> 가십시오 (gasipsio), 앉으십시오 (anjeusipsio, please sit)
- Suggestion: -(으)ㅂ시다 -> 갑시다 (gapsida, let’s go), 먹읍시다 (meogeupsida, let’s eat)
You cannot make a question by adding ”?” to a statement: *갑니다? is wrong; the formal question has its own ending, 갑니까?
The past -았/었- and the intention/conjecture marker -겠- both end in a ㅆ 받침, so after them the ending is always -습니다:
- -았/었- + -습니다: 가다 -> 갔습니다 (gatseumnida, went); 하다 -> 했습니다 (haetseumnida, did)
- -겠- + -습니다: 오다 -> 오겠습니다 (ogetseumnida, I will come); 알겠습니다 (algetseumnida, understood)
Subject honorification is a separate axis (lesson 22) and combines freely: -(으)시- + -ㅂ니다 -> -(으)십니다 and -(으)셨- + -습니다 -> -(으)셨습니다.
- 오다 -> 오십니다 (osimnida, [someone respected] comes)
- 오다 -> 오셨습니다 (osyeotseumnida, [someone respected] came)
Unlike 해요체’s 이에요/예요, the formal copula does not change with the noun’s 받침. It attaches to the vowel-final copula stem 이-, so it is always 입니다:
Noun + 입니다 (regardless of 받침) - 학생입니다 (haksaengimnida, is a student), 의사입니다 (uisaimnida, is a doctor). The negative is 아닙니다 (animnida, is not), following 이/가: 학생이 아닙니다.
Reach for 합쇼체 in public, one-to-many or hierarchical settings: 뉴스 (news), 발표 (presentations), 안내 방송 (announcements), 군대 (the military), 면접 (job interviews) and 서비스업 (service work - “어서 오십시오”). In ordinary conversation - shops, colleagues, friends, teachers - 해요체 is warmer and remains the default. A few frozen 합쇼체 expressions are used by everyone regardless of register: 감사합니다 (gamsahamnida, thank you), 안녕하십니까 (annyeonghasimnikka, hello - formal), 실례합니다 (sillyehamnida, excuse me), 알겠습니다 (algetseumnida, got it, understood).
Do not mix levels in one stretch of speech, and match the pronoun: 저는 … 합니다, never *저는 … 해.
The declarative allomorph, chosen by the stem:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Base form | 합쇼체 |
|---|
| a 받침 (consonant) | -습니다 | 먹다 (meokda) | 먹습니다 (meokseumnida) |
| a vowel | -ㅂ니다 | 가다 (gada) | 갑니다 (gamnida) |
| 하- | -ㅂ니다 | 하다 (hada) | 합니다 (hamnida) |
| ㄹ (ㄹ drops) | -ㅂ니다 | 살다 (salda) | 삽니다 (samnida) |
| ㄹ (ㄹ drops) | -ㅂ니다 | 만들다 (mandeulda) | 만듭니다 (mandeumnida) |
The four sentence types (vowel-stem / 받침-stem):
| Sentence type | Ending | 가다 | 먹다 |
|---|
| Statement | -ㅂ니다 / -습니다 | 갑니다 (gamnida) | 먹습니다 (meokseumnida) |
| Question | -ㅂ니까? / -습니까? | 갑니까? (gamnikka?) | 먹습니까? (meokseumnikka?) |
| Command | -(으)십시오 | 가십시오 (gasipsio) | 먹으십시오 (meogeusipsio) |
| Suggestion | -(으)ㅂ시다 | 갑시다 (gapsida) | 먹읍시다 (meogeupsida) |
Note that -(으)십시오 already contains the honorific -(으)시-, so for the verbs that have a suppletive honorific stem (lesson 22) you use that stem rather than the mechanical form: 드십시오 (deusipsio, please eat) is what is actually said, not 먹으십시오, and 주무십시오 (jumusipsio, please sleep), not 자십시오.
Tense, honorific and copula stacking:
| Layer | Marker | Base | 합쇼체 |
|---|
| Present | - | 가다 | 갑니다 (gamnida) |
| Past | -았/었- | 가다 | 갔습니다 (gatseumnida) |
| Intention / future | -겠- | 하다 | 하겠습니다 (hagetseumnida) |
| Honorific present | -(으)시- | 오다 | 오십니다 (osimnida) |
| Honorific past | -(으)셨- | 오다 | 오셨습니다 (osyeotseumnida) |
| Copula | 이- | 학생 | 학생입니다 (haksaengimnida) |
| Copula, negative | 아니- | - | 아닙니다 (animnida) |
해요체 <-> 합쇼체 conversion drill:
| 해요체 | 합쇼체 | Type |
|---|
| 가요 (gayo) | 갑니다 (gamnida) | statement |
| 먹어요 (meogeoyo) | 먹습니다 (meokseumnida) | statement |
| 해요 (haeyo) | 합니다 (hamnida) | statement |
| 좋아요 (joayo) | 좋습니다 (joseumnida) | adjective |
| 학생이에요 (haksaengieyo) | 학생입니다 (haksaengimnida) | copula |
| 아니에요 (anieyo) | 아닙니다 (animnida) | copula neg. |
| 갔어요 (gasseoyo) | 갔습니다 (gatseumnida) | past |
| 가요? (gayo?) | 갑니까? (gamnikka?) | question |
| 앉으세요 (anjeuseyo) | 앉으십시오 (anjeusipsio) | command |
| 같이 가요 (gachi gayo) | 같이 갑시다 (gachi gapsida) | suggestion |
- 저는 김민수입니다. (Jeoneun Gim Minsuimnida.) - I am Kim Minsu.
- 내일 다시 오겠습니다. (Naeil dasi ogetseumnida.) - I will come again tomorrow.
- 잠시 후에 열차가 출발합니다. (Jamsi hue yeolchaga chulbalhamnida.) - The train will depart shortly.
- 어제 회의가 있었습니다. (Eoje hoeuiga isseotseumnida.) - There was a meeting yesterday.
- 질문이 있습니까? (Jilmuni itseumnikka?) - Do you have any questions?
- 여기에 앉으십시오. (Yeogie anjeusipsio.) - Please sit here.
- 여기에서는 사진을 찍지 마십시오. (Yeogieseoneun sajineul jjikji masipsio.) - Please do not take photos here.
- 오늘 날씨가 참 좋습니다. (Oneul nalssiga cham joseumnida.) - The weather is really nice today.
- 선생님께서 지금 오십니다. (Seonsaengnimkkeseo jigeum osimnida.) - The teacher is coming now.
- 가습니다. (Gaseumnida.) -> 갑니다. (Gamnida.) - A vowel-final stem takes -ㅂ니다, not -습니다. -습니다 is only for stems that end in a 받침.
- 살습니다. (Salseumnida.) -> 삽니다. (Samnida.) - A ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ and takes -ㅂ니다. The same goes for 만듭니다, 압니다, 팝니다.
- 갑니다? (Gamnida?) -> 갑니까? (Gamnikka?) - You cannot turn a statement into a question with just a question mark. The formal question has its own ending, -ㅂ니까/-습니까.
- 학생습니다. (Haksaengseumnida.) -> 학생입니다. (Haksaengimnida.) - The copula stem 이- never disappears. After any noun the formal copula is always 입니다, whatever the 받침.
- 저는 회의에 참석하십니다. (Jeoneun hoeuie chamseokhasimnida.) -> 저는 회의에 참석합니다. (Jeoneun hoeuie chamseokhamnida.) - The honorific -(으)시- honours someone else, never yourself. Drop it when the subject is 저.
- -ㅂ니다 is read “mnida”. The single most audible beginner error is pronouncing the letters (hap-nida); Koreans always say hamnida, gamnida, imnida. Train the ear before the eye.
- Formality is not politeness. 합쇼체 and 해요체 are equally respectful of the listener; 합쇼체 is simply more formal and impersonal. Using it with a friend sounds cold or sarcastic, so keep 해요체 as your everyday setting and save 합쇼체 for the podium, the counter and the broadcast.
- The suggestion -(으)ㅂ시다 has a ceiling. 표준국어대사전 files -(으)ㅂ시다 under the older 하오체 rather than 하십시오체, which is exactly why it does not rise: 갑시다 works among equals or downward, but it can feel presumptuous toward a clear superior. There you soften into a question instead - 가시겠습니까? (gasigetseumnikka?, would you like to go?).
- Learn the frozen ones as whole words. 감사합니다, 안녕하십니까, 실례합니다 and 알겠습니다 are 합쇼체, yet you will use them daily even when the rest of your speech is 해요체. Memorise them as fixed units, not as forms to rebuild.
A2 28 / 68
Cause and reason: -아/어서, -(으)니까, -기 때문에
이유 -아/어서·-(으)니까·-기 때문에
In short
Korean has three main “because” connectors and they are not interchangeable. -아/어서 is the everyday, neutral one (built on the 아/어 form) - but it never carries a tense marker and never lets a command or suggestion follow. -(으)니까 foregrounds the reason and does allow a past tense (늦었으니까, since it’s late) and a following command (비 오니까 우산 가져가세요, it’s raining, so take an umbrella). -기 때문에 (and N + 때문에) is the formal, written choice.
The rule
Step 1 - -아/어서: cause, and “and then” (no tense, no command)
Take the 아/어 form you already build for 해요체 (lesson 10) and add 서 instead of 요: 가다 -> 가서 (gaseo), 먹다 -> 먹어서 (meogeoseo), 하다 -> 해서 (haeseo). It has two jobs:
- Cause - because: 배가 아파서 못 왔어요 (baega apaseo mot wasseoyo, I couldn’t come because my stomach hurt).
- Sequence - and then, with the same subject carried into the next clause: 학교에 가서 공부했어요 (hakgyoe gaseo gongbuhaesseoyo, I went to school and studied there). Here 서 links one actor’s two connected actions - a different subject in the second clause is wrong.
Two hard limits define -아/어서: the tense goes only on the final verb (never *갔어서), and no imperative or propositive may follow it (no *-(으)세요, no *-(으)ㄹ까요? after 서).
Step 2 - -(으)니까: reason with tense and commands allowed
-(으)니까 attaches straight to the stem with the familiar vowel-vs-받침 split: 가다 -> 가니까 (ganikka), 먹다 -> 먹으니까 (meogeunikka); a ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ, 살다 -> 사니까 (sanikka). Unlike 서 it accepts everything 서 refuses:
- Tense before it: 늦었으니까 서두르세요 (neujeosseunikka seodureuseyo, we’re late, so hurry).
- A command or suggestion after it: 비 오니까 우산 가져가세요 (bi onikka usan gajeogaseyo), 피곤하니까 좀 쉴까요? (pigonhanikka jom swilkkayo?, since we’re tired, shall we rest?).
- Discovery / “upon doing”: put -(으)니까 after a verb and the second clause states what you then noticed: 가 보니까 아무도 없었어요 (ga bonikka amudo eopseosseoyo, when I went and looked, no one was there).
Nominalize the clause with -기 (lesson 36) and add 때문에: 비가 오기 때문에 경기가 취소됐어요 (biga ogi ttaemune gyeonggiga chwisodwaesseoyo, the match was cancelled because it’s raining). After a bare noun use 때문에 alone: 시험 때문에 바빠요 (siheom ttaemune bappayo, I’m busy because of exams). To make the reason explicit, front it with 왜냐하면 and close with -기 때문이다/이에요: 왜냐하면 일이 많기 때문이에요 (waenyahamyeon iri manki ttaemunieyo, (it’s) because I have a lot of work). This set is formal and common in writing and announcements.
Step 4 - The sentence-adverb equivalents
When the cause is a whole previous sentence, restart with an adverb instead of a connector: 그래서 (geuraeseo, = 서), 그러니까 (geureonikka, = -(으)니까), 그 때문에 / 그렇기 때문에 (geu ttaemune / geureoki ttaemune, = 때문에). 비가 와요. 그래서 안 나가요. (Biga wayo. Geuraeseo an nagayo. It’s raining. So I’m not going out.)
Step 5 - The fixed exception: thanks and apologies take -아/어서
With 미안하다 / 죄송하다 / 고맙다 / 감사하다 the reason is always joined with -아/어서, never -(으)니까: 늦어서 죄송해요 (neujeoseo joesonghaeyo, sorry for being late), 도와줘서 고마워요 (dowajwoseo gomawoyo, thanks for helping). Memorize this as a fixed frame.
-아/어서 - the 아/어 form plus 서:
| Stem type | Ending | Example |
|---|
| ㅏ / ㅗ stem | -아서 | 오다 -> 와서 (waseo) |
| other vowel / 받침 | -어서 | 먹다 -> 먹어서 (meogeoseo) |
| 하다 verb | -여서 -> 해서 | 공부하다 -> 공부해서 (gongbuhaeseo) |
| 이다 copula | (이)라서 | 학생이다 -> 학생이라서 (haksaengiraseo) |
-(으)니까 - by the last sound of the stem:
| After… | Ending | Example |
|---|
| vowel stem | -니까 | 가다 -> 가니까 (ganikka) |
| 받침 stem | -으니까 | 먹다 -> 먹으니까 (meogeunikka) |
| ㄹ-stem (ㄹ drops) | -니까 | 살다 -> 사니까 (sanikka) |
| past -았/었- | -으니까 | 늦다 -> 늦었으니까 (neujeosseunikka) |
The decision table - which connector fits:
| -아/어서 | -(으)니까 | -기 때문에 |
|---|
| Tense marker before it? | No (never *늦었어서) | Yes (늦었으니까) | Yes (늦었기 때문에) |
| Command / suggestion after it? | No | Yes (피곤하니까 쉬세요) | No |
| Register | neutral, most common | assertive reason, spoken | formal, written |
| Subject | same subject in the “and then” use | free | free |
Examples
- 배가 아파서 병원에 갔어요. (Baega apaseo byeongwone gasseoyo.) - I went to the hospital because my stomach hurt.
- 시간이 없어서 택시를 탔어요. (Sigani eopseoseo taeksireul tasseoyo.) - I took a taxi because I didn’t have time.
- 학교에 가서 친구를 만났어요. (Hakgyoe gaseo chingureul mannasseoyo.) - I went to school and met a friend there.
- 주말이라서 사람이 많아요. (Jumariraseo sarami manayo.) - There are a lot of people because it’s the weekend.
- 비 오니까 우산 가져가세요. (Bi onikka usan gajeogaseyo.) - It’s raining, so take an umbrella.
- 늦었으니까 서두르세요. (Neujeosseunikka seodureuseyo.) - We’re late, so please hurry.
- 가 보니까 아무도 없었어요. (Ga bonikka amudo eopseosseoyo.) - When I went and looked, no one was there.
- 시험 때문에 요즘 바빠요. (Siheom ttaemune yojeum bappayo.) - I’m busy these days because of exams.
- 비가 오기 때문에 경기가 취소됐어요. (Biga ogi ttaemune gyeonggiga chwisodwaesseoyo.) - The match was cancelled because it’s raining.
- 도와줘서 고마워요. (Dowajwoseo gomawoyo.) - Thank you for helping me.
Common mistakes
- 늦었어서 죄송해요. (Neujeosseoseo joesonghaeyo.) -> 늦어서 죄송해요. (Neujeoseo joesonghaeyo.) - -아/어서 never takes a tense marker; the tense lives only on the final verb.
- 늦어서 미안하세요. (Neujeoseo mianhaseyo.) -> 늦어서 미안해요. (Neujeoseo mianhaeyo.) - 미안하다 describes your own feeling, so you cannot add the honorific -(으)세요 to yourself.
- 비가 와서 우산 가져가세요. (Biga waseo usan gajeogaseyo.) -> 비가 오니까 우산 가져가세요. (Biga onikka usan gajeogaseyo.) - a command cannot follow -아/어서; use -(으)니까 when an imperative or suggestion comes next.
- 도와주니까 고마워요. (Dowajunikka gomawoyo.) -> 도와줘서 고마워요. (Dowajwoseo gomawoyo.) - thanks and apologies fix -아/어서 as their connector; -(으)니까 does not fit here.
- 시험 기 때문에 바빠요. (Siheom gi ttaemune bappayo.) -> 시험 때문에 바빠요. (Siheom ttaemune bappayo.) - after a plain noun use bare 때문에; -기 때문에 attaches only to a verb or adjective stem.
Tips
- The two-question filter. Does a command or suggestion follow, or do you need a past tense on the reason? If yes to either, -아/어서 is out - reach for -(으)니까. -아/어서 is tenseless and statement-only.
- Register ladder for “because”: -아/어서 (neutral, softest, most common in speech) < -(으)니까 (foregrounds the cause, more assertive) < -기 때문에 (formal, written). 왜냐하면 … -기 때문이다 is the explicit “the reason is that …” frame.
- -(으)니까 also does discovery. 가 보니까, 먹어 보니까 = on doing X, I found that …. The second clause is what you noticed, not an order.
- Lock in the fixed pair. 미안하다 / 죄송하다 / 고맙다 / 감사하다 always take -아/어서: 늦어서 죄송해요, 와 줘서 고마워요. Saying *늦으니까 미안해요 sounds off to a native ear.
A2 29 / 68
Conditionals with -(으)면
조건 -(으)면
In short
To make an “if / when” clause, attach -(으)면 to the stem of the condition and put that clause first: -면 after a vowel or a ㄹ-stem (가면 gamyeon, if one goes; 살면 salmyeon, if one lives), and -으면 after a 받침 (먹으면 meogeumyeon, if one eats). The one ending covers both a real condition (if…) and a general or habitual truth (whenever…), and the condition clause stays in the plain present even when the event is still in the future.
The rule
Step 1 - The condition clause comes first, with -(으)면 on its stem
The frame is Condition + -(으)면, Result. The ending goes on the verb or adjective stem of the if-clause, and the main clause that follows carries the real tense and mood of the sentence: 비가 오면 집에 있어요 (biga omyeon jibe isseoyo, if it rains, I stay home). There is nothing between the stem and -(으)면.
Step 2 - Pick the allomorph by the 받침
This is one of the ordinary -(으)- endings from lesson 17: a bare -면 after a vowel stem, -으면 after a stem that ends in a 받침. A ㄹ-stem behaves like a vowel stem - it drops the 으 but keeps its ㄹ, because 면 begins with ㅁ (not ㄴ, ㅂ or ㅅ): 살다 -> 살면 (salmyeon), 만들다 -> 만들면 (mandeulmyeon). Never *살으면.
Step 3 - Irregular stems change first
Because the 으 makes this a vowel-type ending, the ㅂ, ㄷ and ㅅ classes fire before it: 덥다 -> 더우면 (deoumyeon, if it’s hot), 듣다 -> 들으면 (deureumyeon, if one listens), 짓다 -> 지으면 (jieumyeon, if one builds). The 르 and 으 stems, on the other hand, do not change here - they need a following 아/어, which -(으)면 does not have: 모르다 -> 모르면 (moreumyeon), 쓰다 -> 쓰면 (sseumyeon). The ㅎ class (lesson 39) goes further and swallows the 으 whole: 그렇다 -> 그러면 (geureomyeon).
Step 4 - -(으)면 is both “if” and “whenever”
The same ending marks a hypothetical condition (if X happens) and a general or habitual truth (whenever X, Y): 봄이 되면 꽃이 피어요 (bomi doemyeon kkochi pieoyo, when spring comes, flowers bloom). Context decides which reading you get. For a single, specific point in time (when I arrived…) you want -(으)ㄹ 때 instead, coming in lesson 30.
Step 5 - Keep the condition clause in the plain present
Even when the if-event lies in the future, do not stack a future marker inside the 면-clause. English “call me when you will arrive” becomes plain 도착하면 전화하세요 (dochakamyeon jeonhwahaseyo, call me when you arrive), not 도착할 거면 - that is a different sentence, if you’re planning to arrive. The main clause is where tense lives.
Step 6 - The -(으)면 pattern family
Three high-frequency combinations build on the same ending. -(으)면 되다 means it’s enough to / you just have to: 누르면 돼요 (nureumyeon dwaeyo, just press it). -(으)면 좋다 means it’s good if: 싸면 좋아요 (ssamyeon joayo). Adding past -았/었- gives -았/었으면, a hypothetical or counterfactual flavour (if it had…). You can also flag the “if” early with 만약(에) or 만일(에) - but these adverbs never replace the ending; the -(으)면 still does the grammatical work: 만약 비가 오면… (manyak biga omyeon…, if it rains…).
The core allomorph table - what attaches to what:
| After… | Ending | Worked example |
|---|
| vowel stem (가다 gada) | -면 | 가면 (gamyeon) if/when one goes |
| 받침 stem (먹다 meokda) | -으면 | 먹으면 (meogeumyeon) if/when one eats |
| ㄹ-stem (살다 salda, 만들다 mandeulda) | -면 (ㄹ stays) | 살면 (salmyeon), 만들면 (mandeulmyeon) |
| noun + copula 이다 | -(이)면 | 학생이면 (haksaengimyeon), 친구면 (chingumyeon) |
Irregular stems before -(으)면 (it is an -(으)- ending, so the stem changes first):
| Class | Dictionary form | -(으)면 form |
|---|
| ㅂ | 덥다 (deopda, be hot) | 더우면 (deoumyeon) |
| ㄷ | 듣다 (deutda, listen) | 들으면 (deureumyeon) |
| ㅅ | 짓다 (jitda, build) | 지으면 (jieumyeon) |
| ㅎ | 그렇다 (geureota, be so) | 그러면 (geureomyeon) |
| 르 (no change) | 모르다 (moreuda, not know) | 모르면 (moreumyeon) |
| 으 (no change) | 쓰다 (sseuda, write) | 쓰면 (sseumyeon) |
The -(으)면 pattern family:
| Pattern | Use | Example |
|---|
| -(으)면 되다 | it’s enough to / just do X | 누르면 돼요 (nureumyeon dwaeyo) just press it |
| -(으)면 좋다 | it’s good if | 싸면 좋아요 (ssamyeon joayo) good if it’s cheap |
| -았/었으면 | past / counterfactual condition | 왔으면 (wasseumyeon) if [it] had come |
| 만약(에) … -(으)면 | flag the “if” up front | 만약 비가 오면 (manyak biga omyeon) if it rains |
Examples
- 시간이 있으면 영화를 봐요. (Sigani isseumyeon yeonghwareul bwayo.) - If I have time, I watch a movie.
- 봄이 되면 꽃이 피어요. (Bomi doemyeon kkochi pieoyo.) - When spring comes, flowers bloom.
- 도착하면 전화하세요. (Dochakamyeon jeonhwahaseyo.) - Call me when you arrive.
- 이 약을 먹으면 좋아져요. (I yageul meogeumyeon joajeoyo.) - If you take this medicine, you get better.
- 여기에 이름을 쓰면 돼요. (Yeogie ireumeul sseumyeon dwaeyo.) - You just write your name here.
- 주말에 날씨가 좋으면 공원에 가요. (Jumare nalssiga joeumyeon gongwone gayo.) - If the weather is nice on the weekend, I go to the park.
- 만약 내일 비가 오면 집에 있을 거예요. (Manyak naeil biga omyeon jibe isseul geoyeyo.) - If it rains tomorrow, I’ll stay home.
- 서울에 살면 지하철이 편해요. (Seoure salmyeon jihacheori pyeonhaeyo.) - If you live in Seoul, the subway is convenient.
- 날씨가 좋았으면 산책했을 거예요. (Nalssiga joasseumyeon sanchaekaesseul geoyeyo.) - If the weather had been nice, I would have taken a walk.
Common mistakes
- 먹면 (meongmyeon) -> 먹으면 (meogeumyeon) - after a 받침 the ending is -으면, never a bare -면. If one eats.
- 만드면 (mandeumyeon) -> 만들면 (mandeulmyeon) - a ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ before -면 (면 starts with ㅁ, not ㄴ/ㅂ/ㅅ); only the 으 is dropped. If one makes.
- 도착할 거면 전화하세요. (Dochakal geomyeon jeonhwahaseyo.) -> 도착하면 전화하세요. (Dochakamyeon jeonhwahaseyo.) - for a plain future event the condition clause stays in the present. (도착할 거면 is itself well formed - 거 + -(이)면 - but it means if you’re planning to arrive, not when you arrive.)
- 덥으면 (deobeumyeon) -> 더우면 (deoumyeon) - 덥다 is ㅂ-irregular, so the ㅂ becomes 우 before the 으 of -(으)면. If it’s hot.
Tips
- One form, two jobs. -(으)면 is both if (a hypothetical condition) and whenever (a general or habitual truth). For a single, specific moment - when I arrived, when I was a child - reach for -(으)ㄹ 때 (lesson 30) instead.
- Keep the future out of the if-clause. Say 도착하면, not 도착할 거면 (if you’re planning to). Korean marks tense once, in the main clause; the condition clause looks present even when it points at tomorrow.
- 만약 is only a signpost. 만약(에) or 만일(에) at the front warns the listener “a condition is coming”, but you still need -(으)면 on the verb - the adverb can never carry the “if” by itself.
- Sufficient vs necessary, and wishes. -(으)면 is a plain if; for only if / you have to, use -아/어야 (lesson 34). And to say I wish / I hope that…, the pattern -(으)면 좋겠다 waits in lesson 61.
In short
Korean puts the time word after the clause it frames, and each time word demands one specific verb form: -기 전에 (before), -(으)ㄴ 후에 (after), -(으)ㄹ 때 (when), -자마자 (as soon as), -(으)면서 (while, one person doing two things at once), and -는 동안 (during). Match the form to the word, and keep the space before every one of those time nouns (전, 후, 때, 지, 동안).
The rule
Step 1 - Before: -기 전에 (tenseless)
Add the nominalizer -기 to a bare verb stem, then the noun 전 (jeon, before) plus 에: Verb stem + -기 전에. The stem stays bare - no tense, no 받침 choice, same for every verb: 자다 -> 자기 전에 (jagi jeone, before sleeping), 먹다 -> 먹기 전에 (meokgi jeone, before eating). With a plain noun, use Noun + 전에: 식사 전에 (siksa jeone, before the meal).
Step 2 - After: -(으)ㄴ 후에 (past modifier)
“After” takes the past modifier -(으)ㄴ (lesson 24) on the stem, then 후에: 먹은 후에 (meogeun hue, after eating), 간 후에 (gan hue, after going). 후 freely swaps for 다음 (daeum) or 뒤 (dwi): 먹은 다음에 (meogeun daeume), 먹은 뒤에 (meogeun dwie) - all the same meaning. With a noun: 수업 후에 (sueop hue, after class).
Step 3 - When: -(으)ㄹ 때 vs -았/었을 때
“When / while” takes the prospective modifier -(으)ㄹ on the stem, then 때 (ttae, time): 갈 때 (gal ttae, when going), 먹을 때 (meogeul ttae, when eating), 어릴 때 (eoril ttae, when young). This is the general or ongoing “at the time of.” To mark that the event was already completed at that moment, add the past -았/었- first: 갔을 때 (gasseul ttae, when [I] had gone / once there). The contrast is real: 미국에 갈 때 = on the way to the US, 미국에 갔을 때 = once I was already there. With a noun: 방학 때 (banghak ttae, during vacation).
Step 4 - Since: -(으)ㄴ 지 + duration + 되다/지나다
To say how much time has passed since something started, use the past modifier -(으)ㄴ + the bound noun 지 + a duration + 되다 (to become) or 지나다 (to pass): 한국에 온 지 3년 됐어요 (Hanguge on ji sam nyeon dwaesseoyo, It’s been three years since I came to Korea). Here 지 means elapsed time since, not the same 지 as -지 않다. Keep the space: 온 지, never *온지.
Step 5 - As soon as: -자마자 (bare stem, no space)
Attach -자마자 straight onto the bare verb stem - no 받침 choice, no tense, no space: 도착하자마자 전화했어요 (Dochakajamaja jeonhwahaesseoyo, As soon as I arrived, I called), 먹자마자 (meokjamaja, as soon as [I] eat). It means the second event follows the first with no gap.
Step 6 - While (same subject): -(으)면서
-(으)면서 joins two actions the same person does at the same time: -면서 after a vowel or ㄹ, -으면서 after a 받침. It carries no tense (the main clause does that) and the subject must be shared: 음악을 들으면서 공부해요 (Eumageul deureumyeonseo gongbuhaeyo, I study while listening to music). Its concessive cousin -(으)면서(도) means even though: 알면서도 모르는 척해요 (Almyeonseodo moreuneun cheokaeyo, (she) pretends not to know even though she does).
Step 7 - During (any subject): -는 동안(에)
For a stretch of time, add the present modifier -는 + the noun 동안 (dongan, during/while): 먹는 동안 (meongneun dongan, while eating). Unlike -(으)면서, the two clauses may have different subjects: 제가 자는 동안 동생이 왔어요 (Jega janeun dongan dongsaengi wasseoyo, while I was sleeping, my brother came). With a noun: 방학 동안 (banghak dongan, during vacation), 3년 동안 (sam nyeon dongan, for three years).
Step 8 - Watch the ㄹ-stems
A ㄹ-stem behaves differently with each ending. Before -(으)ㄹ 때 the two ㄹ merge to one: 살 때 (sal ttae). Before the ㄴ of -(으)ㄴ 후에 and the ㄴ of -는 동안 the ㄹ drops: 산 후에 (san hue), 사는 동안 (saneun dongan), 만든 후에 (mandeun hue). But before -(으)면서 and -기 the ㄹ stays: 살면서 (salmyeonseo), 살기 전에 (salgi jeone).
The master table - which form each time word demands:
| Time word | Meaning | Attaches to | Example |
|---|
| -기 전에 | before | bare stem + 기 전에 | 자기 전에 (jagi jeone) before sleeping |
| -(으)ㄴ 후에 / 다음에 / 뒤에 | after | past modifier -(으)ㄴ | 먹은 후에 (meogeun hue) after eating |
| -(으)ㄹ 때 | when, while (general) | prospective -(으)ㄹ | 갈 때 (gal ttae) when going |
| -았/었을 때 | when (already completed) | past -았/었- + 을 | 갔을 때 (gasseul ttae) once [I] had gone |
| -(으)ㄴ 지 | since (elapsed time) | past modifier -(으)ㄴ | 온 지 (on ji) since coming |
| -자마자 | as soon as | bare stem (no space) | 도착하자마자 (dochakajamaja) as soon as arriving |
| -(으)면서 | while (same subject) | stem (no space) | 먹으면서 (meogeumyeonseo) while eating |
| -는 동안(에) | during, while (any subject) | present modifier -는 | 먹는 동안 (meongneun dongan) while eating |
-(으)면서 - the one ending with a real allomorph split:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Base form | -(으)면서 form |
|---|
| a vowel | -면서 | 가다 (gada) | 가면서 (gamyeonseo) |
| any 받침 | -으면서 | 먹다 (meokda) | 먹으면서 (meogeumyeonseo) |
| ㄹ (ㄹ kept) | -면서 | 살다 (salda) | 살면서 (salmyeonseo) |
| 받침, ㄷ-irregular | -으면서 | 듣다 (deutda) | 들으면서 (deureumyeonseo) |
| copula 이다 | (이)면서 | 학생이다 (haksaengida) | 학생이면서 (haksaengimyeonseo) |
One ㄹ-stem, five patterns - the ㄹ does something different each time:
| Pattern | What happens to ㄹ | 살다 (to live) form |
|---|
| -(으)ㄹ 때 | ㄹ + ㄹ merge to one ㄹ | 살 때 (sal ttae) |
| -(으)ㄴ 후에 | ㄹ drops before ㄴ | 산 후에 (san hue) |
| -는 동안 | ㄹ drops before ㄴ | 사는 동안 (saneun dongan) |
| -(으)면서 | ㄹ stays before ㅁ | 살면서 (salmyeonseo) |
| -기 전에 | ㄹ stays before ㄱ | 살기 전에 (salgi jeone) |
Examples
- 자기 전에 이를 닦아요. (Jagi jeone ireul dakkayo.) - I brush my teeth before going to sleep.
- 밥을 먹은 후에 커피를 마셔요. (Babeul meogeun hue keopireul masyeoyo.) - After eating, I drink coffee.
- 한국에 갈 때 비행기를 타요. (Hanguge gal ttae bihaenggireul tayo.) - When I go to Korea, I take a plane.
- 어렸을 때 시골에서 살았어요. (Eoryeosseul ttae sigoreseo sarasseoyo.) - When I was young, I lived in the countryside.
- 한국에 온 지 3년 됐어요. (Hanguge on ji sam nyeon dwaesseoyo.) - It’s been three years since I came to Korea.
- 집에 도착하자마자 전화했어요. (Jibe dochakajamaja jeonhwahaesseoyo.) - As soon as I got home, I called.
- 음악을 들으면서 공부해요. (Eumageul deureumyeonseo gongbuhaeyo.) - I study while listening to music.
- 제가 요리하는 동안 동생이 청소했어요. (Jega yorihaneun dongan dongsaengi cheongsohaesseoyo.) - While I cooked, my younger sibling cleaned.
- 밥을 먹기 전에 손을 씻어요. (Babeul meokgi jeone soneul ssiseoyo.) - I wash my hands before eating.
- 수업이 끝난 다음에 도서관에 가요. (Sueobi kkeunnan daeume doseogwane gayo.) - After class ends, I go to the library.
Common mistakes
- 텔레비전을 봤으면서 먹어요. (Tellebijeoneul bwasseumyeonseo meogeoyo.) -> 텔레비전을 보면서 먹어요. (Tellebijeoneul bomyeonseo meogeoyo.) - in its simultaneous “while” use, -(으)면서 stays tenseless; only the main verb 먹어요 carries the tense. I eat while watching TV.
- 밥을 먹은 전에. (Babeul meogeun jeone.) -> 밥을 먹기 전에. (Babeul meokgi jeone.) - 전에 pairs with the nominalizer -기, never the past modifier -(으)ㄴ. Before eating.
- 살은 후에. (Sareun hue.) -> 산 후에. (San hue.) - 살다 is a ㄹ-stem, so the ㄹ drops before the ㄴ of -(으)ㄴ, giving 산 - not *살은. (Contrast 살 때, where the two ㄹ merge instead.)
- 미국에 갈 때 영어를 배웠어요. (Miguge gal ttae yeongeoreul baewosseoyo.) -> 미국에 갔을 때 영어를 배웠어요. (Miguge gasseul ttae yeongeoreul baewosseoyo.) - to mean once I was already there, the event is completed, so use -았/었을 때; 갈 때 means on the way there.
- 도착했자마자 전화했어요. (Dochakaetjamaja jeonhwahaesseoyo.) -> 도착하자마자 전화했어요. (Dochakajamaja jeonhwahaesseoyo.) - -자마자 attaches to the bare stem, never to a tensed -았/었- stem. As soon as I arrived, I called.
Tips
- Before = 기, After = ㄴ, When = ㄹ. 전 (before) looks forward, so it takes the plain -기; 후·다음·뒤 (after) look back, so they take the past -(으)ㄴ; 때 (when) takes the prospective -(으)ㄹ. Memorize the three pairings and most of the lesson is done.
- -(으)면서 = one person; -는 동안 = one span. If the two clauses share a subject doing two things at once, use -(으)면서. If the subjects differ, or you just mean “during that stretch,” you must switch to -는 동안.
- -자마자 is instant, -(으)ㄴ 후에 is merely later. 도착하자마자 전화했어요 = the call came the instant I arrived; 도착한 후에 전화했어요 = I called at some point after arriving. Reach for 자마자 only when there is no gap.
- If a noun can sit in front of it, it takes a space. 전, 후, 다음, 뒤, 때, 동안 are ordinary nouns and can follow a plain noun too (식사 전에, 방학 때, 3년 동안); only 지 is a true bound noun (의존명사) that never stands alone. Either way they are nouns, so they always get a space - unlike the endings -기, -자마자, -(으)면서, which fuse onto the stem.
A2 31 / 68
Going to do something: -(으)러 and -(으)려고
목적 -(으)러와 -(으)려고
In short
To say you go somewhere in order to do something, attach -(으)러 to the verb stem and follow it with a motion verb - 가다, 오다, 다니다, 나가다: 밥 먹으러 가요 (bap meogeureo gayo, I’m going to eat). For a purpose with any verb, or to say you intend / are about to do something, use -(으)려고 (+ 하다): 사려고 돈을 모아요 (saryeogo doneul moayo, I’m saving money to buy it).
The rule
Step 1 - -(으)러 = “go/come to do X”, and it needs a motion verb
-(으)러 marks the goal of a trip. The one hard restriction: the main clause verb must be a verb of motion - 가다 (go), 오다 (come), 다니다 (attend / go regularly), 나가다 (go out). You literally go/come in order to do the -(으)러 action.
Verb stem + -(으)러 + 가다/오다/다니다/나가다
- 밥 먹으러 가요. (bap meogeureo gayo) - (I) go to eat.
- 친구를 만나러 왔어요. (chingureul mannareo wasseoyo) - (I) came to meet a friend.
Step 2 - The allomorph, and the ㄹ-stem twist
The (으) is the usual 받침-driven choice:
- stem ends in a vowel -> -러: 사다 -> 사러 (sareo, to buy)
- stem ends in a 받침 -> -으러: 먹다 -> 먹으러 (meogeureo, to eat)
- a ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ and takes the bare -러 (no 으): 놀다 -> 놀러 (nolleo, to play), 만들다 -> 만들러 (mandeulleo, to make)
Note the contrast with -(으)세요 (lesson 21): there the ㄹ drops (살다 -> 사세요), but before 러 it stays (살다 -> 살러, salleo). The 으-inserting form triggers irregular stems as always (lesson 17): 듣다 (ㄷ-irregular) -> 들으러 (deureureo, to listen), not *듣으러.
Step 3 - -(으)러 accepts any mood in the main clause
Because the trip itself can be stated, ordered, or proposed, the main motion verb may be a statement, a command, or a suggestion:
- 놀러 갈까요? (nolleo galkkayo?) - Shall we go out to have fun? (suggestion)
- 밥 먹으러 가세요. (bap meogeureo gaseyo) - Please go eat. (command)
Step 4 - -(으)려고 = “intending to”, with any verb
-(으)려고 also marks purpose, but it is about the doer’s intention, so the main clause verb is free - it need not be a motion verb:
Verb stem + -(으)려고 + (any verb) -> 집을 사려고 돈을 모아요. (jibeul saryeogo doneul moayo) - (I’m) saving money to buy a house.
The allomorph works exactly like -(으)러: vowel -> -려고 (가다 -> 가려고, garyeogo), 받침 -> -으려고 (먹다 -> 먹으려고, meogeuryeogo), ㄹ-stem keeps ㄹ -> -려고 (만들다 -> 만들려고, mandeullyeogo). Two limits go with it:
- Same subject. The person who intends and the person who does the main action must be one and the same. For a purpose across two different subjects Korean uses -도록 (lesson 51).
- No command or suggestion in the main clause. -(으)려고 states a plan, so the main verb must be a plain statement - never an imperative or a propositive. Want let’s or please? Switch to -(으)러 (Step 3).
Step 5 - -(으)려고 하다 = intend / be about to
Add 하다 to make a full predicate meaning plan to or, on the verge of something, be about to:
- 내일 일찍 일어나려고 해요. (naeil iljjik ireonaryeogo haeyo) - (I) intend to get up early tomorrow. (intention)
- 비가 오려고 해요. (biga oryeogo haeyo) - It’s about to rain. (imminent - here the subject is not a willing person, so only the “about to” reading survives)
Step 6 - Choosing, and negative purpose
Use -(으)러 the moment the sentence is someone going/coming somewhere; use -(으)려고 for a purpose behind any other action, or for intention. Only -(으)려고 builds a negative purpose (so as not to…), with 안 or -지 않으려고: 늦지 않으려고 뛰어요 (neutji aneuryeogo ttwieoyo, (I) run so as not to be late). The heavier written purpose forms -기 위해서 and -도록, and the conditional -(으)려면, all wait for lesson 51.
-(으)러 - the allomorph table (main verb 가다):
| Stem ends in | Ending | Dictionary form | -(으)러 form | With 가다 |
|---|
| vowel | -러 | 사다 (sada, buy) | 사러 (sareo) | 사러 가요 |
| 받침 | -으러 | 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹으러 (meogeureo) | 먹으러 가요 |
| ㄹ (ㄹ kept) | -러 | 놀다 (nolda, play) | 놀러 (nolleo) | 놀러 가요 |
| ㄹ (ㄹ kept) | -러 | 만들다 (mandeulda, make) | 만들러 (mandeulleo) | 만들러 가요 |
| 받침, ㄷ-irregular | -으러 | 듣다 (deutda, listen) | 들으러 (deureureo) | 들으러 가요 |
-(으)려고 - the allomorph table (+ 하다):
| Stem ends in | Ending | Dictionary form | -(으)려고 form | With 하다 |
|---|
| vowel | -려고 | 가다 (gada, go) | 가려고 (garyeogo) | 가려고 해요 |
| 받침 | -으려고 | 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹으려고 (meogeuryeogo) | 먹으려고 해요 |
| ㄹ (ㄹ kept) | -려고 | 만들다 (mandeulda, make) | 만들려고 (mandeullyeogo) | 만들려고 해요 |
| 받침, ㄷ-irregular | -으려고 | 듣다 (deutda, listen) | 들으려고 (deureuryeogo) | 들으려고 해요 |
-(으)러 vs -(으)려고 - the contrast:
| Feature | -(으)러 | -(으)려고 |
|---|
| Main-clause verb | motion only: 가다·오다·다니다·나가다 | any verb |
| Main-clause mood | statement, command, or suggestion (가세요, 갑시다 OK) | statement only (no 가세요/갑시다) |
| Negative purpose | not used | -지 않으려고 / 안 …-(으)려고 |
| Core meaning | go/come in order to do X | intending to do X (or “about to”) |
Examples
- 밥 먹으러 가요. (Bap meogeureo gayo.) - I’m going to eat.
- 친구를 만나러 나가요. (Chingureul mannareo nagayo.) - I’m going out to meet a friend.
- 주말에 놀러 갈까요? (Jumare nolleo galkkayo?) - Shall we go out and have fun this weekend?
- 도서관에 책을 빌리러 다녀요. (Doseogwane chaegeul billireo danyeoyo.) - I go to the library to borrow books.
- 집을 사려고 돈을 모아요. (Jibeul saryeogo doneul moayo.) - I’m saving money to buy a house.
- 한국어를 배우려고 매일 공부해요. (Hangugeoreul baeuryeogo maeil gongbuhaeyo.) - I study every day to learn Korean.
- 내일 일찍 일어나려고 해요. (Naeil iljjik ireonaryeogo haeyo.) - I intend to get up early tomorrow.
- 비가 오려고 해요. (Biga oryeogo haeyo.) - It’s about to rain.
- 늦지 않으려고 뛰어요. (Neutji aneuryeogo ttwieoyo.) - I run so as not to be late.
Common mistakes
- 책을 사러 돈을 모아요. (Chaegeul sareo doneul moayo.) -> 책을 사려고 돈을 모아요. (Chaegeul saryeogo doneul moayo.) - -(으)러 works only when the main verb is a motion verb (가다/오다/다니다/나가다). With 모으다 (save up) the purpose ending must be -(으)려고.
- 밥 먹러 가요. (Bap meongneo gayo.) -> 밥 먹으러 가요. (Bap meogeureo gayo.) - After a 받침 the ending is -으러, not a bare -러. The 으 is the same vowel you insert everywhere after a consonant.
- 밥 먹으려고 갑시다. (Bap meogeuryeogo gapsida.) -> 밥 먹으러 갑시다. (Bap meogeureo gapsida.) - A let’s (or a command) main clause cannot follow -(으)려고. A suggestion of a trip takes -(으)러.
- 놀으러 가요. (Noreureo gayo.) -> 놀러 가요. (Nolleo gayo.) - A ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ and adds the bare -러; it never inserts 으. Same for 만들다 -> 만들러.
- 갈려고 해요. (Gallyeogo haeyo.) -> 가려고 해요. (Garyeogo haeyo.) - 가다 is a vowel-final stem, so it takes -려고 directly. There is no extra ㄹ; *갈려고 is a common slip.
Tips
- Trip? -(으)러. Anything else? -(으)려고. If the sentence is someone going/coming somewhere, reach for -(으)러 - it can only ride on 가다/오다/다니다/나가다. For a purpose behind any other action, or for intention, use -(으)려고.
- -(으)려고 will not take orders. You can say 놀러 가자 or 먹으러 가세요, but *놀려고 가자 and *먹으려고 가세요 are wrong: -(으)려고 reports a plan, so its main clause is always a plain statement.
- The ㄹ stays here. Unlike -(으)세요 (사세요, 만드세요), ㄹ-stems keep the ㄹ before 러 and 려고: 놀러, 만들러, 만들려고. Insert no 으.
- -(으)려고 하다 also means “on the verge of.” With weather or an involuntary event it drops the intend sense and just means about to: 비가 오려고 해요 (it’s about to rain), 버스가 떠나려고 해요 (the bus is about to leave).
A2 32 / 68
-고 있다 (in progress) and -아/어 있다 (resulting state)
-고 있다와 -아/어 있다
In short
Korean marks two different “in the middle of” ideas. -고 있다 = an action is unfolding right now (밥을 먹고 있어요, is eating). -아/어 있다 = a subject stays in the state left behind by a change (문이 열려 있어요, the door is open). The first is the action happening; the second is the state that remains after it finished.
The rule
Step 1 - -고 있다: the action is in progress
Attach -고 있다 to the plain verb stem and conjugate 있다 as usual (있어요). It is invariant - no 아/어 choice, no 으, no 받침 rule. It attaches the same way to a vowel-stem, a 받침-stem, and a ㄹ-stem:
Verb stem + 고 있다 -> 먹고 있어요, 하고 있어요, 살고 있어요
This is the ordinary progressive, English am/is/are -ing: 지금 뭐 하고 있어요? (What are you doing now?). Note the space - 있다 is a separate auxiliary verb, so 먹고 있어요 is never written *먹고있어요.
Step 2 - -고 있다 also does “ongoing life” and “wearing”
The same form stretches two more ways:
- Ongoing / habitual over a stretch of life, not just this second: 한국에서 살고 있어요 (I’m living in Korea), 은행에 다니고 있어요 (I work at a bank).
- Wearing. Verbs of putting on - 입다 (clothes), 쓰다 (glasses, hat), 신다 (shoes), 끼다 (rings, gloves) - use -고 있다 for BOTH the act of putting on AND the resulting worn state. So 안경을 쓰고 있어요 is ambiguous: is putting glasses on OR is wearing glasses - context decides. There is no *안경을 써 있어요.
Step 3 - -아/어 있다: the resulting state stays
Take the 아/어 form of the verb (the same one from lesson 10) and add 있다:
Verb’s 아/어 form + 있다 -> 앉아 있어요, 서 있어요, 열려 있어요
This says the subject went into a state and is still in it. 앉아 있어요 is not “sitting down” - it is already seated and staying seated. Crucially, -아/어 있다 only attaches to intransitive verbs - verbs with no object, especially postures (앉다, 서다, 눕다), change-of-state passives (열리다, 켜지다, 닫히다) and intransitive verbs of motion or remaining (가다, 오다, 남다). A transitive verb with an object can never take it.
Step 4 - The one test: is it happening, or has it happened and stays?
This is the whole lesson. Same event, two forms:
- 문이 닫히고 있어요 (the door is closing - the motion is happening now) vs 문이 닫혀 있어요 (the door is shut - it closed and stays closed).
- 오고 있어요 (is on the way here) vs 와 있어요 (has arrived and is here).
If a person is doing something, reach for -고 있다. If a subject has ended up somewhere or in some position and remains there, reach for -아/어 있다.
Step 5 - Honorific -고 계시다 / -아/어 계시다, and the past
For an honored subject, 있다 becomes the suppletive 계시다 (계세요): 아버지께서 신문을 보고 계세요 (Father is reading the paper); 할머니께서 앉아 계세요 (Grandmother is seated). Never use 계시다 of yourself. For the past, just move 있다 into the past - 있었어요: 아까 밥을 먹고 있었어요 (I was eating earlier), 문이 열려 있었어요 (the door was open).
Step 6 - Adjectives take neither
Descriptive verbs (lesson 11) are already states, so they reject both auxiliaries: not *예뻐 있어요, not *예쁘고 있어요 - just 예뻐요. And when someone deliberately creates a state and leaves it (opened the window on purpose and left it open), Korean uses -아/어 놓다 / -아/어 두다 on the transitive verb (lesson 53) - keep that apart from the plain observed state 열려 있어요.
-고 있다 - invariant (attaches to any stem the same way):
| Verb (dictionary) | -고 있다 form | Use | Gloss |
|---|
| 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹고 있어요 (meokgo isseoyo) | progressive | is eating |
| 하다 (hada, do) | 하고 있어요 (hago isseoyo) | progressive | is doing |
| 살다 (salda, live) - ㄹ-stem, no change | 살고 있어요 (salgo isseoyo) | ongoing life | is living |
| 쓰다 (sseuda, wear on face/head) | 쓰고 있어요 (sseugo isseoyo) | wearing (ambiguous) | is putting on / wearing |
-아/어 있다 - the 아/어 choice (intransitive verbs only):
| Stem-final vowel | Ending | Verb | -아/어 있다 |
|---|
| ㅏ / ㅗ | -아 있다 | 앉다 (anda, sit) | 앉아 있어요 (anja isseoyo, is seated) |
| other vowel | -어 있다 | 서다 (seoda, stand) | 서 있어요 (seo isseoyo, is standing) |
| 오다 (contracts) | 와 있다 | 오다 (oda, come) | 와 있어요 (wa isseoyo, has come / is here) |
| ㅂ-irregular | -어 있다 | 눕다 (nupda, lie down) | 누워 있어요 (nuwo isseoyo, is lying down) |
| passive -리- | -어 있다 | 열리다 (yeollida, open) | 열려 있어요 (yeollyeo isseoyo, is open) |
The contrast - same event, two aspects:
| Situation | -고 있다 (in progress) | -아/어 있다 (resulting state) |
|---|
| a door | 문이 닫히고 있어요 (muni dachigo isseoyo, is closing) | 문이 닫혀 있어요 (muni dacheo isseoyo, is shut) |
| sitting | 앉고 있어요 (ango isseoyo, mid-sitting - odd) | 앉아 있어요 (anja isseoyo, is seated) |
| arriving | 오고 있어요 (ogo isseoyo, is on the way) | 와 있어요 (wa isseoyo, has arrived) |
Examples
- 지금 밥을 먹고 있어요. (Jigeum babeul meokgo isseoyo.) - I’m eating right now.
- 동생은 방에서 자고 있어요. (Dongsaengeun bangeseo jago isseoyo.) - My younger sibling is sleeping in the room.
- 저는 지금 서울에서 살고 있어요. (Jeoneun jigeum Seoureseo salgo isseoyo.) - I’m living in Seoul at the moment.
- 오늘은 안경을 쓰고 있어요. (Oneureun angyeongeul sseugo isseoyo.) - Today I’m wearing glasses.
- 친구를 기다리고 있어요. (Chingureul gidarigo isseoyo.) - I’m waiting for a friend.
- 할아버지께서 소파에 앉아 계세요. (Harabeojikkeseo sopae anja gyeseyo.) - Grandfather is sitting on the sofa.
- 문이 열려 있어요. (Muni yeollyeo isseoyo.) - The door is open.
- 불이 켜져 있어요. (Buri kyeojeo isseoyo.) - The light is on.
- 지금 병원에 와 있어요. (Jigeum byeongwone wa isseoyo.) - I’ve come to the hospital (and I’m here now).
- 아까는 공부하고 있었어요. (Akkaneun gongbuhago isseosseoyo.) - A little while ago I was studying.
Common mistakes
- 예쁘고 있어요. (yeppeugo isseoyo.) -> 예뻐요. (yeppeoyo.) - Adjectives are already states, so they take neither -고 있다 nor -아/어 있다. Just conjugate the adjective (예쁘다 -> 예뻐요).
- 밥을 먹어 있어요. (babeul meogeo isseoyo.) -> 밥을 먹고 있어요. (babeul meokgo isseoyo.) - 먹다 is transitive and the action is unfolding, so it takes -고 있다. -아/어 있다 never attaches to a transitive verb with an object.
- 앉고 있어요. (ango isseoyo.) -> 앉아 있어요. (anja isseoyo.) - To say you ARE seated (the state), use -아/어 있다. 앉고 있어요 means “in the middle of the sitting-down motion,” which is rarely what you mean.
- 문이 닫히고 있어요. (muni dachigo isseoyo.) -> 문이 닫혀 있어요. (muni dacheo isseoyo.) - If you mean the door is already shut, that is the resulting state -아/어 있다. -고 있다 says the door is still in the act of closing.
- 어머니께서 요리하고 있어요. (Eomeonikkeseo yorihago isseoyo.) -> 어머니께서 요리하고 계세요. (Eomeonikkeseo yorihago gyeseyo.) - For an honored subject the auxiliary 있다 becomes 계시다 (계세요), giving -고 계시다.
Tips
- One test settles it. Is a person doing something (action unfolding)? -> -고 있다. Has a subject ended up in a position or state and stayed there? -> -아/어 있다. “Happening now” vs “happened and remains.”
- The wearing verbs live on -고 있다. 입다, 쓰다, 신다, 끼다 all use -고 있어요 for both “putting on” and “wearing” - there is no *입어 있다. Only context tells you which reading is meant.
- -아/어 있다 has a short guest list. Postures (앉다, 서다, 눕다), change-of-state passives (열리다, 켜지다, 닫히다) and intransitive verbs of motion or remaining (가다, 오다, 남다) - all with no object. Learn them as a set; transitive verbs and adjectives are never on it.
- Observed vs deliberately left. 문이 열려 있어요 just reports an open door. When someone opened it on purpose and left it that way, that is 문을 열어 놓다 (lesson 53) - same open door, different point of view.
A2 33 / 68
Doing things for people: -아/어 주다 and -아/어 드리다
-아/어 주다와 -아/어 드리다
In short
To frame an action as a favour - something you do for someone else’s benefit - build the 아/어 form of the verb and add 주다 (juda, give). Use plain 주다 for an equal or a junior, humble 드리다 (deurida) when the person you help is a superior, and 주시다 (jusida) when a superior does something for you. This same machine builds polite requests (열어 주세요, please open it) and offers (도와줄게요, I’ll help you).
The rule
Korean does not just say what happens; it can also say who it is for. You take the 아/어 conjunctive form you learned in lesson 10 and stack a “giving” auxiliary onto it. The direction of the favour picks the auxiliary.
The pattern is Verb (아/어 form) + 주다. The auxiliary carries all the tense and politeness; the main verb just sits in its bare 아/어 shape.
- 사다 (sada, buy): 사 + 줘요 -> 사 줘요 (sa jwoyo, I buy it for you).
- 열다 (yeolda, open): 열어 + 줘요 -> 열어 줘요 (yeoreo jwoyo, I open it for you).
- 하다 (hada, do): 해 + 줘요 -> 해 줘요 (hae jwoyo, I do it for you).
Remember the contraction: 주 + 어요 -> 줘요, never *주어요.
Step 2 - Why the plain verb can sound cold
Compare 문을 열어요 (Muneul yeoreoyo, I open the door) with 문을 열어 줘요 (Muneul yeoreo jwoyo, I open the door for you). The first only reports the event; the second says you did it as a kindness to the listener. Where English leans on tone of voice, Korean marks the favour in the grammar - so a bare 기다려요 as a request can feel like a flat command, while 기다려 주세요 is warm and polite.
Step 3 - Pick the auxiliary by direction (uses lesson 22)
Three auxiliaries, three directions:
- 주다 - level or downward. You do it for an equal or a junior: 친구한테 사 줬어요 (Chinguhante sa jwosseoyo, I bought it for my friend).
- 드리다 - upward, humbling yourself. You do it for a superior; the beneficiary takes 께: 부모님께 사 드렸어요 (Bumonimkke sa deuryeosseoyo, I bought it for my parents).
- 주시다 - a superior does it for you. This is 주다 + the honorific -(으)시-, so the honored giver takes 께서: 선생님께서 설명해 주셨어요 (Seonsaengnimkkeseo seolmyeonghae jusyeosseoyo, the teacher explained it for me).
The beneficiary’s particle is the dative from lesson 20: 한테/에게 for an equal, 께 for a superior.
Step 4 - Requests and offers
Because 주다 already means give (me a favour), requests are built right on it, and they get softer the longer they are:
- -아/어 주세요 - the standard polite request: 열어 주세요 (yeoreo juseyo, please open it).
- -아/어 주시겠어요? - softer, would you…?: 도와주시겠어요? (dowajusigesseoyo?, would you help me?).
- -아/어 주실 수 있어요? - tentative, could you…?: 열어 주실 수 있어요? (yeoreo jusil su isseoyo?, could you open it?).
To offer, use the promise ending -(으)ㄹ게요 from lesson 43: -아/어 줄게요 for an equal (제가 도와줄게요, Jega dowajulgeyo, I’ll help you), -아/어 드릴게요 for a superior (제가 들어 드릴게요, Jega deureo deurilgeyo, I’ll carry it for you).
Step 5 - Lexicalized benefactives
A few of these have fused into single dictionary words and are written with no space: 도와주다 (dowajuda, help), from ㅂ-irregular 돕다 (돕 -> 도와), and its humble twin 도와드리다 (dowadeurida) - 표준국어대사전 lists it as the 높임말 of 도와주다. Others - 가르쳐 주다 (gareuchyeo juda, teach it for someone) and 알려 주다 (allyeo juda, let someone know) - are not dictionary words at all, so they follow the ordinary auxiliary rule: spaced is the norm, joined is tolerated. This lesson keeps the space.
The 아/어 form + the two auxiliaries you build yourself (해요체):
| Verb | 아/어 form | -아/어 주다 (for an equal) | -아/어 드리다 (for a superior) |
|---|
| 사다 (sada, buy) | 사 | 사 줘요 (sa jwoyo) | 사 드려요 (sa deuryeoyo) |
| 만들다 (mandeulda, make) | 만들어 | 만들어 줘요 (mandeureo jwoyo) | 만들어 드려요 (mandeureo deuryeoyo) |
| 읽다 (ikda, read) | 읽어 | 읽어 줘요 (ilgeo jwoyo) | 읽어 드려요 (ilgeo deuryeoyo) |
| 하다 (hada, do) | 해 | 해 줘요 (hae jwoyo) | 해 드려요 (hae deuryeoyo) |
| 돕다 (dopda, help) | 도와 | 도와줘요 (dowajwoyo) | 도와드려요 (dowadeuryeoyo) |
The three directions (who acts, who benefits, which particle):
| Situation | Auxiliary | Particle | Example |
|---|
| I act for an equal / junior | 주다 | 한테/에게 on beneficiary | 친구한테 사 줬어요 (Chinguhante sa jwosseoyo) |
| I act for a superior (humble) | 드리다 | 께 on beneficiary | 부모님께 사 드렸어요 (Bumonimkke sa deuryeosseoyo) |
| A superior acts for me (honorific) | 주시다 | 께서 on giver | 선생님께서 도와주셨어요 (Seonsaengnimkkeseo dowajusyeosseoyo) |
Requests and offers (softer as you go down):
| Function | Ending | Example | Romanization |
|---|
| please do it | -아/어 주세요 | 열어 주세요 | yeoreo juseyo |
| would you? | -아/어 주시겠어요? | 도와주시겠어요? | dowajusigesseoyo? |
| could you? | -아/어 주실 수 있어요? | 열어 주실 수 있어요? | yeoreo jusil su isseoyo? |
| I’ll do it (equal) | -아/어 줄게요 | 제가 도와줄게요 | Jega dowajulgeyo |
| I’ll do it (superior) | -아/어 드릴게요 | 제가 들어 드릴게요 | Jega deureo deurilgeyo |
Giving and receiving vocabulary (the 겸양어·존경어 pairs behind lesson 22’s 특수 높임말):
| Verb | Register | Whom it raises | Meaning |
|---|
| 주다 (juda) | plain | nobody | give (to an equal / junior) |
| 드리다 (deurida) | 겸양어 (humble) | the recipient (I lower myself) | give (to a superior) |
| 주시다 (jusida) | 존경어 (honorific) | the giver | (a superior) gives to me |
| 받다 (batda) | plain | nobody | receive |
| 받으시다 (badeusida) | 존경어 (honorific) | the receiver | (a superior) receives |
Examples
- 친구한테 책을 사 줬어요. (Chinguhante chaegeul sa jwosseoyo.) - I bought my friend a book.
- 동생한테 이야기를 읽어 줬어요. (Dongsaenghante iyagireul ilgeo jwosseoyo.) - I read my younger sibling a story.
- 부모님께 저녁을 만들어 드렸어요. (Bumonimkke jeonyeogeul mandeureo deuryeosseoyo.) - I made dinner for my parents.
- 선생님께서 한국어를 가르쳐 주셨어요. (Seonsaengnimkkeseo Hangugeoreul gareuchyeo jusyeosseoyo.) - The teacher taught me Korean.
- 문 좀 열어 주세요. (Mun jom yeoreo juseyo.) - Please open the door for me.
- 천천히 말해 주시겠어요? (Cheoncheonhi malhae jusigesseoyo?) - Could you speak slowly for me?
- 제가 사진을 찍어 드릴게요. (Jega sajineul jjigeo deurilgeyo.) - I’ll take a photo for you.
- 좀 도와주실 수 있어요? (Jom dowajusil su isseoyo?) - Could you help me a little?
- 주소 좀 알려 주세요. (Juso jom allyeo juseyo.) - Please let me know the address.
- 할머니께 선물을 사 드릴게요. (Halmeonikke seonmureul sa deurilgeyo.) - I’ll buy grandmother a present.
Common mistakes
- 부모님한테 꽃을 사 줬어요. (Bumonimhante kkocheul sa jwosseoyo.) -> 부모님께 꽃을 사 드렸어요. (Bumonimkke kkocheul sa deuryeosseoyo.) - When you do a favour for someone you honour, the beneficiary takes 께 and 주다 becomes humble 드리다. The two move together.
- 선생님이 저한테 한국어를 가르쳐 드렸어요. (Seonsaengnimi jeohante Hangugeoreul gareuchyeo deuryeosseoyo.) -> 선생님께서 저한테 한국어를 가르쳐 주셨어요. (Seonsaengnimkkeseo jeohante Hangugeoreul gareuchyeo jusyeosseoyo.) - When the honoured person is the giver, raise the subject with 주시다 (and mark it with 께서). 드리다 would say the teacher humbles herself to you - backwards.
- 제가 창문을 열어 주셨어요. (Jega changmuneul yeoreo jusyeosseoyo.) -> 제가 창문을 열어 드렸어요. (Jega changmuneul yeoreo deuryeosseoyo.) - 주시다 honours the giver, so using it about yourself honours yourself. For a favour you do for a superior, use humble 드리다.
- 잠깐만 기다려요. (Jamkkanman gidaryeoyo.) -> 잠깐만 기다려 주세요. (Jamkkanman gidaryeo juseyo.) - A bare 기다려요 aimed at someone can land as a cold command; -아/어 주세요 frames it as a polite favour.
- 책를 읽어 줬어요. (Chaegreul ilgeo jwosseoyo.) -> 책을 읽어 줬어요. (Chaegeul ilgeo jwosseoyo.) - 책 ends in a 받침, so the object particle is 을, not 를. Check every allomorph against the actual word.
Tips
- Bare verb = fact, +주다 = favour. 열어요 just describes the event; 열어 줘요 gives it to the listener. Korean marks kindness in the grammar where English uses tone - so leaving 주다 off can sound curt.
- A direction compass. 드리다 points up (I bow to a superior), 주시다 points down to me (a superior helps me), 주다 is level. Pair 께 with 드리다, and 께서 with 주시다.
- Longer request = softer request. 주세요 -> 주시겠어요? -> 주실 수 있어요?: each adds distance and politeness. Reach for the longer one with strangers and superiors.
- 도와주다 and 도와드리다 are each a single word. 돕다 is ㅂ-irregular (돕 -> 도와), and both compounds sit in 표준국어대사전 written joined, so 도와줘요 and 도와드려요 take no space. Other benefactives (가르쳐 주다, 알려 주다) are not dictionary words and are fine either joined or spaced.
A2 34 / 68
Can, must, may, must not
능력·의무·허락·금지
In short
Four everyday “modal” ideas each have their own frame, and three of them lean on 되다 (doeda, to be okay / to work): can = stem + -(으)ㄹ 수 있어요 (할 수 있어요, can do); must = stem + -아/어야 돼요 (해야 돼요, have to do); may = stem + -아/어도 돼요 (해도 돼요, may do); must not = stem + -(으)면 안 돼요 (하면 안 돼요, must not do). Watch two things throughout: the spaces in 할 수 있어요, and the spelling 돼요, never *되요.
The rule
Each frame is just a stem-ending you already know (-(으)ㄹ, -아/어, -(으)면) plus a fixed little tail (수 있다, -야 되다, -도 되다, 안 되다). Build the front part the normal way and the tail never changes.
Step 1 - Ability: -(으)ㄹ 수 있다 / 없다
Verb stem + -(으)ㄹ 수 있어요 = can, -(으)ㄹ 수 없어요 = cannot. Here 수 is a bound noun meaning a way / possibility, so it takes the prospective modifier ending -(으)ㄹ from lesson 24: -ㄹ 수 after a vowel (and after a ㄹ 받침), -을 수 after any other 받침.
- 하다 -> 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo) - can do it
- 먹다 -> 먹을 수 있어요 (meogeul su isseoyo) - can eat
The negative -(으)ㄹ 수 없어요 overlaps with 못 from lesson 14: 못 해요 (mot haeyo) and 할 수 없어요 (hal su eopseoyo) both mean can’t do it. 못 stresses being blocked in the moment - and mind the space, because the single word 못하다 is a separate dictionary entry meaning to be bad at something; -(으)ㄹ 수 없어요 states plain impossibility and is a touch more formal. But 못 has no positive twin - to say you can, you must reach for -(으)ㄹ 수 있어요. (A different “can” - knowing how to do something - is -(으)ㄹ 줄 알다, saved for lesson 52.)
Step 2 - Obligation: -아/어야 되다 (and -아/어야지요)
Stem + -아/어야 돼요 = have to / must. Build the -아/어 form (lesson 10), add -야, then 돼요: 가다 -> 가야 돼요 (gaya dwaeyo), 먹다 -> 먹어야 돼요 (meogeoya dwaeyo), 하다 -> 해야 돼요 (haeya dwaeyo). Spoken Korean prefers 되다; writing and formal speech prefer 하다 - 가야 해요 (gaya haeyo) - with no change in meaning.
A close cousin, -아/어야지요 (often shortened to -아/어야죠), is a soft self-reminder or gentle nudge: 이제 가야지요. (Ije gayajiyo.) - We really should get going now.
Step 3 - Permission: -아/어도 되다
Verb stem + -아/어도 돼요 = may / it’s okay to. Same -아/어 form, this time with -도: 가도 돼요 (gado dwaeyo, may go), 먹어도 돼요 (meogeodo dwaeyo, may eat), 봐도 돼요? (bwado dwaeyo?, may I look?). As a question it asks permission; as a statement it grants it. Two interchangeable variants swap 되다 for 괜찮다 or 좋다: 봐도 괜찮아요? (bwado gwaenchanayo?) and 봐도 좋아요 (bwado joayo) mean the same thing.
Step 4 - Prohibition vs no obligation - do not confuse them
These two both carry a “not”, and English blurs them, so decide which the situation means before you translate.
- Must not = Verb stem + -(으)면 안 돼요 - a wall. It is the -(으)면 conditional (lesson 29) plus 안 돼요: literally if you do it, it won’t do. 가면 안 돼요 (gamyeon an dwaeyo) - you must not go.
- Don’t have to = negate the verb inside the permission frame: 안 + Verb + -아/어도 돼요, or stem + -지 않아도 돼요 - a free pass. 안 가도 돼요 (an gado dwaeyo) = 가지 않아도 돼요 (gaji anado dwaeyo) - you don’t have to go.
So “you don’t have to go” is 안 가도 돼요, NOT 가면 안 돼요 (which forbids going).
Step 5 - Answering, and two orthography traps
To a -아/어도 돼요? question, grant with 네, 돼요 / 네, 그러세요 (Ne, geureoseyo, yes, go ahead) / 그럼요 (Geureomyo, of course), or refuse with 아니요, 안 돼요 / 아니요, -(으)면 안 돼요.
Two things trip up nearly everyone: 수 and 있다 are separate words, so 할 수 있어요 has two spaces; and 돼요 is 되 + 어요 contracted - there is no *되요.
The four frames at a glance (shown on 하다):
| Meaning | Pattern | Example on 하다 |
|---|
| can, be able to | stem + -(으)ㄹ 수 있어요 | 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo) |
| cannot | stem + -(으)ㄹ 수 없어요 (= 못 + verb) | 할 수 없어요 (hal su eopseoyo) = 못 해요 |
| have to, must | stem + -아/어야 돼요 (spoken) / -아/어야 해요 (written) | 해야 돼요 (haeya dwaeyo) |
| may, it’s okay to | stem + -아/어도 돼요 | 해도 돼요 (haedo dwaeyo) |
| must not | stem + -(으)면 안 돼요 | 하면 안 돼요 (hamyeon an dwaeyo) |
| don’t have to | 안 + verb + -아/어도 돼요 / stem + -지 않아도 돼요 | 안 해도 돼요 (an haedo dwaeyo) |
-(으)ㄹ 수 있다 - the ending picked by the 받침:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Worked example |
|---|
| a vowel | -ㄹ 수 있어요 | 가다 -> 갈 수 있어요 (gal su isseoyo) - can go |
| a 받침 other than ㄹ | -을 수 있어요 | 읽다 -> 읽을 수 있어요 (ilgeul su isseoyo) - can read |
| ㄹ 받침 (the ㄹ absorbs the ending) | -ㄹ 수 있어요 | 만들다 -> 만들 수 있어요 (mandeul su isseoyo) - can make |
-아/어 harmony for the 되다 frames (obligation and permission use the same 아/어 form):
| Stem-final vowel | -아/어야 돼요 (must) | -아/어도 돼요 (may) |
|---|
| ㅏ, ㅗ -> -아 | 가다 -> 가야 돼요 (gaya dwaeyo) | 가다 -> 가도 돼요 (gado dwaeyo) |
| any other vowel -> -어 | 먹다 -> 먹어야 돼요 (meogeoya dwaeyo) | 먹다 -> 먹어도 돼요 (meogeodo dwaeyo) |
| 하다 -> 해 | 하다 -> 해야 돼요 (haeya dwaeyo) | 하다 -> 해도 돼요 (haedo dwaeyo) |
| ㅗ contracts (보 -> 봐) | 보다 -> 봐야 돼요 (bwaya dwaeyo) | 보다 -> 봐도 돼요 (bwado dwaeyo) |
Asking and answering for permission:
| Question | Granting | Refusing |
|---|
| 들어가도 돼요? (Deureogado dwaeyo?) - May I go in? | 네, 돼요. / 네, 그러세요. (Ne, geureoseyo.) / 그럼요. (Geureomyo.) | 아니요, 안 돼요. (Aniyo, an dwaeyo.) / 아니요, 들어가면 안 돼요. |
Examples
- 저는 한국어를 조금 할 수 있어요. (Jeoneun hangugeoreul jogeum hal su isseoyo.) - I can speak a little Korean.
- 오늘은 바빠서 갈 수 없어요. (Oneureun bappaseo gal su eopseoyo.) - I can’t go today because I’m busy.
- 저는 매운 음식을 못 먹어요. (Jeoneun maeun eumsigeul mot meogeoyo.) - I can’t eat spicy food.
- 여기에서 사진을 찍어도 돼요? (Yeogieseo sajineul jjigeodo dwaeyo?) - May I take photos here?
- 아니요, 여기에서는 찍으면 안 돼요. (Aniyo, yeogieseoneun jjigeumyeon an dwaeyo.) - No, you must not take photos here.
- 오늘 안에 숙제를 다 해야 돼요. (Oneul ane sukjereul da haeya dwaeyo.) - I have to finish all the homework today.
- 내일은 학교에 안 가도 돼요. (Naeireun hakgyoe an gado dwaeyo.) - I don’t have to go to school tomorrow.
- 이제 자야지요. (Ije jayajiyo.) - I really should go to sleep now.
Common mistakes
- 할수있어요. (Halsuisseoyo.) -> 할 수 있어요. (Hal su isseoyo.) - 수 is a bound noun and 있다 an auxiliary, so 띄어쓰기 puts a space on each side of 수.
- 가도 되요? (Gado doeyo?) -> 가도 돼요? (Gado dwaeyo?) - 되 needs a vowel ending: 되 + 어요 contracts to 돼요. There is no *되요.
- 가면 안 돼요. (meaning “I don’t have to go”) -> 안 가도 돼요. (An gado dwaeyo.) - -(으)면 안 되다 forbids (must not); don’t have to is 안 …-아/어도 되다. The two are opposites.
- 가을 수 있어요. (Gaeul su isseoyo.) -> 갈 수 있어요. (Gal su isseoyo.) - A vowel stem takes -ㄹ 수; -을 수 is only for a 받침 (먹을 수).
- 가아도 돼요? (Gaado dwaeyo?) -> 가도 돼요? (Gado dwaeyo?) - The ㅏ-stem 가- + -아도 contracts obligatorily to 가도; the uncontracted *가아도 is never written.
Tips
- The 되/돼 test. 돼 is short for 되어, so wherever 되어/되었 would fit, write 돼/됐. A quick check: swap in 하다 - where 해 sounds right, use 돼; where 하 sounds right, use 되. Thus 안 돼요 (like 안 해요) but the dictionary form 되다 (like 하다). This fixes native writers too.
- Wall vs free pass. Picture -(으)면 안 돼요 as a wall (forbidden) and 안 -아/어도 돼요 as a green light (optional). English “don’t have to” and “must not” both hide a “not”, so pick the meaning first, then the frame.
- No one-word “can”. Korean has the short adverb 못 for can’t, but nothing short for can - the positive is always -(으)ㄹ 수 있어요. Pair them: 못 해요 <-> 할 수 있어요.
- Speak 되다, write 하다. In conversation obligation is -아/어야 돼요; in writing and formal speech it becomes -아/어야 해요. Permission and prohibition likewise favour 되다 in speech (해도 돼요, 하면 안 돼요).
A2 35 / 68
Trying something and having done it before
-아/어 보다와 -(으)ㄴ 적이 있다
In short
To say try doing something, add the auxiliary 보다 (literally to see) to the 아/어 form: 먹어 보세요 (meogeo boseyo, give it a taste). Put that same 보다 into the past and it flips to meaning have done / have experienced: 먹어 봤어요 (meogeo bwasseoyo, I’ve tried it). To spell out “have you ever…”, use the bound-noun frame -(으)ㄴ 적이 있다/없다: 제주도에 가 본 적이 있어요 (Jejudoe ga bon jeogi isseoyo, I’ve been to Jeju).
The rule
Step 1 - -아/어 보다: try doing it
Take the 아/어 form (lesson 10) and add 보다 as a separate word (it is an auxiliary, so it keeps its space): 먹다 -> 먹어 보다 (meogeo boda), 가다 -> 가 보다 (ga boda), 하다 -> 해 보다 (hae boda). Conjugate the 보다, not the main verb:
- Suggestion - try it: 입어 보세요 (ibeo boseyo, try it on).
- Volunteering - I’ll give it a go: 입어 볼게요 (ibeo bolgeyo, I’ll try it on).
One block: you cannot stack 보다 onto 보다 itself - 보다 already means “look”. *봐 보다 is wrong; to say “give it a look” use 한번 보세요 (hanbeon boseyo) or just 한번 봐요 (hanbeon bwayo).
Step 2 - -아/어 봤어요: the past = an experience
Put 보다 in the past (보 + 았어요 -> 봤어요) and the meaning shifts from attempt to experience - I have done it (at least once): 한국 음식을 먹어 봤어요 (Hanguk eumsigeul meogeo bwasseoyo, I’ve tried Korean food). This is the everyday way to say “have you ever…”: 가 봤어요? (ga bwasseoyo?, have you been?).
Step 3 - -(으)ㄴ 적이 있다/없다: the explicit “have the experience of”
Attach the past modifier -(으)ㄴ to the verb, then the bound noun 적 (occasion) plus 있다 (there is) or 없다 (there isn’t). 적 is a separate word, so it always takes a space before it: 간 적이 있어요 (gan jeogi isseoyo, I have been), 먹은 적이 없어요 (meogeun jeogi eopseoyo, I’ve never eaten it). Negate with 없다, never *안 있다.
The two patterns stack: -아/어 보다 keeps its 보다, which is then modified as 본 -> -아/어 본 적이 있다. This is the most natural “have you ever tried…”: 제주도에 가 본 적이 있어요 (Jejudoe ga bon jeogi isseoyo), 번지점프를 해 본 적이 없어요 (beonjijeompeureul hae bon jeogi eopseoyo, I’ve never done bungee jumping).
Step 4 - Experience vs. plain event, and why recent things resist 적이 있다
갔어요 (gasseoyo) states a specific event - I went. 가 봤어요 / 간 적이 있어요 report an experience - I have (at some point) been. Because 적이 있다 packages the past as a notable, countable occasion, it clashes with events that are recent or routine: *어제 학교에 간 적이 있어요 is odd - going to school yesterday is an ordinary recent event, so just say 어제 학교에 갔어요. Reserve 적이 있다 for things worth calling an experience.
Step 5 - 적 vs 번
적 is a bound noun meaning the time or occasion of doing X; in this experience frame it takes the past modifier, -(으)ㄴ … 적이 있다. It also turns up after -(으)ㄹ meaning plain “when” - 어릴 적 (eoril jeok, “when I was little”) - but that is a time expression, not an experience claim. 번 (lesson 19) is a counter for counting how many times: 두 번 가 봤어요 (du beon ga bwasseoyo, I’ve been twice). Do not swap them: *간 번이 있어요 is wrong. Note also 한 번 (han beon, “one time”, spaced) vs 한번 (hanbeon, “give it a try, sometime”, one word) - the try-it 한번 sits happily in front of -아/어 보다.
-아/어 보다 - the 아/어 form plus the auxiliary 보다:
| Stem | 아/어 form + 보다 | Meaning |
|---|
| 가다 (go) | 가 보다 (ga boda) | try going |
| 먹다 (eat) | 먹어 보다 (meogeo boda) | try eating |
| 입다 (wear) | 입어 보다 (ibeo boda) | try on |
| 하다 (do) | 해 보다 (hae boda) | try doing |
| 쓰다 (use) | 써 보다 (sseo boda) | try using |
One verb, the whole range (먹다):
| Form | 한글 | Reads | Force |
|---|
| suggestion | 먹어 보세요 | meogeo boseyo | try it |
| volunteering | 먹어 볼게요 | meogeo bolgeyo | I’ll try it |
| past = experience | 먹어 봤어요 | meogeo bwasseoyo | I’ve tried it |
| stacked frame | 먹어 본 적이 있어요 | meogeo bon jeogi isseoyo | I have tried it |
-(으)ㄴ 적이 있다 - the past modifier by last sound of the stem:
| After… | modifier | Example |
|---|
| vowel stem | -ㄴ 적이 있다 | 가다 -> 간 적이 있어요 (gan jeogi isseoyo) |
| 받침 stem | -은 적이 있다 | 먹다 -> 먹은 적이 있어요 (meogeun jeogi isseoyo) |
| ㄹ-stem (ㄹ drops) | -ㄴ 적이 있다 | 살다 -> 산 적이 있어요 (san jeogi isseoyo) |
| 아/어 본 stack | -아/어 본 적이 있다 | 가 보다 -> 가 본 적이 있어요 (ga bon jeogi isseoyo) |
Event vs. experience:
| Form | Reads | Meaning | Use |
|---|
| 갔어요 | gasseoyo | (I) went | a specific past event |
| 가 봤어요 | ga bwasseoyo | (I) have been | experience, “ever” |
| 간 적이 있어요 | gan jeogi isseoyo | (I) have the experience of going | experience, made explicit |
Examples
- 이 김치 한번 먹어 보세요. (I gimchi hanbeon meogeo boseyo.) - Try this kimchi.
- 이 옷 입어 볼게요. (I ot ibeo bolgeyo.) - I’ll try this on.
- 한국 음식을 먹어 봤어요? (Hanguk eumsigeul meogeo bwasseoyo?) - Have you tried Korean food?
- 제주도에 가 본 적이 있어요. (Jejudoe ga bon jeogi isseoyo.) - I’ve been to Jeju.
- 저는 번지점프를 해 본 적이 없어요. (Jeoneun beonjijeompeureul hae bon jeogi eopseoyo.) - I’ve never done bungee jumping.
- 그 사람을 만난 적이 있어요. (Geu sarameul mannan jeogi isseoyo.) - I have met that person before.
- 거기 두 번 가 봤어요. (Geogi du beon ga bwasseoyo.) - I’ve been there twice.
- 그 영화 아직 못 봤어요. 한번 보세요. (Geu yeonghwa ajik mot bwasseoyo. Hanbeon boseyo.) - I haven’t seen that movie yet. Give it a watch.
Common mistakes
- 그 영화 한번 봐 보세요. (Geu yeonghwa hanbeon bwa boseyo.) -> 그 영화 한번 보세요. (Geu yeonghwa hanbeon boseyo.) - you cannot add try-보다 to 보다 itself; the plain verb already means take a look.
- 한국에 간적이 있어요. (Hanguge ganjeogi isseoyo.) -> 한국에 간 적이 있어요. (Hanguge gan jeogi isseoyo.) - 적 is a bound noun and needs a space before it; it is never glued to the modifier.
- 어제 학교에 간 적이 있어요. (Eoje hakgyoe gan jeogi isseoyo.) -> 어제 학교에 갔어요. (Eoje hakgyoe gasseoyo.) - a recent, routine event takes the plain past; 적이 있다 is for notable experiences, not yesterday’s commute.
- 한국에 간 번이 있어요. (Hanguge gan beoni isseoyo.) -> 한국에 간 적이 있어요. (Hanguge gan jeogi isseoyo.) - use 적 for experience; 번 only counts how many times (두 번, 세 번).
- 만나 본 적이 안 있어요. (Manna bon jeogi an isseoyo.) -> 만나 본 적이 없어요. (Manna bon jeogi eopseoyo.) - negate 있다 with its own antonym 없다, not with 안.
Tips
- 보다 = “see”, so the mnemonic writes itself: 먹어 보다 is eat and see -> try eating. The literal see meaning is exactly why you can’t stack it on 보다.
- Same auxiliary, tense flips the meaning. Present/imperative 보다 = attempt (먹어 보세요, try it); past 봤어요 = experience (먹어 봤어요, I’ve had it). Watch the tense to know which reading is meant.
- 적 wants a space, 번 wants a number. If you can put a count in front (two times), it’s 번; if you mean the occasion of ever doing it, it’s -(으)ㄴ 적이 있다.
- Recent or habitual? Drop 적이 있다. For last week, this morning, or everyday actions, plain 갔어요 / 먹었어요 is right; save 적이 있다 for real “life experience” claims.
A2 36 / 68
Clauses as modifiers and clauses as nouns
관형절과 명사화 -기·-는 것
In short
A Korean clause can do two grown-up jobs. Put a modifier ending on the verb and the whole clause becomes an adjective in front of a noun - a relative clause, whose own subject takes 이/가 (never 은/는): 제가 어제 산 책 (jega eoje san chaek, the book I bought yesterday). Or turn the clause into a noun by adding -기 or -는 것: 수영하기 (suyeonghagi, swimming), 자는 것 (janeun geot, sleeping).
The rule
Step 1 - A relative clause is a modifier clause with its own subject
Lesson 24 gave you the modifier endings -는 / -(으)ㄴ / -(으)ㄹ and the bound nouns. A relative clause is the next step up: a full clause - subject, object, adverb and all - turned into a modifier and set in front of the head noun. Because Korean has no who/which/that, the ending does all the linking: Clause + modifier ending + Noun.
The subject inside the modifier clause takes the subject particle 이/가, never the topic 은/는 - 은/는 belongs to the main clause. So the book I bought is 제가 산 책 (jega san chaek), with 제가, not *저는.
Step 2 - The head noun fills a gap in the clause
The noun out front is understood as playing a role - subject, object, or place - back inside the clause, where there is a silent “gap”. The same verb points either way depending on which slot is empty:
- 책을 읽는 사람 (chaegeul ingneun saram) - the person who reads a book (head = subject; 책을 stays)
- 제가 읽는 책 (jega ingneun chaek) - the book I read (head = object; 제가 stays)
- 제가 사는 곳 (jega saneun got) - the place where I live (head = an adverbial “where”)
Step 3 - Tense lives on the modifier ending (recap of lesson 24)
Which ending you choose still fixes the time of the embedded action: present -는, past -(으)ㄴ, prospective -(으)ㄹ. 어제 (yesterday) forces past 산; 내일 (tomorrow) forces prospective 살.
Step 4 - Modifiers can be long, and can stack
A modifier clause can be as long as you like - just keep everything before the ending: 제가 어제 도서관에서 빌린 책 (jega eoje doseogwaneseo billin chaek, the book I borrowed from the library yesterday). You can also stack two modifiers on one noun: 제가 좋아하는 조용한 카페 (jega joahaneun joyonghan kape, a quiet cafe that I like).
Step 5 - Nominalization: making the clause into a noun
To use a clause where a noun is needed (as a subject or object), nominalize it two ways:
- -기 attaches straight to the stem (하다 -> 하기, 먹다 -> 먹기, 살다 -> 살기) and names the activity in the abstract. It is the form required or preferred by certain predicates - 좋아하다, 싫어하다, 시작하다, 쉽다, 어렵다, 힘들다, 바라다 - and by fixed frames like -기 전에 (before -ing).
- -는 것 is a modifier ending plus the bound noun 것 (thing/act/fact). It names the act or fact as a concrete thing, carries tense through the ending (-(으)ㄴ 것 / -는 것 / -(으)ㄹ 것), and pairs with 좋다, 좋아하다, 알다, 보다. Because 것 is a noun, it takes ordinary particles - and they contract in speech: 것이 -> 게, 것을 -> 걸, 것은 -> 건. The everyday advice pattern is -는 게 좋아요 (it’s better to …).
Step 6 - Which one? (and one deferral)
Reach for -기 inside its fixed lexical frames (see the selection table); reach for -는 것 everywhere else, especially in speech and whenever tense matters. A third nominalizer, the bookish -(으)ㅁ, waits for lesson 58.
Where the head noun sits in the clause (the “gap”):
| Head fills the… | Korean | Reading |
|---|
| subject gap | 책을 읽는 사람 (chaegeul ingneun saram) | the person who reads a book |
| object gap | 제가 읽는 책 (jega ingneun chaek) | the book that I read |
| adverbial gap | 제가 사는 곳 (jega saneun got) | the place where I live |
Tense on the modifier ending (recap - full paradigm in lesson 24):
| Clause tense | Ending | Example |
|---|
| present | -는 | 읽는 책 (ingneun chaek) the book one reads |
| past | -(으)ㄴ | 읽은 책 (ilgeun chaek) the book one read |
| prospective | -(으)ㄹ | 읽을 책 (ilgeul chaek) the book to read |
-기 vs -는 것 - which nominalizer:
| Nominalizer | Names | Carries tense? | Goes with |
|---|
| -기 | the activity, abstractly | not on the ending itself (only via -았/었기, as in 왔기 때문에) | 좋아하다, 싫어하다, 시작하다, 쉽다/어렵다/힘들다, 바라다; frames -기 전에, -기 때문에, -기 위해서 |
| -는 것 | the act/fact, concretely | yes (-(으)ㄴ/-는/-(으)ㄹ 것) | 좋다 (-는 게 좋아요), 좋아하다, 알다, 보다 |
것 + particle contractions (spoken, but written too):
| Full form | Contracts to | Example |
|---|
| 것이 (geosi) | 게 (ge) | 자는 게 좋아요 (janeun ge joayo) it’s better to sleep |
| 것을 (geoseul) | 걸 (geol) | 자는 걸 좋아해요 (janeun geol joahaeyo) likes sleeping |
| 것은 (geoseun) | 건 (geon) | 자는 건 중요해요 (janeun geon jungyohaeyo) sleeping is important |
Examples
- 제가 어제 산 책이 정말 재미있어요. (Jega eoje san chaegi jeongmal jaemiisseoyo.) - The book I bought yesterday is really interesting.
- 책을 읽는 사람이 우리 형이에요. (Chaegeul ingneun sarami uri hyeongieyo.) - The person reading the book is my older brother.
- 제가 사는 곳은 아주 조용해요. (Jega saneun goseun aju joyonghaeyo.) - The place where I live is very quiet.
- 저는 수영하는 것을 좋아해요. (Jeoneun suyeonghaneun geoseul joahaeyo.) - I like swimming.
- 매일 아침 운동하는 게 좋아요. (Maeil achim undonghaneun ge joayo.) - It’s good to exercise every morning.
- 한국어를 배우기가 어렵지만 재미있어요. (Hangugeoreul baeugiga eoryeopjiman jaemiisseoyo.) - Learning Korean is hard, but fun.
- 자기 전에 이를 닦아요. (Jagi jeone ireul dakkayo.) - I brush my teeth before sleeping.
- 저는 아침에 일찍 일어나기가 힘들어요. (Jeoneun achime iljjik ireonagiga himdeureoyo.) - It’s hard for me to get up early in the morning.
- 건강하기를 바라요. (Geonganghagireul barayo.) - I hope you stay healthy.
- 아이가 우는 것을 봤어요. (Aiga uneun geoseul bwasseoyo.) - I saw the child crying.
Common mistakes
- 어제 저는 산 책이 좋아요 (eoje jeoneun san chaegi joayo) -> 어제 제가 산 책이 좋아요 (eoje jega san chaegi joayo) - the subject inside a relative clause takes 이/가, so 저 becomes 제가; 은/는 marks the main topic and cannot live inside the modifier.
- 제가 어제 사는 책 (jega eoje saneun chaek) -> 제가 어제 산 책 (jega eoje san chaek) - 어제 is past, so the modifier ending must be past -(으)ㄴ (산), not present -는. The ending carries the tense.
- 저는 운동하는 게 좋아해요 (jeoneun undonghaneun ge joahaeyo) -> 저는 운동하는 걸 좋아해요 (jeoneun undonghaneun geol joahaeyo) - 좋아하다 is transitive and needs the object 것을 -> 걸; only the descriptive 좋다 takes 것이 -> 게 (운동하는 게 좋아요).
- 운동하는게 좋아요 (undonghaneunge joayo) -> 운동하는 게 좋아요 (undonghaneun ge joayo) - 것/게 is a bound noun, so it keeps a space before it even after contracting.
- 자는 것 전에 (janeun geot jeone) -> 자기 전에 (jagi jeone) - 전에 pairs only with the -기 nominalizer, never with -는 것.
Tips
- Two silent rules for relative clauses. Inside the clause, the subject is 이/가; before the noun, there is nothing but the ending. If you find yourself reaching for 은/는 or a “that”, stop - Korean uses neither.
- -기 is the “fixed-frame” nominalizer, -는 것 is the everyday one. When a predicate or set phrase demands -기 (좋아하다, 시작하다, -기 전에), use it; otherwise, especially in speech, -는 것 / -는 게 is almost always natural.
- 것 always keeps its space, even shrunk. 게, 걸, 건 are just 것 + a particle squeezed together (것이, 것을, 것은). Say the full form once and the space stays obvious.
- 좋다 vs 좋아하다 decide your particle. 좋다 (to be good) is descriptive -> -는 게 (좋아요); 좋아하다 (to like) is transitive -> -는 걸 (좋아해요). Same clause, different particle.
In short
To turn an adjective into an adverb, add -게 to its stem: 조용하다 (to be quiet) -> 조용하게 (joyonghage, quietly). A small memorized set uses -이 or -히 instead (많이 a lot, 빨리 quickly, 열심히 hard). And to say something becomes a certain way, Korean has three tools chosen by word class: a noun takes 이/가 되다 (의사가 되다, become a doctor), a verb takes -게 되다 (가게 되다, end up going), and an adjective takes -아/어지다 (좋아지다, get better).
The rule
Step 1 - Making adverbs with -게 (the productive rule)
Take any 형용사 (adjective) stem and add -게. Unlike most endings, -게 has no allomorph - it attaches straight to the stem whether or not there is a 받침, and irregular stems do not change before it:
Adjective stem + -게 -> 크다 (to be big) -> 크게 (keuge, loudly, in a big way), 쉽다 (to be easy) -> 쉽게 (swipge, easily), 맛있다 (to be tasty) -> 맛있게 (masitge, deliciously), 늦다 (to be late) -> 늦게 (neutge, late). Even 그렇다 (to be so) gives the everyday adverb 그렇게 (geureoke, like that). This is the safe, always-available way to build an adverb.
Step 2 - The fixed -이 / -히 adverbs
A closed, memorized set of common adverbs is written with -이 or -히 instead of -게: 많이 (mani, a lot, from 많다), 같이 (gachi, together, from 같다), 빨리 (ppalli, quickly, from 빠르다), 천천히 (cheoncheonhi, slowly), 조용히 (joyonghi, quietly), 깨끗이 (kkaekkeusi, cleanly), 열심히 (yeolsimhi, diligently). Separately, a few everyday adverbs are not built from an adjective at all and are simply learned as words: 일찍 (iljjik, early), 잘 (jal, well). Some adjectives allow both, with the same meaning: 조용하다 -> 조용하게 = 조용히 (quietly). Whether a word takes -이 or -히 is a spelling fact to memorize (see lesson 46); when unsure, the -게 form in Step 1 is almost always acceptable.
Step 3 - Degree adverbs
These sit before the verb or adjective they scale: 아주 (aju, very), 너무 (neomu, too / really), 정말 (jeongmal, really), 조금 (jogeum, a little), 별로 (byeollo, not really - requires a following negative), 훨씬 (hwolssin, much, used with comparatives). So 아주 좋아요 (very good), 별로 안 좋아요 (not that good), 훨씬 더 좋아요 (much better).
Step 4 - Change of state: three ways to say “become”
Which “become” you use depends on the word class of what precedes it:
- Noun + 이/가 되다 - become that thing. Use the subject particle 이/가, never 을/를: 의사 -> 의사가 되다 (uisaga doeda, become a doctor), 봄 -> 봄이 되다 (bomi doeda, spring comes). 되다 conjugates 되 + 어요 -> 돼요 / past 됐어요 (dwaesseoyo).
- Verb stem + -게 되다 - come to / end up doing, usually as the result of circumstances beyond your control: 하다 -> 하게 되다, 가다 -> 가게 되다 (gage doeda, end up going), 알다 -> 알게 되다 (alge doeda, come to know). 그렇게 하게 됐어요 (geureoke hage dwaesseoyo, that’s how it ended up) frames the outcome as not fully your choice.
- Adjective + -아/어지다 - gradually become that quality. Built on the 아/어 form, so irregular stems show their irregularity: 좋다 -> 좋아지다 (joajida, get better), 춥다 -> 추워지다 (chuwojida, get cold), 비싸다 -> 비싸지다 (bissajida, get expensive), 예쁘다 -> 예뻐지다 (yeppeojida, get prettier), 많다 -> 많아지다 (manajida, increase). It is written as one word, with no space.
Scope note: attaching -아/어지다 to a transitive verb (만들어지다 get made, 정해지다 get decided) forms a passive - that belongs to lesson 55. Here -아/어지다 is only the change-of-state ending on adjectives.
Building adverbs:
| Source | Rule | Example |
|---|
| Any adjective | stem + -게 (productive) | 조용하다 -> 조용하게 (joyonghage) |
| | 쉽다 -> 쉽게 (swipge) |
| Fixed set | -이 | 많다 -> 많이 (mani); 깨끗하다 -> 깨끗이 (kkaekkeusi) |
| Fixed set | -히 | 조용하다 -> 조용히 (joyonghi); 열심히 (yeolsimhi) |
| Pure adverbs | already adverbs | 빨리 (ppalli), 일찍 (iljjik), 잘 (jal) |
The three “become” patterns:
| Pattern | Attaches to | Base -> result | Meaning |
|---|
| N + 이/가 되다 | a noun | 의사 -> 의사가 됐어요 (uisaga dwaesseoyo) | became a doctor |
| V + -게 되다 | a verb stem | 가다 -> 가게 됐어요 (gage dwaesseoyo) | ended up going |
| ADJ + -아/어지다 (ㅏ/ㅗ) | an adjective | 좋다 -> 좋아졌어요 (joajeosseoyo) | got better |
| ADJ + -아/어지다 (other vowel) | an adjective | 춥다 -> 추워졌어요 (chuwojeosseoyo) | got cold |
| ADJ + -아/어지다 (으-elision) | an adjective | 예쁘다 -> 예뻐졌어요 (yeppeojeosseoyo) | got prettier |
Examples
- 아이가 조용하게 놀아요. (Aiga joyonghage norayo.) - The child is playing quietly.
- 밥을 맛있게 먹었어요. (Babeul masitge meogeosseoyo.) - I enjoyed the meal.
- 천천히 말해 주세요. (Cheoncheonhi malhae juseyo.) - Please speak slowly.
- 오늘은 일찍 일어났어요. (Oneureun iljjik ireonasseoyo.) - Today I got up early.
- 날씨가 갑자기 추워졌어요. (Nalssiga gapjagi chuwojeosseoyo.) - The weather suddenly got cold.
- 한국어가 많이 좋아졌어요. (Hangugeoga mani joajeosseoyo.) - My Korean has gotten much better.
- 요즘 물건이 너무 비싸졌어요. (Yojeum mulgeoni neomu bissajeosseoyo.) - These days things have become too expensive.
- 그래서 한국에서 일하게 됐어요. (Geuraeseo hangugeseo ilhage dwaesseoyo.) - So I ended up working in Korea.
- 형이 의사가 됐어요. (Hyeongi uisaga dwaesseoyo.) - My older brother became a doctor.
- 열심히 공부해서 실력이 늘었어요. (Yeolsimhi gongbuhaeseo sillyeogi neureosseoyo.) - I studied hard, so my skills improved.
Common mistakes
- 의사를 됐어요. (Uisareul dwaesseoyo.) -> 의사가 됐어요. (Uisaga dwaesseoyo.) - “become N” takes the subject particle 이/가, never the object particle 을/를.
- 날씨가 추워 됐어요. (Nalssiga chuwo dwaesseoyo.) -> 날씨가 추워졌어요. (Nalssiga chuwojeosseoyo.) - an adjective “becomes” with -아/어지다; you do not put 되다 after the 아/어 form.
- 공부를 많게 했어요. (Gongbureul manke haesseoyo.) -> 공부를 많이 했어요. (Gongbureul mani haesseoyo.) - the adverb of 많다 is the fixed 많이. (많게 is a possible form of 많다, but it does not mean a lot modifying a verb like this.)
- 별로 비싸요. (Byeollo bissayo.) -> 별로 안 비싸요. (Byeollo an bissayo.) - 별로 must be paired with a negative (안 / -지 않다).
- 한국에서 일하게 되요. (Hangugeseo ilhage doeyo.) -> 한국에서 일하게 돼요. (Hangugeseo ilhage dwaeyo.) - 되 + -어요 contracts to 돼요, never *되요.
Tips
- -게 is your safety net. From any adjective, stem + -게 gives a working adverb, and it equals the -이/-히 form where one exists (조용하게 = 조용히). The short -이/-히 adverbs (많이, 빨리, 열심히, 잘) are a closed set worth memorizing outright, but you can always fall back on -게.
- Match the “become” to the word class. A NOUN -> 이/가 되다 (의사가 되다); a VERB you end up doing -> -게 되다 (가게 되다); an ADJECTIVE quality that shifts -> -아/어지다 (좋아지다). Line up the trigger with the part of speech and you will pick the right one.
- -게 되다 softens agency. 안 가요 = “I’m not going (my choice)”; 못 가게 됐어요 = “it turned out I can’t go.” Because circumstances - not you - decided, -게 되다 is a polite, face-saving way to decline or explain.
- -아/어지다 rides the 아/어 form, so all the irregulars carry over: 춥다 -> 추워지다, 예쁘다 -> 예뻐지다, 낫다 -> 나아지다. If you can build the 해요체 form, you can build the change-of-state form.
A2 38 / 68
Comparison and superlatives
비교 표현 보다·처럼·제일
In short
To say “more than”, glue 보다 (boda) to the noun you are measuring against and put 더 (deo, more) before the adjective: 커피보다 더 좋아요 (keopiboda deo joayo, better than coffee). For “the most”, drop 제일 (jeil) or 가장 (gajang) in front of the adjective. Because 보다 marks the standard, the two nouns can come in either order. “Like/as” is the separate particle 처럼/같이, and “the same as / different from” needs 와/과 plus a verb.
The rule
Step 1 - N보다 (+ 더): comparison
Attach 보다 directly to the noun that is the standard of comparison (the English “than X” noun), then usually add 더 before the quality word:
Comparee + (은/는·이/가) + Standard + 보다 + 더 + Adjective
차가 커피보다 더 비싸요 (chaga keopiboda deo bissayo, tea is more expensive than coffee). 보다 is a particle, so it takes no space and needs no allomorph - it looks the same after a vowel or a 받침 (커피보다, 물보다). Since 보다 itself labels the standard, Korean word order is free: 커피보다 차를 더 좋아해요 and 차를 커피보다 더 좋아해요 mean the same I like tea more than coffee. 더 is optional but very common; its opposite is 덜 (deol, less): 여름보다 덜 더워요 (yeoreumboda deol deowoyo, less hot than summer). Sharpen the degree with 훨씬 (hwolssin, far, much) or soften it with 조금 / 좀 (jogeum / jom, a little): 훨씬 더 커요 (hwolssin deo keoyo, much bigger).
Step 2 - 제일 / 가장: the superlative
Put 제일 or 가장 before the adjective or adverb - Korean has no “-est” suffix. 제일 싸요 (jeil ssayo, is the cheapest), 가장 빨라요 (gajang ppallayo, is the fastest). To say “the most … N”, use the modifier form (lesson 36) between 제일/가장 and the noun: 제일 맛있는 음식 (jeil masinneun eumsik, the most delicious food), 가장 높은 산 (gajang nopeun san, the highest mountain). Name the field of comparison with N 중에서 (jungeseo, among N) or N에서 (in N): 과일 중에서 딸기를 제일 좋아해요 (gwail jungeseo ttalgireul jeil joahaeyo, among fruits I like strawberries most).
Step 3 - Similarity and equality
Two separate tools. 처럼 and 같이 are particles meaning like / as, glued to the noun with no space: 천사처럼 (cheonsacheoreom, like an angel), 얼음같이 (eoreumgachi, like ice). 같다 / 다르다 / 비슷하다 are verbs (be the same / different / similar) and take the noun with 와/과 (lesson 18): 저와 같아요 (jeowa gatayo, is the same as me), 저와 달라요 (jeowa dallayo, is different from me - 다르다 is 르-irregular, lesson 39). 만큼 (mankeum) means as much as: 형만큼 키가 커요 (hyeongmankeum kiga keoyo, as tall as my older brother).
Step 4 - The double-subject comparison
Korean often frames “A is taller than B” as A - as for height - is big. The comparee takes 이/가 (or 은/는), the measured attribute takes its own 이/가, and the standard sits between them with 보다: 동생이 저보다 키가 커요 (dongsaengi jeoboda kiga keoyo, my younger sibling is taller than me, literally sibling - than me - height - is big).
Step 5 - Negatives and questions
“Not particularly” pairs 별로 (byeollo) with a negative: 별로 안 비싸요 (byeollo an bissayo, not particularly expensive). “Not that …” is 그렇게 …-지 않아요 (geureoke …-ji anayo): 그렇게 크지 않아요 (geureoke keuji anayo, not that big). To ask, use 어느 게 (eoneu ge, which one) or 뭐가 / 누가 (mwoga / nuga, what / who): 어느 게 더 좋아요? (eoneu ge deo joayo?), 뭐가 제일 싸요? (mwoga jeil ssayo?).
Comparison and similarity particles - one form, glued to any noun (no space, no allomorph):
| Pattern | Meaning | After vowel | After 받침 |
|---|
| N보다 | (more) than N | 커피보다 (keopiboda) | 물보다 (mulboda) |
| N만큼 | as much as N | 저만큼 (jeomankeum) | 형만큼 (hyeongmankeum) |
| N처럼 | like N | 가수처럼 (gasucheoreom) | 얼음처럼 (eoreumcheoreom) |
| N같이 | like N | 저같이 (jeogachi) | 눈같이 (nungachi) |
와/과 with 같다·다르다·비슷하다 - this one DOES split by 받침:
| After… | Ending | Example |
|---|
| vowel | 와 | 저 + 와 -> 저와 같아요 (jeowa gatayo) |
| 받침 | 과 | 이것 + 과 -> 이것과 달라요 (igeotgwa dallayo) |
| colloquial (either) | 하고 / (이)랑 | 저하고 비슷해요 / 저랑 달라요 |
Superlative and degree words:
| Pattern | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| 제일 / 가장 + adjective | the most / -est | 제일 커요 (jeil keoyo, is the biggest) |
| 제일 / 가장 + modifier + N | the most … N | 가장 높은 산 (gajang nopeun san) |
| N 중에서 제일 | most among N | 이 중에서 제일 (i jungeseo jeil) |
| 훨씬 / 조금 + 더 / 덜 | much / a little more · less | 훨씬 더, 조금 덜 |
Examples
- 저는 커피보다 차를 더 좋아해요. (Jeoneun keopiboda chareul deo joahaeyo.) - I like tea more than coffee.
- 동생이 저보다 키가 커요. (Dongsaengi jeoboda kiga keoyo.) - My younger sibling is taller than me.
- 오늘은 어제보다 덜 추워요. (Oneureun eojeboda deol chuwoyo.) - Today is less cold than yesterday.
- 이 가방이 저 가방보다 훨씬 비싸요. (I gabangi jeo gabangboda hwolssin bissayo.) - This bag is much more expensive than that one.
- 과일 중에서 딸기를 제일 좋아해요. (Gwail jungeseo ttalgireul jeil joahaeyo.) - Among fruits I like strawberries the most.
- 여기가 이 동네에서 가장 유명한 식당이에요. (Yeogiga i dongneeseo gajang yumyeonghan sikdangieyo.) - This is the most famous restaurant in this neighborhood.
- 아기가 천사처럼 자요. (Agiga cheonsacheoreom jayo.) - The baby sleeps like an angel.
- 이 옷은 저 옷과 달라요. (I oseun jeo otgwa dallayo.) - These clothes are different from those.
- 이 영화는 별로 안 무서워요. (I yeonghwaneun byeollo an museowoyo.) - This movie isn’t particularly scary.
- 어느 게 더 싸요? (Eoneu ge deo ssayo?) - Which one is cheaper?
Common mistakes
- 이것와 같아요 (igeotwa gatayo) -> 이것과 같아요 (igeotgwa gatayo) - a 받침 noun (이것) selects 과, never *와; only vowel-final nouns take 와.
- 생각이 저와 달아요 (saenggagi jeowa darayo) -> 생각이 저와 달라요 (saenggagi jeowa dallayo) - 다르다 is 르-irregular: the stem doubles the ㄹ, giving 달라요, not *달아요.
- 저는 사과를 좋아요 (jeoneun sagwareul joayo) -> 저는 사과를 좋아해요 (jeoneun sagwareul joahaeyo) - 좋다 (be good/likeable) can’t take an object; the verb to like is 좋아하다, or say 사과가 좋아요 with 이/가.
- 이 영화는 별로 무서워요 (i yeonghwaneun byeollo museowoyo) -> 이 영화는 별로 안 무서워요 (i yeonghwaneun byeollo an museowoyo) - 별로 must be answered by a negative (안 / -지 않다); on its own it is ungrammatical.
- 제일 맛있다 음식 (jeil masitda eumsik) -> 제일 맛있는 음식 (jeil masinneun eumsik) - “the most … N” needs the modifier form (-는/-(으)ㄴ) on the adjective, not its dictionary form.
Tips
- 제일 vs 가장. Both mean most and are interchangeable; 제일 (from Sino-Korean 第一, number one) is the everyday spoken choice, 가장 leans a touch more formal/written.
- Particle vs verb. 처럼·같이·만큼 are particles - they glue onto the noun with no space and never conjugate. 같다·다르다·비슷하다 are verbs - they need 와/과 and take endings (같아요, 달라요, 비슷해요). Don’t confuse 같이 (like, particle) with 같다 (be the same, verb).
- Korean front-loads the standard. English puts it last (“taller than me”); Korean puts it first with 보다 (저보다 커요). Learn the frame Standard + 보다 + 더 + adjective and the order of the two nouns stops mattering.
- 더 is optional, 덜 is less common. 커피보다 좋아요 already implies “better than coffee”. Rather than 덜 (less), Koreans often just switch to the opposite adjective - 덜 비싸요 becomes 더 싸요 (cheaper).
A2 39 / 68
Irregular stems 르 and ㅎ, and the full irregular table
불규칙 활용 르·ㅎ와 전체 정리
In short
Two more stem classes finish the irregular picture. A 르 stem doubles its ㄹ before an 아/어 ending: 모르다 -> 몰라요 (mollayo, I don’t know), 부르다 -> 불러요 (bulleoyo, I sing). A ㅎ adjective drops its ㅎ and turns the vowel into ㅐ: 그렇다 -> 그래요 (geuraeyo, that’s right), 빨갛다 -> 빨개요 (ppalgaeyo, it’s red). As always, the look-alikes stay regular: 따르다 -> 따라요, 좋다 -> 좋아요.
The rule
Step 1 - 르 불규칙: the ㄹ doubles, and the vowel before 르 chooses 아/어
When a stem ending in 르 meets an 아/어 ending, the 으 of 르 disappears, a ㄹ is added as a 받침 to the syllable in front, and the ending itself starts with ㄹ - so you hear a double ㄹ. Which vowel? Look at the vowel in the syllable before 르: ㅏ or ㅗ takes 라, everything else takes 러.
모르 + 아요 -> 몰라요 (ㅗ before 르 -> 라) - 부르 + 어요 -> 불러요 (ㅜ before 르 -> 러)
Before a -(으)- ending or a plain consonant, a 르 stem is completely regular, because there is no 아/어 to trigger the doubling: 모르면 (moreumyeon), 모릅니다 (moreumnida).
Step 2 - The regular 으-stems that only look like 르 stems
따르다 (ttareuda, follow, pour) and 들르다 (deulleuda, drop by) end in 르 too, but they are ordinary 으-elision stems (lesson 10): the 으 simply drops and no extra ㄹ is added. So 따르다 -> 따라요 (one ㄹ), while the 르-irregular 다르다 -> 달라요 (two ㄹ). The added ㄹ is the whole difference. (Watch 들르다 -> 들러요: the ㄹ 받침 in 들 is already part of the stem, so nothing was doubled - compare the genuinely 르-irregular 흐르다 -> 흘러요, where the ㄹ of 흘 is new.)
Step 3 - ㅎ 불규칙: drop the ㅎ, and the vowel becomes ㅐ
Almost every ㅎ-final adjective is irregular. Two things happen at once:
- Before an 아/어 ending, the ㅎ drops and the vowel merges to ㅐ: 그렇 + 어요 -> 그래요, 빨갛 + 아요 -> 빨개요. A stem whose vowel is ㅑ gives ㅒ: 하얗 + 아요 -> 하얘요 (hayaeyo, it’s white).
- Before a -(으)- ending, the ㅎ and the 으 both drop: 그렇 + (으)면 -> 그러면 (geureomyeon, if so), 그렇 + (으)ㄴ -> 그런 (geureon, such).
Before a plain consonant nothing changes in the spelling: 그렇고 (geureoko), 그렇습니다 (geureoseumnida).
Step 4 - The ㅎ regulars: 좋다, 넣다, 놓다
The class has a clean boundary: ㅎ 불규칙 is an adjective-only class. Every ㅎ-final verb is regular (넣다, 놓다, 낳다, 쌓다), and among the ㅎ-final adjectives 좋다 is the single regular one. These keep the ㅎ in spelling, keep the 으, and never change the vowel: 좋다 -> 좋아요 (joayo), 넣다 -> 넣어요 (neoeoyo, put in), 놓다 -> 놓아요 (noayo, put down). The ㅎ-irregular pattern is for the colours and the 이렇다/그렇다/저렇다/어떻다 family - never for these three.
르 불규칙 - and its regular 으-stem look-alikes:
| Dictionary form | 해요 form | Past | -(으)면 | Vowel rule |
|---|
| 모르다 (not know) | 몰라요 (mollayo) | 몰랐어요 (mollasseoyo) | 모르면 (moreumyeon) | ㅗ -> 라 |
| 빠르다 (be fast) | 빨라요 (ppallayo) | 빨랐어요 (ppallasseoyo) | 빠르면 (ppareumyeon) | ㅏ -> 라 |
| 부르다 (call, sing) | 불러요 (bulleoyo) | 불렀어요 (bulleosseoyo) | 부르면 (bureumyeon) | ㅜ -> 러 |
| 다르다 (be different) | 달라요 (dallayo) | 달랐어요 (dallasseoyo) | 다르면 (dareumyeon) | ㅏ -> 라 |
| 고르다 (choose) | 골라요 (gollayo) | 골랐어요 (gollasseoyo) | 고르면 (goreumyeon) | ㅗ -> 라 |
| 흐르다 (flow) | 흘러요 (heulleoyo) | 흘렀어요 (heulleosseoyo) | 흐르면 (heureumyeon) | ㅡ -> 러 |
| regular 따르다 (follow, pour) | 따라요 (ttarayo) | 따랐어요 (ttarasseoyo) | 따르면 (ttareumyeon) | single ㄹ |
| regular 들르다 (drop by) | 들러요 (deulleoyo) | 들렀어요 (deulleosseoyo) | 들르면 (deulleumyeon) | no ㄹ added |
ㅎ 불규칙 - and its three regular look-alikes:
| Dictionary form | 해요 form | -(으)ㄴ modifier | -(으)면 |
|---|
| 그렇다 (be so) | 그래요 (geuraeyo) | 그런 (geureon) | 그러면 (geureomyeon) |
| 이렇다 (be like this) | 이래요 (iraeyo) | 이런 (ireon) | 이러면 (ireomyeon) |
| 어떻다 (be how) | 어때요 (eottaeyo) | 어떤 (eotteon) | 어떠면 (eotteomyeon) |
| 빨갛다 (be red) | 빨개요 (ppalgaeyo) | 빨간 (ppalgan) | 빨가면 (ppalgamyeon) |
| 파랗다 (be blue) | 파래요 (paraeyo) | 파란 (paran) | 파라면 (paramyeon) |
| 하얗다 (be white) | 하얘요 (hayaeyo) | 하얀 (hayan) | 하야면 (hayamyeon) |
| regular 좋다 (be good) | 좋아요 (joayo) | 좋은 (joeun) | 좋으면 (joeumyeon) |
| regular 넣다 (put in) | 넣어요 (neoeoyo) | 넣은 (neoeun) | 넣으면 (neoeumyeon) |
| regular 놓다 (put down) | 놓아요 (noayo) | 놓은 (noeun) | 놓으면 (noeumyeon) |
The full seven-class table - one row per class, three ending types, plus the regular look-alike:
| Class | Example | + 아/어 (해요) | + -(으) (면) | + ㅂ/ㅅ/ㄴ | Regular look-alike |
|---|
| ㅂ | 덥다 (deopda) | 더워요 (deowoyo) | 더우면 (deoumyeon) | 덥습니다 (deopseumnida) | 입다 -> 입어요 (ibeoyo) |
| ㄷ | 듣다 (deutda) | 들어요 (deureoyo) | 들으면 (deureumyeon) | 듣습니다 (deutseumnida) | 받다 -> 받아요 (badayo) |
| ㅅ | 짓다 (jitda) | 지어요 (jieoyo) | 지으면 (jieumyeon) | 짓습니다 (jitseumnida) | 웃다 -> 웃어요 (useoyo) |
| ㄹ | 살다 (salda) | 살아요 (sarayo) | 살면 (salmyeon) | 삽니다 (samnida) | (all ㄹ stems behave alike) |
| 으 | 쓰다 (sseuda) | 써요 (sseoyo) | 쓰면 (sseumyeon) | 씁니다 (sseumnida) | 바쁘다 -> 바빠요 (bappayo) |
| 르 | 모르다 (moreuda) | 몰라요 (mollayo) | 모르면 (moreumyeon) | 모릅니다 (moreumnida) | 따르다 -> 따라요 (ttarayo) |
| ㅎ | 그렇다 (geureota) | 그래요 (geuraeyo) | 그러면 (geureomyeon) | 그렇습니다 (geureoseumnida) | 좋다 -> 좋아요 (joayo) |
Read the table as one question: does an 아/어 or an 으 reach the stem? If yes, the class fires; if only a plain consonant arrives (-고, -지만, -습니다 aside from the ㄹ row), the stem is written straight from the dictionary.
Examples
- 저는 그 사람을 잘 몰라요. (Jeoneun geu sarameul jal mollayo.) - I don’t know that person well.
- 이 기차는 정말 빨라요. (I gichaneun jeongmal ppallayo.) - This train is really fast.
- 친구가 노래를 불러요. (Chinguga noraereul bulleoyo.) - My friend is singing a song.
- 제 생각은 조금 달라요. (Je saenggageun jogeum dallayo.) - My opinion is a little different.
- 저는 규칙을 잘 따라요. (Jeoneun gyuchigeul jal ttarayo.) - I follow the rules well.
- 그래요, 저도 그렇게 생각해요. (Geuraeyo, jeodo geureoke saenggakaeyo.) - That’s right, I think so too.
- 이 사과는 정말 빨개요. (I sagwaneun jeongmal ppalgaeyo.) - This apple is really red.
- 오늘 하늘이 아주 파래요. (Oneul haneuri aju paraeyo.) - The sky is very blue today.
- 요즘 날씨가 어때요? (Yojeum nalssiga eottaeyo?) - How’s the weather these days?
Common mistakes
- 다르어요 (dareueoyo) -> 달라요 (dallayo) - 다르다 is 르-irregular, so the ㄹ doubles before 아/어. It is not a plain 으-stem.
- 딸라요 (ttallayo) -> 따라요 (ttarayo) - 따르다 is a regular 으-stem, so only a single ㄹ appears. Doubling belongs to 다르다 -> 달라요, not here.
- 그렇어요 (geureoeoyo) -> 그래요 (geuraeyo) - ㅎ-irregular: the ㅎ drops and the vowel becomes ㅐ. Never keep the ㅎ before a vowel.
- 좋애요 (joaeyo) -> 좋아요 (joayo) - 좋다 is regular. The ㅎ-irregular vowel change is only for colours and the 그렇다 family, never for 좋다/넣다/놓다.
- 빨갛은 (ppalgaeun) -> 빨간 (ppalgan) - before the modifier -(으)ㄴ the ㅎ and the 으 both drop.
Tips
- The 르 vowel test: look at the vowel in the syllable before 르. ㅏ or ㅗ gives 라 (몰라, 빨라, 달라, 골라); anything else gives 러 (불러, 흘러). The ㄹ always doubles.
- Single ㄹ vs double ㄹ is the entire regular/irregular split: 따르다 -> 따라요 (one), 다르다 -> 달라요 (two). Memorise the pair and you will never write *딸라요.
- ㅎ-irregular in one line: drop the ㅎ, and the ending vowel turns to ㅐ. Only 좋다, 넣다, 놓다 keep the ㅎ and stay regular.
- Don’t confuse 어때요 (from 어떻다, how is it?) with the adverb 어떻게 (eotteoke, how, in what way) - same root, different jobs.
A2 40 / 68
Reacting: -네요, -군요 and -지요
반응 종결 어미 -네요·-군요·-지요
In short
These three sentence endings colour a statement with your reaction to it. -네요 = “oh, I notice this right now” (fresh, first-hand). -군요/-는군요 = “ah, so that’s how it is” (a realization clicking into place). -지요/-죠 = ”…, right?” (something you both already assume, inviting the listener to agree). All three attach straight to the stem - no 으 buffer.
The rule
Step 1 - -네요: noticing something on the spot
Add -네요 to any stem - 동사, 형용사 or 이다 alike, with no 으: 오다 -> 오네요 (oneyo), 맛있다 -> 맛있네요 (masinneyo), 학생이다 -> 학생이네요 (haksaengineyo). It marks something you are perceiving right now, with your own senses: 비가 오네요 (biga oneyo, oh, it’s raining), 맛있네요 (masinneyo, mm, this is good). Past just stacks on -았/었-: 벌써 도착했네요 (beolsseo dochakhaenneyo, oh, you’ve already arrived). It also carries mild admiration when the fresh impression is a good one - 한국어를 잘하시네요 (Hangugeoreul jalhasineyo, you speak Korean well!). Because it reports a fresh discovery, you rarely use -네요 about your own long-known facts.
Step 2 - -군요 / -는군요: a realization sinking in
This one marks new information clicking into place (“ah, so…”), often something you were just told or worked out. The form splits by part of speech:
- 형용사 and 이다 -> -군요: 예쁘다 -> 예쁘군요 (yeppeugunyo), 학생이다 -> 학생이군요 (haksaengigunyo).
- 동사 -> -는군요: 가다 -> 가는군요 (ganeungunyo), 먹다 -> 먹는군요 (meongneungunyo).
- Past -았/었군요 for both, and the 는 drops: 갔군요 (gatgunyo, ah, so they left), 좋았군요.
The casual (반말) version is -구나 / -는구나: 맛있구나 (masitguna), 비 오는구나 (bi oneunguna).
Step 3 - -지요 / -죠: ”…, right?”
-지요 attaches straight to the stem (동사·형용사·이다), and in speech it almost always contracts to -죠: 덥다 -> 덥지요 / 덥죠 (deopjiyo / deopjo), 가다 -> 가지요 / 가죠 (gajiyo / gajo). It does three jobs:
- Shared assumption / statement - you present the fact as common ground: 한국은 여름이 덥지요 (Hangugeun yeoreumi deopjiyo, Korea’s summers are hot, as you know).
- Confirmation question - ”…, right?”, expecting a yes: 이거 맛있죠? (igeo masitjo?, this is delicious, isn’t it?).
- Softened suggestion / invitation with honorific -시-: 그렇게 하시죠 (geureoke hasijo, why don’t we do it that way), 가시죠 (gasijo, shall we go / after you).
One handy contrast: a plain first-time question is 뭐예요? (mwoyeyo?, what is it?), but 뭐죠? (mwojo?) muses it aloud as if you and the listener are figuring it out together - 이름이 뭐죠? (ireumi mwojo?, now, what was the name again?).
Putting them side by side
Same fact, four different attitudes: 맛있어요 (masisseoyo) is a flat it’s delicious; 맛있네요 (masinneyo) is oh, this is delicious! as you taste it; 맛있군요 (masitgunyo) is ah, so it IS delicious as the fact registers; 맛있지요? (masitjiyo?) is it’s delicious, isn’t it? fishing for your agreement. Note that two other reaction endings, -잖아요 and -거든요, wait until lesson 48.
Attachment - all three go straight onto the stem (no 으); only -군요 cares about part of speech:
| Base | -네요 (noticing) | -군요 / -는군요 (realizing) | -지요 / -죠 (agreeing) |
|---|
| 동사 가다 | 가네요 (ganeyo) | 가는군요 (ganeungunyo) | 가지요 / 가죠 (gajiyo / gajo) |
| 형용사 예쁘다 | 예쁘네요 (yeppeuneyo) | 예쁘군요 (yeppeugunyo) | 예쁘지요 / 예쁘죠 (yeppeujiyo / yeppeujo) |
| 이다 학생이다 | 학생이네요 (haksaengineyo) | 학생이군요 (haksaengigunyo) | 학생이지요 / 학생이죠 (haksaengijiyo / haksaengijo) |
| 과거 -았/었- (가다) | 갔네요 (ganneyo) | 갔군요 (gatgunyo) | 갔지요 / 갔죠 (gatjiyo / gatjo) |
Only -군요 distinguishes 동사 (-는군요) from 형용사·이다 (-군요); -네요 and -지요 never do. A ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before ㄴ and 는: 살다 -> 사네요 (saneyo), 사는군요 (saneungunyo) - but the ㄹ stays before ㅈ: 살지요 (saljiyo).
The three attitudes, one fact (맛있다):
| Form | Reads as | When |
|---|
| 맛있어요 (masisseoyo) | It’s delicious. | plain statement |
| 맛있네요 (masinneyo) | Mm, this is delicious! | you notice it as you taste it |
| 맛있군요 (masitgunyo) | Ah, so it’s delicious. | the fact registers / you were told |
| 맛있지요? (masitjiyo?) | It’s delicious, isn’t it? | you assume it and want agreement |
Examples
- 비가 오네요. (Biga oneyo.) - Oh, it’s raining.
- 한국어를 정말 잘하시네요. (Hangugeoreul jeongmal jalhasineyo.) - You speak Korean really well!
- 벌써 도착했네요. (Beolsseo dochakhaenneyo.) - Oh, you’ve already arrived.
- 이 영화 재미있군요. (I yeonghwa jaemiitgunyo.) - Ah, so this movie is fun.
- 아, 그래서 안 왔군요. (A, geuraeseo an watgunyo.) - Ah, so that’s why you didn’t come.
- 한국은 여름이 덥지요. (Hangugeun yeoreumi deopjiyo.) - Korea’s summers are hot, as you know.
- 이거 맛있죠? (Igeo masitjo?) - This is delicious, isn’t it?
- 그럼 내일 만나시죠. (Geureom naeil mannasijo.) - Then let’s meet tomorrow.
- 이름이 뭐죠? (Ireumi mwojo?) - Now, what was the name again?
- 날씨가 참 좋네요. (Nalssiga cham jonneyo.) - The weather is really nice, isn’t it.
Common mistakes
- 예쁘는군요. (Yeppeuneungunyo.) -> 예쁘군요. (Yeppeugunyo.) - a 형용사 takes bare -군요; only action verbs add 는.
- 가군요. (Gagunyo.) -> 가는군요. (Ganeungunyo.) - the flip side: an action verb needs -는군요, not bare -군요.
- 먹으네요. (Meogeuneyo.) -> 먹네요. (Meongneyo.) - -네요 attaches straight to the stem; there is no 으 buffer, even after a 받침.
- 갔는군요. (Ganneungunyo.) -> 갔군요. (Gatgunyo.) - after a past marker the 는 disappears; use -았/었군요 for verbs and adjectives alike.
- 이름이 뭐죠? (Ireumi mwojo?) -> 이름이 뭐예요? (Ireumi mwoyeyo?) - when you are genuinely asking for the first time, use plain 뭐예요?; -죠 adds “as we both work it out”, which is odd for a straight request.
Tips
- The evidential split. -네요 = you are perceiving it now, first-hand (you see it, taste it, hear it). -군요 = a fact clicking into place, often just-learned (“ah, so…”). -지요 = something you already assume and want confirmed. Match the ending to which of these you actually mean.
- -죠 is everywhere in speech. It is just -지요 squeezed together. Learn 그렇죠 (geureocho, right, exactly) and 맞죠? (matjo?, isn’t it?) as ready-made agreement tokens, and 가시죠 (gasijo) as a polite after you / shall we.
- Part-of-speech test for -군요. If you could put 는 in front (an action verb), say -는군요; if not (an adjective or 이다), say bare -군요. -네요 and -지요 never make this distinction - they always go straight onto the stem.
- Going casual. Drop 요: -네요 -> -네 (비 오네), -군요/-는군요 -> -구나/-는구나 (맛있구나, 비 오는구나), -지요/-죠 -> -지 (그렇지, 맞지). Keep the whole utterance in one register - see 반말.
A2 41 / 68
Setting the scene and softening: -는데/-(으)ㄴ데
배경·대조 -는데/-(으)ㄴ데
In short
-는데/-(으)ㄴ데 hangs on the first clause to do one of four things: set a scene before your real point, add a soft “but,” or trail off politely as -는데요. Pick -는데 after a verb or 있다/없다, -(으)ㄴ데 after an adjective, -인데 after a noun - and in the past it is always -았/었는데, whatever the word class.
The rule
This one ending is everywhere in spoken Korean because it is so flexible. Grammatically it works like the connectives in lesson 23: it rides on the end of the first stem and the sentence keeps flowing. The two things to nail are (1) which allomorph the word class picks, and (2) which of its four jobs you mean.
Step 1 - Choose the ending by word class, not by 받침
Unlike 은/는 or -(으)면, this ending does not split on the final 받침 alone - it splits on whether the word is a verb or an adjective:
- Verbs (동사) and 있다/없다 -> -는데, regardless of 받침: 가다 -> 가는데 (ganeunde), 먹다 -> 먹는데 (meongneunde), 있다 -> 있는데 (inneunde).
- Adjectives (형용사) -> -(으)ㄴ데, with the usual vowel/받침 split: 크다 -> 큰데 (keunde), 좋다 -> 좋은데 (joeunde), 작다 -> 작은데 (jageunde).
- A ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before both endings (the ㄴ triggers it, exactly as in 삽니다/사세요): verb 살다 -> 사는데 (saneunde), adjective 멀다 -> 먼데 (meonde).
- The 이다 copula behaves like an adjective and gives -인데 after any noun: 학생이다 -> 학생인데 (haksaeng-inde), 친구다 -> 친구인데 (chinguinde). After a vowel-final noun the 이 may contract in speech: 친구인데 -> 친군데 (chingunde).
Step 2 - In the past, everything is -았/었는데
Once you add the past marker -았/었-, the word-class question disappears: the past stem always takes -는데. 가다 -> 갔는데 (ganneunde), 좋다 -> 좋았는데 (joanneunde), 학생이다 -> 학생이었는데 (haksaeng-ieonneunde). Never *갔은데.
Step 3 - The four jobs of -는데
- Background / setup - hand the listener some context, then land your point (often a question, request, or suggestion): 지금 도서관에 가는데 같이 갈래요? (I’m going to the library now - want to come?). Unlike -아/어서, a command or question can follow.
- Soft contrast - a gentler “but / although” than -지만: 비싼데 맛없어요 (it’s expensive but not tasty).
- Softened request / news - break the clause off with -는데요… and leave the request implied, so it sounds tentative and polite: 예약을 하고 싶은데요… (I’d like to make a reservation…).
- Sentence-final -는데요 - end on it to voice mild surprise or an opinion while inviting the other person to react: 이거 맛있는데요! (hey, this is good!).
Step 4 - The sentence-adverb twin: 그런데 / 근데
When the “but / by the way” turn opens a whole new sentence, use the adverb 그런데 (geureonde), contracted to 근데 (geunde) in speech - built from 그렇다 exactly like 그래서 and 그렇지만. Note that 그렇다 is an adjective, so by Step 1 it takes the adjective allomorph: 그렇 + -(으)ㄴ데 -> 그런데, never *그렇는데. It signals a turn or a new topic, not just contrast: 밥 먹었어요. 근데 왜 안 와요? (I ate. By the way, why aren’t you coming?).
Which ending each word class takes (present):
| Word class | Ending | Worked example |
|---|
| 동사 (verb) | -는데 | 가다 -> 가는데 (ganeunde), 먹다 -> 먹는데 (meongneunde) |
| 있다 / 없다 | -는데 | 있다 -> 있는데 (inneunde), 없다 -> 없는데 (eomneunde) |
| 형용사, vowel-final | -ㄴ데 | 크다 -> 큰데 (keunde), 비싸다 -> 비싼데 (bissande) |
| 형용사, 받침-final | -은데 | 좋다 -> 좋은데 (joeunde), 작다 -> 작은데 (jageunde) |
| 형용사, ㅂ-irregular | -(우)ㄴ데 | 춥다 -> 추운데 (chuunde), 덥다 -> 더운데 (deounde) |
| ㄹ-stem (ㄹ drops) | -는데 / -ㄴ데 | 살다 -> 사는데 (saneunde), 멀다 -> 먼데 (meonde) |
| 이다 (copula) | -인데 (contracts to -ㄴ데) | 학생이다 -> 학생인데 (haksaeng-inde), 친구다 -> 친구인데 / 친군데 (chinguinde / chingunde) |
| past -았/었- (any class) | -는데 | 갔다 -> 갔는데 (ganneunde), 좋았다 -> 좋았는데 (joanneunde) |
The four jobs at a glance:
| Job | What it does | Example |
|---|
| Background / setup | gives context, then the point follows | 가는데 같이 갈래요? (ganeunde gachi gallaeyo?) |
| Soft contrast | a gentle “but / although” | 비싼데 맛없어요 (bissande madeopseoyo) |
| Softened request | trails off, request left implied | 하고 싶은데요… (hago sipeundeyo…) |
| Sentence-final -는데요 | mild surprise, invites a reply | 맛있는데요! (masinneundeyo!) |
-는데 vs -지만 vs -아/어서 (all can mean “but” or link clauses):
| -는데/-(으)ㄴ데 | -지만 | -아/어서 |
|---|
| Core sense | background + soft contrast | plain contrast (but) | cause / “and then” |
| Tone | soft, open, conversational | neutral, clear-cut | neutral |
| Command / question after it? | Yes (가는데 같이 가요) | rare | No |
| Can trail off as an ending? | Yes (-는데요) | No | No |
| Sentence-adverb form | 그런데 / 근데 | 하지만 / 그렇지만 | 그래서 |
Examples
- 지금 도서관에 가는데 같이 갈래요? (Jigeum doseogwane ganeunde gachi gallaeyo?) - I’m going to the library now - want to come with me?
- 어제 명동에 갔는데 사람이 정말 많았어요. (Eoje Myeongdonge ganneunde sarami jeongmal manasseoyo.) - I went to Myeongdong yesterday, and there were really a lot of people.
- 이 가방은 비싼데 별로 안 예뻐요. (I gabang-eun bissande byeollo an yeppeoyo.) - This bag is expensive but not that pretty.
- 열심히 공부했는데 시험을 못 봤어요. (Yeolsimhi gongbuhaenneunde siheomeul mot bwasseoyo.) - I studied hard, but I did badly on the exam.
- 서울에 사는데 부산이 고향이에요. (Seoure saneunde Busani gohyang-ieyo.) - I live in Seoul, but my hometown is Busan.
- 제 동생은 학생인데 저는 회사원이에요. (Je dongsaeng-eun haksaeng-inde jeoneun hoesawon-ieyo.) - My younger sibling is a student, and I’m an office worker.
- 날씨는 추운데 눈은 안 와요. (Nalssineun chuunde nuneun an wayo.) - It’s cold out, but it isn’t snowing.
- 저기요, 예약을 하고 싶은데요. (Jeogiyo, yeyageul hago sipeundeyo.) - Excuse me, I’d like to make a reservation…
- 뭐 좀 물어보고 싶은데요. (Mwo jom mureobogo sipeundeyo.) - I’d like to ask you something…
- 와, 이 김치 정말 맛있는데요! (Wa, i gimchi jeongmal masinneundeyo!) - Wow, this kimchi is really good!
Common mistakes
- 비싸는데 맛없어요. (Bissaneunde madeopseoyo.) -> 비싼데 맛없어요. (Bissande madeopseoyo.) - 비싸다 is an adjective, so it takes -(으)ㄴ데 (비싼데); only verbs and 있다/없다 take -는데.
- 지금 밥을 먹은데 이따 갈게요. (Jigeum babeul meogeunde itta galgeyo.) -> 지금 밥을 먹는데 이따 갈게요. (Jigeum babeul meongneunde itta galgeyo.) - a verb takes -는데 regardless of its 받침; -(으)ㄴ데 is for adjectives, and 먹은데 would be read as a past modifier.
- 어제 갔은데 아무도 없었어요. (Eoje gasseunde amudo eopseosseoyo.) -> 어제 갔는데 아무도 없었어요. (Eoje ganneunde amudo eopseosseoyo.) - after the past -았/었- it is always -는데, never -은데.
- 서울에 살는데 부산이 고향이에요. (Seoure salleunde Busani gohyang-ieyo.) -> 서울에 사는데 부산이 고향이에요. (Seoure saneunde Busani gohyang-ieyo.) - a ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before the ㄴ of -는데 (사는데), exactly as in 삽니다 / 사세요.
- 제 친구이는데 아주 친절해요. (Je chinguineunde aju chinjeolhaeyo.) -> 제 친구인데 아주 친절해요. (Je chinguinde aju chinjeolhaeyo.) - after a noun the copula gives -인데 (이다 + -ㄴ데); the verb ending -는데 does not attach to a noun.
Tips
- Verb or adjective? That single question picks the ending: an action (verb) or 있다/없다 takes -는데; a description (adjective) takes -(으)ㄴ데. In the past the question vanishes - everything becomes -았/었는데.
- -는데 vs -지만. Both translate “but,” but -는데 also sets a scene and lets a command or question follow: 밖에 추운데 나가지 마세요 (bakke chuunde nagaji maseyo, it’s cold out, so don’t go out). Reach for -는데 in conversation; -지만 is flatter and more written.
- The trailing -는데(요)… is the politeness engine of spoken Korean. Leaving the sentence slightly open softens a request, a refusal, or a piece of news and hands the turn back: 예약하고 싶은데요… quietly asks the other person to take it from there.
- 그런데 = 근데 in speech, and it means “but” or “by the way / so anyway” - a topic pivot, not only a contrast. Native conversation runs on 근데; don’t overuse the flat 그리고.
A2 42 / 68
When 은/는, when 이/가
은/는과 이/가의 구별
In short
Both particles can sit on the subject, so the choice is about information, not grammar: 이/가 presents something new or picks out who/what, while 은/는 flags the already-known topic or draws a contrast. Inside a modifier clause, on the complement of 되다/아니다, and on the subject of 있다/없다/필요하다, 이/가 is the particle you need.
The rule
Lesson Marking the subject and the topic: 이/가 and 은/는 gave you the shapes (이/은 after a 받침, 가/는 after a vowel). This lesson is about which to reach for when both would be grammatical.
Step 1 - New information takes 이/가, old information takes 은/는
When a referent enters the discourse for the first time, it is new, so it takes 이/가. Once it is on the table and you say more about it, it is the topic, so it switches to 은/는. This is why stories begin one way and continue another:
옛날에 한 사람이 살았어요. 그 사람은… (Yennare han sarami sarasseoyo. Geu sarameun…) - Long ago there lived a person. That person… First mention 사람이, next mention 사람은.
Step 2 - Question words and their answers take 이/가
An unknown thing can never be your topic, so a question word in subject position uses 이/가 - and the answer that fills the same slot is new information, so it does too:
누가 왔어요? 제가 왔어요. (Nuga wasseoyo? Jega wasseoyo.) - Who came? I came. Answering 저는 왔어요 would be wrong here.
Step 3 - Contrast takes 은/는
은/는 carries a built-in “as for X (as opposed to something else)”. Put it on two nouns to set them against each other:
커피는 좋아하는데 차는 싫어해요. (Keopineun joahaneunde chaneun sireohaeyo.) - I like coffee, but tea I dislike.
The same contrastive 은/는 shows up in negation and comparison: 고기는 안 먹어요 (Gogineun an meogeoyo) - meat I don’t eat (but other things I do).
Step 4 - Inside a clause, only 이/가 survives
은/는 marks a whole-sentence topic, so it cannot live inside a modifier (relative) clause. The subject there must be 이/가:
Modifier clause: [ …이/가 + Verb-(으)ㄴ/는 ] + Noun.
제가 산 책 (jega san chaek) - the book I bought. 저는 산 책 is blocked.
Step 5 - Double marking: topic 은/는 + inner subject 이/가
Many “have / hurt / need / be long” sentences carry both particles - a topic, then a grammatical subject inside the comment. This is normal, not a mistake:
Noun-은/는 + Noun-이/가 + Predicate. 저는 머리가 아파요 (Jeoneun meoriga apayo) - I have a headache (as for me, the head hurts).
Step 6 - Verbs that force 이/가 on their complement
The complement of 되다 (become), 아니다 (not be), and the subject of 있다/없다 (exist/have) and 필요하다 (be needed) take 이/가, never 을/를 and never a bare 은/는:
의사가 됐어요 (uisaga dwaesseoyo) - became a doctor; 시간이 없어요 (sigani eopseoyo) - have no time; 돈이 필요해요 (doni piryohaeyo) - need money.
Step 7 - In casual speech the particle is often dropped
Spoken Korean freely drops both particles: 밥 먹었어요? (Bap meogeosseoyo?) - Did you eat? Dropping neutralizes the topic/subject/contrast distinction, and intonation and context carry it instead - so in writing, put the particle back.
Forms & patterns
The shapes (revision):
| Noun ends in | Subject 이/가 | Topic 은/는 |
|---|
| vowel | 가 - 커피가 (keopiga) | 는 - 커피는 (keopineun) |
| 받침 (consonant, ㄹ included) | 이 - 책이 (chaegi), 서울이 (Seouri) | 은 - 책은 (chaegeun), 서울은 (Seoureun) |
Which one, by situation:
| Situation | Use | Example |
|---|
| Brand-new referent, first mention | 이/가 | 사람이 왔어요 (sarami wasseoyo) |
| Already-known, “as for…” | 은/는 | 그 사람은 갔어요 (geu sarameun gasseoyo) |
| Question word + its answer | 이/가 | 제가 했어요 (jega haesseoyo) |
| Contrast / negation / comparison | 은/는 | 이건 좋고 저건 싫어요 (igeon joko jeogeon sireoyo) |
| Subject inside a modifier clause | 이/가 | 제가 산 책 (jega san chaek) |
| Complement of 되다 / 아니다 | 이/가 | 의사가 됐어요 (uisaga dwaesseoyo) |
| Subject of 있다 / 없다 / 필요하다 | 이/가 | 시간이 없어요 (sigani eopseoyo) |
The double-subject frame (topic + inner subject):
| Topic (은/는) | Inner subject (이/가) | Predicate | Meaning |
|---|
| 저는 (jeoneun) | 머리가 (meoriga) | 아파요 (apayo) | I have a headache |
| 코끼리는 (kokkirineun) | 코가 (koga) | 길어요 (gireoyo) | elephants have long trunks |
| 한국은 (Hangugeun) | 겨울이 (gyeouri) | 추워요 (chuwoyo) | in Korea, winter is cold |
Examples
- 옛날에 공주가 살았어요. 그 공주는 아주 예뻤어요. (Yennare gongjuga sarasseoyo. Geu gongjuneun aju yeppeosseoyo.) - Once there was a princess. The princess was very pretty.
- 누가 케이크를 만들었어요? 제가 만들었어요. (Nuga keikeureul mandeureosseoyo? Jega mandeureosseoyo.) - Who made the cake? I made it.
- 커피는 좋아하는데 차는 싫어해요. (Keopineun joahaneunde chaneun sireohaeyo.) - I like coffee, but tea I dislike.
- 저는 머리가 아파요. (Jeoneun meoriga apayo.) - I have a headache.
- 코끼리는 코가 길어요. (Kokkirineun koga gireoyo.) - Elephants have long trunks.
- 제가 어제 산 옷이에요. (Jega eoje san osieyo.) - These are the clothes I bought yesterday.
- 저는 시간이 없어요. (Jeoneun sigani eopseoyo.) - I don’t have time.
- 저는 커피가 필요해요. (Jeoneun keopiga piryohaeyo.) - I need coffee.
- 동생은 의사가 됐어요. (Dongsaengeun uisaga dwaesseoyo.) - My younger sibling became a doctor.
- 밥 먹었어요? (Bap meogeosseoyo?) - Did you eat? (particle dropped in casual speech)
Common mistakes
- 옛날에 한 사람은 살았어요. (Yennare han sarameun sarasseoyo.) -> 옛날에 한 사람이 살았어요. (Yennare han sarami sarasseoyo.) - A referent appearing for the first time is new information; new = 이/가, not topic 은/는.
- 누가 했어요? 저는 했어요. (Nuga haesseoyo? Jeoneun haesseoyo.) -> 누가 했어요? 제가 했어요. (Nuga haesseoyo? Jega haesseoyo.) - The answer fills the “who” slot with new information, so it takes 이/가 (fused 제가), never 은/는.
- 저는 산 책이에요. (Jeoneun san chaegieyo.) -> 제가 산 책이에요. (Jega san chaegieyo.) - 은/는 is blocked inside a modifier clause; the embedded subject must be 이/가.
- 책는 재미있어요. (Chaekneun jaemiisseoyo.) -> 책은 재미있어요. (Chaegeun jaemiisseoyo.) - 책 ends in the 받침 ㄱ, so the topic particle is 은. Check the actual last syllable every time.
- 저는 돈을 필요해요. (Jeoneun doneul piryohaeyo.) -> 저는 돈이 필요해요. (Jeoneun doni piryohaeyo.) - 필요하다 means is needed, so what you need is its subject: 이/가, not object 을/를.
Tips
- New vs known is the master key. 이/가 puts something on the table or points at it (who did it?); 은/는 comments on what is already there (as for it…). If you could answer “who?” or “what?” with the noun, use 이/가.
- Read 은/는 as “as for”, and hear the contrast in it. Even a lone 커피는 quietly implies “coffee, as opposed to other drinks” - which is exactly why negation and comparison love 은/는.
- A subject inside brackets is always 이/가. The moment a subject sits inside a [ …(으)ㄴ/는 ] 것/책/사람 modifier, 은/는 cannot reach it.
- 저는 X가 sentences are everywhere. Feelings, body, needs and skills use double marking: 저는 머리가 아파요, 저는 시간이 없어요, 저는 한국어가 좋아요. Learn the pattern, not each verb.
A2 43 / 68
Committing and volunteering: -(으)ㄹ게요 and -(으)ㄹ래요
의지와 약속 -(으)ㄹ게요·-(으)ㄹ래요
In short
Two first-person endings that sound alike but do different jobs. -(으)ㄹ게요 is a promise you make to the person in front of you - 제가 할게요 (Jega halgeyo, I’ll do it) - and it is never a neutral forecast. -(으)ㄹ래요 is what you feel like doing, or a casual invitation as a question: 커피 마실래요? (Keopi masillaeyo?, Want some coffee?).
The rule
Step 1 - -(으)ㄹ게요 is a commitment, first person only
You use -(으)ㄹ게요 to volunteer or reassure - to promise the listener that you will do something, decided right now in response to the situation:
Verb stem + -(으)ㄹ게요 -> 제가 할게요 (Jega halgeyo, I’ll do it), 다시 전화할게요 (dasi jeonhwahalgeyo, I’ll call you back).
Two hard limits follow from “it is a promise”:
- Only the speaker can promise. The subject is always I (저/제가). You cannot commit on someone else’s behalf, so a third-person 친구가 올게요 is wrong - use the plan/prediction ending -(으)ㄹ 거예요 (lesson 25) instead.
- It is not a forecast. The weather cannot promise you anything, so 내일 비가 올게요 is wrong; a prediction is 내일 비가 올 거예요 (Naeil biga ol geoyeyo, It’ll probably rain tomorrow).
Say it with a tensed ㄱ - 할게요 (halgeyo) is pronounced [할께요] - but spell it with the plain letter, -게요, exactly like the 거 in 거예요.
Step 2 - -(으)ㄹ래요 is your own will, and a casual invitation
-(으)ㄹ래요 expresses volition - what the speaker wants to do - and as a question it turns into a friendly shall we / do you want to:
- Statement (my will): 저는 안 갈래요 (Jeoneun an gallaeyo, I’d rather not go), 저는 커피 마실래요 (Jeoneun keopi masillaeyo, I’ll have coffee).
- Question (casual invite / asking your wish): 우리 같이 갈래요? (Uri gachi gallaeyo?, Shall we go together?), 뭐 먹을래요? (Mwo meogeullaeyo?, What do you want to eat?).
Register limit: -(으)ㄹ래요 is casual - fine with friends, peers, and juniors, but too blunt for a boss or an elder. To offer something upward, switch to the honorific -(으)시겠어요?: 가시겠어요? (gasigesseoyo?, would you like to go?).
Step 3 - Same -(으)ㄹ attachment, and the negatives
Both endings attach with the ordinary 받침-driven -(으)ㄹ choice: vowel + -ㄹ게요/-ㄹ래요, 받침 + -을게요/-을래요, and a ㄹ-stem just uses its own ㄹ with no 으 (만들다 -> 만들게요, mandeulgeyo).
Negatives sit in their natural slots. For volition, put 안 in front: 안 갈래요 (an gallaeyo, I won’t / I’d rather not). For a promise not to do something, use long-form negation: 가지 않을게요 (gaji aneulgeyo, I won’t go), 다시는 늦지 않을게요 (dasineun neutji aneulgeyo, I won’t be late again).
-(으)ㄹ게요 - the allomorph table:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Dictionary form | -(으)ㄹ게요 | Pronounced |
|---|
| vowel | -ㄹ게요 | 하다 (hada, do) | 할게요 | [할께요] halgeyo |
| 받침 | -을게요 | 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹을게요 | [머글께요] meogeulgeyo |
| ㄹ (no 으) | -ㄹ게요 | 만들다 (mandeulda, make) | 만들게요 | [만들께요] mandeulgeyo |
| ㄷ-irregular | -을게요 | 듣다 (deutda, listen) | 들을게요 | [드를께요] deureulgeyo |
-(으)ㄹ래요 - the allomorph table:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Dictionary form | -(으)ㄹ래요 | Pronounced |
|---|
| vowel | -ㄹ래요 | 가다 (gada, go) | 갈래요 | [갈래요] gallaeyo |
| 받침 | -을래요 | 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹을래요 | [머글래요] meogeullaeyo |
| ㄹ (no 으) | -ㄹ래요 | 만들다 (mandeulda, make) | 만들래요 | [만들래요] mandeullaeyo |
| vowel | -ㄹ래요 | 마시다 (masida, drink) | 마실래요 | [마실래요] masillaeyo |
The four-way contrast (all on 하다):
| Ending | Minimal pair | Person | Responsive to hearer? | Register |
|---|
| -(으)ㄹ게요 | 할게요 (halgeyo) | 1st only | yes - a promise to them | polite, warm |
| -(으)ㄹ 거예요 | 할 거예요 (hal geoyeyo) | any person | no - a set plan or forecast | neutral report |
| -(으)ㄹ래요 | 할래요 (hallaeyo) | 1st (statement) / 2nd (question) | yes - states or asks a preference | casual |
| -겠어요 | 하겠어요 (hagesseoyo) | mostly 1st | somewhat | formal / service speech |
Examples
- 제가 할게요. (Jega halgeyo.) - I’ll do it (let me do it).
- 이따가 다시 전화할게요. (Ittaga dasi jeonhwahalgeyo.) - I’ll call you back in a bit.
- 저 먼저 갈게요. (Jeo meonjeo galgeyo.) - I’ll head out first.
- 제가 도와줄게요. (Jega dowajulgeyo.) - I’ll help you.
- 다시는 늦지 않을게요. (Dasineun neutji aneulgeyo.) - I won’t be late again.
- 저는 커피 마실래요. (Jeoneun keopi masillaeyo.) - I’ll have coffee (that’s what I want).
- 우리 같이 갈래요? (Uri gachi gallaeyo?) - Shall we go together?
- 저는 오늘 안 갈래요. (Jeoneun oneul an gallaeyo.) - I’d rather not go today.
- 뭐 먹을래요? (Mwo meogeullaeyo?) - What do you want to eat?
- 그럼 이걸로 할래요. (Geureom igeollo hallaeyo.) - Then I’ll go with this one.
Common mistakes
- 할께요 -> 할게요 (halgeyo) - The tense sound [께] is real, but the standard spelling keeps the plain ㄱ in the ending -게요, just as 거예요 keeps a plain 거. Say [할께요], write 할게요.
- 내일 비가 올게요. (Naeil biga olgeyo.) -> 내일 비가 올 거예요. (Naeil biga ol geoyeyo.) - -(으)ㄹ게요 is a personal promise; rain cannot promise you anything. A forecast takes the prediction ending -(으)ㄹ 거예요.
- 친구가 올게요. (Chinguga olgeyo.) -> 친구가 올 거예요. (Chinguga ol geoyeyo.) - You can only commit on your own behalf. A third-person subject means you are guessing, so use -(으)ㄹ 거예요.
- 사장님, 같이 갈래요? (Sajangnim, gachi gallaeyo?) -> 사장님, 같이 가시겠어요? (Sajangnim, gachi gasigesseoyo?) - -(으)ㄹ래요? is too casual for a superior; offer upward with the honorific -(으)시겠어요?.
- 읽게요. (ilgeyo.) -> 읽을게요. (ilgeulgeyo.) - After a 받침 the ending is -을게요, not a bare -게요. The (으) is the same 받침 rule you use everywhere.
Tips
- Two questions sort them out. Am I promising you? -> -(으)ㄹ게요. Am I telling you what I feel like? -> -(으)ㄹ래요. And did I already have this plan? -> -(으)ㄹ 거예요 - a report, not a promise.
- -게요 reacts, -ㄹ 거예요 reports. You reach for 할게요 the moment you decide to help; 할 거예요 describes a plan that was already in place. The hearer’s presence is what triggers -게요.
- Keep -(으)ㄹ래요 among equals. It is warm and casual - great with friends, wrong with a boss. Trade it for -(으)시겠어요? the instant you are speaking upward.
- Sound in, spelling out. All of these tense the following consonant - [할께요], [갈래요] - yet you spell them with the plain letters -게요 and -래요. Never spell what you hear.
A2 44 / 68
Speaking casually: 반말 (해체)
반말 해체
In short
반말 (banmal, casual speech), grammatically 해체, is the intimate register you use with close friends, siblings and people clearly younger than you. The shortcut is simple: take your 해요체 form and drop the 요 - 가요 -> 가 (ga), 먹었어요 -> 먹었어 (meogeosseo). A few endings change shape (the copula, the future, “let’s”), and the pronouns switch too. Use it only where the relationship licenses it - defaulting to 반말 with a stranger or an elder is rude.
The rule
Step 1 - Drop 요 and you have 반말
For the vast majority of verbs and adjectives, 반말 is the 해요체 form minus 요. Everything you already learned about 아/어 vowel harmony and its contractions carries straight over.
해요체 form - 요 = 반말
- 가다 -> 가요 -> 가 (ga, go)
- 먹다 -> 먹어요 -> 먹어 (meogeo, eat)
- 하다 -> 해요 -> 해 (hae, do)
- 마시다 -> 마셔요 -> 마셔 (masyeo, drink)
- 있다 -> 있어요 -> 있어 (isseo, there is); 없다 -> 없어 (eopseo, there isn’t)
- Past: 갔어요 -> 갔어 (gasseo, went); 먹었어요 -> 먹었어 (meogeosseo, ate)
Like 해요체, a single 반말 form does statement, question and command - only the intonation differs. There are no separate endings to learn here.
Verb stem + -아/어 = statement (flat), question (rising intonation), or command (falling intonation)
- 가. (ga.) - I’m going. / 가? (ga?) - Are you going? / 가! (ga!) - Go!
A more pointed question can add -니? or -냐? to the stem: 가니? (gani?), 먹니? (meongni?), 가냐? (ganya?). The two are not interchangeable in tone: -니? is the friendlier of the pair - typical of an adult speaking to a child, and used more by women - while -냐? sounds rougher and is common among young men.
Step 3 - The endings that change shape
Three high-frequency endings do not just drop 요; they take a special 반말 form.
- Copula: -(이)야, chosen by the noun’s 받침 - after a vowel -야 (의사야, is a doctor), after a 받침 -이야 (학생이야, is a student). Negative: 아니야 (aniya, is not).
- Future / probability: -(으)ㄹ 거야 - 갈 거야 (gal geoya, will go), 먹을 거야 (meogeul geoya, will eat).
- Propositive (“let’s”): -자 - 가자 (gaja, let’s go), 먹자 (meokja, let’s eat). This one has no 요 form at all; the polite equivalent is 가요 or 갈까요.
Softened requests still take -아/어 줘 (from -아/어 주세요): 도와줘 (dowajwo, help me), and prohibitions use -지 마 (from -지 마세요): 가지 마 (gaji ma, don’t go).
Step 4 - Switch the pronouns and the yes/no words
반말 comes with its own set of person words. The humble 저/제 belongs to polite speech; 반말 uses 나/내가.
- 나 (na, I) -> topic 나는 (naneun), subject 내가 (naega). Never *저는 … 가 - that pairs a humble pronoun with a casual ending and is a register clash.
- 너 (neo, you) -> topic 너는 (neoneun), subject 네가 (nega), colloquially pronounced and even written 니가 (niga) to keep it distinct from 내가.
- Yes: 응 (eung) or 어 (eo). No: 아니 (ani).
Step 5 - Calling someone in 반말
To get attention you say 야 (ya, hey). With a name you add a vocative particle chosen by the name’s 받침: after a vowel -야, after a 받침 -아.
- 민수 (vowel) -> 민수야 (Minsuya); 지혜 (vowel) -> 지혜야 (Jihyeya)
- 민혁 (받침) -> 민혁아 (Minhyeoga); 지훈 (받침) -> 지훈아 (Jihuna)
Step 6 - Who may use it, and the risk
반말 is licensed by age and closeness, and among adults it is normally mutual and agreed: people say 말(을) 놓다 (mareul nota, to drop formal speech) - “말 놓으세요” or “말 편하게 해” invites it. Until that happens, stay in 해요체. Use can also be asymmetric: an adult speaks 반말 down to a child, or a senior to a junior, while the other returns 존댓말 (polite speech). One-sided 반말 between adults reads as a power move. The safe default is always 해요체; drop into 반말 only once the relationship clearly allows it.
Note: the blunt written plain style you meet in books, diaries and headlines - -(느)ㄴ다, -아/어라 (한다체) - is a different paradigm, not spoken 반말. It is taught later in lesson 58.
Drop 요: the 해요체 -> 반말 conversion (statements):
| 해요체 | 반말 | Gloss |
|---|
| 가요 (gayo) | 가 (ga) | go |
| 먹어요 (meogeoyo) | 먹어 (meogeo) | eat |
| 해요 (haeyo) | 해 (hae) | do |
| 마셔요 (masyeoyo) | 마셔 (masyeo) | drink |
| 좋아요 (joayo) | 좋아 (joa) | is good |
| 있어요 (isseoyo) | 있어 (isseo) | there is |
| 갔어요 (gasseoyo) | 갔어 (gasseo) | went |
The endings that change shape (copula chosen by 받침):
| Function | Noun/stem ends in | 반말 ending | Example |
|---|
| Copula | a vowel | -야 | 의사야 (uisaya, is a doctor) |
| Copula | a 받침 | -이야 | 학생이야 (haksaengiya, is a student) |
| Copula, negative | - | 아니야 | 아니야 (aniya, is not) |
| Future | any | -(으)ㄹ 거야 | 갈 거야 (gal geoya, will go) |
| Propositive (“let’s”) | any | -자 | 가자 (gaja, let’s go) |
Sentence types from the 반말 form (가다, 먹다):
| Type | Marker | 가다 | 먹다 |
|---|
| Statement | -아/어 (flat) | 가 (ga) | 먹어 (meogeo) |
| Question | -아/어 (rising) or -니?/-냐? | 가? / 가니? (ga? / gani?) | 먹어? / 먹니? (meogeo? / meongni?) |
| Command | -아/어 (falling) | 가 (ga) | 먹어 (meogeo) |
| Suggestion | -자 | 가자 (gaja) | 먹자 (meokja) |
Pronouns, yes/no and address:
| Polite (존댓말) | Casual (반말) |
|---|
| 저 / 제가 (jeo / jega) | 나 / 내가 (na / naega) |
| 민수 씨 / 선생님 (you) | 너 / 네가 [니가] (neo / nega [niga]) |
| 네 / 예 (yes) | 응 · 어 (eung · eo) |
| 아니요 (no) | 아니 (ani) |
| 저기요 (excuse me) | 야 (ya) + name+아/야 (민혁아 / 민수야) |
Examples
- 나 지금 집에 가. (Na jigeum jibe ga.) - I’m going home now.
- 너 어디야? (Neo eodiya?) - Where are you?
- 우리 내일 같이 밥 먹자. (Uri naeil gachi bap meokja.) - Let’s eat together tomorrow.
- 이거 진짜 맛있어. (Igeo jinjja masisseo.) - This is really delicious.
- 나도 그 영화 봤어. (Nado geu yeonghwa bwasseo.) - I saw that movie too.
- 내일 뭐 할 거야? (Naeil mwo hal geoya?) - What are you going to do tomorrow?
- 민수야, 이거 네가 만들었어? (Minsuya, igeo nega mandeureosseo?) - Minsu, did you make this?
- 응, 내가 만들었어. (Eung, naega mandeureosseo.) - Yeah, I made it.
- 걱정하지 마, 괜찮아. (Geokjeonghaji ma, gwaenchana.) - Don’t worry, it’s okay.
Common mistakes
- 저는 학교에 가. (Jeoneun hakgyoe ga.) -> 나는 학교에 가. (Naneun hakgyoe ga.) - 저 is the humble pronoun of polite speech; 반말 takes 나/내가. Mixing 저 with a casual ending is a register clash.
- 학생야. (Haksaengya.) -> 학생이야. (Haksaengiya.) - After a 받침 the casual copula is -이야, not -야. Bare -야 only follows a vowel (의사야).
- 여기 화장실이야? (Yeogi hwajangsiriya?) -> 여기 화장실 있어? (Yeogi hwajangsil isseo?) - Use 있어 for existence (“is there a…?”); 화장실이야? means “is it a bathroom?” (identity). This is the 있어 vs 이야 split.
- 가자요. (Gajayo.) -> 가자. (Gaja.) - -자 is already casual and takes no 요; there is no *-자요. To be polite, use 가요 or 갈까요 instead.
- 선생님, 뭐 해? (Seonsaengnim, mwo hae?) -> 선생님, 뭐 하세요? (Seonsaengnim, mwo haseyo?) - 반말 to someone older or senior is rude; keep 존댓말 upward, even when they use 반말 to you (asymmetric use).
Tips
- The one-move shortcut: drop 요. Almost every 반말 form is just your 해요체 form with 요 removed (먹었어요 -> 먹었어). Memorise only the three that resist it: the copula (-이야/-야, not *-이에), the future (-거야) and “let’s” (-자).
- 반말 is earned, not assumed. Never open with it to a stranger or an elder. Wait for the other person to say 말 놓으세요 / 말 편하게 해, or offer it yourself - until then 해요체 is always safe.
- It is often one-directional. Adults speak 반말 down to children and seniors to juniors, while the other side answers in 존댓말. Between peers it should be mutual; one-sided 반말 among adults sounds like a power play.
- Don’t confuse casual with plain-written. Spoken casual is 해 / 가; the -(느)ㄴ다 / -아/어라 you see in print is the separate 한다체 written style (lesson 58), not conversation.
A2 45 / 68
The two honorific axes: whom you speak TO vs whom you speak ABOUT
청자 높임과 주체 높임의 두 축
In short
Korean respect runs on independent dials. The sentence ending honors the person you speak TO - 청자 높임 (cheongja nopim): 합쇼체 / 해요체 / 해체. The marker -(으)시- with 께서 honors the person you speak ABOUT - 주체 높임 (juche nopim). And 께 with 드리다 / 뵙다 honors the person the action is aimed AT - 객체 높임 (gaekche nopim). Set each dial for its own target: you can be casual with a friend and still keep Grandpa’s -(으)시- turned up.
The rule
You already know the pieces separately - 해요체 (lesson 12), 합쇼체 (lesson 27), 반말 (lesson 44), and -(으)시- (lesson 22). This lesson is the grid: how they combine, one axis never forcing another.
Step 1 - Three questions, three axes
Before you build a sentence, ask three separate questions and answer each on its own dial:
- Whom am I talking TO? -> the ending. Verb + -습니다/-ㅂ니다 (합쇼체) / -아/어요 (해요체) / -아/어 (해체).
- Whom is the sentence ABOUT (the doer)? -> -(으)시- on the stem, 이/가 -> 께서, -님 on the title.
- Whom is the action aimed AT (the recipient)? -> 에게/한테 -> 께, and the special verbs 드리다, 뵙다, 여쭙다, 모시다.
Step 2 - The listener axis and the subject axis are a grid
The ending and -(으)시- move completely independently. Take the sentence Grandpa came and turn the two dials separately - the same subject respect survives at every listener level, and the plain subject friend never gets -(으)시-:
- Formal + honored: 할아버지께서 오셨습니다. (Harabeojikkeseo osyeotseumnida.)
- Polite + honored: 할아버지께서 오셨어요. (Harabeojikkeseo osyeosseoyo.)
- Casual + honored (to a close friend): 할아버지 오셨어. (Harabeoji osyeosseo.) - the listener dial is all the way down, but Grandpa still gets -(으)시-. In 반말, 께서 usually drops to the bare noun while -(으)시- stays.
- Casual + plain: 친구가 왔어. (Chinguga wasseo.)
The two errors that prove the axes are separate: 저는 가세요 honors yourself (the subject dial pointed the wrong way), and 할아버지가 왔어 drops the subject dial that should stay up. Fix them to 저는 가요 and 할아버지 오셨어.
Step 3 - Object honorification is the third axis
A separate move raises the person the action lands on - the one you give to, meet, ask, or escort. A small set of verbs swaps for a special form, and where the honored person is a dative recipient the particle 에게/한테 rises to 께 as well. This is 객체 높임, and it is independent of who is doing the action:
저 (plain subject) + Noun + 께 + 드리다/여쭙다 - 제가 사장님께 말씀드려요. (Jega sajangnimkke malsseumdeuryeoyo.) - I speak to the boss. Here you (저) are not honored, but the boss, as the target, is.
Watch the particle: 드리다 and 여쭙다 take 께, but 뵙다 and 모시다 take a plain object - the dictionary defines them as 웃어른을 대하여 보다 and 웃어른을 받들다 - so it is 교수님을 뵈러 가요, never 교수님께 뵈러 가요.
Step 4 - 압존법 and its modern retreat
압존법 (apjonbeop) is the traditional rule that you do not raise a middle-ranked subject when speaking to someone even higher. Talking to your grandfather about your father, the classic form leaves the father un-honored: 할아버지, 아버지 아직 안 왔어요 (not 안 오셨어요). Today this has mostly retreated: the 국립국어원 standard (표준 언어 예절, 2011) makes “no 압존법 at work” the rule, so you honor your boss even when speaking to a higher boss - 부장님, 김 과장님 벌써 가셨어요 (the 과장 keeps -(으)시- in front of the 부장). 압존법 now survives mainly inside the family - even the military dropped it officially (국방부 지침, 2016), though some units still keep it informally. In a company, keep the middle person’s honorific.
The grid - listener axis (columns) x subject axis (rows):
| Subject | 합쇼체 (formal) | 해요체 (polite) | 해체 / 반말 (casual) |
|---|
| honored - “Grandpa came” | 할아버지께서 오셨습니다 (Harabeojikkeseo osyeotseumnida) | 할아버지께서 오셨어요 (Harabeojikkeseo osyeosseoyo) | 할아버지 오셨어 (Harabeoji osyeosseo) |
| plain - “A friend came” | 친구가 왔습니다 (Chinguga watseumnida) | 친구가 왔어요 (Chinguga wasseoyo) | 친구가 왔어 (Chinguga wasseo) |
Object honorification (객체 높임) - when the action is aimed at a superior:
| Function | Plain | Object-honoring |
|---|
| dative particle | 에게 / 한테 | 께 (kke) |
| give | 주다 (juda) | 드리다 (deurida) |
| meet, see | 만나다 / 보다 (mannada / boda) | 뵙다 / 뵈다 (boepda / boeda) |
| ask | 묻다 (mutda) | 여쭙다 / 여쭈다 (yeojjupda / yeojjuda) |
| take along, escort | 데리고 가다 (derigo gada) | 모시고 가다 (mosigo gada) |
| tell, say | 말하다 (malhada) | 말씀드리다 (malsseumdeurida) |
Decision matrix - relationship x setting -> register pair:
| Situation | Listener register | Subject -(으)시-? |
|---|
| broadcast, presentation, interview, an audience | 합쇼체 | as the facts require |
| an elder, a customer, a stranger, a new colleague | 해요체 | on them, if they are the subject |
| a close friend or a younger sibling | 해체 (반말) | only if the subject is someone senior |
| serving a customer | 합쇼체 or 해요체 | on the customer |
Examples
- 할아버지께서 오셨어요. (Harabeojikkeseo osyeosseoyo.) - Grandfather has arrived. (subject up, listener polite)
- 할아버지 오셨어. (Harabeoji osyeosseo.) - Grandpa’s here. (same subject respect, but casual to a friend)
- 사장님께서 지금 회의에 계십니다. (Sajangnimkkeseo jigeum hoeuie gyesimnida.) - The boss is in the meeting now. (formal listener + subject honored)
- 제가 부장님께 서류를 드렸어요. (Jega bujangnimkke seoryureul deuryeosseoyo.) - I handed the documents to the manager. (object up: 께 + 드리다; the subject 저 stays plain)
- 내일 교수님을 뵈러 가요. (Naeil gyosunimeul boereo gayo.) - I’m going to see the professor tomorrow. (object up: 뵈다)
- 할머니께 한번 여쭤볼게요. (Halmeonikke hanbeon yeojjwobolgeyo.) - I’ll ask Grandmother about it sometime. (object up: 께 + 여쭙다)
- 할아버지, 아버지 아직 안 왔어요. (Harabeoji, abeoji ajik an wasseoyo.) - Grandpa, Dad isn’t back yet. (압존법: speaking to Grandpa, Father is left un-honored)
- 저는 먼저 갈게요. (Jeoneun meonjeo galgeyo.) - I’ll head off first. (you never honor yourself)
Common mistakes
- 저는 지금 가세요. (Jeoneun jigeum gaseyo.) -> 저는 지금 가요. (Jeoneun jigeum gayo.) - The subject dial points only at others; never turn -(으)시- on 저.
- 할아버지가 왔어. (Harabeojiga wasseo.) -> 할아버지 오셨어. (Harabeoji osyeosseo.) - Being casual (해체) lowers only the listener dial. Grandpa is still the subject, so -(으)시- stays (and 께서 drops to the bare noun).
- 제가 선생님께 선물을 주셨어요. (Jega seonsaengnimkke seonmureul jusyeosseoyo.) -> 제가 선생님께 선물을 드렸어요. (Jega seonsaengnimkke seonmureul deuryeosseoyo.) - -(으)시- here would honor the subject (저 = you), which is wrong; to raise the recipient, use the object-honoring verb 드리다.
- 선생님한테 물어봤어요. (Seonsaengnimhante mureobwasseoyo.) -> 선생님께 여쭤봤어요. (Seonsaengnimkke yeojjwobwasseoyo.) - A respected recipient triggers object honorification together: 한테/에게 rises to 께 and 묻다 becomes 여쭙다.
Tips
- Three dials, set independently. Listener (the ending), subject (-(으)시- / 께서), object (께 / 드리다 / 뵙다). Turn each dial only for the person it actually points at, and check them one at a time.
- Casual is not disrespectful of the subject. Saying 할아버지 오셨어 to your sibling is completely normal - you are casual with your sibling (listener) yet still respectful of Grandpa (subject). The two never have to match.
- 압존법 is retreating - default to raising the middle person. In a modern workplace, honor your boss even in front of a higher boss. The old “don’t raise the middle person” rule now lives on mainly inside the family.
- Yourself is always the floor. 저 / 제, and the humble verbs 드리다, 뵙다, 여쭙다, 모시다 - but never -(으)시- on your own actions.
A2 46 / 68
Spacing and spelling conventions
띄어쓰기와 맞춤법
In short
Korean spacing (띄어쓰기, ttuieosseugi) carries meaning, and one rule does most of the work: particles and endings attach with no space, but bound nouns and counters take a space. On top of that, a small set of spelling (맞춤법, matchumbeop) pairs - 되/돼, 안/않, -이에요/-예요 - trip up even native writers, so learn them as fixed choices.
The rule
Korean is written with spaces between words, but “word” is not obvious when everything stacks onto a stem. Use these tests.
Step 1 - Particles and endings attach; never space them
A 조사 (josa, particle) glues to its noun even when several stack, and a verb ending glues to its stem:
Noun + 조사(들) (attached). 학교에서만은 (hakgyoeseomaneun) - at school, at least (as opposed to elsewhere); here 에서 + 만 + 은 all ride on 학교 with no spaces. 먹었어요 (meogeosseoyo) - ate; 먹 + 었 + 어요 is one written word.
Step 2 - Bound nouns (의존명사) take a space
A 의존명사 (uijonmyeongsa, dependent noun) cannot stand alone, but it is still a noun, so it is written separately from the modifier in front. The giveaway: a modifier ending -(으)ㄹ / -는 / -(으)ㄴ sits before it.
Verb-(으)ㄹ + 수 + 있다. 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo) - can do. Others: 먹는 것 (meongneun geot) - the thing one eats; 갈 때 (gal ttae) - when going; 간 적이 있다 (gan jeogi itda) - have been / have done; 온 지 (on ji) - since coming.
Step 3 - A number and its counter are spaced
한글 맞춤법 제43항: a noun naming a unit is written separately from its number: 열 개 (yeol gae) - ten (items); 세 시 (se si) - three o’clock; 한 번 (han beon) - one time; 몇 개 (myeot gae) - how many. (제43항 다만: after a digit, or in an ordinal, the unit may be joined - 2개, 제1과, 삼학년.) Contrast 한 번 (one time, counted) with the single word 한번 (hanbeon) - sometime / give it a try.
Step 4 - Auxiliary verbs (보조용언) are usually spaced
한글 맞춤법 제47항: spacing the auxiliary is the rule (원칙), and joining it is allowed (허용) after a -아/어 form: 도와 주다 = 도와주다 (dowa juda, dowajuda) - to help; 읽어 보다 = 읽어보다 (ilgeo boda, ilgeoboda) - to give it a read. That permission does not reach -고 있다, so 하고 있어요 (hago isseoyo) - is doing - is always spaced.
Step 5 - Negation spacing changes the meaning
The adverbs 안 and 못 are separate words, so 안 하다 (an hada) - does not do and 못 하다 (mot hada) - cannot do it (this time) are spaced. But 안되다 (andoeda) - to go wrong / turn out badly and 못하다 (motada) - to be bad at are single lexical words. Keep 안 되다 (an doeda) - does not become apart from 안되다.
Step 6 - Determiners are spaced, but 이것/그것/저것 are one word
The demonstrative determiners 이/그/저 modify a following noun and are spaced: 이 사람 (i saram) - this person, 그 책 (geu chaek) - that book. Fused pronouns are single words: 이것 (igeot) - this thing, 저것 (jeogeot) - that (over there).
Step 7 - Same syllable: particle (attached) vs bound noun (spaced)
대로 / 뿐 / 만큼 attach as particles after a noun, but are spaced as bound nouns after a verb modifier. And 및 (mit) - and and 등 (deung) - etc. are always spaced: 책 및 공책 (chaek mit gongchaek), 사과, 배 등 (sagwa, bae deung).
Attach or space - the master table:
| Element | Space? | Example |
|---|
| Particle 조사 | attached | 학교에서만은 (hakgyoeseomaneun) |
| Verb ending 어미 | attached | 먹었어요 (meogeosseoyo) |
| Bound noun 의존명사 | spaced | 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo) |
| Number + counter | spaced | 열 개 (yeol gae), 세 시 (se si) |
| Determiner 이/그/저 + noun | spaced | 이 사람 (i saram) |
| Fused pronoun | one word | 이것 (igeot) |
Same word, two jobs - particle vs bound noun:
| Word | After a noun (particle, attached) | After a modifier (bound noun, spaced) |
|---|
| 대로 | 법대로 (beopdaero) - by the law | 아는 대로 (aneun daero) - as far as one knows |
| 뿐 | 학생뿐 (haksaengppun) - only a student | 할 뿐 (hal ppun) - merely do |
| 만큼 | 너만큼 (neomankeum) - as much as you | 아는 만큼 (aneun mankeum) - as much as one knows |
The high-frequency spelling traps (맞춤법):
| Pair | Rule of thumb | Right forms |
|---|
| 되 / 돼 | 돼 = 되어 contracted; substitute 하/해 (해 fits -> 돼, 하 fits -> 되) | 안 돼요 (an dwaeyo), 되고 (doego) |
| 안 / 않 | 안 = free adverb not; 않 lives only inside -지 않다 | 안 가요 (an gayo), 가지 않아요 (gaji anayo) |
| 왠지 / 웬 | 왠지 (waenji) somehow is one fixed word; else 웬 (wen) what kind of | 왠지 슬퍼요 (waenji seulpeoyo), 웬일이에요? (wennirieyo?) |
| -이에요 / -예요 | after a 받침 use 이에요; after a vowel it contracts to 예요 | 책이에요 (chaegieyo), 커피예요 (keopiyeyo) |
| 낫다 / 낳다 | 낫다 (natda) be better / recover; 낳다 (nata) give birth | 감기가 나았어요 (gamgiga naasseoyo), 아기를 낳았어요 (agireul naasseoyo) - same sound, different word |
Examples
- 저는 한국어를 조금 할 수 있어요. (Jeoneun Hangugeoreul jogeum hal su isseoyo.) - I can speak a little Korean.
- 여기 앉아도 돼요? (Yeogi anjado dwaeyo?) - May I sit here?
- 사과 열 개 주세요. (Sagwa yeol gae juseyo.) - Ten apples, please.
- 지금 세 시예요. (Jigeum se siyeyo.) - It’s three o’clock now.
- 한국에 온 지 오래됐어요. (Hanguge on ji oraedwaesseoyo.) - It’s been a long time since I came to Korea.
- 한 번 더 말해 주세요. (Han beon deo malhae juseyo.) - Please say it one more time.
- 이 사람은 제 친구예요. (I sarameun je chinguyeyo.) - This person is my friend.
- 아직 밥을 안 먹었어요. (Ajik babeul an meogeosseoyo.) - I haven’t eaten yet.
- 저는 요리를 잘 못해요. (Jeoneun yorireul jal motaeyo.) - I’m bad at cooking.
- 지금 친구를 도와주고 있어요. (Jigeum chingureul dowajugo isseoyo.) - I’m helping a friend right now.
Common mistakes
- 할수있어요 (halsuisseoyo) -> 할 수 있어요 (hal su isseoyo) - 수 is a bound noun, so this takes two spaces; it never fuses into one word.
- 안 되요 (an doeyo) -> 안 돼요 (an dwaeyo) - the ending -요 needs the 어 of 되어, so 되어요 contracts to 돼요, never 되요.
- 공부를 않 해요 (gongbureul anh haeyo) -> 공부를 안 해요 (gongbureul an haeyo) - 안 is the free adverb not (spaced); 않 only appears bound inside -지 않다.
- 커피이에요 (keopiieyo) -> 커피예요 (keopiyeyo) - after a vowel-final noun 이에요 contracts to 예요; the full 이에요 is only for 받침-final nouns (책이에요).
- 열개 주세요 (yeolgae juseyo) -> 열 개 주세요 (yeol gae juseyo) - a counter is a bound noun, spaced from its number: 열 개, 세 시, 한 번.
Tips
- Test 되/돼 by swapping in 하/해. Wherever the sound of 해 fits, write 돼; wherever 하 fits, write 되. 안 돼요 (해요 fits) but 되고 싶어요 (하고 fits). This one substitution settles the most common Korean typo.
- “Can I say it alone?” If a chunk can never stand by itself yet a modifier ending -(으)ㄹ/-는/-(으)ㄴ sits in front of it - 수, 것, 때, 적, 지, 번 - it is a bound noun, so give it a space.
- 안 vs 않: 안 is a whole word you could pause after (안… 가요); 않 can never open a word-slot, it only ever hides inside -지 않다. When unsure, rebuild the sentence with -지 않다 and see if 않 belongs.
- TOPIK II 쓰기 grades this. The 언어 사용 (language use) band of the writing rubric scores 맞춤법, and 띄어쓰기 is judged as part of it, so a missing space in 할 수 있어요 or a stray 되요 costs real points - proofread specifically for them.
B1 47 / 68
Guessing: -(으)ㄴ/는/-(으)ㄹ 것 같다, -나 보다, -(으)ㄹ 텐데
추측 -것 같다·-나 보다·-(으)ㄹ 텐데
In short
Korean marks how sure you are and what your guess rests on. -(으)ㄴ/는/-(으)ㄹ 것 같다 is the all-purpose “I think / it seems” hedge; -나 보다 / -(으)ㄴ가 보다 says “apparently”, inferred from outside evidence; -(으)ㄹ 텐데 / -(으)ㄹ 테니까 adds a supposition with concern or with grounds. 비가 올 것 같아요 / 누가 왔나 봐요 / 바쁠 텐데 고마워요.
The rule
Step 1 - 것 같다: the everyday hedge, tensed on the modifier
This is just the modifier endings from lesson 24 plus the bound noun 것 (“thing”) plus 같다 (“to be like”). The tense and the word class live on the modifier, and 같다 normally stays present as 같아요:
Modifier form + 것 (space!) + 같아요
- 동사 now -> -는 것 같다: 가다 -> 가는 것 같아요 (ganeun geot gatayo, seems to be going).
- 동사 past -> -(으)ㄴ 것 같다: 먹다 -> 먹은 것 같아요 (meogeun geot gatayo, seems to have eaten).
- 동사 future / weak guess -> -(으)ㄹ 것 같다: 오다 -> 올 것 같아요 (ol geot gatayo, looks like it’ll come).
- 형용사 -> -(으)ㄴ 것 같다: 좋다 -> 좋은 것 같아요 (joeun geot gatayo, I think it’s good).
- 이다 -> -인 것 같다: 학생이다 -> 학생인 것 같아요 (haksaengin geot gatayo, seems to be a student).
Because 것 is a bound noun it keeps a space before it, and the following 같- tenses to [까], so 올 것 같아요 sounds like [올껃까타요]. This is also Korean’s favourite politeness hedge: a bare 좋아요 can sound blunt, so speakers soften even a firm opinion to 좋은 것 같아요 (I think it’s good).
Step 2 - -나 보다 / -(으)ㄴ가 보다: “apparently”, from outside evidence
Use this when you draw a conclusion from something you observe - a sound, a sight, someone’s face - not from inside knowledge:
동사 + -나 보다 ; 형용사·이다 + -(으)ㄴ가 보다 (auxiliary 보다 -> 봐요)
누가 왔나 봐요 (nuga wanna bwayo, someone must have come); 밖에 사람이 많은가 봐요 (bakke sarami maneunga bwayo, there must be a lot of people outside). Crucially it is never used about your own current state - you already know it. *저는 배가 고픈가 봐요 is wrong; just say 저는 배가 고파요.
Step 3 - -(으)ㄹ 텐데 / -(으)ㄹ 테니까: a supposition, plus concern or grounds
Both build on 터 (“expectation”) + 이다. -(으)ㄹ 텐데 floats a supposition and adds concern, regret, or contrast, and it often trails off:
Verb/Adjective stem + -(으)ㄹ 텐데 -> 많이 바쁠 텐데 도와줘서 고마워요 (you must be busy, yet thanks for helping).
-(으)ㄹ 테니까 offers the supposition (or your own intention) as grounds for what follows: 길이 막힐 테니까 지하철로 가요 (the roads will be jammed, so let’s take the subway); with a 1st-person subject it is a promise-as-grounds: 제가 준비할 테니까 걱정하지 마세요 (I’ll get it ready, so don’t worry).
Step 4 - The rest of the certainty scale
- -(으)ㄹ지도 모르다 = a low-probability “might, possibly”: 오후에 비가 올지도 몰라요 (ohue biga oljido mollayo, it might rain this afternoon).
- -겠- (from lesson 25) is a snap inference from evidence right in front of you: 힘들겠어요 (himdeulgesseoyo, that must be hard).
- -(으)ㄴ 듯하다 is the formal / written twin of 것 같다: 비가 온 듯해요 (biga on deutaeyo, it appears to have rained).
것 같다 by word class and tense (tense sits on the modifier; 같아요 stays present):
| Class | Nuance | Ending | Dictionary -> 것 같다 | Gloss |
|---|
| 동사 | happening now | -는 것 같다 | 가다 -> 가는 것 같아요 | seems to be going |
| 동사 | already happened | -(으)ㄴ 것 같다 | 먹다 -> 먹은 것 같아요 | seems to have eaten |
| 동사 | future / weak guess | -(으)ㄹ 것 같다 | 오다 -> 올 것 같아요 | looks like it’ll come |
| 형용사 | present state | -(으)ㄴ 것 같다 | 좋다 -> 좋은 것 같아요 | I think it’s good |
| 이다 | identity | -인 것 같다 | 학생이다 -> 학생인 것 같아요 | seems to be a student |
-나 보다 / -(으)ㄴ가 보다 - what it attaches to:
| Attaches to | Ending | Example | Gloss |
|---|
| 동사, present | -나 보다 | 자다 -> 자나 봐요 (jana bwayo) | must be sleeping |
| 동사·형용사, past | -았/었나 보다 | 자다 -> 잤나 봐요 (janna bwayo) | must have slept |
| 형용사 | -(으)ㄴ가 보다 | 바쁘다 -> 바쁜가 봐요 (bappeunga bwayo) | must be busy |
| 이다 | -인가 보다 | 학생이다 -> 학생인가 봐요 (haksaenginga bwayo) | must be a student |
Certainty scale, strongest to weakest:
| Form | Strength | What it rests on |
|---|
| -(으)ㄹ 거예요 | high | a settled plan or broad pattern (lesson 25) |
| -겠어요 | high | immediate evidence in front of you |
| -나 보다 / -(으)ㄴ가 보다 | mid-high | something you observed -> inference |
| -(으)ㄴ/는 것 같다 | mid | ”I think / it seems” (soft hedge) |
| -(으)ㄹ 것 같다 | mid-low | a tentative guess about what’s ahead |
| -(으)ㄹ지도 모르다 | low | a bare possibility, “might” |
Examples
- 오늘 비가 올 것 같아요. (Oneul biga ol geot gatayo.) - It looks like it’ll rain today.
- 그 영화는 재미있는 것 같아요. (Geu yeonghwaneun jaemiinneun geot gatayo.) - I think that movie is fun.
- 그분은 한국 사람인 것 같아요. (Geubuneun Hanguk saramin geot gatayo.) - I think that person is Korean.
- 옆집에 누가 이사 왔나 봐요. (Yeopjibe nuga isa wanna bwayo.) - Someone must have moved in next door.
- 시험이 어려웠나 봐요. (Siheomi eoryeowonna bwayo.) - The exam must have been hard.
- 밖에 사람이 많은가 봐요. (Bakke sarami maneunga bwayo.) - There must be a lot of people outside.
- 많이 바쁠 텐데 도와줘서 고마워요. (Mani bappeul tende dowajwoseo gomawoyo.) - You must be busy, so thanks for helping.
- 길이 막힐 테니까 지하철로 가요. (Giri makil tenikka jihacheollo gayo.) - The roads will be jammed, so let’s take the subway.
- 제가 준비할 테니까 걱정하지 마세요. (Jega junbihal tenikka geokjeonghaji maseyo.) - I’ll get it ready, so don’t worry.
- 오후에 비가 올지도 몰라요. (Ohue biga oljido mollayo.) - It might rain this afternoon.
Common mistakes
- 좋는 것 같아요 (jonneun geot gatayo) -> 좋은 것 같아요 (joeun geot gatayo) - 좋다 is an adjective, so its present modifier is -(으)ㄴ (좋은), never the verb’s -는. (But 있다-type adjectives keep -는: 재미있는 것 같아요.)
- 그 사람은 벌써 가는 것 같았어요 -> 그 사람은 벌써 간 것 같아요 (Geu sarameun beolsseo gan geot gatayo) - put the past on the modifier (간), and leave 같다 present; don’t shift the tense onto 같았어요.
- 저는 배가 고픈가 봐요 -> 저는 배가 고파요 (Jeoneun baega gopayo) - -(으)ㄴ가 보다 infers someone else’s state from evidence; you know your own hunger directly, so state it plainly.
- 날씨가 춥나 봐요 -> 날씨가 추운가 봐요 (Nalssiga chuunga bwayo) - 춥다 is a (ㅂ-irregular) adjective, so it takes -(으)ㄴ가 보다 -> 추운가, not the verb’s -나.
- 올것 같아요 (olgeot gatayo) -> 올 것 같아요 (ol geot gatayo) - 것 is a bound noun and always keeps a space before it, exactly like 할 수 있어요 and 갈 텐데.
Tips
- Tense lives on the modifier, class decides its shape. Choose 는/(으)ㄴ/(으)ㄹ for now/past/future, pick the verb or adjective column - then let 같아요 stay present. That one habit fixes most 것 같다 errors.
- 것 같다 is a courtesy, not just a guess. Koreans hedge firm opinions to sound modest: 좋은 것 같아요 is softer and more polite than a flat 좋아요. Overusing the blunt form can sound pushy.
- -나 보다 = “not my info.” Reserve it for what you deduce about others or the outside world. Never your own feelings, hunger, or pain - those you simply report.
- 텐데 left hanging is sympathy. 힘드셨을 텐데… trailing off is a warm, complete-in-itself “you must have had a hard time…” - the concern lives in the unfinished ending.
B1 48 / 68
Managing the conversation: -잖아요 and -거든요
담화 관리 종결 어미 -잖아요·-거든요
In short
These two endings manage what your listener already knows. -잖아요 appeals to shared knowledge - “you know this, remember?” (어제 말했잖아요, I told you yesterday). -거든요 does the opposite: it hands over background the listener does NOT have, usually as a reason - “you see…” (차가 막히거든요, the traffic’s jammed, you see). Both attach straight to the stem, with no 으 buffer.
The rule
Step 1 - -잖아요: “you already know this”
Add -잖아요 straight to any stem (동사, 형용사 or 이다) - no 으 buffer, no part-of-speech split. It presents the fact as something the listener can already see or has already been told, and gently points them back to it: 비가 오잖아요 (biga ojanayo, it’s raining, look), 지금 바쁘잖아요 (jigeum bappeujanayo, I’m busy right now, as you can see). Past just stacks on the stem: 어제 말했잖아요 (eoje malhaetjanayo, I told you yesterday, remember).
Because it presupposes the listener knows, it easily carries a reproachful edge - “you should have remembered.” That is fine among equals over genuinely shared ground, but using -잖아요 for something the listener cannot know comes across as accusing them of forgetting - see the Tips.
Step 2 - -거든요: “here’s what you don’t know”
-거든요 also attaches straight to the stem, but it delivers new information the listener lacks, most often the reason or background behind what you just said. It typically follows a first sentence and projects a continuation - you say your point, then explain: 좀 늦을 것 같아요. 차가 막히거든요 (jom neujeul geot gatayo. chaga makigeodeunyo, I might be a bit late. The traffic’s jammed, you see). Used mid-conversation it sets up a story you are about to expand: 제가 요즘 운동을 하거든요. 그래서… (jega yojeum undongeul hageodeunyo. geuraeseo…, I’ve been exercising lately, you see. So…).
Step 3 - place them against the neighbours
The choice is about who holds the information: Stem + -지요? (lesson 40) assumes you both know and fishes for a nod; -잖아요 assumes they know and reminds them; -거든요 assumes they don’t and tells them; -는데요 (lesson 41) trails off and hands the floor back for a reply. And note the split with plain cause -아/어서 (lesson 28): -아/어서 joins two clauses inside one sentence, while -거든요 closes its own sentence and frames the reason as news.
-잖아요 - straight onto the stem, no 으, no part-of-speech split:
| Base | Stem + -잖아요 | Reads as |
|---|
| 동사 가다 (gada) | 가잖아요 (gajanayo) | you know we go / it goes |
| 동사 먹다 (meokda) | 먹잖아요 (meokjanayo) | you know one eats it |
| 형용사 바쁘다 (bappeuda) | 바쁘잖아요 (bappeujanayo) | you can see it’s busy |
| 이다 (consonant) 학생이다 | 학생이잖아요 (haksaengijanayo) | you know they’re a student |
| 이다 (vowel) 친구(이)다 | 친구잖아요 (chingujanayo) | you know they’re a friend |
| 과거 하다 -> 했- | 했잖아요 (haetjanayo) | you know I did it |
A ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ: 살다 -> 살잖아요 (saljanayo).
-거든요 - same attachment, opposite epistemics:
| Base | Stem + -거든요 | Reads as |
|---|
| 동사 가다 (gada) | 가거든요 (gageodeunyo) | the thing is, I’m going |
| 동사 먹다 (meokda) | 먹거든요 (meokgeodeunyo) | you see, I eat it |
| 형용사 좋다 (jota) | 좋거든요 (jokeodeunyo) | you see, it’s good |
| 이다 (consonant) 학생이다 | 학생이거든요 (haksaengigeodeunyo) | the thing is, I’m a student |
| 과거 있다 -> 있었- | 있었거든요 (isseotgeodeunyo) | you see, there was one |
ㄹ-stem again keeps its ㄹ: 알다 -> 알거든요 (algeodeunyo).
Same fact (비가 오다, to rain), five stances - who is assumed to know:
| Ending | Example | Who holds the info |
|---|
| -아/어요 | 비가 와요 (biga wayo) | plain statement |
| -지요? | 비가 오지요? (biga ojiyo?) | you both assume it - nod expected |
| -잖아요 | 비가 오잖아요 (biga ojanayo) | listener already knows - you remind |
| -거든요 | 비가 오거든요 (biga ogeodeunyo) | listener does not - you inform |
| -는데요 | 비가 오는데요 (biga oneundeyo) | trailing - you hand back for a reply |
Examples
- 어제 제가 말했잖아요. (Eoje jega malhaetjanayo.) - I told you yesterday, remember?
- 지금 바쁘잖아요. 나중에 얘기해요. (Jigeum bappeujanayo. Najunge yaegihaeyo.) - I’m busy right now, you can see. Let’s talk later.
- 오늘은 일요일이잖아요. (Oneureun iryoirijanayo.) - Today is Sunday, remember.
- 그건 제가 벌써 했잖아요. (Geugeon jega beolsseo haetjanayo.) - I already did that one, remember.
- 좀 늦을 것 같아요. 차가 막히거든요. (Jom neujeul geot gatayo. Chaga makigeodeunyo.) - I might be a bit late. The traffic’s jammed, you see.
- 오늘은 일찍 갈게요. 약속이 있거든요. (Oneureun iljjik galgeyo. Yaksogi itgeodeunyo.) - I’ll leave early today. I have an appointment, you see.
- 저 그 사람 알거든요. (Jeo geu saram algeodeunyo.) - Actually, I know that person.
- 그 식당 자주 가요. 정말 맛있거든요. (Geu sikdang jaju gayo. Jeongmal masitgeodeunyo.) - I go to that restaurant a lot. It’s really delicious, you see.
- 제가 요즘 운동을 하거든요. 그래서 아침에 바빠요. (Jega yojeum undongeul hageodeunyo. Geuraeseo achime bappayo.) - I’ve been exercising lately, you see. That’s why I’m busy in the mornings.
Common mistakes
- 먹으잖아요. (Meogeujanayo.) -> 먹잖아요. (Meokjanayo.) - -잖아요 goes straight onto the stem; there is no 으 buffer, even after a 받침. The same holds for -거든요 (먹거든요, not 먹으거든요).
- 저 어제 이사했잖아요. (Jeo eoje isahaetjanayo.) -> 저 어제 이사했거든요. (Jeo eoje isahaetgeodeunyo.) - if the news is genuinely new to the listener, use -거든요 (they don’t know); -잖아요 claims they already do, and forcing it onto something they can’t know sounds accusatory.
- 차가 막히거든요 늦었어요. (Chaga makigeodeunyo neujeosseoyo.) -> 차가 막혀서 늦었어요. (Chaga makyeoseo neujeosseoyo.) - -거든요 ends its own sentence; to join “traffic jammed” and “I was late” inside one sentence, use plain cause -아/어서.
- 가잖았어요. (Gajanasseoyo.) -> 갔잖아요. (Gatjanayo.) - put the past -았/었- on the stem (갔-), then add -잖아요; the ending itself has no separate past form.
Tips
- Opposite arrows. -잖아요 = “as you KNOW” (the info already sits with the listener); -거든요 = “you SEE / because” (the info is new, moving from you to them). If you can add remember?, it’s -잖아요; if you can add the thing is…, it’s -거든요.
- -잖아요 has a sharp edge. Since it presupposes the listener already knows, aiming it at something they couldn’t know reads as you should have remembered - blaming, even rude. Reserve it for genuinely shared ground; among strangers or upward, soften or choose -거든요.
- -거든요 leans forward. It lays down a premise and signals that more is coming, inviting and then? - so it is the natural setup line before you continue a reason or a story. If you want the listener to jump in instead, the trailing -는데요 (lesson 41) hands the floor back.
- Not the negative -지 않-. -잖아요 grew out of -지 않아요 but no longer means “don’t”; 가잖아요 is you know we go, never we don’t go. Read it as one fixed ending.
B1 49 / 68
Concession: -아/어도, -더라도, -는데도
양보 -아/어도·-더라도·-는데도
In short
All three mean roughly “even if / even though.” Build -아/어도 like the 해요 form but end in -도: 비가 와도 가요 (biga wado gayo, even if it rains, I go). Use -더라도 for a stronger, more hypothetical “even if,” and use -는데도 when a real fact had a surprising result: 열심히 했는데도 떨어졌어요 (yeolsimhi haenneundedo tteoreojeosseoyo, even though I studied hard, I failed).
The rule
Concession is the “even so” move: you grant one clause and push on anyway. Korean has one particle at the heart of it - 도 (“even,” lesson 15) - riding on three different stems.
Step 1 - -아/어도: the everyday “even if / even though”
Conjugate the stem exactly as you would for 해요체, then swap the final -요 mindset for -도. The 아/어 vowel harmony and contractions are obligatory: 가 + 아도 -> 가도 (gado), 오 + 아도 -> 와도 (wado), 하 + 여도 -> 해도 (haedo), 먹 + 어도 -> 먹어도 (meogeodo). It covers both a real fact (“even though”) and a hypothesis (“even if”), and a command or question can follow.
Two high-value combos:
- 아무리 + …-아/어도 = “no matter how …”: 아무리 바빠도 아침은 먹어요 (amuri bappado achimeun meogeoyo, no matter how busy I am, I eat breakfast).
- -아/어도 되다 = permission (“may”), a different job of the same ending - see lesson 34.
Step 2 - -더라도: the emphatic, hypothetical upgrade
-더라도 attaches to the plain dictionary stem - never the 아/어 form: 가다 -> 가더라도 (gadeorado), 먹다 -> 먹더라도 (meokdeorado), 있다 -> 있더라도 (itdeorado). It is stronger and more hypothetical than -아/어도 - “even if it should happen” - so it pairs naturally with 아무리 and with 무슨 일이 있더라도 (museun iri itdeorado, no matter what happens).
Step 3 - -는데도: counter-expectation from a real fact
Take the -는데 of lesson 41 and add 도. It splits by word class the same way: verb -> -는데도, adjective -> -(으)ㄴ데도, 있다/없다 -> -는데도, noun + -인데도. In the past it is always -았/었는데도. It always carries the surprise that the expected result did not follow: 약을 먹었는데도 안 나아요 (yageul meogeonneundedo an naayo, even though I took the medicine, I’m not getting better). For a noun, use N + 에도 불구하고 (edo bulguhago, in spite of N): 노력에도 불구하고 (noryeogedo bulguhago, in spite of the effort).
Step 4 - The sentence-adverb twins, and -지만
When “even so” opens a new sentence, reach for 그래도 (geuraedo, even so / still), the neutral 그렇지만 (geureochiman, but / however), or the formal 그럼에도 불구하고 (geureomedo bulguhago, nevertheless). Plain -지만 (lesson 23) is just “but” - it states a contrast without the “even” force these concessives add. The bookish concessives -(으)ㄹ지라도, -(으)ㄴ들, -(으)ㄹ망정 are held back to lesson 66.
How each ending attaches:
| Ending | Attaches to | Verb example | Adjective example |
|---|
| -아/어도 | the 아/어 (해요) form | 가다 -> 가도 (gado) | 좋다 -> 좋아도 (joado) |
| -더라도 | the plain stem, no 아/어 | 가다 -> 가더라도 (gadeorado) | 좋다 -> 좋더라도 (joteorado) |
| -는데도 / -(으)ㄴ데도 | verb -는데도, adjective -(으)ㄴ데도 | 가다 -> 가는데도 (ganeundedo) | 좋다 -> 좋은데도 (joeundedo) |
| N + 에도 불구하고 | a noun | 노력 -> 노력에도 불구하고 (noryeogedo bulguhago) | 비 -> 비에도 불구하고 (biedo bulguhago) |
-아/어도 by stem type (vowel harmony, irregulars, past):
| Stem | Rule | Example |
|---|
| ㅏ/ㅗ vowel | + -아도 | 오다 -> 와도 (wado), 싸다 -> 싸도 (ssado) |
| other vowel | + -어도 | 먹다 -> 먹어도 (meogeodo), 없다 -> 없어도 (eopseodo) |
| 하다 | -> 해도 | 공부하다 -> 공부해도 (gongbuhaedo) |
| ㅂ-irregular | ㅂ -> 우 + -어도 | 덥다 -> 더워도 (deowodo), 어렵다 -> 어려워도 (eoryeowodo) |
| 으-elision | drop 으, then harmonize | 바쁘다 -> 바빠도 (bappado), 쓰다 -> 써도 (sseodo) |
| past -았/었- | + -어도 | 가다 -> 갔어도 (gasseodo) |
Which one to pick:
| -아/어도 | -더라도 | -는데도 |
|---|
| Fact or hypothesis | either | strongly hypothetical | a real fact |
| Force | neutral “even if / though” | emphatic “even if" | "even though” + surprise |
| Typical partner | 아무리 | 아무리, 무슨 일이 있더라도 | an unexpected result (cf. 그런데도) |
| Command/question after? | Yes | Yes | Yes |
| Register | all-round | emphatic, slightly formal | conversational |
Examples
- 비가 와도 학교에 가요. (Biga wado hakgyoe gayo.) - Even if it rains, I go to school.
- 아무리 바빠도 아침은 꼭 먹어요. (Amuri bappado achimeun kkok meogeoyo.) - No matter how busy I am, I always eat breakfast.
- 값이 비싸도 이건 살 거예요. (Gapsi bissado igeon sal geoyeyo.) - Even though it’s expensive, I’m going to buy this one.
- 무슨 일이 있더라도 약속은 지킬게요. (Museun iri itdeorado yaksogeun jikilgeyo.) - No matter what happens, I’ll keep my promise.
- 지금 출발하더라도 좀 늦을 거예요. (Jigeum chulbalhadeorado jom neujeul geoyeyo.) - Even if we leave now, we’ll be a little late.
- 열심히 공부했는데도 시험에 떨어졌어요. (Yeolsimhi gongbuhaenneundedo siheome tteoreojeosseoyo.) - Even though I studied hard, I failed the exam.
- 약을 먹었는데도 아직 안 나아요. (Yageul meogeonneundedo ajik an naayo.) - Even though I took the medicine, I’m still not getting better.
- 돈이 없는데도 자꾸 사고 싶어요. (Doni eomneundedo jakku sago sipeoyo.) - Even though I have no money, I keep wanting to buy things.
- 노력에도 불구하고 결과가 안 좋았어요. (Noryeogedo bulguhago gyeolgwaga an joasseoyo.) - In spite of the effort, the result wasn’t good.
- 많이 피곤해요. 그래도 끝까지 할게요. (Mani pigonhaeyo. Geuraedo kkeutkkaji halgeyo.) - I’m very tired. Even so, I’ll do it to the end.
Common mistakes
- 비가 오면 가요. (Biga omyeon gayo.) -> 비가 와도 가요. (Biga wado gayo.) - -(으)면 is a plain condition (“if it rains”); “even if / even though” is -아/어도. Mixing them reverses your meaning.
- 먹어더라도 배가 안 불러요. (Meogeodeorado baega an bulleoyo.) -> 먹더라도 배가 안 불러요. (Meokdeorado baega an bulleoyo.) - -더라도 attaches to the plain stem, never to the 아/어 form; only -아/어도 uses 아/어.
- 비싸는데도 잘 팔려요. (Bissaneundedo jal pallyeoyo.) -> 비싼데도 잘 팔려요. (Bissandedo jal pallyeoyo.) - 비싸다 is an adjective, so it takes -(으)ㄴ데도 (비싼데도); only verbs and 있다/없다 take -는데도.
- 열심히 했더라도 떨어졌어요. (Yeolsimhi haetdeorado tteoreojeosseoyo.) -> 열심히 했는데도 떨어졌어요. (Yeolsimhi haenneundedo tteoreojeosseoyo.) - for something that actually happened with a surprising result, use -는데도; -더라도 is for a hypothesis (“even if”), not a completed fact.
- 오아도 괜찮아요. (Oado gwaenchanayo.) -> 와도 괜찮아요. (Wado gwaenchanayo.) - the contraction is obligatory: 오 + 아도 -> 와도, never *오아도.
Tips
- It’s all the “even” particle 도. -아/어도 = “even doing it,” -는데도 = “even given that,” 에도 불구하고 = “even in spite of.” If you already know 도 from lesson 15, you already know the payload.
- -더라도 is the emphatic dial on -아/어도. When plain “even if” isn’t strong enough - “even if it kills me” - swap in -더라도, often with 아무리 or 무슨 일이 있더라도.
- -는데도 = -는데 + 도. If -는데 (lesson 41) is a soft “and yet,” -는데도 hardens it into “even though,” always flagging that the expected outcome failed to arrive.
- Don’t confuse -아/어도 with -아/어도 되다. Alone, -아/어도 means concession; followed by 되다 it means permission (“may”), covered in lesson 34.
B1 50 / 68
Switching and discovering: -다가 and its family
-다가·-았다가·-다 보니·-다 보면
In short
Korean builds a whole family on the connector -다(가): -다가 breaks off or switches an action mid-way (밥을 먹다가 나갔어요, babeul meokdaga nagasseoyo, I was eating and then went out); -았/었다가 completes an action and then reverses it (갔다가 왔어요, gatdaga wasseoyo, went and came back); -다가는 warns you (하다가는 다쳐요, hadaganeun dacheoyo, keep it up and you’ll get hurt); and -다 보니까 / -다 보면 report what you discover, or will discover, by doing something. For -다가 the two clauses must share one subject.
The rule
Everything here hangs off the plain connective -다가, which attaches straight to the plain verb stem - no 으-insertion, no 받침 choice, and a ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ: 가다 -> 가다가 (gadaga), 먹다 -> 먹다가 (meokdaga), 열다 -> 열다가 (yeoldaga, not *여다가). The only real conjugation work is the ordinary 아/어 harmony inside the past form -았/었다가.
Step 1 - Interruption / switch: -다가
Verb stem + -다가 means you were doing A and then broke it off, or switched to B, part-way through - A never got finished. The subject is the same for both clauses: 밥을 먹다가 나갔어요 (I was eating and left in the middle of it). In speech it often shortens to bare -다, but write -다가.
Step 2 - Accidental result: -다가
The same -다가 covers an unintended outcome, especially with a motion or process verb: 뛰어가다가 넘어졌어요 (ttwieogadaga neomeojeosseoyo, I was running and (accidentally) tripped). Still same subject, still mid-action - the second clause is what A ran into.
Step 3 - Complete, then reverse: -았/었다가
Put the past -았/었- on the stem first, then -다가: now A is fully completed and B undoes or reverses it. It wants a round-trip or an opposite pair - go/come, buy/refund, open/close: 갔다가 왔어요 (went and came back), 샀다가 환불했어요 (satdaga hwanbulhaesseoyo, bought it and got a refund), 열었다가 닫았어요 (yeoreotdaga dadasseoyo, opened it and closed it). The 아/어 is normal harmony: 가 -> 갔다가, 먹 -> 먹었다가, 하 -> 했다가.
Step 4 - Warning: -다가는
Add 는 to -다가 (colloquially clipped to -다간): “if you keep doing A like this, B (something bad) will follow.” It almost always lands on a negative result: 그렇게 하다가는 다쳐요 (geureoke hadaganeun dacheoyo, if you keep doing it like that, you’ll get hurt).
Step 5 - Realization through doing: -다(가) 보니(까)
The 가 usually drops, leaving -다 보니까 (or -다 보니). 보다 is an auxiliary verb, so it keeps a space. Meaning: in the course of doing A, I came to notice / reach B - a discovery already made (often past): 하다 보니까 재미있어요 (hada bonikka jaemiisseoyo, as I kept doing it, I found it’s fun). Mind the space: 하다 보니까, never *하다보니까.
Step 6 - If you keep doing: -다(가) 보면
Same auxiliary 보다, but with the conditional -(으)면: “if you keep doing A, eventually B” - a forward-looking, general prediction: 하다 보면 늘어요 (hada bomyeon neureoyo, if you keep doing it, you’ll get better).
The family at a glance:
| Pattern | Attaches to | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| -다가 | plain stem | A interrupted / switched to B | 먹다가 나갔어요 (meokdaga nagasseoyo) ate a bit, then left |
| -다가 | plain stem (motion) | A leads to an accidental B | 뛰어가다가 넘어졌어요 (ttwieogadaga neomeojeosseoyo) ran and tripped |
| -았/었다가 | past stem | A completed, then reversed | 갔다가 왔어요 (gatdaga wasseoyo) went and came back |
| -다가는 | plain stem | warning: keep doing A -> bad B | 하다가는 다쳐요 (hadaganeun dacheoyo) keep it up and you’ll get hurt |
| -다(가) 보니(까) | plain stem + 보다 | realized B through doing A | 하다 보니까 재미있어요 (hada bonikka jaemiisseoyo) doing it, I found it fun |
| -다(가) 보면 | plain stem + 보다 | if you keep doing A, then B | 하다 보면 늘어요 (hada bomyeon neureoyo) keep at it and you’ll improve |
How it attaches - plain -다가 has no allomorph split; the work is the 아/어 of the past form:
| Stem type | plain -다가 | past -았/었다가 |
|---|
| vowel stem 가다 (gada) go | 가다가 (gadaga) | 갔다가 (gatdaga) |
| 받침 stem 먹다 (meokda) eat | 먹다가 (meokdaga) | 먹었다가 (meogeotdaga) |
| ㄹ-stem 열다 (yeolda) open | 열다가 (yeoldaga) | 열었다가 (yeoreotdaga) |
| 하다 verb 하다 (hada) do | 하다가 (hadaga) | 했다가 (haetdaga) |
-다가 vs -(으)면서 vs -아/어서 - three ways to join two clauses (all with 가다, going to school):
| Ending | How A and B relate | Same subject? | Example |
|---|
| -다가 | A is broken off / switched to B | required | 가다가 친구를 만났어요 (gadaga chingureul mannasseoyo) met a friend on the way |
| -(으)면서 | A and B happen at the same time | required | 가면서 노래를 불러요 (gamyeonseo noraereul bulleoyo) sings a song while going |
| -아/어서 | A finishes, then B builds on it | required | 가서 친구를 만났어요 (gaseo chingureul mannasseoyo) went, then met a friend there |
Examples
- 밥을 먹다가 전화를 받았어요. (Babeul meokdaga jeonhwareul badasseoyo.) - I was eating and (then) took a phone call.
- 텔레비전을 보다가 잤어요. (Tellebijeoneul bodaga jasseoyo.) - I was watching TV and fell asleep.
- 학교에 가다가 친구를 만났어요. (Hakgyoe gadaga chingureul mannasseoyo.) - On my way to school, I ran into a friend.
- 뛰어가다가 넘어졌어요. (Ttwieogadaga neomeojeosseoyo.) - I was running and tripped.
- 은행에 갔다가 왔어요. (Eunhaenge gatdaga wasseoyo.) - I went to the bank and came back.
- 옷을 샀다가 환불했어요. (Oseul satdaga hwanbulhaesseoyo.) - I bought the clothes and then returned them.
- 창문을 열었다가 닫았어요. (Changmuneul yeoreotdaga dadasseoyo.) - I opened the window and (then) closed it.
- 그렇게 뛰다가는 넘어져요. (Geureoke ttwidaganeun neomeojeoyo.) - If you keep running like that, you’ll fall.
- 한국어를 공부하다 보니까 재미있어요. (Hangugeoreul gongbuhada bonikka jaemiisseoyo.) - As I study Korean, I find it fun.
- 자꾸 하다 보면 늘어요. (Jakku hada bomyeon neureoyo.) - If you keep doing it, you’ll get better.
Common mistakes
- 제가 자다가 동생이 왔어요. (Jega jadaga dongsaengi wasseoyo.) -> 제가 자는 동안 동생이 왔어요. (Jega janeun dongan dongsaengi wasseoyo.) - -다가 needs the same subject in both clauses; when the subjects differ, use -는 동안. While I was sleeping, my younger sibling came.
- 밥을 먹었다가 나갔어요. (Babeul meogeotdaga nagasseoyo.) -> 밥을 먹다가 나갔어요. (Babeul meokdaga nagasseoyo.) - for an action broken off mid-way, use the plain stem + -다가; -았/었다가 would mean you finished eating and then reversed it, which doesn’t fit. I was eating and (then) went out.
- 가다가 왔어요. (Gadaga wasseoyo.) -> 갔다가 왔어요. (Gatdaga wasseoyo.) - “went (all the way) and came back” needs the completed -았/었다가; plain 가다가 왔어요 means you turned back part-way. I went and came back.
- 하다보니까 재미있어요. (Hadabonikka jaemiisseoyo.) -> 하다 보니까 재미있어요. (Hada bonikka jaemiisseoyo.) - 보다 here is an auxiliary verb, so it keeps a space, like 먹어 보다 and 가고 있다. As I do it, I find it fun.
- 하다 보면 재미있었어요. (Hada bomyeon jaemiisseosseoyo.) -> 하다 보니까 재미있었어요. (Hada bonikka jaemiisseosseoyo.) - -다 보면 is hypothetical (“if you keep doing it, then…”), so it can’t report a result you already reached; a realization already arrived at takes -다 보니까. As I kept doing it, I found it fun.
Tips
- -다가 is a mid-action pivot. The first action is left unfinished - it stops the moment the second begins. Contrast -고 (do A, finish it, then B) and -(으)면서 (A and B at the same time): only -다가 says “in the middle of A.”
- -았/었다가 wants a round-trip. It shines with paired opposites - 가다/오다 (go/come), 사다/환불하다 (buy/refund), 켜다/끄다 (turn on/off), 열다/닫다 (open/close), 입다/벗다 (put on/take off). A is completed, then B undoes it. If A and B aren’t a natural there-and-back, you probably want plain -다가.
- 보니까 looks back, 보면 looks forward. -다 보니까 = “having kept doing A, I came to realize B” (a discovery already true, often past). -다 보면 = “if you keep doing A, you’ll reach B” (a general prediction, still hypothetical). Same 보다, opposite time direction.
- -다가는 is a warning label. Read it as “keep doing A (badly) and B (bad) will happen”: 다쳐요 (you’ll get hurt), 늦어요 (you’ll be late), 넘어져요 (you’ll fall). In casual speech it shrinks to -다간.
B1 51 / 68
Purpose and extent: -기 위해서, -도록, -(으)려면
목적과 정도 -기 위해서·-도록·-(으)려면
In short
This lesson adds the three “purpose” tools that go beyond the spoken -(으)러 / -(으)려고 of lesson 31. Use -기 위해서 for a formal, written in order to: 합격하기 위해서 공부해요 (hapgyeokhagi wihaeseo gongbuhaeyo, I study in order to pass). Use -도록 for a purpose aimed at someone/something else, for a negative purpose, and for to the extent that: 늦지 않도록 일찍 나갔어요 (neutji antorok iljjik nagasseoyo, I left early so as not to be late). Use -(으)려면 for if you intend to X, then (do) Y: 한국어를 잘하려면 매일 연습하세요 (hangugeoreul jalharyeomyeon maeil yeonseuphaseyo, to get good at Korean, practice every day).
The rule
Nominalize the verb with -기 (lesson 36) and add 위해서 (from the verb 위하다, to do for the sake of, to aim at):
Verb stem + -기 위해서 + main clause -> 살을 빼기 위해 운동해요. (sareul ppaegi wihae undonghaeyo) - I exercise to lose weight.
- 위해서 freely shortens to 위해 (wihae); the very formal, written variant is 위하여 (wihayeo). All three mean the same.
- For a plain noun goal, use N + 을/를 위해서: 건강을 위해서 (geongangeul wihaeseo, for one’s health), 가족을 위해서 (gajogeul wihaeseo, for one’s family).
- When the “for” phrase modifies a following noun, 위해서 must become the adnominal 위한: 건강을 위한 운동 (geongangeul wihan undong, exercise for health).
Meaning-wise -기 위해서 is the same purpose as -(으)려고, only a register up: it is the choice for essays, notices, and formal speech, where -(으)려고 sounds conversational.
Step 2 - -도록 = purpose across subjects, negative purpose, and extent
-도록 attaches straight to the verb stem - and, in the extent sense, to an adjective stem - with no (으), no allomorph - and does three jobs that -(으)러/-(으)려고 cannot:
- Cross-subject purpose (“so that X happens”). -(으)려고 demands one and the same subject; -도록 does not. 학생들이 이해하도록 천천히 설명해요. (haksaengdeuri ihaehadorok cheoncheonhi seolmyeonghaeyo) - I explain slowly so that the students understand. (I explain; they understand.)
- Negative purpose (“so as not to X”). Build it with -지 않도록: 늦지 않도록 (neutji antorok, so as not to be late), 아이가 다치지 않도록 (aiga dachiji antorok, so the child doesn’t get hurt). This is where -도록 shines - it is smoother than -(으)려고’s -지 않으려고.
- Extent / limit (“to the point that”). Here -도록 is not purpose at all but a degree: 밤새도록 (bamsaedorok, all night long), 목이 아프도록 (mogi apeudorok, until one’s throat hurts), 죽도록 (jukdorok, to death / like crazy).
Finally, -도록 하다 is a soft directive - see to it that you…: 내일까지 끝내도록 하세요. (naeilkkaji kkeunnaedorok haseyo) - Please make sure to finish it by tomorrow. In formal commitments it appears as -도록 하겠습니다: 제가 준비하도록 하겠습니다. (jega junbihadorok hagetseumnida) - I’ll see to it that it’s prepared. This directive -도록 is a close cousin of the causative -게 하다 (lesson 56); -게 하다 makes someone do it, -도록 하다 sees to it that it gets done.
Step 3 - -(으)려면 = “if you intend to X, then Y”
-(으)려면 is literally -(으)려고 + 하면 squeezed together (if one intends to…). It sets up a goal and then states what it takes to reach it, so the main clause is almost always advice or a requirement - a -(으)세요 command or a -아/어야 해요 obligation:
Verb stem + -(으)려면 + advice / requirement -> 서울에 가려면 이 버스를 타세요. (seoure garyeomyeon i beoseureul taseyo) - To get to Seoul, take this bus.
Unlike -기 위해서 and -도록, this one does take the (으) allomorph: vowel stem -> -려면 (가다 -> 가려면), 받침 -> -으려면 (먹다 -> 먹으려면), and a ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ with the bare -려면 (살다 -> 살려면, sallyeomyeon, never *살으려면).
How each form attaches to the stem:
| Form | Attaches to | After vowel (가다) | After 받침 (먹다) | ㄹ-stem (살다) |
|---|
| -기 위해서 | stem + -기 (no allomorph) | 가기 위해서 (gagi wihaeseo) | 먹기 위해서 (meokgi wihaeseo) | 살기 위해서 (salgi wihaeseo) |
| -도록 | stem (no allomorph) | 가도록 (gadorok) | 먹도록 (meokdorok) | 살도록 (saldorok) |
| -(으)려면 | stem + -(으)려면 | 가려면 (garyeomyeon) | 먹으려면 (meogeuryeomyeon) | 살려면 (sallyeomyeon), ㄹ kept |
Choosing a purpose form - register, subject, and main-clause mood:
| Form | Register | Subject | Main-clause mood | Core meaning |
|---|
| -(으)러 | spoken | same | any (statement / command / suggestion) | go/come to do X (motion verb only) |
| -(으)려고 | everyday | same | statement only | intending to do X |
| -기 위해서 | formal / written | same (usually) | any | in order to X |
| -도록 | neutral / formal | same or different | any (incl. command) | so that X (incl. negative); to the extent X |
| -(으)려면 | neutral | same | advice / requirement | if you intend X, (you must) Y |
Examples
- 건강을 위해서 매일 걸어요. (Geongangeul wihaeseo maeil georeoyo.) - I walk every day for my health.
- 시험에 합격하기 위해 열심히 공부해요. (Siheome hapgyeokhagi wihae yeolsimhi gongbuhaeyo.) - I study hard to pass the exam.
- 가족을 위해서 열심히 일해요. (Gajogeul wihaeseo yeolsimhi ilhaeyo.) - I work hard for my family.
- 늦지 않도록 일찍 나갔어요. (Neutji antorok iljjik nagasseoyo.) - I left early so I wouldn’t be late.
- 학생들이 이해하도록 천천히 설명해요. (Haksaengdeuri ihaehadorok cheoncheonhi seolmyeonghaeyo.) - I explain slowly so that the students understand.
- 밤새도록 이야기했어요. (Bamsaedorok iyagihaesseoyo.) - We talked all night long.
- 내일까지 끝내도록 하세요. (Naeilkkaji kkeunnaedorok haseyo.) - Please make sure to finish it by tomorrow.
- 한국어를 잘하려면 매일 연습하세요. (Hangugeoreul jalharyeomyeon maeil yeonseuphaseyo.) - If you want to get good at Korean, practice every day.
- 서울에 가려면 이 버스를 타세요. (Seoure garyeomyeon i beoseureul taseyo.) - To get to Seoul, take this bus.
- 시험에 합격하려면 열심히 공부해야 해요. (Siheome hapgyeokharyeomyeon yeolsimhi gongbuhaeya haeyo.) - To pass the exam, you have to study hard.
Common mistakes
- 학생들이 이해하려고 천천히 설명해요. (Haksaengdeuri ihaeharyeogo cheoncheonhi seolmyeonghaeyo.) -> 학생들이 이해하도록 천천히 설명해요. (Haksaengdeuri ihaehadorok cheoncheonhi seolmyeonghaeyo.) - -(으)려고 needs ONE subject (the explainer both intends and acts). When the purpose is about a different subject (the students understanding), use -도록.
- 합격 위해서 공부해요. (Hapgyeok wihaeseo gongbuhaeyo.) -> 합격하기 위해서 공부해요. (Hapgyeokhagi wihaeseo gongbuhaeyo.) - A verb must be nominalized with -기 before 위해서. Only a plain noun goes straight to 을/를 위해서 (합격을 위해서).
- 건강을 위해서 운동이에요. (Geongangeul wihaeseo undongieyo.) -> 건강을 위한 운동이에요. (Geongangeul wihan undongieyo.) - When “for X” modifies the following noun, 위해서 becomes the adnominal 위한. 위해(서) can only lead into a verb or clause.
- 먹려면 일찍 오세요. (Meokryeomyeon iljjik oseyo.) -> 먹으려면 일찍 오세요. (Meogeuryeomyeon iljjik oseyo.) - After a 받침, -(으)려면 inserts 으: 먹다 -> 먹으려면, not a bare *먹려면.
- 살으려면 돈이 필요해요. (Sareuryeomyeon doni piryohaeyo.) -> 살려면 돈이 필요해요. (Sallyeomyeon doni piryohaeyo.) - A ㄹ-stem keeps its ㄹ and takes the bare -려면; it never inserts 으. 살다 -> 살려면, 만들다 -> 만들려면.
Tips
- The register ladder for purpose. Same in order to, rising formality: -(으)러 (spoken, trips only) -> -(으)려고 (everyday) -> -기 위해서 (formal, essays and notices). Pick the rung that matches the situation.
- -도록 is the versatile one. It alone crosses subjects (학생들이 이해하도록) and does negative purpose cleanly (늦지 않도록, 다치지 않도록). Reach for it whenever the goal is someone else doing/not doing something.
- -도록 can stop being purpose. With 밤새-, 죽-, 목이 아프- it means to the point of: 밤새도록 (all night), 죽도록 (like crazy). If “in order to” doesn’t fit the English, you are in this extent sense.
- -(으)려면 = 려고 + 하면. Read it as “if you’re going to X, then Y,” and expect the main clause to be advice - -(으)세요 or -아/어야 해요. It answers “what does it take?”
In short
Two patterns for talking about knowledge. To fold a whole question inside a bigger sentence (“I don’t know whether / when / who…”), wrap the inner clause in -(으)ㄴ/는지 and follow it with 알다/모르다/궁금하다/물어보다: 언제 오는지 아세요? (Eonje oneunji aseyo?, do you know when he’s coming?). To say you know how to do something - a learned skill - use -(으)ㄹ 줄 알다/모르다: 수영할 줄 알아요 (suyeonghal jul arayo, I know how to swim). Mind the space before 줄.
The rule
Step 1 - Embed a question with -(으)ㄴ/는지
When a question becomes the object of a “knowing / asking / wondering” verb, you drop the question mark and swap the sentence-final ending for -(으)ㄴ/는지 - Korean never re-orders the words the way English does (“where is he” -> “where he is”) - then add the main verb: 알다 (alda, know), 모르다 (moreuda, not know), 궁금하다 (gunggeumhada, be curious), 물어보다 (mureoboda, ask), 기억하다 (gieokada, remember), 말하다 (malhada, tell). Any question word (누가, 뭐, 언제, 어디, 왜, 어떻게, 얼마나) stays right where it sits inside the clause:
- 누가 왔는지 몰라요. (Nuga wanneunji mollayo.) - I don’t know who came.
Pick the ending by the same verb/adjective split you use for modifier endings (lesson 24):
- Verb, present -> -는지: 오다 -> 오는지, 먹다 -> 먹는지
- Adjective, present -> -(으)ㄴ지: 크다 -> 큰지, 좋다 -> 좋은지; copula 이다 -> 인지
- Anything, past -> -았/었는지: 가다 -> 갔는지, 좋다 -> 좋았는지
- Future or still-unsettled -> -(으)ㄹ지: 가다 -> 갈지, 오다 -> 올지
Step 2 - Whether or not
To lay out both options, pair the clause with its negative, or with 아닌지 for the copula: -는지 안 -는지 (가는지 안 가는지, ganeunji an ganeunji, whether he goes or not), -(으)ㄹ지 안 -(으)ㄹ지 (갈지 안 갈지, galji an galji), -(으)ㄴ지 아닌지 (진짜인지 아닌지, jinjjainji aninji, whether it’s real or not).
Step 3 - Know how to: -(으)ㄹ 줄 알다/모르다
Verb stem + -(으)ㄹ 줄 알아요 = know how to; -(으)ㄹ 줄 몰라요 = don’t know how to. 줄 (jul) is a bound noun (a way / method), so it takes -(으)ㄹ before it and a space on each side: 할 줄 알아요, 먹을 줄 알아요, 만들 줄 알아요. This is know-how you acquired - contrast -(으)ㄹ 수 있어요 (lesson 34), which is bare possibility. They often overlap (수영할 줄 알아요 and 수영할 수 있어요 both work), but only 줄 알다 says you learned it.
Step 4 - I (wrongly) thought: -(으)ㄴ/는 줄 알았다
Switch 알다 to the past 알았다 and put a tense-matched modifier ending (-(으)ㄴ / -는 / -(으)ㄹ, not just -(으)ㄹ) in front, and the meaning flips to a mistaken assumption you held: 한국 사람인 줄 알았어요 (Hanguk saramin jul arasseoyo, I thought you were Korean - turns out not). Also 간 줄 알았어요 (I thought he’d left), 올 줄 알았어요 (I expected he’d come). The mirror image is -(으)ㄴ/는 줄 몰랐어요 = I didn’t realize that…: 오늘 시험인 줄 몰랐어요 (Oneul siheomin jul mollasseoyo, I didn’t know there was a test today).
Spacing, once more: -(으)ㄴ/는지 is one ending, no space (오는지); 줄 is a separate word, space before it (할 줄 알아요).
-(으)ㄴ/는지 - the ending by word type and tense:
| Word type / tense | Ending | Worked example |
|---|
| Verb, present | stem + -는지 | 오다 -> 오는지 (oneunji) - whether … comes |
| Verb with 받침, present | stem + -는지 | 먹다 -> 먹는지 (meongneunji) - whether … eats |
| ㄹ-stem verb (ㄹ drops) | stem + -는지 | 살다 -> 사는지 (saneunji) - whether … lives |
| Adjective, vowel stem | stem + -ㄴ지 | 크다 -> 큰지 (keunji) - whether … is big |
| Adjective with 받침 | stem + -은지 | 좋다 -> 좋은지 (joeunji) - whether … is good |
| Copula 이다 | 인지 | 학생이다 -> 학생인지 (haksaenginji) - whether … is a student |
| Any stem, past | stem + -았/었는지 | 가다 -> 갔는지 (ganneunji) - whether … went |
| Any stem, future / doubt | stem + -(으)ㄹ지 | 가다 -> 갈지 (galji) - whether … will go |
-(으)ㄹ 줄 알다 - the ending picked by the 받침:
| Stem ends in | Ending | Worked example |
|---|
| a vowel | -ㄹ 줄 알아요 | 하다 -> 할 줄 알아요 (hal jul arayo) - know how to do |
| any 받침 | -을 줄 알아요 | 먹다 -> 먹을 줄 알아요 (meogeul jul arayo) - know how to eat |
| ㄹ 받침 (ㄹ absorbs the ending) | -ㄹ 줄 알아요 | 만들다 -> 만들 줄 알아요 (mandeul jul arayo) - know how to make |
The three “knowing” frames side by side:
| Pattern | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| stem + -(으)ㄹ 줄 알다/모르다 | acquired skill, know-how | 수영할 줄 알아요 (suyeonghal jul arayo) - I know how to swim |
| stem + -(으)ㄹ 수 있다/없다 (lesson 34) | possibility in the moment | 수영할 수 있어요 (suyeonghal su isseoyo) - I can swim (right now) |
| -(으)ㄴ/는/-(으)ㄹ 줄 알았다 | mistaken belief (past 알았다) | 한국 사람인 줄 알았어요 (Hanguk saramin jul arasseoyo) - I thought you were Korean |
Examples
- 지금 몇 시인지 아세요? (Jigeum myeot siinji aseyo?) - Do you know what time it is now?
- 이 단어가 무슨 뜻인지 모르겠어요. (I daneoga museun tteusinji moreugesseoyo.) - I don’t know what this word means.
- 그 사람이 언제 오는지 궁금해요. (Geu sarami eonje oneunji gunggeumhaeyo.) - I’m curious when that person is coming.
- 시험이 어려웠는지 물어봤어요. (Siheomi eoryeowonneunji mureobwasseoyo.) - I asked whether the exam was hard.
- 내일 비가 올지 안 올지 모르겠어요. (Naeil biga olji an olji moreugesseoyo.) - I don’t know whether it’ll rain tomorrow or not.
- 저는 김치를 만들 줄 알아요. (Jeoneun gimchireul mandeul jul arayo.) - I know how to make kimchi.
- 저는 운전할 줄 몰라요. (Jeoneun unjeonhal jul mollayo.) - I don’t know how to drive.
- 오늘이 휴일인 줄 알았어요. (Oneuri hyuirin jul arasseoyo.) - I thought today was a holiday.
- 누가 이겼는지 기억이 안 나요. (Nuga igyeonneunji gieogi an nayo.) - I don’t remember who won.
- 한국어를 할 줄 아세요? (Hangugeoreul hal jul aseyo?) - Do you know how to speak Korean?
Common mistakes
- 좋는지 몰라요. (Jonneunji mollayo.) -> 좋은지 몰라요. (Joeunji mollayo.) - 좋다 is an adjective, so it takes -(으)ㄴ지, not the verb ending -는지.
- 어제 왔은지 몰라요. (Eoje waseunji mollayo.) -> 어제 왔는지 몰라요. (Eoje wanneunji mollayo.) - The past -았/었- is always followed by -는지 (왔는지), never *-았은지.
- 수영할 줄 있어요. (Suyeonghal jul isseoyo.) -> 수영할 줄 알아요. (Suyeonghal jul arayo.) - 줄 pairs with 알다/모르다 (know / don’t know how), never with 있다/없다. Possibility with 있다 is 수 (수영할 수 있어요).
- 만들줄 알아요. (Mandeuljul arayo.) -> 만들 줄 알아요. (Mandeul jul arayo.) - 줄 is a bound noun, so 띄어쓰기 puts a space before it: -(으)ㄹ 줄.
- 한국 사람인 줄 알아요. (meaning “I thought you were Korean”) -> 한국 사람인 줄 알았어요. (Hanguk saramin jul arasseoyo.) - The mistaken-belief reading needs the past 알았어요; present 알아요 would just mean you currently know it.
Tips
- 는 for actions, (으)ㄴ for states. In the present, verbs take -는지 (움직임: 오는지, 먹는지) and adjectives/copula take -(으)ㄴ지 (상태: 좋은지, 인지). The past forgets the split entirely - everything becomes -았/었는지.
- -는지 (now) vs -(으)ㄹ지 (unsettled). 오는지 아세요? asks whether he is coming; 올지 아세요? asks whether he will come. Reach for -(으)ㄹ지 whenever the fact is still open or you’re guessing about the future.
- One word 줄, two jobs. Present 알다/모르다 = a learned skill (할 줄 알아요, know how); past 알았다 = a wrong assumption (인 줄 알았어요, I thought…). Same 줄, the tense on 알다 tells you which.
- 줄 알다 vs 수 있다. 줄 알다 = you learned it; 수 있다 = it’s possible now. A pianist with a broken arm still 칠 줄 알아요 (has the know-how) even though today she 못 쳐요 (can’t play).
In short
A helping verb stacked behind the main verb adds how an action finished. -아/어 버리다 = it is done and gone (relief or regret): 다 먹어 버렸어요 (ate it all up). -고 말다 = it ended that way against your will: 결국 울고 말았어요 (I ended up crying). -아/어 놓다 / -아/어 두다 = you did it and left the result standing: 창문을 열어 놓았어요 (I opened the window and left it open). -아/어 가다 / -아/어 오다 = it moves through time, away from or toward now.
The rule
Each of these is a main verb followed, with a space, by a second verb that has bleached into a helper. The helper carries the tense and ending; the main verb supplies the meaning.
Step 1 - -아/어 버리다: it is completely done and gone
Take the 아/어 form of the verb (lesson 10) and add 버리다 (beorida, literally throw away):
Verb’s 아/어 form + 버리다 -> 먹어 버렸어요, 가 버렸어요, 해 버렸어요
It says the action is finished with nothing left over, and adds a feeling. Two flavours, decided by context: relief - a burden is gone (숙제를 다 해 버렸어요, I got all the homework done and off my plate) - or regret - something you wanted is gone (친구가 가 버렸어요, my friend went and left). The adverb 다 (da, all, completely) pairs with it constantly. It attaches to transitive and intransitive verbs alike. Note: 잊다 (forget) and 잃다 (lose) fuse into the single lexical words 잊어버리다 and 잃어버리다 - written with no space.
Step 2 - -고 말다: it ended that way despite you
Attach -고 말다 to the plain stem and conjugate 말다: it is invariant like -고 있다 - no 아/어 choice, no 으, no 받침 rule.
Verb stem + 고 말다 -> 울고 말았어요, 지고 말았어요, 떠나고 말았어요
It marks an unintended, usually unwelcome end result - the outcome arrived on its own and you could not stop it. It loves the adverbs 결국 (gyeolguk, in the end) and 그만 (geuman, without meaning to), and it leans toward intransitive, uncontrolled verbs: 울다, 지다, 떨어지다 (fall; fail an exam), 넘어지다 (fall over). The 국립국어원 dictionaries define the helper as the action 끝내 실현됨 (coming about in the end) - most often with regret, but they also record a positive “and I pulled it off at last” reading. That proud reading normally wants the emphatic -고야 말다 or the resolve form -고 말겠다: 기어이 해내고야 말았어요 (I finally went and pulled it off). Bare -고 말다 with no 야 defaults to regret.
Step 3 - -아/어 놓다 / -아/어 두다: do it and leave the result standing
Take the 아/어 form and add 놓다 (nota) or 두다 (duda). Both mean do something to an object and leave that result in place for later, so both need a transitive verb:
Object + 을/를 + Verb’s 아/어 form + 놓다 / 두다 -> 창문을 열어 놓았어요, 표를 사 두었어요
The nuance: 두다 leans “keep in reserve for future use” (미리 사 두세요 buy it in advance, 알아 두세요 keep it in mind); 놓다 leans “set the immediate result in place” (열어 놓다 leave open, 켜 놓다 leave switched on). They overlap heavily; for “prepare ahead,” 두다 is the safer pick. This is the deliberate cousin of the observed state -아/어 있다 (lesson 32): 문이 열려 있어요 just reports an open door, while 문을 열어 놓았어요 says someone opened it on purpose and left it.
Step 4 - -아/어 가다 / -아/어 오다: progression through time
Take the 아/어 form and add 가다 (go) or 오다 (come). The physical come/go turns into a timeline: 오다 = the process ran up toward now (지금까지 살아 왔어요, I have lived up to now); 가다 = it moves onward into the future (다 되어 가요, it is getting done; 늙어 가요, is growing old).
Step 5 - keep these apart from the neighbours
Same window, five aspects (see the contrast table): plain past is the bare fact, -고 있다 is the action in progress, -아/어 있다 is an intransitive state simply observed, -아/어 놓다 is a transitive result left on purpose, and -아/어 버리다 is the action driven to completion with feeling.
The four auxiliaries at a glance:
| Auxiliary | Attaches to | Meaning | Transitivity |
|---|
| -아/어 버리다 (beorida) | 아/어 form | completion, done and gone (relief / regret) | transitive or intransitive |
| -고 말다 (malda) | plain stem (invariant) | it came about in the end - usually unintended and regrettable | intransitive, uncontrolled |
| -아/어 놓다 / 두다 (nota / duda) | 아/어 form | do it, leave the result standing | transitive only |
| -아/어 가다 / 오다 (gada / oda) | 아/어 form | progression away from / toward now | change-over-time verbs |
The 아/어 choice (shared by 버리다, 놓다, 두다, 가다, 오다):
| Stem-final vowel | Takes | Verb | 아/어 form | With the helper |
|---|
| ㅏ / ㅗ | -아 | 가다 (gada, go) | 가 (ga) | 가 버렸어요 (ga beoryeosseoyo, went off) |
| other vowel | -어 | 먹다 (meokda, eat) | 먹어 (meogeo) | 먹어 버렸어요 (meogeo beoryeosseoyo, ate it up) |
| 하다 | 여 -> 해 | 하다 (hada, do) | 해 (hae) | 해 버렸어요 (hae beoryeosseoyo, just did it) |
| 되다 (contracts) | -어 | 되다 (doeda, become) | 되어 / 돼 (doeeo / dwae) | 다 되어 가요 (da doeeo gayo, almost done) |
-고 말다 - invariant, plain stem (no 아/어):
| Verb (dictionary) | + 고 말다 (past) | Gloss |
|---|
| 울다 (ulda, cry) - ㄹ-stem, no change | 울고 말았어요 (ulgo marasseoyo) | ended up crying |
| 지다 (jida, lose) | 지고 말았어요 (jigo marasseoyo) | ended up losing |
| 떨어지다 (tteoreojida, fall; fail an exam) | 떨어지고 말았어요 (tteoreojigo marasseoyo) | ended up failing |
Same window, five aspects:
| Form | Example | Nuance |
|---|
| plain past | 창문을 열었어요 (changmuneul yeoreosseoyo) | opened it - bare fact |
| -고 있다 | 창문을 열고 있어요 (changmuneul yeolgo isseoyo) | is (in the act of) opening it |
| -아/어 있다 | 창문이 열려 있어요 (changmuni yeollyeo isseoyo) | the window is open - state, intransitive |
| -아/어 놓다 | 창문을 열어 놓았어요 (changmuneul yeoreo noasseoyo) | opened it and left it open on purpose |
| -아/어 버리다 | 창문을 열어 버렸어요 (changmuneul yeoreo beoryeosseoyo) | went ahead and opened it (relief / regret) |
Examples
- 아이가 과자를 다 먹어 버렸어요. (Aiga gwajareul da meogeo beoryeosseoyo.) - The kid ate up all the snacks.
- 친구가 인사도 없이 가 버렸어요. (Chinguga insado eopsi ga beoryeosseoyo.) - My friend left without even a goodbye.
- 비밀번호를 잊어버렸어요. (Bimilbeonhoreul ijeobeoryeosseoyo.) - I completely forgot the password.
- 결국 시험에 떨어지고 말았어요. (Gyeolguk siheome tteoreojigo marasseoyo.) - In the end I failed the exam.
- 우리 팀이 지고 말았어요. (Uri timi jigo marasseoyo.) - Our team ended up losing.
- 창문을 열어 놓았어요. (Changmuneul yeoreo noasseoyo.) - I opened the window and left it open.
- 표를 미리 사 두었어요. (Pyoreul miri sa dueosseoyo.) - I bought the tickets in advance (and kept them).
- 이 단어는 꼭 외워 두세요. (I daneoneun kkok oewo duseyo.) - Be sure to memorize this word and keep it.
- 지금까지 열심히 살아 왔어요. (Jigeumkkaji yeolsimhi sara wasseoyo.) - I have lived diligently up to now.
- 밥이 다 되어 가요. (Babi da doeeo gayo.) - The meal is almost ready.
Common mistakes
- 다 먹고 버렸어요. (da meokgo beoryeosseoyo.) -> 다 먹어 버렸어요. (da meogeo beoryeosseoyo.) - The completion helper needs the 아/어 form: 먹어 버리다. With -고 it means “ate it and then threw it away” - two separate actions.
- 울어 말았어요. (ureo marasseoyo.) -> 울고 말았어요. (ulgo marasseoyo.) - -고 말다 attaches to the plain stem with -고, never the 아/어 form. It is invariant, exactly like -고 있다.
- 비밀번호를 잊어 버렸어요. (bimilbeonhoreul ijeo beoryeosseoyo.) -> 비밀번호를 잊어버렸어요. (bimilbeonhoreul ijeobeoryeosseoyo.) - 잊어버리다 and 잃어버리다 are single headwords in 표준국어대사전 (잊어-버리다), so they carry no space, unlike the productive helper in 먹어 버리다.
- 문이 열어 놓았어요. (muni yeoreo noasseoyo.) -> 문을 열어 놓았어요. (muneul yeoreo noasseoyo.) - -아/어 놓다 is transitive: you act on an object, so it is marked 을/를 (문을). If you only mean the resulting state “the door is open,” use the intransitive 문이 열려 있어요.
Tips
- 버리다 = “off / up / away,” and the feeling rides on context. 다 먹어 버렸어요 can be relief (finished it off, phew) or regret (it’s all gone); 잃어버렸어요 is pure regret. Same form, tone from the situation.
- 말다 is usually fate, not a boast. It pairs with 결국 (in the end) and 그만 (accidentally) and reports an outcome that happened to you. The proud “I got there in the end” reading does exist, but it wants the emphatic -고야 말다 (기어이 이기고야 말았어요, we finally went and won) or the resolve form -고 말겠다; for a plainly happy result, drop the helper and use the plain past (성공했어요).
- 놓다 vs 두다. Both are “do it and leave it,” but 두다 leans toward keeping something for later use - 사 두다 (buy for later), 알아 두다 (keep in mind) - while 놓다 leans toward setting the immediate result in place - 열어 놓다, 켜 놓다. For “prepare ahead,” reach for 두다.
- 가다/오다 on a timeline. 오다 pulls the process toward now (살아 왔어요, have lived up to this point); 가다 pushes it onward (다 되어 가요, getting done; 늙어 가다, growing old). It is just physical come/go mapped onto time.
In short
When a cause produces a bad or unintended result, Korean sets aside the neutral “because” words from lesson 28 and reaches for a set of blame-and-mishap connectors. -느라고 (-neurago) = too busy doing X to manage Y - same person, usually an excuse. -는 바람에 (-neun barame) = and then, out of nowhere, X spoiled it. -(으)ㄴ/는 탓에 (-(eu)n/neun tase) = it happened because of X, and that is X’s fault. -(으)ㄹ까 봐 (-(eu)lkka bwa) = I did it for fear that X might happen.
The rule
Step 1 - -느라고: too busy doing X to do Y (same subject, an excuse)
Attach -느라고 straight onto a verb stem - never an adjective, and with no tense marker (no -았/었-). The first clause is what occupied you; the second states the cost you paid for it, almost always a failure or a negative: 공부하느라고 못 갔어요 (gongbuhaneurago mot gasseoyo, I couldn’t go because I was studying). Three hard limits:
- Same subject in both clauses - one person does X and pays for it.
- Verb only, and present form only (put no -았/었- on 느라고).
- No command or suggestion may follow. It reads as an excuse, so a plain statement closes it.
A ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before ㄴ: 만들다 -> 만드느라고 (mandeuneurago).
Step 2 - -는 바람에: a sudden external mishap ruins things
Build the -는 modifier form of a verb and add 바람에: 비가 오는 바람에 늦었어요 (biga oneun barame neujeosseoyo, it suddenly rained, so I was late). This one is for an unexpected, external cause with a negative outcome, and the main clause is normally past tense. Unlike 느라고 the subject is free - the cause is usually somebody or something else. 바람 literally means “wind”: think of a gust that knocks your plan over.
Step 3 - -(으)ㄴ/는 탓에 / N 탓에 / 탓으로: assigning blame
탓 means “fault.” Use the modifier that fits the clause, then add 탓에: a completed cause takes the past modifier -(으)ㄴ 탓에 (준비를 안 한 탓에, junbireul an han tase, because I didn’t prepare); an ongoing habit takes -는 탓에; an adjective takes -(으)ㄴ 탓에 (추운 탓에, chuun tase, because it’s cold). After a bare noun use N 탓에 or N 탓으로: 날씨 탓에 (nalssi tase, because of the weather). It always points a finger, so the result is negative. Its positive twin is -(으)ㄴ 덕분에 / N 덕분에 (deokbune, thanks to) - swap 탓 for 덕분 when the outcome is good.
Step 4 - -(으)ㄹ까 봐(서): acting out of worry
Add -(으)ㄹ까 봐 (optionally -(으)ㄹ까 봐서) to a verb or adjective stem. The first clause is a feared outcome; the main clause is the precaution you take against it: 늦을까 봐 뛰었어요 (neujeulkka bwa ttwieosseoyo, I ran because I was afraid I’d be late). Read it as in case / for fear that. Unlike the other three, this one does take -았/었- when the feared thing may already have happened: 아이가 감기에 걸렸을까 봐 걱정했어요 (aiga gamgie geollyeosseulkka bwa geokjeonghaesseoyo, I was worried the child might have caught a cold). The subject of the worry clause is free - it is often somebody else. 봐 is the auxiliary verb 보다, so it always keeps its space.
Step 5 - -는 통에: the colloquial “commotion” variant
-는 통에 works like 바람에 but carries an extra nuance of noise, chaos, or being caught up in a fuss: 옆집이 시끄러운 통에 못 잤어요 (yeopjibi sikkeureoun tonge mot jasseoyo, I couldn’t sleep because next door was so noisy). A verb takes -는 통에; an adjective takes -(으)ㄴ 통에, which is why 시끄럽다 shows up here as 시끄러운 통에. It is casual and spoken - in writing prefer 바람에 or 탓에.
Verb-attaching mishap connectors (-느라고 takes the plain stem; 바람에 / 통에 take the -는 modifier):
| Pattern | Vowel stem | 받침 stem | ㄹ-stem |
|---|
| -느라고 | 하다 -> 하느라고 (haneurago) | 먹다 -> 먹느라고 (meongneurago) | 만들다 -> 만드느라고 (mandeuneurago) |
| -는 바람에 | 오다 -> 오는 바람에 (oneun barame) | 먹다 -> 먹는 바람에 (meongneun barame) | 놀다 -> 노는 바람에 (noneun barame) |
| -는 통에 | 오다 -> 오는 통에 (oneun tonge) | 웃다 -> 웃는 통에 (unneun tonge) | 울다 -> 우는 통에 (uneun tonge) |
탓에 (blame) and -(으)ㄹ까 봐 (worry) - pick the form by what precedes:
| Base | Form | Example |
|---|
| verb, habit/present | -는 탓에 | 운동을 안 하는 탓에 (undongeul an haneun tase) |
| verb, completed | -(으)ㄴ 탓에 | 준비를 안 한 탓에 (junbireul an han tase) |
| adjective | -(으)ㄴ 탓에 | 추운 탓에 (chuun tase) |
| noun | N + 탓에 / 탓으로 | 날씨 탓에 (nalssi tase), 실수 탓으로 (silsu taseuro) |
| verb / adj (worry) | -(으)ㄹ까 봐(서) | 늦을까 봐 (neujeulkka bwa), 갈까 봐 (galkka bwa) |
How the adverse causes differ from the neutral three (lesson 28):
| Connector | Result polarity | Subject | Tense on the clause | Command / suggestion after? |
|---|
| -느라고 | negative (a cost) | must be same | none (no -았/었-) | No |
| -는 바람에 | negative, sudden | free (usually other) | none; main clause past | No |
| -(으)ㄴ/는 탓에 | negative, blame | free | -(으)ㄴ past ok | No |
| -(으)ㄹ까 봐 | preventive worry | free | -았/었- ok | No |
| -아/어서 | neutral | free | none | No |
| -(으)니까 | neutral, asserted | free | -았/었- ok | Yes |
| -기 때문에 | neutral, formal | free | -았/었- ok | No |
Examples
- 공부하느라고 전화를 못 받았어요. (Gongbuhaneurago jeonhwareul mot badasseoyo.) - I couldn’t answer the phone because I was studying.
- 게임을 하느라고 숙제를 못 했어요. (Geimeul haneurago sukjereul mot haesseoyo.) - I didn’t do my homework because I was busy playing games.
- 비가 오는 바람에 소풍이 취소됐어요. (Biga oneun barame sopungi chwisodwaesseoyo.) - The picnic was cancelled because it suddenly rained.
- 갑자기 차가 서는 바람에 넘어졌어요. (Gapjagi chaga seoneun barame neomeojeosseoyo.) - The car stopped all of a sudden, so I fell over.
- 준비를 안 한 탓에 시험을 망쳤어요. (Junbireul an han tase siheomeul mangcheosseoyo.) - I bombed the exam because I hadn’t prepared.
- 날씨 탓에 기분이 안 좋아요. (Nalssi tase gibuni an joayo.) - I’m in a bad mood because of the weather.
- 늦을까 봐 택시를 탔어요. (Neujeulkka bwa taeksireul tasseoyo.) - I took a taxi because I was worried I’d be late.
- 아이가 깰까 봐 조용히 걸었어요. (Aiga kkaelkka bwa joyonghi georeosseoyo.) - I walked quietly for fear the child would wake up.
- 옆집이 시끄러운 통에 한숨도 못 잤어요. (Yeopjibi sikkeureoun tonge hansumdo mot jasseoyo.) - I couldn’t sleep a wink because next door was so noisy.
Common mistakes
- 공부했느라고 못 갔어요. (Gongbuhaenneurago mot gasseoyo.) -> 공부하느라고 못 갔어요. (Gongbuhaneurago mot gasseoyo.) - -느라고 never carries -았/었-; leave the stem in its plain present form.
- 동생이 우느라고 제가 못 잤어요. (Dongsaengi uneurago jega mot jasseoyo.) -> 동생이 우는 바람에 못 잤어요. (Dongsaengi uneun barame mot jasseoyo.) - -느라고 demands the same subject; when someone else’s action is the cause, use -는 바람에.
- 열심히 공부하는 바람에 시험을 잘 봤어요. (Yeolsimhi gongbuhaneun barame siheomeul jal bwasseoyo.) -> 열심히 공부한 덕분에 시험을 잘 봤어요. (Yeolsimhi gongbuhan deokbune siheomeul jal bwasseoyo.) - 바람에 marks a bad outcome; for a good result use -(으)ㄴ 덕분에 (thanks to).
- 비가 오는 바람에 우산 가져가세요. (Biga oneun barame usan gajeogaseyo.) -> 비가 오니까 우산 가져가세요. (Biga onikka usan gajeogaseyo.) - none of these adverse-cause connectors allows a command after them; switch to -(으)니까 when an imperative follows.
- 늦을까봐 뛰었어요. (Neujeulkkabwa ttwieosseoyo.) -> 늦을까 봐 뛰었어요. (Neujeulkka bwa ttwieosseoyo.) - 봐 is the auxiliary 보다 and takes a space; write -(으)ㄹ까 봐, not -(으)ㄹ까봐.
Tips
- -느라고 = “too busy to.” One person, present-form clause, and the payoff is always a loss (못 갔어요, 늦었어요, 피곤해요). If the two clauses have different subjects, you want 바람에, not 느라고.
- Let the outcome pick the word. Bad and blamed -> 탓에 (탓 = “fault”); bad and sudden -> 바람에 (바람 = “wind”); good -> 덕분에 (“thanks to”). Same slot after a modifier, opposite polarity.
- -(으)ㄹ까 봐 is preventive. You do the main action to head off the feared one, so it loves verbs of precaution: 뛰다 (run), 서두르다 (hurry), 조심하다 (be careful). Translate it as in case or for fear that.
- 통에 is speech only. It adds a whiff of commotion and stays out of formal writing - reach for 바람에 or 탓에 on paper.
B1 55 / 68
Passive: -이/히/리/기-, -아/어지다 and 되다
피동 -이·히·리·기·-아/어지다·되다
In short
Korean builds the passive (being acted on, rather than acting) in three ways. A small memorized set of verbs inserts -이/히/리/기-: 잡다 (japda, catch) -> 잡히다 (japida, be caught). Otherwise, transitive verbs take -아/어지다 (만들어지다, get made) and Sino-Korean 하다-verbs swap 하다 for 되다 (시작되다, get started). The doer, when named, is marked 에게/한테 for people, 에 for things, or -에 의해(서) in formal writing. Korean leans on the passive far less than English - when in doubt, prefer the active.
The rule
Step 1 - Lexical passives: -이/히/리/기-
A closed, memorized class of common transitive verbs forms its passive by inserting one of four affixes between stem and 다. There is no rule that tells you which affix a verb takes - 잡다 uses -히-, 열다 uses -리-, 안다 uses -기- - so you learn each passive verb together with its active partner, as a vocabulary pair. The derived verb then conjugates like any ordinary 다-verb: 잡히다 -> 잡혀요 (japyeoyo), 열리다 -> 열려요 (yeollyeoyo), 보이다 -> 보여요 (boyeoyo). Only a limited group of verbs has these forms; you cannot invent one for a verb not on the list.
Step 2 - Transitive verb + -아/어지다
For many transitive verbs outside that class, attach -아/어지다 to the 아/어 form to say something gets done: 만들다 (mandeulda, make) -> 만들어지다 (mandeureojida, get made), 정하다 (decide) -> 정해지다 (jeonghaejida, get decided), 켜다 (turn on) -> 켜지다 (kyeojida, get turned on), 알리다 (inform) -> 알려지다 (allyeojida, become known).
Boundary with lesson 37: the ending is identical, but the base’s part of speech decides the meaning. Adjective + -아/어지다 = become that quality (좋아지다, get better). Transitive verb + -아/어지다 = passive, get that action done to it (만들어지다, get made). Same suffix, two jobs.
Step 3 - 한자어 + 되다, and 받다 / 당하다
A Sino-Korean action noun plus 하다 is active; the same noun plus 되다 is its passive counterpart: 시작하다 (start something) -> 시작되다 (sijakdoeda, get started), 사용하다 (use) -> 사용되다 (sayongdoeda, be used), 해결하다 -> 해결되다 (be solved). 되다 conjugates 되 + 어요 -> 돼요 / past 됐어요 (dwaesseoyo) - never *되요.
Two more nouns make a “be-Xed” verb: 받다 (batda, receive) for pleasant actions - 사랑 -> 사랑받다 (sarangbatda, be loved), 존경받다 (be respected) - and 당하다 (danghada, suffer) for unpleasant ones - 무시 -> 무시당하다 (musidanghada, be ignored), 거절당하다 (be rejected).
Step 4 - Marking the doer, and converting the case
Turning an active clause passive reshuffles the particles:
- Active: 경찰이 도둑을 잡았어요. (The police caught the thief.)
- Passive: 도둑이 경찰에게 잡혔어요. (The thief was caught by the police.)
The object of the active clause becomes the subject (을/를 -> 이/가); the old subject becomes the agent; the verb becomes passive. Mark the agent by its type: 에게/한테 for an animate doer (a person or animal), 에 for an inanimate cause, and formal -에 의해(서) in writing.
Step 5 - Why Korean prefers the active
The affixed passive set is small and lexical, and Korean speakers frequently just drop the subject or use the active with an unnamed doer where English reaches for a passive. Do not stack two passives: 잊히다 is already “be forgotten,” so *잊혀지다 is a common but incorrect double passive.
The lexical passive class (-이/히/리/기-) - a list to memorize:
| Affix | Active verb | Passive verb | Meaning |
|---|
| -이- | 보다 (boda) | 보이다 (boida) | be seen / visible |
| 놓다 (nota) | 놓이다 (noida) | be placed |
| 쌓다 (ssata) | 쌓이다 (ssaida) | be piled up |
| -히- | 먹다 (meokda) | 먹히다 (meokida) | be eaten |
| 잡다 (japda) | 잡히다 (japida) | be caught |
| 읽다 (ikda) | 읽히다 (ilkida) | be read |
| 닫다 (datda) | 닫히다 (dachida) | be closed |
| -리- | 열다 (yeolda) | 열리다 (yeollida) | be opened |
| 듣다 (deutda) | 들리다 (deullida) | be heard |
| 팔다 (palda) | 팔리다 (pallida) | be sold |
| 밀다 (milda) | 밀리다 (millida) | be pushed |
| -기- | 안다 (anda) | 안기다 (an-gida) | be held |
| 끊다 (kkeunta) | 끊기다 (kkeunkida) | be cut off |
| 쫓다 (jjotda) | 쫓기다 (jjotgida) | be chased |
The productive strategies:
| Strategy | Attaches to | Example | Meaning |
|---|
| V + -아/어지다 | transitive verb (아/어 form) | 만들다 -> 만들어지다 (mandeureojida) | get made |
| | 정하다 -> 정해지다 (jeonghaejida) | get decided |
| 한자어 N + 되다 | Sino-Korean action noun | 시작 -> 시작되다 (sijakdoeda) | get started |
| | 사용 -> 사용되다 (sayongdoeda) | be used |
| N + 받다 / 당하다 | noun (good / bad) | 사랑 -> 사랑받다 (sarangbatda) | be loved |
| | 무시 -> 무시당하다 (musidanghada) | be ignored |
Marking the agent:
| Agent type | Particle | Example |
|---|
| Animate (person / animal) | 에게 / 한테 | 개한테 물렸어요 (gaehante mullyeosseoyo) |
| Inanimate cause | 에 | 산이 눈에 덮였어요 (sani nune deopyeosseoyo) |
| Formal “by” | -에 의해(서) | 전문가에 의해 해결됐어요 (jeonmun-ga-e uihae haegyeoldwaesseoyo) |
Examples
- 저기 산이 잘 보여요. (Jeogi sani jal boyeoyo.) - You can see the mountain over there clearly.
- 문이 갑자기 열렸어요. (Muni gapjagi yeollyeosseoyo.) - The door suddenly opened.
- 밖에서 이상한 소리가 들려요. (Bakkeseo isanghan soriga deullyeoyo.) - A strange sound can be heard from outside.
- 도둑이 경찰에게 잡혔어요. (Dodugi gyeongcharege japyeosseoyo.) - The thief was caught by the police.
- 아이가 개한테 물렸어요. (Aiga gaehante mullyeosseoyo.) - The child was bitten by a dog.
- 표가 벌써 다 팔렸어요. (Pyoga beolsseo da pallyeosseoyo.) - The tickets are already all sold out.
- 회의 날짜가 아직 안 정해졌어요. (Hoeui naljjaga ajik an jeonghaejeosseoyo.) - The meeting date hasn’t been decided yet.
- 공사가 지난달에 시작됐어요. (Gongsaga jinandare sijakdwaesseoyo.) - The construction started last month.
- 이 사실은 기자에 의해 알려졌어요. (I sasireun gija-e uihae allyeojeosseoyo.) - This fact was made known by a reporter.
- 그 배우는 모두에게 사랑받아요. (Geu baeuneun modu-ege sarangbadayo.) - That actor is loved by everyone.
Common mistakes
- 경찰이 도둑을 잡혔어요. (Gyeongchari dodugeul japyeosseoyo.) -> 도둑이 경찰에게 잡혔어요. (Dodugi gyeongcharege japyeosseoyo.) - a passive verb has no object; the thing acted on becomes the subject (이/가) and the doer takes 에게, so 을/를 cannot stay.
- 개에 물렸어요. (Gae-e mullyeosseoyo.) -> 개한테 물렸어요. (Gaehante mullyeosseoyo.) - an animate agent (person or animal) is marked 에게/한테; 에 is only for an inanimate cause.
- 공사를 시작됐어요. (Gongsareul sijakdwaesseoyo.) -> 공사가 시작됐어요. (Gongsaga sijakdwaesseoyo.) - 되다 is passive/intransitive, so its subject takes 이/가; only active 시작하다 takes an object with 을/를.
- 이 단어는 자주 사용되요. (I daneoneun jaju sayongdoeyo.) -> 이 단어는 자주 사용돼요. (I daneoneun jaju sayongdwaeyo.) - 되 + -어요 contracts to 돼요; the form *되요 does not exist.
- 그 노래는 잊혀졌어요. (Geu noraeneun icheojeosseoyo.) -> 그 노래는 잊혔어요. (Geu noraeneun icheosseoyo.) - 잊히다 is already passive; adding -어지다 makes an incorrect double passive (the same trap as *쓰여지다).
Tips
- The passive is rarer than in English. “The window was broken” is naturally 창문이 깨졌어요, but for many English passives Korean simply uses the active with an unnamed doer, or drops the subject entirely. If a passive feels forced, say it actively - it will sound more native.
- No rule predicts -이/히/리/기-. The ~15 common lexical passives are a vocabulary list, not a pattern: learn each as a pair with its active verb (잡다/잡히다, 듣다/들리다). Watch that 듣다 (ㄷ-irregular) gives 들리다.
- Mind the -아/어지다 fork. One ending, two jobs: adjective + -아/어지다 = become (좋아지다, get better); transitive verb + -아/어지다 = passive (만들어지다, get made). The base’s part of speech tells you which.
- 받다 is good, 당하다 is bad. 받다 pairs with pleasant nouns (사랑받다 be loved, 초대받다 be invited); 당하다 with unpleasant ones (무시당하다 be ignored, 사기당하다 be swindled). Choose by the noun’s connotation.
In short
A causative says you made or let someone do something. Korean has three tools. A closed, memorized set of verbs adds an infix -이/히/리/기/우/구/추- to the stem: 먹다 (to eat) -> 먹이다 (meogida, to feed). For any other verb, attach -게 하다 to the stem: 자다 (to sleep) -> 자게 하다 (jage hada, to make/let sleep). And a Sino-Korean 하다-noun becomes causative by swapping 하다 -> 시키다: 공부하다 -> 공부시키다 (gongbusikida, to make someone study).
The rule
Step 1 - Three ways to build a causative
- Lexical - a fixed, memorized set of verbs takes one of the seven infixes -이/히/리/기/우/구/추- between the stem and 다. These are short and idiomatic but you must learn each one (see the table below).
- Periphrastic -게 하다 - fully productive: any verb stem + -게 하다 means make or let someone do it. This is the safe fallback when a verb has no lexical causative.
- 시키다 - for Sino-Korean action nouns (한자어): replace 하다 with 시키다. 청소하다 (to clean) -> 청소시키다 (to make someone clean).
Step 2 - The lexical affixes and the case frame
Attach the infix to the stem: 먹다 -> 먹이다, 입다 -> 입히다, 울다 -> 울리다, 웃다 -> 웃기다, 자다 -> 재우다, 늦다 -> 늦추다. The causee (the person made to act) is marked by the base verb’s type:
- Intransitive base -> the causee takes 을/를: 아이를 재워요 (aireul jaewoyo, put the child to bed), 차를 세워요 (chareul sewoyo, stop the car).
- Transitive base -> the base already owns a 을/를 object, so the causee takes 에게/한테: 아이에게 밥을 먹여요 (aiege babeul meogyeoyo, feed the child rice). You can never stack two 을/를 in a row.
Step 3 - -게 하다 and -게 만들다 (permissive vs coercive)
Verb stem + -게 하다 covers both “make” and “let”; the particle on the causee tilts the reading:
- Causee with 을/를 leans coercive - made: 동생을 울게 했어요 (dongsaengeul ulge haesseoyo, I made my sibling cry).
- Causee with 이/가 (or 에게) leans permissive - let: 동생이 놀게 했어요 (dongsaengi nolge haesseoyo, I let my sibling play).
-게 만들다 (make it so that) stresses bringing about a result or feeling, and works with adjectives too: 저를 웃게 만들어요 (jeoreul utge mandeureoyo, it makes me laugh), 방을 시원하게 만들어요 (makes the room cool).
Step 4 - 시키다 with 한자어
Any noun + 하다 verb causativizes by swapping in 시키다: 공부하다 -> 공부시키다, 준비하다 -> 준비시키다, 안심하다 -> 안심시키다 (to reassure someone). Do not confuse it with plain 하다 (you do it yourself) or with 시키다 = “to order (food)”: 짜장면을 시켜요 (jjajangmyeoneul sikyeoyo, order jajangmyeon), the colloquial cousin of the more formal 주문하다.
Step 5 - Telling a causative from a passive (lesson 55)
The four infixes 이·히·리·기 also build the passive, so many forms overlap. Two signals resolve it:
- 우·구·추 are causative only - 재우다, 세우다, 늦추다 can never be passive.
- Read the case frame. A causative adds a causer and keeps (or adds) a 을/를 object; a passive turns the patient into the 이/가 subject and adds no new object. So 아이에게 밥을 먹이다 (feed, causative) vs 밥이 잘 안 먹혀요 (babi jal an meokyeoyo, the food won’t go down, passive). The genuinely ambiguous same-form verbs (보이다, 읽히다) are read the same way: 사진을 보여요 (shows a photo, causative) vs 산이 보여요 (the mountain is visible, passive). For the more formal “see to it that someone does,” Korean also uses -도록 하다 (see lesson 51).
The lexical causative infixes (stem -> causative -> 해요체):
| Infix | Base verb | Causative | 해요 form | Meaning |
|---|
| -이- | 먹다 (eat) | 먹이다 (meogida) | 먹여요 (meogyeoyo) | feed |
| 보다 (see) | 보이다 (boida) | 보여요 (boyeoyo) | show |
| 죽다 (die) | 죽이다 (jugida) | 죽여요 (jugyeoyo) | kill |
| -히- | 입다 (wear) | 입히다 (ipida) | 입혀요 (ipyeoyo) | dress (sb) |
| 앉다 (sit) | 앉히다 (anchida) | 앉혀요 (anchyeoyo) | seat (sb) |
| 읽다 (read) | 읽히다 (ilkida) | 읽혀요 (ilkyeoyo) | have (sb) read |
| -리- | 울다 (cry) | 울리다 (ullida) | 울려요 (ullyeoyo) | make cry |
| 알다 (know) | 알리다 (allida) | 알려요 (allyeoyo) | inform |
| 살다 (live) | 살리다 (sallida) | 살려요 (sallyeoyo) | save (a life) |
| -기- | 웃다 (laugh) | 웃기다 (utgida) | 웃겨요 (utgyeoyo) | make laugh |
| 신다 (put on feet) | 신기다 (sin-gida) | 신겨요 (sin-gyeoyo) | put shoes on (sb) |
| 남다 (remain) | 남기다 (namgida) | 남겨요 (namgyeoyo) | leave behind |
| -우- | 자다 (sleep) | 재우다 (jaeuda) | 재워요 (jaewoyo) | put to bed |
| 깨다 (wake) | 깨우다 (kkaeuda) | 깨워요 (kkaewoyo) | wake (sb) |
| 서다 (stand) | 세우다 (se-uda) | 세워요 (sewoyo) | stop / erect |
| 타다 (ride) | 태우다 (taeuda) | 태워요 (taewoyo) | give a ride |
| -구- | 돋다 (rise) | 돋구다 (dotguda) | 돋궈요 (dotgwoyo) | raise (a lens prescription) |
| 달다 (be red-hot) | 달구다 (dalguda) | 달궈요 (dalgwoyo) | heat up (metal) |
| -추- | 늦다 (be late) | 늦추다 (neutchuda) | 늦춰요 (neutchwoyo) | delay / push back |
| 낮다 (be low) | 낮추다 (natchuda) | 낮춰요 (natchwoyo) | lower |
The three strategies side by side:
| Strategy | Pattern | Example | Note |
|---|
| Lexical | stem + 이/히/리/기/우/구/추 | 아이에게 밥을 먹여요 | closed, memorized set |
| Periphrastic | Verb stem + -게 하다 | 아이를 자게 했어요 | any verb; make / let |
| stem + -게 만들다 | 저를 웃게 만들어요 | brings about a result |
| Sino-Korean | 한자어 + 시키다 | 선수들을 훈련시켜요 | replaces 하다 |
How the causee is marked:
| Base / pattern | Causee particle | Example |
|---|
| Intransitive base (lexical) | 을/를 | 아이를 재워요 (put to bed) |
| Transitive base (lexical) | 에게/한테 | 아이에게 밥을 먹여요 (feed) |
| -게 하다, coercive “make” | 을/를 | 동생을 울게 했어요 |
| -게 하다, permissive “let” | 이/가 / 에게 | 동생이 놀게 했어요 |
Examples
- 엄마가 아기에게 밥을 먹여요. (Eommaga agiege babeul meogyeoyo.) - The mother feeds the baby rice.
- 아이를 일찍 재웠어요. (Aireul iljjik jaewosseoyo.) - I put the child to bed early.
- 여기에 차를 세우세요. (Yeogie chareul se-useyo.) - Please stop the car here.
- 친구에게 소식을 알렸어요. (Chinguege sosigeul allyeosseoyo.) - I let my friend know the news.
- 그 이야기가 우리를 웃겼어요. (Geu iyagiga urireul utgyeosseoyo.) - That story made us laugh.
- 선생님이 학생들에게 책을 읽혔어요. (Seonsaengnimi haksaengdeurege chaegeul ilkyeosseoyo.) - The teacher had the students read the book.
- 아이를 자게 했어요. (Aireul jage haesseoyo.) - I made the child sleep.
- 코치가 선수들을 매일 훈련시켜요. (Kochiga seonsudeureul maeil hullyeonsikyeoyo.) - The coach makes the players train every day.
- 그 영화는 사람들을 울려요. (Geu yeonghwaneun saramdeureul ullyeoyo.) - That movie makes people cry.
- 에어컨이 방을 시원하게 만들어요. (Eeokeoni bangeul siwonhage mandeureoyo.) - The air conditioner makes the room cool.
Common mistakes
- 아이를 밥을 먹여요. (Aireul babeul meogyeoyo.) -> 아이에게 밥을 먹여요. (Aiege babeul meogyeoyo.) - a transitive base already owns its 밥을, so the causee takes 에게; two 을/를 in a row is ungrammatical.
- 아이를 일찍 잤어요. (Aireul iljjik jasseoyo.) -> 아이를 일찍 재웠어요. (Aireul iljjik jaewosseoyo.) - 자다 (to sleep) is intransitive and cannot take a 를 object; to “put someone to sleep” use the causative 재우다.
- 아이에게 옷을 입어요. (Aiege oseul ibeoyo.) -> 아이에게 옷을 입혀요. (Aiege oseul ipyeoyo.) - 입다 is “wear (yourself)”; to dress someone else you need the causative 입히다 with the -히- infix.
- 제가 숙제를 시켰어요. (Jega sukjereul sikyeosseoyo.) -> 제가 숙제를 했어요. (Jega sukjereul haesseoyo.) - 시키다 means make someone do, not do it yourself; use plain 하다 for your own action.
- 동생를 웃겼어요. (Dongsaengreul utgyeosseoyo.) -> 동생을 웃겼어요. (Dongsaengeul utgyeosseoyo.) - 동생 ends in a 받침, so the object particle is 을, never *를.
Tips
- 우·구·추 = always causative. The infixes 이·히·리·기 are shared with the passive (lesson 55), but 우·구·추 build causatives only - so 재우다, 세우다, 늦추다 can never be a passive. A quick disambiguation signal.
- Read the case frame, not the ending. 보이다 and 읽히다 are both causative and passive. If there is a 을/를 object and a causer, it is causative (사진을 보여요, shows a photo); if the patient is the 이/가 subject with no new object, it is passive (별이 보여요, the stars are visible).
- -게 하다 is the escape hatch. The lexical set is closed and must be memorized; when a verb has none, or you can’t recall it, stem + -게 하다 always works. Put 을/를 on the causee for “make,” 이/가 for “let.”
- 시키다 causativizes any 하다-noun. Swap 하다 -> 시키다: 공부하다 -> 공부시키다, 청소하다 -> 청소시키다. Just don’t mix it up with 시키다 “to order (food),” as in 커피를 시켜요.
B1 57 / 68
Retrospective -더-: what you witnessed, and -던/-았던
회상 -더라고요·-더니와 관형형 -던·-았던
In short
The retrospective -더- reports something you personally saw, heard, or felt in the past and are now recalling. In speech that is -더라고요 (“I noticed that…”) with its casual twin -더라; as a noun-modifier it is -던 (habitual or left unfinished) and -았/었던 (completed and now over). 그 카페 커피가 맛있더라고요 (masitdeoragoyo, the coffee there was good, I found).
The rule
-더- is Korean’s firsthand-evidence marker: it means the information came in through your own eyes, ears, or feelings on some past occasion. It never takes 으 and never splits by vowel harmony - it just clips straight onto any stem.
Step 1 - -더라고요: reporting what you witnessed
Verb/Adjective stem + -더라고요. It presents a fact as a fresh discovery you made: 어제 가 보니까 사람이 많더라고요 (manteoragoyo, there were a lot of people, I found). Stack the past -았/었더라고요 when the event was already finished when you noticed it: 벌써 갔더라고요 (gatdeoragoyo, it/he had already gone, I saw). For a noun it is -이더라고요: 학생이더라고요 (haksaengideoragoyo, turned out to be a student).
Step 2 - the person rule (this is the tricky part)
Because -더- reports what you observed from the outside, it clashes with your own actions - you can’t watch yourself. So report your own actions with the plain past instead. But it flips for feelings: your own inner reactions are exactly what -더- is for, while someone else’s feelings you can only infer, so those need -어하다.
- someone else’s action you saw -> 친구가 공부하더라고요 (chinguga gongbuhadeoragoyo, my friend was studying, I saw).
- your own action -> plain past: 저는 공부했어요 (jeoneun gongbuhaesseoyo), not 저는 공부하더라고요.
- your own feeling -> 저는 무섭더라고요 (jeoneun museopdeoragoyo, I found it scary).
- someone else’s feeling -> 친구는 무서워하더라고요 (chinguneun museowohadeoragoyo, my friend was scared).
Step 3 - the casual -더라 and the background -던데요
-더라 is the 반말 form of -더라고요, for friends: 그 영화 진짜 재미있더라 (jaemiitdeora, that movie was really fun). -던데요 (from -더- + -는데요, lesson 41) lays a witnessed fact down as background that invites a reaction: 아까 보니까 문이 열려 있던데요 (yeollyeo itdeondeyo, the door was open when I looked, you know).
Step 4 - -더니 vs -았/었더니
-더니 links an earlier situation you watched to a change or result, and its subject is 2nd or 3rd person: 어제 아프더니 오늘은 괜찮네요 (eoje apeudeoni oneureun gwaenchanneyo, you/he were sick yesterday, and today you’re fine). Swap in the past -았/었더니 and it becomes first person: you did something, and then something followed - 아침을 안 먹었더니 배고파요 (achimeul an meogeotdeoni baegopayo, I skipped breakfast, so now I’m hungry).
As a noun-modifier, -더- becomes -던 and marks the past as recalled - either habitual (“used to”) or unfinished/interrupted: 다니던 학교 (danideon hakgyo, the school I used to attend), 마시던 커피 (masideon keopi, the coffee I was drinking). -았/었던 adds completion and discontinuity - it happened, and it’s now over or no longer true: 갔던 곳 (gatdeon got, the place I once went), 예뻤던 얼굴 (yeppeotdeon eolgul, the face that used to be pretty). Plain -(으)ㄴ (lesson 24) is the neutral completed past with none of that recall/discontinuity flavour: 먹은 빵 (meogeun ppang, the eaten bread).
The spoken -더- endings (they attach straight onto any stem - no 으, no vowel-harmony split):
| Ending | Job | After a vowel | After a 받침 |
|---|
| -더라고요 | report what you witnessed (해요체) | 가다 -> 가더라고요 (gadeoragoyo) | 먹다 -> 먹더라고요 (meokdeoragoyo) |
| -더라 | the same, casual (반말) | 오다 -> 오더라 (odeora) | 좋다 -> 좋더라 (joteora) |
| -던데요 | witnessed background inviting a reply | 크다 -> 크던데요 (keudeondeyo) | 많다 -> 많던데요 (manteondeyo) |
| -더니 | witnessed X -> change/result (2nd/3rd person) | 자다 -> 자더니 (jadeoni) | 웃다 -> 웃더니 (utdeoni) |
The modifier forms (-던 attaches directly; -았/었던 needs the past, picked by vowel harmony):
| Form | What it recalls | Example | Gloss |
|---|
| -던 | habitual, “used to” | 다니다 -> 다니던 학교 (danideon hakgyo) | the school I used to attend |
| -던 | unfinished / interrupted | 마시다 -> 마시던 커피 (masideon keopi) | the coffee I was drinking |
| -았/었던 | completed, now over | 가다 -> 갔던 곳 (gatdeon got) | the place I once went |
| -았/었던 | past state, no longer true | 예쁘다 -> 예뻤던 얼굴 (yeppeotdeon eolgul) | the face that used to be pretty |
| -(으)ㄴ | plain completed past | 먹다 -> 먹은 빵 (meogeun ppang) | the (already) eaten bread |
-더니 vs -았/었더니 - the person and tense pivot:
| -더니 | -았/었더니 |
|---|
| Subject | 2nd / 3rd person (someone you watched) | 1st person (I) |
| First clause | witnessed situation, present stem + 더니 | my own past action, past + 더니 |
| Meaning | ”was X, and then (changed / as a result)" | "I did X, and then Y happened / I found Y” |
| Example | 동생이 울더니 잠들었어요 (dongsaengi uldeoni jamdeureosseoyo) | (제가) 아침을 안 먹었더니 배고파요 (meogeotdeoni baegopayo) |
Person and evidence at a glance (-더- always encodes firsthand past evidence):
| You want to say… | Subject | Use | Example |
|---|
| what you saw someone else do | 3rd | -더라고요 | 친구가 공부하더라고요 (chinguga gongbuhadeoragoyo) |
| your own past action | 1st | plain past, not -더- | 저는 공부했어요 (jeoneun gongbuhaesseoyo) |
| your own feeling / reaction | 1st | -더라고요 | 저는 무섭더라고요 (jeoneun museopdeoragoyo) |
| someone else’s feeling | 3rd | -어하다 + -더라고요 | 친구는 무서워하더라고요 (chinguneun museowohadeoragoyo) |
Examples
- 어제 명동에 사람이 정말 많더라고요. (Eoje Myeongdonge sarami jeongmal manteoragoyo.) - Yesterday there were really a lot of people in Myeongdong (I saw).
- 그 카페 커피가 맛있더라고요. (Geu kape keopiga masitdeoragoyo.) - The coffee at that cafe was good, I found.
- 저는 그 영화가 좀 무섭더라고요. (Jeoneun geu yeonghwaga jom museopdeoragoyo.) - I found that movie a bit scary.
- 그 사람 노래 진짜 잘하더라. (Geu saram norae jinjja jalhadeora.) - That person sang really well.
- 아까 보니까 문이 열려 있던데요. (Akka bonikka muni yeollyeo itdeondeyo.) - When I looked earlier, the door was open, you know.
- 동생이 한참 울더니 잠들었어요. (Dongsaengi hancham uldeoni jamdeureosseoyo.) - My little sibling cried for a while and then fell asleep.
- 매일 운동하더니 정말 건강해졌어요. (Maeil undonghadeoni jeongmal geonganghaejeosseoyo.) - He exercised every day and got really healthy.
- 아침을 안 먹었더니 지금 너무 배고파요. (Achimeul an meogeotdeoni jigeum neomu baegopayo.) - I skipped breakfast, so now I’m very hungry.
- 어릴 때 살았던 집에 다시 가 봤어요. (Eoril ttae saratdeon jibe dasi ga bwasseoyo.) - I went back to the house I lived in as a child.
- 제가 마시던 커피가 아직 여기 있어요. (Jega masideon keopiga ajik yeogi isseoyo.) - The coffee I was drinking is still here.
Common mistakes
- 저는 매일 학교에 가더라고요. (Jeoneun maeil hakgyoe gadeoragoyo.) -> 저는 매일 학교에 갔어요. (Jeoneun maeil hakgyoe gasseoyo.) - -더- reports what you watch from the outside, so it clashes with your own action; report your own actions with the plain past -았/었-.
- 친구는 그 영화가 무섭더라고요. (Chinguneun geu yeonghwaga museopdeoragoyo.) -> 친구는 그 영화를 무서워하더라고요. (Chinguneun geu yeonghwareul museowohadeoragoyo.) - a bare feeling-adjective + -더- can only describe your feeling; for someone else’s feeling use -어하다 (as written, 친구는 무섭더라고요 would mean “my friend is scary”).
- 저는 아침을 안 먹더니 배고파요. (Jeoneun achimeul an meokdeoni baegopayo.) -> 저는 아침을 안 먹었더니 배고파요. (Jeoneun achimeul an meogeotdeoni baegopayo.) - when your own action causes the result, use -았/었더니 (past); plain -더니 needs a 2nd/3rd-person situation you witnessed.
- 책상 위에 마신 커피가 있어요. (Chaeksang wie masin keopiga isseoyo.) -> 책상 위에 마시던 커피가 있어요. (Chaeksang wie masideon keopiga isseoyo.) - 마신 = drank (finished, gone); coffee you left half-drunk is 마시던 (unfinished). -(으)ㄴ seals the action; -던 leaves it open.
- 그 집 진짜 좋더라구요. (Geu jip jinjja joteoraguyo.) -> 그 집 진짜 좋더라고요. (Geu jip jinjja joteoragoyo.) - the standard spelling is -더라고요; -더라구요 is a colloquial mis-spelling of the same ending.
Tips
- -더- means “I was there.” Everything built on it - -더라고요, -더라, -던데요, -더니, and the modifier -던 - carries firsthand past evidence: you saw, heard, or felt it yourself. That is what sets it apart from the second-hand hearsay -대요 (lesson 59).
- Own action -> no -더-; own feeling -> yes -더-. You can’t watch yourself act, but you can feel your own feelings, so 저는 무섭더라고요 is fine while 저는 가더라고요 is not.
- -던 leaves it open, -았/었던 seals it. Habitual or unfinished = -던 (마시던 커피 is still on the desk); done-and-over = -았/었던 (마셨던 커피 is long gone).
- -더니 pivots on 았/었. No past marker = someone you watched changed or reacted; add 았/었 with a 저/제 subject = your own action produced the result.
In short
한다체 (the plain style) is the register of writing addressed to no one in particular - newspapers, novels, academic papers, diaries, memos and headlines. Its declarative is -ㄴ다/-는다 on action verbs (간다, 먹는다) but a bare -다 on adjectives and 이다 (좋다, 학생이다), and it has its own question (-느냐/-니), command (-아/어라) and proposal (-자) endings. A related written shorthand collapses a whole clause into a noun with -(으)ㅁ (확인했음).
The rule
Step 1 - The declarative depends on the WORD CLASS, not just the 받침
This is the one thing that trips everyone. The plain declarative is not a single ending.
- Action verb -> -ㄴ다 / -는다. After a vowel stem it is -ㄴ다; after a 받침 stem it is -는다.
- 가다 -> 간다 (ganda, goes); 마시다 -> 마신다 (masinda, drinks)
- 먹다 -> 먹는다 (meongneunda, eats); 읽다 -> 읽는다 (ingneunda, reads)
- ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before -ㄴ다: 살다 -> 산다 (sanda, lives); 만들다 -> 만든다 (mandeunda, makes)
- Adjective (descriptive verb) -> plain -다. No -ㄴ다/-는다 at all - the base form IS the plain declarative: 좋다 (jota, is good), 크다 (keuda, is big), 예쁘다 (yeppeuda, is pretty).
- 이다 and 있다/없다 -> plain -다. The copula is -(이)다: 학생 -> 학생이다 (haksaengida), vowel-final noun 의사 -> 의사다 (uisada, also written 의사이다). Existence verbs stay bare too: 있다 (itda, there is), 없다 (eopda, there isn’t).
So the plain declarative sorts every predicate into two boxes: does something (adds -ㄴ다/-는다) vs is/has a quality (bare -다).
Step 2 - Tense and future ride on the same declarative
- Past -았/었- just takes bare -다: 가다 -> 갔다 (gatda, went); 먹다 -> 먹었다 (meogeotda, ate); 하다 -> 했다 (haetda, did).
- Future is the bound-noun phrase -(으)ㄹ 것이다: 가다 -> 갈 것이다 (gal geosida, will go). Note the space before 것 and the casual contraction 갈 거다.
Step 3 - The other three sentence types
한다체 marks statement, question, command and proposal with four different endings.
- Interrogative -(느)냐? / -니? - Verbs take -느냐 (literary) or the shorter modern -냐; adjectives take -(으)냐; -니? is the softer everyday plain question. 가다 -> 가느냐? (ganeunya?) / 가니? (gani?); 먹다 -> 먹느냐? / 먹니? (meongni?); 좋다 -> 좋으냐? (joeunya?).
- Imperative -아/어라 (this is 해라체). 가다 -> 가라 (gara, go!); 먹다 -> 먹어라 (meogeora, eat!); 하다 -> 해라 (haera, do!); 앉다 -> 앉아라 (anjara, sit!).
- Propositive -자. 가다 -> 가자 (gaja, let’s go); 먹다 -> 먹자 (meokja, let’s eat); 하다 -> 하자 (haja, let’s do it).
Step 4 - -(으)ㅁ turns a clause into a noun
For memos, minutes, captions and reports you can freeze a whole predicate into a noun with the nominalizer -(으)ㅁ: -ㅁ after a vowel stem, -음 after a 받침 stem - except that a ㄹ-stem takes the bare -ㅁ and keeps its ㄹ, writing the two as a double 받침 ㄻ: 살다 -> 삶 (sam), 만들다 -> 만듦 (mandeum), never *살음. (Note the contrast with Step 1, where -ㄴ다 makes the same ㄹ drop.) It stacks on top of tense.
Verb/Adjective stem + -(으)ㅁ - 확인하다 (past) -> 확인했음 (hwaginhaesseum, confirmed); 필요하다 -> 필요함 (piryoham, is needed); 없다 -> 없음 (eopseum, none); 있다 -> 있음 (isseum, present).
The close cousin is the noun-final notice style of signs and headlines - just a bare noun, no verb at all: 참석 요망 (chamseok yomang, attendance requested), 주차 금지 (jucha geumji, no parking), 촬영 금지 (chwaryeong geumji, no photography).
Step 5 - Where it lives, and the spoken exception
한다체 belongs on the page: 신문 (newspapers), 소설 (novels), 논문 (papers), 일기 (diaries), 메모 (memos) and 헤드라인 (headlines). It is impersonal, not rude - it simply has no listener. The one place it surfaces in speech is the 반말 exclamation you blurt to yourself: 좋다! (Jota!, Great!), 배고프다! (Baegopeuda!, I’m starving!). Match the pronoun to the register: plain style pairs with 나, never the humble 저.
The plain declarative, sorted by word class:
| Predicate type | Ending | Base form | 한다체 |
|---|
| Action verb, vowel stem | -ㄴ다 | 가다 (gada) | 간다 (ganda) |
| Action verb, 받침 stem | -는다 | 먹다 (meokda) | 먹는다 (meongneunda) |
| Action verb, ㄹ-stem (ㄹ drops) | -ㄴ다 | 살다 (salda) | 산다 (sanda) |
| Adjective | -다 (bare) | 좋다 (jota) | 좋다 (jota) |
| 이다 (copula) | -(이)다 | 학생 (haksaeng) | 학생이다 (haksaengida) |
| Past | -았/었-다 | 가다 (gada) | 갔다 (gatda) |
| Future | -(으)ㄹ 것이다 | 가다 (gada) | 갈 것이다 (gal geosida) |
The four sentence types (한다체):
| Sentence type | Ending | 가다 (vowel verb) | 먹다 (받침 verb) |
|---|
| Declarative | -ㄴ다 / -는다 | 간다 (ganda) | 먹는다 (meongneunda) |
| Interrogative | -(느)냐? / -니? | 가느냐? / 가니? (ganeunya? / gani?) | 먹느냐? / 먹니? (meongneunya? / meongni?) |
| Imperative | -아/어라 | 가라 (gara) | 먹어라 (meogeora) |
| Propositive | -자 | 가자 (gaja) | 먹자 (meokja) |
-(으)ㅁ nominalization and the noun-final notice style:
| Source | Formation | Result | Where |
|---|
| 가다 (gada) | vowel stem + -ㅁ | 감 (gam) | caption |
| 먹다 (meokda) | 받침 stem + -음 | 먹음 (meogeum) | note |
| 만들다 (mandeulda) | ㄹ-stem + -ㅁ (ㄹ stays) | 만듦 (mandeum) | list |
| 확인했다 (hwaginhaetda) | past + -음 | 확인했음 (hwaginhaesseum) | memo |
| 필요하다 (piryohada) | stem + -ㅁ | 필요함 (piryoham) | report |
| 없다 (eopda) | 받침 stem + -음 | 없음 (eopseum) | checklist |
| (bare noun) | noun only | 주차 금지 (jucha geumji) | sign |
Register comparison - read the 해요체 and 한다체 columns as a conversion drill:
| Function | 해요체 | 하십시오체 (합쇼체) | 한다체 |
|---|
| Statement, verb | 가요 (gayo) | 갑니다 (gamnida) | 간다 (ganda) |
| Statement, 받침 verb | 먹어요 (meogeoyo) | 먹습니다 (meokseumnida) | 먹는다 (meongneunda) |
| Statement, adjective | 좋아요 (joayo) | 좋습니다 (joseumnida) | 좋다 (jota) |
| Copula | 학생이에요 (haksaengieyo) | 학생입니다 (haksaengimnida) | 학생이다 (haksaengida) |
| Question | 가요? (gayo?) | 갑니까? (gamnikka?) | 가느냐? / 가니? (ganeunya? / gani?) |
| Command | 가세요 (gaseyo) | 가십시오 (gasipsio) | 가라 (gara) |
| Proposal | 같이 가요 (gachi gayo) | 갑시다 (gapsida) | 가자 (gaja) |
Examples
- 나는 매일 아침 커피를 마신다. (Naneun maeil achim keopireul masinda.) - I drink coffee every morning.
- 오늘은 날씨가 아주 좋다. (Oneureun nalssiga aju jota.) - The weather is very nice today.
- 아이가 지금 밥을 먹는다. (Aiga jigeum babeul meongneunda.) - The child is eating now.
- 그는 작년에 서울로 이사했다. (Geuneun jangnyeone Seoullo isahaetda.) - He moved to Seoul last year.
- 내일은 비가 올 것이다. (Naeireun biga ol geosida.) - It will rain tomorrow.
- 너는 왜 학교에 안 가느냐? (Neoneun wae hakgyoe an ganeunya?) - Why aren’t you going to school?
- 빨리 집에 가라. (Ppalli jibe gara.) - Go home quickly.
- 우리 같이 점심을 먹자. (Uri gachi jeomsimeul meokja.) - Let’s eat lunch together.
- 회의 내용을 모두 확인했음. (Hoeui naeyongeul modu hwaginhaesseum.) - Confirmed all the meeting contents.
- 이곳은 주차 금지. (Igoseun jucha geumji.) - No parking here.
Common mistakes
- 가는다. (Ganeunda.) -> 간다. (Ganda.) - A vowel-final verb stem takes -ㄴ다; -는다 is only for stems that end in a 받침.
- 좋는다. (Jonneunda.) -> 좋다. (Jota.) - Adjectives never take -ㄴ다/-는다. Their plain declarative is the bare base form. Only action verbs add -ㄴ다/-는다.
- 살는다. (Salleunda.) -> 산다. (Sanda.) - A ㄹ-stem drops its ㄹ before -ㄴ다, exactly like 만들다 -> 만든다 and 알다 -> 안다.
- 나는 간다요. (Naneun gandayo.) -> 나는 간다. (Naneun ganda.) - 한다체 never carries the polite 요. Adding 요 to a plain ending mixes two registers.
- 저는 매일 운동한다. (Jeoneun maeil undonghanda.) -> 나는 매일 운동한다. (Naneun maeil undonghanda.) - The plain style pairs with 나, not the humble 저. Pronoun and register must match.
Tips
- The declarative is your word-class test. If -ㄴ다 can go on it (간다, 먹는다), it is an action verb; if it insists on bare -다 (좋다, 학생이다, 있다), it is an adjective, the copula, or 있다/없다. This split runs through all of Korean grammar, and 한다체 makes it visible.
- Impersonal, not impolite. 한다체 reads as neutral on a page precisely because it addresses no one. Said out loud AT a person it sounds blunt - so keep it for writing and for the self-directed exclamation (좋다!, 아프다!), and use 해요체 or 반말 when you actually speak to someone.
- -(으)ㅁ is a portable “done” stamp. 확인했음 = “(I) confirmed it”, 완료함 = “completed”. It has no listener and no politeness, which is why it is perfect for a checklist or minutes and wrong for a message to a person.
- This paradigm feeds reported speech. The plain forms 간다, 좋다, 학생이다, 가느냐, 가라, 가자 are exactly what the next lesson quotes with -고: 간다고 하다, 가냐고 하다, 가라고 하다, 가자고 하다. Learn the plain endings solidly here and lesson 59 becomes mechanical.
B1 59 / 68
Reported speech and its contractions
간접화법과 축약형
In short
To report what someone said, put their words into the plain style you met in lesson 58, then add -고 하다 (-go hada, “says that…”). The plain-form ending depends on the sentence type: statement -(느)ㄴ다고, question -(느)냐고, command -(으)라고, suggestion -자고. In speech these fuse with 해요 into -대요 / -냬요 / -래요 / -재요.
The rule
Step 1 - Build the quote in the plain style, then add -고 하다
Korean does not backshift like English. You take the reported sentence, rebuild its ending in the 한다체 plain style (lesson 58), and clip -고 하다 onto it. The plain ending is chosen by the sentence type of the original words:
- Statement (평서문). Verb + -(느)ㄴ다고: 가다 -> 간다고 하다 (gandago hada, says that … goes), 먹다 -> 먹는다고 하다 (meongneundago hada). Adjective + -다고: 좋다 -> 좋다고 하다 (jotago hada, says that … is good). 이다 -> (이)라고: 학생이다 -> 학생이라고 하다 (haksaengirago hada), 친구(이)다 -> 친구라고 하다. Never 이다고.
- Question (의문문). Stem + -(느)냐고: 가다 -> 가냐고 하다 (ganyago hada, asks whether … goes). The prescriptive split is verb -느냐고 / adjective -(으)냐고 (가느냐고, 좋으냐고), but everyday speech just says -냐고 on any stem.
- Command (명령문). Verb + -(으)라고: 가다 -> 가라고 하다 (garago hada, tells … to go), 먹다 -> 먹으라고 하다 (meogeurago hada). This is the reported form of the -(으)세요 of lesson 21.
- Suggestion (청유문). Verb + -자고: 가다 -> 가자고 하다 (gajago hada, suggests they go), 먹다 -> 먹자고 하다.
Past and future live inside the quote, on the stem before -고: 갔다고 하다 (gatdago hada, said that … went), 가겠다고 하다 (gagetdago hada, said … will go).
Step 2 - Contract -고 해요 into -대요 / -냬요 / -래요 / -재요
When the outer verb is present-tense 해요, spoken Korean fuses -고 해요 into a single ending. The quote’s vowel survives and picks up -애요:
- statement -다고 해요 -> -대요: 간다고 해요 -> 간대요 (gandaeyo), 학생이라고 해요 -> 학생이래요 (haksaengiraeyo).
- question -냐고 해요 -> -냬요: 가냐고 해요 -> 가냬요 (ganyaeyo).
- command -(으)라고 해요 -> -(으)래요: 가라고 해요 -> 가래요 (garaeyo).
- suggestion -자고 해요 -> -재요: 가자고 해요 -> 가재요 (gajaeyo).
These are contractions, not new endings - when unsure, expand them back to -고 해요.
Step 3 - 달라고 하다 vs 주라고 하다: who receives?
A reported request with 주다 (to give) splits by who gets the thing. If it comes back to the requester (the person who spoke), 주다 becomes the suppletive 달다 -> 달라고 하다. If it goes to a third party, use 주라고 하다:
- 친구가 책을 달라고 했어요. - my friend asked me to give the book to them.
- 친구가 동생에게 책을 주라고 했어요. - my friend told me to give the book to my sibling.
The tense inside the quote marks the event; the outer verb marks when the saying happened, and they move independently: 내일 온다고 했어요 (naeil ondago haesseoyo, said [past] that … comes [present] tomorrow). Swap 하다 for any verb of speech - 말하다 (say), 듣다 (hear), 물어보다 (ask), 전하다 (pass on), 대답하다 (answer): 간다고 들었어요 (I heard that … goes).
To hang the report on a noun, drop -고 하- and use -는: 간다고 하는 -> 간다는 말 (gandaneun mal, the claim that … goes), 온다는 소식 (the news that … is coming), 결혼한다는 소문 (the rumour that … is marrying); likewise -냐는 질문, -라는 말, -자는 제안. And a report embeds under other frames: 온다는데요 (they say … is coming, but…, the -는데요 of lesson 41) and 온다고 하는 것 같아요 (it seems they say … is coming). For an exact quotation, keep the original words and add the quotative particle -(이)라고 (or 하고, the -고 form of 하다, which replays the original voice): “갈게요”라고 했어요.
Statement -(느)ㄴ다고 하다 - the ending is chosen by the stem’s 받침:
| Base | Ending | + 하다 | Contraction |
|---|
| vowel verb 가다 (gada) | -ㄴ다고 | 간다고 해요 (gandago haeyo) | 간대요 (gandaeyo) |
| ㄹ-stem 살다 (salda) | -ㄴ다고, ㄹ drops | 산다고 해요 (sandago haeyo) | 산대요 (sandaeyo) |
| consonant verb 먹다 (meokda) | -는다고 | 먹는다고 해요 (meongneundago haeyo) | 먹는대요 (meongneundaeyo) |
| adjective 좋다 (jota) | -다고 | 좋다고 해요 (jotago haeyo) | 좋대요 (jotaeyo) |
| 있다 (itda) | -다고 | 있다고 해요 (itdago haeyo) | 있대요 (itdaeyo) |
| 이다 after consonant 학생 | (이)라고 | 학생이라고 해요 (haksaengirago haeyo) | 학생이래요 (haksaengiraeyo) |
| 이다 after vowel 친구 | 라고 | 친구라고 해요 (chingurago haeyo) | 친구래요 (chinguraeyo) |
| past 가다 -> 갔- | -다고 | 갔다고 해요 (gatdago haeyo) | 갔대요 (gatdaeyo) |
Question, command, suggestion - one ending each:
| Type | Ending | Vowel stem | Consonant stem | Contraction |
|---|
| 의문 (question) | -(느)냐고 | 가냐고 해요 (ganyago haeyo) | 먹냐고 해요 (meongnyago haeyo) | 가냬요 / 먹냬요 (ganyaeyo / meongnyaeyo) |
| 명령 (command) | -(으)라고 | 가라고 해요 (garago haeyo) | 먹으라고 해요 (meogeurago haeyo) | 가래요 / 먹으래요 (garaeyo / meogeuraeyo) |
| 청유 (suggestion) | -자고 | 가자고 해요 (gajago haeyo) | 먹자고 해요 (meokjago haeyo) | 가재요 / 먹재요 (gajaeyo / meokjaeyo) |
Noun-modifier form (drop -고 하-, add -는):
| Full | Contracted | + noun |
|---|
| 간다고 하는 | 간다는 (gandaneun) | 간다는 말 (the claim that … goes) |
| 가냐고 하는 | 가냐는 (ganyaneun) | 가냐는 질문 (the question whether … goes) |
| 가라고 하는 | 가라는 (garaneun) | 가라는 말 (the instruction to go) |
| 가자고 하는 | 가자는 (gajaneun) | 가자는 제안 (the proposal to go together) |
Examples
- 친구가 내일 온다고 했어요. (Chinguga naeil ondago haesseoyo.) - My friend said (he) is coming tomorrow.
- 그 영화가 재미있대요. (Geu yeonghwaga jaemiitdaeyo.) - They say that movie is fun.
- 친구가 저한테 시간 있냐고 물어봤어요. (Chinguga jeohante sigan innyago mureobwasseoyo.) - My friend asked me whether I have time.
- 선생님이 책을 읽으라고 하셨어요. (Seonsaengnimi chaegeul ilgeurago hasyeosseoyo.) - The teacher told (us) to read the book.
- 친구가 같이 점심을 먹자고 했어요. (Chinguga gachi jeomsimeul meokjago haesseoyo.) - My friend suggested we eat lunch together.
- 동생이 돈을 좀 빌려 달라고 했어요. (Dongsaengi doneul jom billyeo dallago haesseoyo.) - My younger sibling asked me to lend (them) some money.
- 엄마가 동생한테 이 편지를 주라고 하셨어요. (Eommaga dongsaenghante i pyeonjireul jurago hasyeosseoyo.) - Mom told me to give this letter to my sibling.
- 내일 비가 온다는 소식을 들었어요. (Naeil biga ondaneun sosigeul deureosseoyo.) - I heard the news that it will rain tomorrow.
- 그 사람이 의사래요. (Geu sarami uisaraeyo.) - They say that person is a doctor.
- 다들 오늘 모이재요. (Dadeul oneul moijaeyo.) - Everyone is suggesting we meet up today.
Common mistakes
- 친구가 내일 가다고 했어요. (Chinguga naeil gadago haesseoyo.) -> 친구가 내일 간다고 했어요. (Chinguga naeil gandago haesseoyo.) - a reported verb needs the plain declarative -(느)ㄴ다, not the dictionary form: 가다 -> 간다고, 먹다 -> 먹는다고.
- 학생이다고 했어요. (Haksaengidago haesseoyo.) -> 학생이라고 했어요. (Haksaengirago haesseoyo.) - 이다 reports as (이)라고, never 이다고: 학생이라고, 친구라고.
- 친구가 빨리 갈래요. (Chinguga ppalli gallaeyo.) -> 친구가 빨리 가래요. (Chinguga ppalli garaeyo.) - 가래요 = “(he) tells me to go” (< 가라고 해요); 갈래요 = “I’ll go” (the -(으)ㄹ래요 of lesson 43). Different endings.
- 친구가 도와주라고 했어요. (Chinguga dowajurago haesseoyo.) -> 친구가 도와 달라고 했어요. (Chinguga dowa dallago haesseoyo.) - when the favour comes back to the requester, use 달라고; 주라고 sends it to a third party.
- 어디 간다고 물어봤어요. (Eodi gandago mureobwasseoyo.) -> 어디 가냐고 물어봤어요. (Eodi ganyago mureobwasseoyo.) - a reported question takes -(느)냐고, not the statement ending -ㄴ/는다고.
Tips
- Match the vowel. The contraction keeps the quote’s own vowel: statement 다 -> 대요, question 냐 -> 냬요, command 라 -> 래요, suggestion 자 -> 재요. If you can rebuild the -고 해요, you can always un-contract.
- No English-style backshift. Keep the quote in its original tense; only the outer 하다/말하다 moves to the past. 내일 온다고 했어요 stays present inside even though the saying was in the past.
- -대요 is not -데요. -대요 reports what someone else said (< -다고 해요); the look-alike -데요/-더라고요 (lesson 57) reports what you yourself witnessed. Same sound, opposite source.
- The -(느)ㄴ다는 modifier is everywhere. News and writing lean on 간다는 말, 온다는 소식, 결혼한다는 소문 - just 간다고 하는 with -고 하- squeezed out to -는.
In short
These are bound-noun patterns: a noun that cannot stand alone - 편, 척, 채, 만, 셈, 중, 데 - sits at the end of a modifier clause and freezes it into a set expression. They let you hedge a claim (매운 걸 잘 먹는 편이에요, maeun geol jal meongneun pyeonieyo, I’m on the “eats spicy food fine” side), report a pretense (모르는 척했어요, moreuneun cheokaesseoyo, I pretended not to know), or hold a state in place (신발을 신은 채로, sinbareul sineun chaero, with shoes still on). Each bound noun takes a space, and the modifier ending in front of it depends on the pattern and the word class.
The rule
Step 1 - The shared shape: modifier clause + bound noun + 이다/하다
Every pattern here is Clause + 관형형 어미 (modifier ending) + bound noun + tail, exactly the machinery of lesson 24. The bound noun always takes a space in front (먹는 편, 볼 만), and the modifier ending is chosen by word class and by the pattern: action verbs mostly take -는, descriptive verbs (adjectives) take -(으)ㄴ, and a few patterns lock to one ending. The tail is usually the copula 이다 (-> 해요체 -이에요) or 하다 (-> 해요).
Step 2 - -(으)ㄴ/는 편이다: tendency, “on the … side” (a hedge)
편 (pyeon, side) turns a flat statement into a soft, non-absolute one. Verbs take -는, adjectives take -(으)ㄴ: 잘 먹는 편이에요 (jal meongneun pyeonieyo, I tend to eat well), 키가 큰 편이에요 (kiga keun pyeonieyo, I’m on the tall side). Compare the blunt 매워요 (maewoyo, it’s spicy) with the hedged 매운 편이에요 (maeun pyeonieyo, it’s on the spicy side) - this is a favourite politeness device.
Step 3 - -(으)ㄴ/는 척하다 / 체하다: pretense
척 and 체 are interchangeable (척 is more common in speech) and mean pretend. Present verb -는, adjective or completed action -(으)ㄴ: 자는 척해요 (janeun cheokaeyo, pretends to sleep), 아픈 척해요 (apeun cheokaeyo, pretends to be sick), 못 본 척했어요 (mot bon cheokaesseoyo, pretended not to have seen). Do not confuse 척 (pretense) with 채 in the next step - different word, different vowel.
Step 4 - -(으)ㄴ 채(로): a state left unchanged
채 (chae) names a state that was set earlier and is still in place, so it locks to the completed modifier -(으)ㄴ only: 신발을 신은 채로 들어갔어요 (sinbareul sineun chaero deureogasseoyo, went in with shoes still on), 눈을 감은 채 (nuneul gameun chae, with eyes shut). It often carries a whiff of “and that was odd / shouldn’t have stayed that way”. Keep it apart from -고 (plain sequence/manner) and -(으)면서 (lesson 30, two actions at once) - see the contrast table.
Step 5 - -(으)ㄹ 만하다: worth doing / bearable
만 locks to the prospective -(으)ㄹ and means worth …ing or tolerable enough to …: 볼 만해요 (bol manhaeyo, worth watching), 가 볼 만한 곳 (ga bol manhan got, a place worth visiting), 참을 만해요 (chameul manhaeyo, bearable), 먹을 만해요 (meogeul manhaeyo, decent enough to eat).
Step 6 - -는 셈이다: it amounts to, practically
셈 (sem, calculation) says the situation is not literally X but effectively equals X. Verb past/present -(으)ㄴ/-는, adjective -(으)ㄴ: 다 한 셈이에요 (da han semieyo, it’s practically done), 이 정도면 싼 셈이에요 (i jeongdomyeon ssan semieyo, at this price it’s cheap, more or less).
Step 7 - -는 중이다 / N 중이다: in the middle of
중 (jung, midst) marks an ongoing durative action. After a verb it takes -는 (공부하는 중이에요, gongbuhaneun jungieyo, in the middle of studying); after a plain noun it attaches with a space (회의 중이에요, hoeui jungieyo, in a meeting; 공사 중, gongsa jung, under construction; 통화 중, tonghwa jung, on the phone / line busy). It needs a durative activity - never a state like 고프다 (be hungry) and never a descriptive verb.
Step 8 - -(으)ㄴ/는 데다가: on top of that
데 (bound noun circumstance) + 다가 stacks a second, same-direction fact onto the first. Verb -는, adjective/completed action -(으)ㄴ: 비가 오는 데다가 바람도 불어요 (biga oneun dedaga baramdo bureoyo, on top of raining, the wind is blowing too). Both clauses lean the same way (both good, or both bad), and the second usually carries 도 (also).
관형형 (modifier-ending) selection per pattern:
| Pattern | Action verb | Descriptive verb (adjective) | Meaning |
|---|
| -(으)ㄴ/는 편이다 | -는: 먹는 편이다 (meongneun) | -(으)ㄴ: 큰 편이다 (keun) | tends to / on the … side |
| -(으)ㄴ/는 척하다·체하다 | -는 / -(으)ㄴ: 먹는·먹은 척하다 | -(으)ㄴ: 아픈 척하다 (apeun) | pretend to |
| -(으)ㄴ 채(로) | -(으)ㄴ only: 신은 채로 (sineun) | (not used) | state left unchanged |
| -(으)ㄹ 만하다 | -(으)ㄹ: 볼 만하다 (bol) | (rare) | worth / bearable |
| -는 셈이다 | -는 / -(으)ㄴ: 한 셈이다 (han) | -(으)ㄴ: 싼 셈이다 (ssan) | amounts to |
| -는 중이다 / N 중이다 | -는 only: 하는 중이다; N: 회의 중 | (not used) | in the middle of |
| -(으)ㄴ/는 데다가 | -는: 오는 데다가 (oneun) | -(으)ㄴ: 넓은 데다가 (neolbeun) | on top of that |
The tail conjugates; the modifier clause does not:
| Pattern | 해요체 present | 해요체 past |
|---|
| 편이다 | 편이에요 (pyeonieyo) | 편이었어요 (pyeonieosseoyo) |
| 척하다 | 척해요 (cheokaeyo) | 척했어요 (cheokaesseoyo) |
| 만하다 | 만해요 (manhaeyo) | 만했어요 (manhaesseoyo) |
| 셈이다 | 셈이에요 (semieyo) | 셈이었어요 (semieosseoyo) |
| 중이다 | 중이에요 (jungieyo) | 중이었어요 (jungieosseoyo) |
-(으)ㄴ 채 vs -고 vs -(으)면서 - three ways to link two things:
| Ending | Example | What it says |
|---|
| -(으)ㄴ 채(로) | 신발을 신은 채로 들어갔어요 (sinbareul sineun chaero deureogasseoyo) | went in with shoes STILL on - a prior state left unchanged |
| -고 | 신발을 신고 들어갔어요 (sinbareul singo deureogasseoyo) | put shoes on and went in - plain sequence / manner |
| -(으)면서 | 음악을 들으면서 공부해요 (eumageul deureumyeonseo gongbuhaeyo) | study WHILE listening - two actions at the same time |
Examples
- 저는 매운 음식을 잘 먹는 편이에요. (Jeoneun maeun eumsigeul jal meongneun pyeonieyo.) - I tend to handle spicy food pretty well.
- 동생은 키가 큰 편이에요. (Dongsaengeun kiga keun pyeonieyo.) - My younger sibling is on the tall side.
- 그냥 모르는 척했어요. (Geunyang moreuneun cheokaesseoyo.) - I just pretended not to know.
- 아이가 자는 척해요. (Aiga janeun cheokaeyo.) - The child is pretending to be asleep.
- 신발을 신은 채로 들어오지 마세요. (Sinbareul sineun chaero deureooji maseyo.) - Don’t come in with your shoes still on.
- 불을 켠 채로 잤어요. (Bureul kyeon chaero jasseoyo.) - I fell asleep with the light left on.
- 이 영화는 한번 볼 만해요. (I yeonghwaneun hanbeon bol manhaeyo.) - This movie is worth a watch.
- 숙제를 거의 다 한 셈이에요. (Sukjereul geoui da han semieyo.) - The homework is practically all done.
- 지금 밥을 먹는 중이에요. (Jigeum babeul meongneun jungieyo.) - I’m in the middle of eating right now.
- 이 식당은 값이 싼 데다가 맛도 좋아요. (I sikdangeun gapsi ssan dedaga matdo joayo.) - This place is cheap and, on top of that, the food is good too.
Common mistakes
- 모르 척했어요 (moreu cheokaesseoyo) -> 모르는 척했어요 (moreuneun cheokaesseoyo) - 척하다 attaches to a modifier form (-는 / -(으)ㄴ), never the bare stem. I pretended not to know.
- 키가 크는 편이에요 (kiga keuneun pyeonieyo) -> 키가 큰 편이에요 (kiga keun pyeonieyo) - a descriptive verb takes the adjective modifier -(으)ㄴ (큰), not the verb-style -는. I’m on the tall side.
- 신발을 신는 채로 들어갔어요 (sinbareul sinneun chaero deureogasseoyo) -> 신발을 신은 채로 들어갔어요 (sinbareul sineun chaero deureogasseoyo) - 채 names a state already in place, so it locks to the completed -(으)ㄴ, never -는. I went in with my shoes still on.
- 이거 먹는 만해요 (igeo meongneun manhaeyo) -> 이거 먹을 만해요 (igeo meogeul manhaeyo) - 만하다 locks to the prospective -(으)ㄹ, never -는, and the bound noun keeps its space. This is decent enough to eat.
- 배가 고픈 중이에요 (baega gopeun jungieyo) -> 배가 고파요 (baega gopayo) - 중이다 marks an ongoing ACTION; a state like 고프다 (be hungry) just takes the plain predicate. I’m hungry.
Tips
- 편이다 and 셈이다 are hedges, not facts. 매워요 states it flatly; 매운 편이에요 softens to “on the spicy side,” and 싼 셈이에요 means “cheap, more or less.” Great for polite, non-absolute claims - just pick the modifier by word class (verb -는, adjective -(으)ㄴ).
- 척 = 체 (pretend), 채 (still in that state) - three easy-to-swap syllables. 모르는 척하다 = 모르는 체하다. But 채 is a different word entirely: 신은 채 (still wearing), not pretending. Watch the vowel.
- 중이다 vs -고 있다. Both are “in progress,” but 중이다 wants a durative activity and can sit on a plain noun (회의 중, 공사 중, 통화 중) - perfect for signs and status lines - while -고 있다 (lesson 32) is the general progressive and also covers wearing/holding states.
- 데다가 stacks same-direction facts. Both clauses must lean the same way and the second usually carries 도: 싼 데다가 맛도 좋아요 (cheap AND tasty). If the second clause reverses direction, reach for -지만 or -는데 instead.
In short
This is the family for wishing and for looking back with regret. To wish, cap a condition clause with 좋겠다: 시간이 있으면 좋겠어요 (sigani isseumyeon jokesseoyo, I hope I have time). To regret your own past choice, use -(으)ㄹ걸 그랬다 (올걸 그랬어요, I should have come). For the full “if only… would have” counterfactual, pair -았/었더라면 with -았을 텐데 (일찍 출발했더라면 안 늦었을 텐데요). Near-misses take -(으)ㄹ 뻔했다 (넘어질 뻔했어요, I almost fell).
The rule
Step 1 - Wishes: -(으)면 좋겠다
A wish is a condition clause plus 좋겠어요 (jokesseoyo, it would be nice). Take the -(으)면 conditional from lesson 29 and cap it: 시간이 있으면 좋겠어요 (sigani isseumyeon jokesseoyo, I hope I have time). Two shades:
- Plain -(으)면 좋겠다 = a hope that is still open and reachable.
- Past -았/었으면 좋겠다 = a wistful wish, often against present reality: 부자였으면 좋겠어요 (bujayeosseumyeon jokesseoyo, I wish I were rich - but I’m not). The -았/었- here is hypothetical, not real past; in speech Koreans reach for this past-marked version even for perfectly reachable wishes, so 왔으면 좋겠어요 (wasseumyeon jokesseoyo, I hope it comes) is the everyday default.
Unlike -고 싶다 (lesson 26), which needs your own action (“I want to go”), -(으)면 좋겠다 can wish for anything - the weather, other people, being something - because the wish is a whole clause, not your verb. Note it is 좋겠어요, not 좋아요: the -겠- turns “it’s good” into “it would be good / I wish.”
Step 2 - Regret over your own choice: -(으)ㄹ걸 (그랬다)
To kick yourself over a past decision, attach -(으)ㄹ걸 to the plain verb stem and follow with 그랬다: 일찍 올걸 그랬어요 (iljjik olgeol geuraesseoyo, I should have come earlier). The stem stays plain - the pastness lives in 그랬어요 - so it is 올걸, never *왔을걸. For the opposite regret (“I shouldn’t have”), use -지 말걸 그랬다: 하지 말걸 그랬어요 (haji malgeol geuraesseoyo, I shouldn’t have done it). In speech 그랬어요 is often dropped and the ending just trails off: 올걸…
Beware the look-alike: -(으)ㄹ걸요 on a tensed stem is not regret but a soft guess - 벌써 갔을걸요 (beolsseo gasseulgeollyo, they’ve probably already left). Same shape, opposite job; 그랬다 is the reliable marker of the regret reading, while the guessing one ends in 요 and usually rides a past stem.
Step 3 - The full counterfactual: -았더라면 … -았을 텐데
For “if only X had happened, Y would have” - a situation you can no longer change - put -았/었더라면 on the if-clause and cap the result with -았을 텐데(요) (regret) or -았을 거예요 (plain “would have”):
[past stem] + 더라면, … [past stem] + 을 텐데 -> 일찍 출발했더라면 안 늦었을 텐데요 (iljjik chulbalhaetdeoramyeon an neujeosseul tendeyo, if I’d left early, I wouldn’t have been late). Both halves are past-loaded because the whole sentence is contrary to fact. This is the heavyweight cousin of plain -(으)면 (lesson 29), which leaves the condition open and reachable; the -(으)ㄹ 텐데 result half comes from lesson 47.
Step 4 - Near miss: -(으)ㄹ 뻔했다
Attach -(으)ㄹ 뻔했다 (뻔하다 is an auxiliary, so it takes a space after the -(으)ㄹ form) for something bad that almost happened but didn’t: 넘어질 뻔했어요 (neomeojil ppeonhaesseoyo, I almost fell); 큰일 날 뻔했어요 (keunnil nal ppeonhaesseoyo, that was a close call). It is fixed in the past 뻔했다 - the near-miss is, by definition, already over - so never *뻔해요. It is the language of relief: “phew, I nearly…”.
Step 5 - Should have: -았어야 했는데
Built on the -아/어야 obligation from lesson 34, a past-stem -았/었어야 했는데(요) says you should have done something and didn’t: 미리 예약했어야 했는데요 (miri yeyakhaesseoya haenneundeyo, I should have booked ahead). The blunter spoken reproach, aimed at someone else, is -았/었어야지요: 미리 말했어야지요 (miri malhaesseoyajiyo, you should have told me first).
Wishing with 좋겠다 (the condition is an ordinary -(으)면 clause):
| Wish type | Pattern | Example | Gloss |
|---|
| open, reachable | 조건 + -(으)면 좋겠다 | 시간이 있으면 좋겠어요 (sigani isseumyeon jokesseoyo) | I hope I have time |
| wistful / counter-to-fact | 조건 + -았/었으면 좋겠다 | 부자였으면 좋겠어요 (bujayeosseumyeon jokesseoyo) | I wish I were rich |
| your own action | verb + -고 싶다 (lesson 26) | 가고 싶어요 (gago sipeoyo) | I want to go |
Regret -(으)ㄹ걸 그랬다 - which allomorph (attaches to the plain stem; 그랬다 carries the past):
| After… | Ending | Example | Gloss |
|---|
| vowel stem (오다) | -ㄹ걸 그랬다 | 올걸 그랬어요 (olgeol geuraesseoyo) | I should have come |
| 받침 stem (먹다) | -을걸 그랬다 | 먹을걸 그랬어요 (meogeulgeol geuraesseoyo) | I should have eaten |
| ㄹ-stem (놀다) | -걸 그랬다 (ㄹ stays) | 놀걸 그랬어요 (nolgeol geuraesseoyo) | I should have hung out |
| negative (“shouldn’t have”) | -지 말걸 그랬다 | 하지 말걸 그랬어요 (haji malgeol geuraesseoyo) | I shouldn’t have done it |
The regret / counterfactual toolkit at a glance:
| Situation | Pattern | Example |
|---|
| wish, still open | -(으)면 좋겠다 | 비가 오면 좋겠어요 (biga omyeon jokesseoyo) |
| wish, against reality | -았/었으면 좋겠다 | 부자였으면 좋겠어요 (bujayeosseumyeon jokesseoyo) |
| regret own choice | -(으)ㄹ걸 그랬다 | 일찍 올걸 그랬어요 (iljjik olgeol geuraesseoyo) |
| full counterfactual | -았더라면 … -았을 텐데 | 출발했더라면 안 늦었을 텐데요 (chulbalhaetdeoramyeon an neujeosseul tendeyo) |
| near miss (didn’t happen) | -(으)ㄹ 뻔했다 | 넘어질 뻔했어요 (neomeojil ppeonhaesseoyo) |
| unmet obligation | -았어야 했는데 | 예약했어야 했는데요 (yeyakhaesseoya haenneundeyo) |
Examples
- 시간이 있으면 좋겠어요. (Sigani isseumyeon jokesseoyo.) - I hope I have time.
- 내일 날씨가 좋았으면 좋겠어요. (Naeil nalssiga joasseumyeon jokesseoyo.) - I hope the weather is nice tomorrow.
- 부자였으면 좋겠어요. (Bujayeosseumyeon jokesseoyo.) - I wish I were rich.
- 일찍 올걸 그랬어요. (Iljjik olgeol geuraesseoyo.) - I should have come earlier.
- 그 말을 하지 말걸 그랬어요. (Geu mareul haji malgeol geuraesseoyo.) - I shouldn’t have said that.
- 일찍 출발했더라면 안 늦었을 텐데요. (Iljjik chulbalhaetdeoramyeon an neujeosseul tendeyo.) - If I’d left earlier, I wouldn’t have been late.
- 계단에서 넘어질 뻔했어요. (Gyedaneseo neomeojil ppeonhaesseoyo.) - I almost fell on the stairs.
- 미리 예약했어야 했는데요. (Miri yeyakhaesseoya haenneundeyo.) - I should have booked in advance.
- 미리 말했어야지요. (Miri malhaesseoyajiyo.) - You really should have told me first.
- 아마 벌써 도착했을걸요. (Ama beolsseo dochakhaesseulgeollyo.) - They’ve probably arrived already.
Common mistakes
- 비가 오고 싶어요. (biga ogo sipeoyo) -> 비가 왔으면 좋겠어요. (biga wasseumyeon jokesseoyo) - -고 싶다 is only for your own wanted action, so *비가 오고 싶어요 says “the rain wants to come.” A wish about the weather (or anyone else) uses -(으)면 좋겠다.
- 시간이 있으면 좋아요. (sigani isseumyeon joayo) -> 시간이 있으면 좋겠어요. (sigani isseumyeon jokesseoyo) - plain 좋아요 states a fact (“it’s nice when I have time”); to voice the wish you need the -겠- of 좋겠어요.
- 일찍 왔을걸 그랬어요. (iljjik wasseulgeol geuraesseoyo) -> 일찍 올걸 그랬어요. (iljjik olgeol geuraesseoyo) - the regret -(으)ㄹ걸 그랬다 takes the plain stem; the past already lives in 그랬어요, so don’t also mark 왔을. (Tensed 왔을걸요 exists, but that’s the guessing ending.)
- 일찍 출발하더라면 안 늦었을 텐데요. (iljjik chulbalhadeoramyeon…) -> 일찍 출발했더라면 안 늦었을 텐데요. (iljjik chulbalhaetdeoramyeon…) - the counterfactual needs the past stem -았/었더라면 (했더라면), not a bare -더라면.
- 넘어질뻔했어요. (neomeojilppeonhaesseoyo) -> 넘어질 뻔했어요. (neomeojil ppeonhaesseoyo) - 뻔하다 is an auxiliary (보조 형용사) hanging off the -(으)ㄹ modifier form, and the dictionary itself cites it as “-을 뻔하다”, so the standard spelling keeps the space, exactly like 할 수 있어요 and 갈 것 같아요.
Tips
- “I want to” vs “I wish.” If you can phrase it in English as I want to [verb] with your own action, use -고 싶다. If it’s a state of affairs you wish were true - the weather, someone else, yourself being something - use -(으)면 좋겠다.
- One shape, two jobs for -(으)ㄹ걸. Plain stem + -(으)ㄹ걸 그랬다 (or trailing off, 올걸…) is self-directed regret; a tensed stem + -(으)ㄹ걸요 (갔을걸요) is a soft guess about someone else. 그랬다 - and the 요 on the guessing one - keep them apart.
- The “if only” template is all past. -았더라면 … -았을 텐데(요) / -았을 거예요 - both halves carry a past because the whole thing is contrary to fact. Contrast plain -(으)면 (lesson 29), which is a real, still-open condition.
- -(으)ㄹ 뻔했다 is always about a bad thing that didn’t happen. It is fixed in the past (뻔했다, never *뻔해요) and expresses relief - the near-disaster was narrowly avoided.
In short
Two related jobs. Proportion - “the more X, the more Y” - is the paired -(으)면 … -(으)ㄹ수록: 보면 볼수록 좋아요 (bomyeon bolsurok joayo, the more you look, the more you like it). Degree / extent - “to the point that” - is -(으)ㄹ 정도로 (배가 아플 정도로 웃었어요, baega apeul jeongdoro useosseoyo, I laughed till my stomach hurt) and the bound noun 만큼 (as much as / in proportion to). Turn the dial up with adverbs like 훨씬, 무척, 굉장히.
The rule
Step 1 - -(으)ㄹ수록 = “the more …, the more …”
Attach -(으)ㄹ수록 to a verb or adjective stem - written as one word, no space (unlike the bound nouns below). It very often pairs with a leading -(으)면 clause built on the same stem, which is optional but idiomatic:
Stem + -(으)면 + same stem + -(으)ㄹ수록 + result -> 먹으면 먹을수록 맛있어요. (meogeumyeon meogeulsurok masisseoyo) - the more you eat, the tastier it gets.
The (으) is chosen by the 받침, exactly like -(으)ㄹ 거예요: vowel stem -ㄹ수록 (가다 -> 갈수록), 받침 -을수록 (먹다 -> 먹을수록), and a ㄹ-stem merges to bare -ㄹ수록 (살다 -> 살수록, never *살을수록). On a noun, use N일수록 (from 이다): 부자일수록 걱정이 많아요 (bujailsurok geokjeongi manayo, the richer you are, the more worries you have).
Step 2 - -(으)ㄹ 정도로 / -(으)ㄹ 정도이다 = “to the point that”
정도 (degree, extent) is an ordinary noun - 표준국어대사전 files 정도(程度) as 명사, not as a bound noun like 만큼 below, which is why it also stands free in 어느 정도, 그 정도. Being a noun, it takes a space and a preceding -(으)ㄹ modifier ending. As -(으)ㄹ 정도로 it works adverbially, telling you how extreme the main verb was: 배가 아플 정도로 웃었어요 (I laughed to the point my stomach hurt). As a predicate, -(으)ㄹ 정도이다 ends the sentence: 눈물이 날 정도예요 (nunmuri nal jeongdoyeyo, it’s enough to bring tears). Think of 정도 as measuring the result: the clause before it is the yardstick you reached.
Step 3 - 만큼 = proportion, grounds, and equal degree
만큼 means as much as / to the extent of. It comes in two shapes:
- N만큼 - a particle, glued to a noun with no space, no allomorph (recap from lesson 38): 저도 형만큼 잘할 수 있어요 (jeodo hyeongmankeum jalhal su isseoyo, I can do it as well as my older brother).
- -(으)ㄴ/는/-(으)ㄹ 만큼 - a bound noun after a modifier clause, so it takes a space. Realized -(으)ㄴ/는 만큼 gives proportion, “in step with what actually happened”: 노력한 만큼 결과가 나와요 (noryeokhan mankeum gyeolgwaga nawayo, you get results in proportion to your effort). The same form also reads as grounds - given that / since - when a fitting consequence follows: 약속한 만큼 꼭 지킬게요 (yaksokhan mankeum kkok jikilgeyo, since I promised, I’ll definitely keep it). Prospective -(으)ㄹ 만큼 is potential extent, “enough to / to the point that”: 배가 터질 만큼 먹었어요 (baega teojil mankeum meogeosseoyo, I ate to the point of bursting).
Step 4 - Intensifying: exclamative degree and the adverbs
For “you have no idea how X”, wrap the quality in an embedded question and cap it with 모르다 (lesson 52): 얼마나 -(으)ㄴ지/는지 모르다. 그 소식을 듣고 얼마나 기뻤는지 몰라요 (geu sosigeul deutgo eolmana gippeonneunji mollayo, you have no idea how happy I was to hear that news). A litotes idiom does the same in formal prose: 여간 -지 않다, literally not X to an ordinary degree = extraordinarily X - it is always negative (*여간 바빠요 is impossible). Finally, the plain degree adverbs turn any predicate up or down: 훨씬 (with comparatives), 무척, 굉장히, 상당히 (very), 거의 (almost), and 전혀 (which, like 별로, demands a negative).
The shared -(으)ㄹ paradigm - same allomorph rule, but 수록 is glued and 정도·만큼 take a space:
| Form | Space? | After vowel (가다) | After 받침 (먹다) | ㄹ-stem (살다) |
|---|
| -(으)ㄹ수록 | glued | 갈수록 (galsurok) | 먹을수록 (meogeulsurok) | 살수록 (salsurok) |
| -(으)ㄹ 정도로 | space | 갈 정도로 (gal jeongdoro) | 먹을 정도로 (meogeul jeongdoro) | 살 정도로 (sal jeongdoro) |
| -(으)ㄹ 만큼 | space | 갈 만큼 (gal mankeum) | 먹을 만큼 (meogeul mankeum) | 살 만큼 (sal mankeum) |
만큼 - what precedes it decides the meaning and the spacing:
| Attaches to | Form | Sense | Example |
|---|
| Noun | N만큼 (particle, glued) | as much as N | 형만큼 (hyeongmankeum) |
| Verb, present | -는 만큼 | in proportion to what one does | 버는 만큼 (beoneun mankeum) |
| Verb past / Adjective | -(으)ㄴ 만큼 | in proportion / since (grounds) | 노력한 만큼 (noryeokhan mankeum), 바쁜 만큼 (bappeun mankeum) |
| Prospective | -(으)ㄹ 만큼 | to the extent / enough to | 먹을 만큼 (meogeul mankeum) |
Degree adverbs at this level:
| Adverb | Meaning | Pairs with | Example |
|---|
| 훨씬 | far, much | comparatives (더/덜) | 훨씬 더 좋아요 (hwolssin deo joayo) |
| 무척 | very, extremely | positive | 무척 기뻐요 (mucheok gippeoyo) |
| 굉장히 | incredibly | positive | 굉장히 바빠요 (goengjanghi bappayo) |
| 상당히 | considerably, quite | positive | 상당히 어려워요 (sangdanghi eoryeowoyo) |
| 거의 | almost, nearly | either | 거의 다 됐어요 (geoui da dwaesseoyo) |
| 전혀 | (not) at all | negative only | 전혀 몰라요 (jeonhyeo mollayo) |
만큼 / 정도로 / 처럼 - three “as / to that degree” tools, kept apart:
| Form | Core sense | Example |
|---|
| 만큼 | equal amount / proportion | 아는 만큼 보여요 (aneun mankeum boyeoyo, you see as much as you know) |
| -(으)ㄹ 정도로 | to an (extreme) resulting degree | 배가 아플 정도로 (baega apeul jeongdoro) |
| 처럼 | resemblance / manner (not degree) | 천사처럼 (cheonsacheoreom, like an angel) |
Examples
- 한국어는 배우면 배울수록 재미있어요. (Hangugeoneun baeumyeon baeulsurok jaemiisseoyo.) - The more you learn Korean, the more fun it is.
- 많으면 많을수록 좋아요. (Maneumyeon maneulsurok joayo.) - The more, the better.
- 부자일수록 걱정이 많아요. (Bujailsurok geokjeongi manayo.) - The richer you are, the more worries you have.
- 배가 아플 정도로 웃었어요. (Baega apeul jeongdoro useosseoyo.) - I laughed until my stomach hurt.
- 눈물이 날 정도예요. (Nunmuri nal jeongdoyeyo.) - It’s enough to bring tears.
- 노력한 만큼 결과가 나와요. (Noryeokhan mankeum gyeolgwaga nawayo.) - You get results in proportion to your effort.
- 저도 형만큼 잘할 수 있어요. (Jeodo hyeongmankeum jalhal su isseoyo.) - I can do it as well as my older brother.
- 배가 터질 만큼 먹었어요. (Baega teojil mankeum meogeosseoyo.) - I ate to the point of bursting.
- 그 소식을 듣고 얼마나 기뻤는지 몰라요. (Geu sosigeul deutgo eolmana gippeonneunji mollayo.) - You have no idea how happy I was to hear that news.
- 요즘 여간 바쁘지 않아요. (Yojeum yeogan bappeuji anayo.) - These days I’m extraordinarily busy.
Common mistakes
- 작수록 더 귀여워요 (jaksurok deo gwiyeowoyo) -> 작을수록 더 귀여워요 (jageulsurok deo gwiyeowoyo) - after a 받침 (작-), -(으)ㄹ수록 inserts 으: 작다 -> 작을수록, never bare *작수록.
- 오래 살을수록 좋아요 (orae sareulsurok joayo) -> 오래 살수록 좋아요 (orae salsurok joayo) - a ㄹ-stem merges into bare -ㄹ수록 (살다 -> 살수록); it never adds 으.
- 노력한만큼 결과가 나와요 (noryeokhanmankeum gyeolgwaga nawayo) -> 노력한 만큼 결과가 나와요 (noryeokhan mankeum gyeolgwaga nawayo) - after a modifier ending, 만큼 is a bound noun and takes a space (but the particle 형만큼 stays glued).
- 배가 아프 정도로 웃었어요 (baega apeu jeongdoro useosseoyo) -> 배가 아플 정도로 웃었어요 (baega apeul jeongdoro useosseoyo) - 정도 is a noun, so the verb must first carry the -(으)ㄹ modifier: 아프- -> 아플.
- 전혀 좋아요 (jeonhyeo joayo) -> 전혀 안 좋아요 (jeonhyeo an joayo) - 전혀 (at all) must be answered by a negative (안 / -지 않다 / 없다), just like English “at all”.
Tips
- The proportion frame. Lock in -(으)면 … -(으)ㄹ수록 as “the more …, the more …”. The 면-clause just echoes the same stem for emphasis and can be dropped: 갈수록 on its own already means increasingly, as it goes on.
- 만큼 does double duty. Same form, two readings: proportion (as much as) and grounds (given that / since). If a “you’d expect this to follow” consequence comes next - 약속한 만큼 지킬게요 - it’s the grounds sense.
- Realized vs potential 만큼. 먹은 만큼 = as much as you actually ate; 먹을 만큼 = as much as you would/could eat, enough. The modifier tense (-(으)ㄴ vs -(으)ㄹ) flips real into potential.
- 여간 is upside-down. 여간 -지 않다 looks like a negative but means extraordinarily - “not to an ordinary degree.” It is formal, always negated, and never *여간 + plain adjective.
Roughly 60% of Korean vocabulary is 한자어 (hanjaeo) - words built from Chinese roots, written in ordinary 한글. They snap together from a small set of reusable prefixes (불-, 비-, 무-, 재-, 초-…) and suffixes (-적, -화, -성, -력, -자, -용…). Learn the pieces and you can decode compounds you have never seen - which is exactly why this lesson is an accelerator for reading, not a structural must.
This lesson is marked optional / advanced: nothing here is a new sentence pattern. It is vocabulary machinery. The payoff is word-attack - meeting 세계화 (segyehwa) for the first time and reading it as 세계 (world) + -화 (-ization) = “globalization” without a dictionary.
Each prefix carries a fixed meaning and glues straight onto a noun with no particle and no space: Prefix + Noun.
- 불- (bul-, not / un-): 가능 (ganeung, possible) -> 불가능 (bulganeung, impossible).
- 비- (bi-, non-): 공식 (gongsik, official) -> 비공식 (bigongsik, unofficial).
- 무- (mu-, -less, without): 무료 (muryo, free of charge), 무관심 (mugwansim, indifference).
- 미- (mi-, not yet): 완성 (wanseong, completion) -> 미완성 (miwanseong, unfinished).
One sound rule to know: 불- drops its ㄹ and becomes 부- before a root starting in ㄷ or ㅈ - 부동산 (budongsan, real estate), 부정 (bujeong, injustice), 부족 (bujok, shortage), not *불동산, *불정, *불족.
Suffixes are where the real leverage is, because several of them turn a plain noun into a new part of speech.
- -적 (-jeok) makes an adjectival noun: 사회 (sahoe, society) -> 사회적 (sahoejeok, social). It then behaves like a noun in three slots - see the Tips.
- -화 (-hwa, -ization): 국제 (gukje, international) -> 국제화 (gukjehwa, internationalization). It readily takes 되다/하다: 국제화되다 (to become internationalized).
- -성 (-seong, -ness, -ity): 가능 -> 가능성 (ganeungseong, possibility).
- -력 (-ryeok, power, ability): 경쟁 (gyeongjaeng, competition) -> 경쟁력 (gyeongjaengnyeok, competitiveness).
- -자 (-ja, person), -원 (-won, staff), -실 (-sil, room), -장 (-jang, head/chief): 참가 -> 참가자, 직 -> 직원, 사무 -> 사무실, 사(社) -> 사장.
- -법 (-beop, method), -용 (-yong, for use in), -간 (-gan, interval), -중 (-jung, in the middle of).
The -률/율 pair (rate) picks its shape by the preceding sound, just like a particle: -율 after a vowel or a ㄴ 받침 (비율 biyul, 출산율 chulsannyul), -률 everywhere else (성공률 seonggongnyul, 확률 hwangnyul).
This is the single most productive engine in the language. A two-syllable 한자어 noun + one of three light verbs gives you a full verb, and the choice sets the voice:
Noun + 하다 = do it (active) - Noun + 되다 = it happens / gets done (passive/inchoative) - Noun + 시키다 = make someone do it (causative).
발전 (baljeon, development) -> 발전하다 (develop) / 발전되다 (be developed) / 발전시키다 (develop something). All three are written solid, as one word: 공부하다, never *공부 하다.
Many everyday ideas have two words - a plain native one (고유어) and a formal, often Sino-Korean, one. Reach for the 한자어 in writing, business, and polite speech: 식사 over 밥 (meal), 연세 over 나이 (age). Some formal counterparts are instead suppletive honorifics rather than 한자어 - 주무시다 for 자다 (sleep).
A root that starts with ㄹ, or ㄴ before i/y, softens at the start of a word but keeps its original shape inside one. The 한자 is the same; only the 한글 shifts. 女 is 여성 (yeoseong, woman) but 남녀 (namnyeo, men and women); 利 is 이용 (iyong, use) but 편리 (pyeolli, convenience). Do not “fix” 남녀 to *남여.
Productive prefixes:
| Prefix | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| 불- (bul-) | un-, in-, not | 가능 (ganeung) -> 불가능 (bulganeung, impossible) |
| 비- (bi-) | non- | 공식 (gongsik) -> 비공식 (bigongsik, unofficial) |
| 무- (mu-) | -less, without | 무료 (muryo, free), 무의미 (muuimi, meaningless) |
| 미- (mi-) | not yet, un- | 완성 (wanseong) -> 미완성 (miwanseong, unfinished) |
| 재- (jae-) | re-, again | 사용 (sayong) -> 재사용 (jaesayong, reuse) |
| 대- (dae-) | large-scale, mega- | 규모 (gyumo) -> 대규모 (daegyumo, large-scale) |
| 초- (cho-) | ultra-, super- | 고속 (gosok) -> 초고속 (chogosok, ultra-fast) |
| 반- (ban-) | anti-, counter- | 반대 (bandae, opposition), 반정부 (banjeongbu, anti-government) |
| 최- (choe-) | most, -est | 최고 (choego, best), 최신 (choesin, latest) |
| 신- (sin-) | new | 제품 (jepum) -> 신제품 (sinjepum, new product) |
Productive suffixes:
| Suffix | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| -적 (-jeok) | -ic, -al (adjectival) | 사회 (sahoe) -> 사회적 (sahoejeok, social) |
| -화 (-hwa) | -ization | 국제 (gukje) -> 국제화 (gukjehwa, internationalization) |
| -성 (-seong) | -ness, -ity | 가능 (ganeung) -> 가능성 (ganeungseong, possibility) |
| -력 (-ryeok) | power, ability | 경쟁 (gyeongjaeng) -> 경쟁력 (gyeongjaengnyeok, competitiveness) |
| -자 (-ja) | person, -er | 참가 (chamga) -> 참가자 (chamgaja, participant) |
| -원 (-won) | staff, member | 직 (jik) -> 직원 (jigwon, employee) |
| -실 (-sil) | room | 사무 (samu) -> 사무실 (samusil, office) |
| -장 (-jang) | head, chief | 사장 (sajang, president), 교장 (gyojang, principal) |
| -법 (-beop) | method, way | 사용 (sayong) -> 사용법 (sayongbeop, how to use) |
| -률/율 (-ryul/yul) | rate, ratio | 성공률 (seonggongnyul, success rate), 비율 (biyul, ratio) |
| -용 (-yong) | for use in | 가정 (gajeong) -> 가정용 (gajeongnyong, for home use) |
| -중 (-jung) | in the middle of | 회의 (hoeui) -> 회의 중 (hoeui jung, in a meeting) |
| -간 (-gan) | interval, period | 기간 (gigan, period), 이틀간 (iteulgan, for two days) |
Note on -중: 중 is formally a bound noun and takes a space (회의 중, 근무 중 geunmu jung, at work), though signs and labels routinely write it solid (공사중 gongsajung, under construction).
One noun, three voices with 하다 / 되다 / 시키다:
| Base noun | + 하다 (active) | + 되다 (passive) | + 시키다 (causative) |
|---|
| 발전 (baljeon, development) | 발전하다 (develop) | 발전되다 (be developed) | 발전시키다 (develop sth) |
| 해결 (haegyeol, solution) | 해결하다 (solve) | 해결되다 (be solved) | - |
| 준비 (junbi, preparation) | 준비하다 (prepare) | 준비되다 (be ready) | 준비시키다 (have sb prepare) |
| 공부 (gongbu, study) | 공부하다 (study) | - | 공부시키다 (make sb study) |
Register pairs - everyday vs formal:
| Everyday (고유어) | Formal / honorific | Meaning |
|---|
| 밥 (bap) | 식사 (siksa) - 한자어 | meal |
| 나이 (nai) | 연세 (yeonse) - 한자어, honorific | age |
| 자다 (jada) | 주무시다 (jumusida) - native honorific | sleep |
두음법칙 - same 한자, different 한글:
| 한자 | word-initial | word-medial |
|---|
| 女 (woman) | 여성 (yeoseong) | 남녀 (namnyeo) |
| 利 (benefit) | 이용 (iyong) | 편리 (pyeolli) |
| 老 (old) | 노인 (noin, elderly) | 경로 (gyeongno, respect for elders) |
- 이 일은 거의 불가능해요. (I ireun geoui bulganeunghaeyo.) - This task is almost impossible.
- 이 앱은 완전히 무료예요. (I aebeun wanjeonhi muryoyeyo.) - This app is completely free.
- 회사가 빠르게 국제화되고 있어요. (Hoesaga ppareuge gukjehwadoego isseoyo.) - The company is rapidly internationalizing.
- 우리 팀의 경쟁력이 많이 높아졌어요. (Uri timui gyeongjaengnyeogi mani nopajyeosseoyo.) - Our team’s competitiveness has risen a lot.
- 참가자가 백 명이 넘어요. (Chamgajaga baek myeongi neomeoyo.) - There are more than a hundred participants.
- 사용법을 설명해 주세요. (Sayongbeobeul seolmyeonghae juseyo.) - Please explain how to use it.
- 지금 회의 중이에요. (Jigeum hoeui jungieyo.) - I’m in a meeting right now.
- 성공률이 생각보다 낮았어요. (Seonggongnyuri saenggakboda najasseoyo.) - The success rate was lower than expected.
- 이 제품은 가정용이에요. (I jepumeun gajeongnyongieyo.) - This product is for home use.
- 할머니께서는 일찍 주무세요. (Halmeonikkeseoneun iljjik jumuseyo.) - Grandmother goes to bed early.
- 회의 중이예요. (Hoeui jungiyeyo.) -> 회의 중이에요. (Hoeui jungieyo.) - 중 ends in a 받침 (ㅇ), so the copula is 이에요; 예요 only follows a vowel. Same allomorph split as 학생이에요 / 친구예요.
- 문제가 곧 해결할 거예요. (Munjega got haegyeolhal geoyeyo.) -> 문제가 곧 해결될 거예요. (Munjega got haegyeoldoel geoyeyo.) - The problem is what gets solved, so it needs the passive 되다 (해결되다), not the active 하다.
- 부모님이 저를 공부했어요. (Bumonimi jeoreul gongbuhaesseoyo.) -> 부모님이 저를 공부시켰어요. (Bumonimi jeoreul gongbusikyeosseoyo.) - To make someone else do it you need the causative 시키다 (공부시키다), not 하다.
- 리용 -> 이용 (iyong); 녀성 -> 여성 (yeoseong). - 두음법칙 softens a word-initial ㄹ / ㄴ. The root is the same 한자, but the spelling and sound shift at the start of a word.
- 이 문제는 사회예요. (I munjeneun sahoeyeyo.) -> 이 문제는 사회적이에요. (I munjeneun sahoejeogieyo.) - To say something is social you need the -적 form; bare 사회 means “society,” the thing, not the quality.
- Suffixes are reading glasses. Once -화 = “-ization,” -성 = “-ness,” -력 = “power,” -자 = “person” are automatic, brand-new compounds decode themselves: 세계화 (segyehwa, globalization), 창의성 (changuiseong, creativity), 상상력 (sangsangnyeok, imagination), 지원자 (jiwonja, applicant). That is the whole reason this optional lesson pays off.
- -적 is a chameleon in three slots. Attributive 사회적 문제 (a social problem), predicate 사회적이에요 (is social), adverb 사회적으로 (socially). One suffix, three jobs - and the adverb takes -으로, not a bare form.
- 하다 / 되다 / 시키다 is a transitivity dial. Same 한자어 root, three voices: 하다 = do it, 되다 = it happens, 시키다 = make someone do it. When in doubt about who acts, that choice carries it - and it connects straight to passive and causative.
- Don’t over-correct 두음법칙. The same character really is 여성 but 남녀, 이용 but 편리. The initial-sound shift is a spelling rule, not a typo to fix.
Formal Korean writing swaps every everyday connective for a higher-register twin: -고 becomes -(으)며, -(으)니까 becomes -(으)므로, -(으)려고 becomes -고자, and -때문에 becomes -(으)로 인해. The meaning is unchanged - only the register rises. Beside these sit noun-based postpositional phrases such as -에 따라 (“according to, as X changes”), and all of it rides on the 한다체 sentence endings, never with 요.
The spine of formal register is a set of one-for-one substitutions. You already know the spoken version; writing just raises it.
- -(으)며 = written -고 (listing “and”) and -(으)면서 (simultaneity “while”). After a vowel stem -며, after a 받침 stem -으며, ㄹ-stem keeps ㄹ + -며: 가다 -> 가며 (gamyeo), 먹다 -> 먹으며 (meogeumyeo), 살다 -> 살며 (salmyeo).
- -(으)므로 = written -(으)니까 / -아서 (reason “because, therefore”): 가다 -> 가므로 (gameuro), 좋다 -> 좋으므로 (joeumeuro). Keep it apart from -(으)ㅁ으로(써) (“by means of”), which is a different word.
- -기에 = a slightly more subjective written reason, attaching straight to the stem: 좋다 -> 좋기에 (jokie), 먹다 -> 먹기에 (meokgie).
- -고자 = written -(으)려고 (purpose “in order to, intending to”), usually -고자 하다: 밝히다 -> 밝히고자 하다 (balkigoja hada, intend to clarify).
- -(으)ㄴ/는 반면(에) and -(으)ㄴ/는 데 반해 = “whereas, in contrast”: 편리하다 -> 편리한 반면에 (pyeollihan banmyeone), 가다 -> 가는 데 반해 (ganeun de banhae). 반면 and 데 are nouns, so they take a space.
- -(으)ㄹ뿐더러 = “not only … (but also)”, a single ending written with no space: 좋다 -> 좋을뿐더러 (joeulppundeoreo).
- -(으)ㄹ 뿐만 아니라 = the same “not only” idea, but here 뿐 is a bound noun, so it takes a space: 적다 -> 적을 뿐만 아니라 (jeogeul ppunman anira); after a noun the particle form attaches: 학생뿐만 아니라 (haksaengppunman anira).
Step 3 - Postpositional phrases on a noun
These behave like heavy particles: a noun (or a -(으)ㅁ nominalized clause) plus a fixed phrase.
- 에 따라(서) = “according to / as X changes”: 규정에 따라 (gyujeonge ttara), 소득이 증가함에 따라 (sodeugi jeunggahame ttara).
- (으)로 인해(서) = “due to, caused by”: 사고로 인해 (sagoro inhae), 지진으로 인해 (jijineuro inhae).
- 에 의해(서) = agentive “by” (formal passive); 에 의하면 = evidential “according to (a source)”: 법에 의해 (beobe uihae), 보도에 의하면 (bodo-e uihamyeon).
- 에도 불구하고 = “despite”, on a noun or -(으)ㅁ: 반대에도 불구하고 (bandaee-do bulguhago), 노력했음에도 불구하고 (noryeokhaesseume-do bulguhago).
- -(으)ㄴ 바 (bound noun 바, spaced) = “the fact/thing that”: 조사한 바에 따르면 (josahan bae ttareumyeon, according to what was investigated). The fused ending -(으)ㄴ/는바 (no space) means “since, as”: 시간이 부족한바 (sigani bujokhanba, as time is short).
- -자 = instant “as soon as / upon” (written -자마자), attached to the bare stem: 발표가 끝나자 (balpyoga kkeunnaja, the moment the presentation ended). Do not confuse it with the propositive -자 (“let’s”).
Formal paragraphs link sentences with adverbs, not spoken conjunctions: 및 (mit, joins nouns), 또한 (ttohan), 아울러 (aulleo), 그러나 (geureona), 따라서 (ttaraseo), 한편 (hanpyeon), 반면 (banmyeon), 즉 (jeuk). All of this rides on 한다체 endings (간다, -았다, -(으)ㄹ 것이다) and the -(으)ㅁ noun style - never mix in the polite 요.
Allomorphs of the -(으) connectives (chosen by the actual 받침):
| Ending | After vowel stem | After 받침 stem | After ㄹ-stem (ㄹ kept) |
|---|
| -(으)며 | 가다 -> 가며 (gamyeo) | 먹다 -> 먹으며 (meogeumyeo) | 살다 -> 살며 (salmyeo) |
| -(으)므로 | 가다 -> 가므로 (gameuro) | 좋다 -> 좋으므로 (joeumeuro) | 살다 -> 살므로 (salmeuro) |
| -(으)ㄹ뿐더러 | 싸다 -> 쌀뿐더러 (ssalppundeoreo) | 좋다 -> 좋을뿐더러 (joeulppundeoreo) | 살다 -> 살뿐더러 (salppundeoreo) |
| -고자 / -기에 (no 으-form) | 가다 -> 가고자 / 가기에 (gagoja / gagie) | 먹다 -> 먹고자 / 먹기에 (meokgoja / meokgie) | 살다 -> 살고자 / 살기에 (salgoja / salgie) |
Master mapping: spoken form -> written equivalent -> register:
| Function | Spoken | Written | Typical register |
|---|
| Listing “and” | -고 | -(으)며 / 및 (nouns) | 뉴스·논문·공문 |
| Simultaneity “while” | -(으)면서 | -(으)며 | 논문·소설 |
| Reason “because” | -(으)니까 / -아서 | -(으)므로 / -기에 | 논문·공문 |
| Purpose “in order to” | -(으)려고 | -고자 | 공문·논문 |
| Result “so, therefore” | 그래서 | 따라서 | all |
| Contrast “whereas” | -는데 / 반대로 | -(으)ㄴ/는 반면(에) / 한편 | 뉴스·논문 |
| Cause “due to” | -때문에 | -(으)로 인해(서) | 뉴스·공문 |
| ”as soon as” | -자마자 | -자 | 논문·소설 |
| Concession “despite” | -는데도 / -지만 | -(으)ㅁ에도 불구하고 | 공문·논문 |
| ”that is, namely” | 그러니까 | 즉 | all |
Postpositional (noun-based) phrases:
| Phrase | Attaches to | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| 에 따라(서) | Noun / -(으)ㅁ | according to / as X changes | 규정에 따라 (gyujeonge ttara) |
| (으)로 인해(서) | Noun | due to, caused by | 사고로 인해 (sagoro inhae) |
| 에 의해(서) | Noun | by (agent) | 법에 의해 (beobe uihae) |
| 에 의하면 | Noun | according to (a source) | 보도에 의하면 (bodo-e uihamyeon) |
| 에도 불구하고 | Noun / -(으)ㅁ | despite | 반대에도 불구하고 (bandaee-do bulguhago) |
| -(으)ㄴ 바 | Verb (modifier) | the fact that | 조사한 바 (josahan ba) |
Sentence adverbs and their spoken twins:
| Adverb | Meaning | Spoken twin |
|---|
| 및 (mit) | and (joins nouns) | 그리고 / 와·과 |
| 또한 (ttohan) | also, moreover | 그리고, 게다가 |
| 아울러 (aulleo) | in addition, together with | 그리고 |
| 그러나 (geureona) | however | 하지만, 그렇지만 |
| 따라서 (ttaraseo) | therefore | 그래서, 그러니까 |
| 한편 (hanpyeon) | meanwhile, on the other hand | 그런데 |
| 반면(에) (banmyeon(e)) | whereas, by contrast | 반대로 |
| 즉 (jeuk) | that is, namely | 다시 말해 |
- 이 제품은 값이 싸며 품질도 좋다. (I jepumeun gapsi ssamyeo pumjildo jota.) - This product is cheap and its quality is good too.
- 자료가 충분하므로 결론을 내릴 수 있다. (Jaryoga chungbunhameuro gyeollon-eul naeril su itda.) - Since the data is sufficient, we can draw a conclusion.
- 본 보고서는 문제의 원인을 밝히고자 한다. (Bon bogoseoneun munjeui wonineul balkigoja handa.) - This report intends to clarify the cause of the problem.
- 소득이 증가함에 따라 소비도 늘어난다. (Sodeugi jeunggahame ttara sobido neureonanda.) - As income increases, consumption also grows.
- 폭우로 인해 도로가 막혔다. (Poguro inhae doroga makhyeotda.) - Due to the heavy rain, the road was blocked.
- 정부 발표에 의하면 물가가 안정되고 있다. (Jeongbu balpyoe uihamyeon mulgaga anjeongdoego itda.) - According to the government announcement, prices are stabilizing.
- 도시는 편리한 반면에 물가가 비싸다. (Dosineun pyeollihan banmyeone mulgaga bissada.) - The city is convenient, whereas the cost of living is high.
- 발표가 끝나자 청중이 질문을 쏟아냈다. (Balpyoga kkeunnaja cheongjung-i jilmuneul ssodanaetda.) - The moment the presentation ended, the audience poured out questions.
- 여러 번 경고했음에도 불구하고 사고가 반복된다. (Yeoreo beon gyeong-gohaesseume-do bulguhago sagoga banbokdoenda.) - Despite repeated warnings, accidents keep recurring.
- 이 방법은 비용이 적을 뿐만 아니라 효과도 크다. (I bangbeobeun biyong-i jeogeul ppunman anira hyogwado keuda.) - This method is not only low-cost but also highly effective.
- 성적이 좋음으로 상을 받았다. (Seongjeogi joeumeuro sang-eul badatda.) -> 성적이 좋으므로 상을 받았다. (Seongjeogi joeumeuro sang-eul badatda.) - Reason is -(으)므로; the look-alike -(으)ㅁ으로(써) means “by means of”. They sound alike but spell differently, so pick by meaning.
- 책을 읽며 메모했다. (Chaegeul ingmyeo memohaetda.) -> 책을 읽으며 메모했다. (Chaegeul ilgeumyeo memohaetda.) - A 받침 stem needs -으며; bare -며 is only for vowel and ㄹ stems.
- 규정을 따라 처리한다. (Gyujeong-eul ttara cheorihanda.) -> 규정에 따라 처리한다. (Gyujeonge ttara cheorihanda.) - The fixed connective phrase is Noun + 에 따라, not 을/를.
- 비가 왔다 및 바람이 불었다. (Biga watda mit barami bureotda.) -> 비가 왔으며 바람이 불었다. (Biga wasseumyeo barami bureotda.) - 및 joins only nouns (교육 및 연구), never two clauses; use -고 / -(으)며 to join clauses.
- 신속할뿐만아니라 정확하다. (Sinsokhalppunmananira jeonghwakhada.) -> 신속할 뿐만 아니라 정확하다. (Sinsokhal ppunman anira jeonghwakhada.) - Here 뿐 is a bound noun, so -(으)ㄹ 뿐만 아니라 is spaced; only the fused ending -(으)ㄹ뿐더러 is written solid.
- Learn the swap table, not new grammar. Formal writing is mostly your spoken connectives promoted: -고 -> -(으)며, -(으)니까 -> -(으)므로, -(으)려고 -> -고자, -자마자 -> -자. Meaning identical, register up.
- -(으)며 does double duty. It lists (“and”) when the clauses are separate facts and marks simultaneity (“while”) when one subject does two things at once - 웃으며 말했다 (useumyeo malhaetda, said with a smile). Context disambiguates.
- Spacing tells 의존명사 from 어미. When 바/뿐 means “the fact” or “only”, it is a bound noun and takes a space (조사한 바, 좋을 뿐만 아니라); when it fuses into an ending it does not (검토한바, 좋을뿐더러).
- These ride on 한다체. A formal passage is 한다체 sentence endings (간다, -았다, -(으)ㄹ 것이다) plus -(으)ㅁ nominalization plus these connectives - and never the polite 요. See lesson 58.
C1 65 / 68
Advanced scalar and role particles
고급 조사 조차·마저·은/는커녕·(으)로서
In short
Beyond plain 도 (too) and 만 (only), C1 Korean has a set of nuanced particles: scalar 조차/마저/까지 (three shades of even), the dismissive 은/는커녕 (far from X, not even Y), and the near-identical (으)로서 (in the role of) vs (으)로써 (by means of). Most of them carry a hidden constraint - a negative-polarity requirement or a formal register - that you must respect.
The rule
Step 1 - Three shades of even: 조차, 마저, 까지
All three attach directly to a noun and, like 도, push out 이/가, 은/는 and 을/를 (you never write *이름을조차) - unlike 만, which happily stacks with them (너만을, 이것만은). They differ in attitude:
- 조차 - even the most basic/expected thing, and it is negative-leaning: it almost always sits in a sentence about something missing or failing. 이름조차 몰라요 (ireumjocha mollayo) - doesn’t even know the name.
- 마저 - even the last remaining one too, usually with regret: the final member you were counting on also goes. 너마저 떠났어요 (neomajeo tteonasseoyo) - even you left me.
- 까지 - even, going as far as, reaching an extreme end point. This one is neutral - it works in welcome climaxes as well as unwelcome ones. 집까지 팔았어요 (jipkkaji parasseoyo) - he even sold his house.
Step 2 - Dismissal: 은/는커녕
Noun + 은/는커녕 means far from X, not even Y - it rejects X as absurdly out of reach and then names something much smaller that also failed. It selects 은 after a 받침 and 는 after a vowel, exactly like the topic particle. The second clause is downgraded and usually negated with 도:
- 밥은커녕 물도 못 마셨어요. (Babeunkeonyeong muldo mot masyeosseoyo.) - Far from eating, I couldn’t even drink water.
Step 3 - Role vs instrument: (으)로서 and (으)로써
Both grow out of the particle (으)로, and both take 으로 after a 받침, 로 after a vowel, and 로 after a ㄹ-final noun (like 서울로) - never *으 after ㄹ.
- (으)로서 = as, in the capacity/role of. 교사로서 (gyosaroseo) - as a teacher.
- (으)로써 = by means of, with, through. 대화로써 (daehwarosseo) - through dialogue.
Mnemonic: 로써 hides 쓰다 (to use), so 로써 = by using = instrument; 로서 is your status.
Step 4 - The rest of the toolkit
A cluster of smaller particles rounds out C1 fluency (see the table below): 대로 (as per), 뿐 (only, merely), 치고(는) (for a …, considering), 에다가 (onto, in addition), (이)라도 (… at least), (이)든지 (any-, no matter), 씩 (each, at a time), (이)나마 (even just, though inadequate), (이)야말로 (precisely, of all things). Two subject-marking specials also belong here: 에서 can mark an organization as subject (정부에서 발표했어요 - the government announced), and honorific 께서 replaces 이/가 for an honored subject (할아버지께서 오셨어요). Finally, formal 마는 attaches to a full sentence ending as a concession (가고 싶습니다마는 시간이 없습니다 - I’d like to go, but there’s no time), and 만은 = 만 + 은 stresses a single exception (이것만은 포기할 수 없어요 - this one thing I can’t give up).
Forms & patterns
Scalar particles compared (all replace 이/가·은/는·을/를):
| Particle | Force | Polarity | Example |
|---|
| 도 | also, too | neutral | 저도 가요 (jeodo gayo) I’ll go too |
| 까지 | even, as far as (extreme) | either | 집까지 팔았어요 (jipkkaji parasseoyo) even sold the house |
| 조차 | even (the bare minimum) | negative-leaning | 이름조차 몰라요 (ireumjocha mollayo) doesn’t even know the name |
| 마저 | even the last one too | regret / unwelcome | 너마저 떠났어요 (neomajeo tteonasseoyo) even you left |
| 은/는커녕 | far from X, not even Y | strongly negative | 밥은커녕 물도 (babeunkeonyeong muldo) not even water, let alone food |
Allomorph selection (note how ㄹ splits the two families):
| Attaches to | 은/는커녕 | (으)로서 (role) | (으)로써 (means) |
|---|
| after vowel (커피, 교사, 대화) | 커피는커녕 (keopineunkeonyeong) | 교사로서 (gyosaroseo) | 대화로써 (daehwarosseo) |
| after 받침 (밥, 학생, 힘) | 밥은커녕 (babeunkeonyeong) | 학생으로서 (haksaengeuroseo) | 힘으로써 (himeurosseo) |
| after ㄹ (물, 딸, 말) | 물은커녕 (mureunkeonyeong) | 딸로서 (ttalloseo) | 말로써 (mallosseo) |
The smaller particles at a glance:
| Particle | Meaning | Example |
|---|
| 대로 | as per, in accordance with | 말한 대로 (malhan daero) as (you) said; noun-bound: 약속대로 (yaksokdaero) |
| 뿐 | only, merely | 이것뿐이에요 (igeotppunieyo) this is all; 뿐만 아니라 (ppunman anira) not only |
| 치고(는) | for a …, considering | 겨울치고 따뜻해요 (gyeoulchigo ttatteutaeyo) warm for winter |
| 에다가 | onto, in addition to | 공책에다가 써요 (gongchaegedaga sseoyo) write it in the notebook |
| (이)라도 | … at least, even … | 물이라도 마셔요 (murirado masyeoyo) at least drink water |
| (이)든지 | any-, no matter which | 언제든지 오세요 (eonjedeunji oseyo) come anytime |
| 씩 | each, apiece, at a time (strictly a suffix, 접미사) | 하나씩 주세요 (hanassik juseyo) give one each |
| (이)나마 | even just (though inadequate) | 조금이나마 도움이 돼요 (jogeuminama doumi dwaeyo) it helps even a little |
| (이)야말로 | precisely, … of all | 이것이야말로 진짜예요 (igeosiyamallo jinjjayeyo) this is the real thing |
Examples
- 그 사람은 제 이름조차 몰라요. (Geu sarameun je ireumjocha mollayo.) - That person doesn’t even know my name.
- 친한 친구마저 저를 떠났어요. (Chinhan chingumajeo jeoreul tteonasseoyo.) - Even my close friend left me.
- 그 사람은 집까지 팔았어요. (Geu sarameun jipkkaji parasseoyo.) - He even went so far as to sell his house.
- 밥은커녕 물도 못 마셨어요. (Babeunkeonyeong muldo mot masyeosseoyo.) - Far from eating, I couldn’t even drink water.
- 교사로서 최선을 다해요. (Gyosaroseo choeseoneul dahaeyo.) - As a teacher, I do my best.
- 대화로써 문제를 풀어요. (Daehwarosseo munjereul pureoyo.) - We solve problems through dialogue.
- 계획한 대로 진행해요. (Gyehoekan daero jinhaenghaeyo.) - We proceed as planned.
- 매일 조금씩 공부해요. (Maeil jogeumssik gongbuhaeyo.) - I study a little bit each day.
- 시간이 없으면 이메일이라도 보내세요. (Sigani eopseumyeon imeirirado bonaeseyo.) - If you have no time, at least send an email.
- 정부에서 새 정책을 발표했어요. (Jeongbueseo sae jeongchaegeul balpyohaesseoyo.) - The government announced a new policy.
Common mistakes
- 밥는커녕 물도 못 마셨어요. (Babneunkeonyeong muldo mot masyeosseoyo.) -> 밥은커녕 물도 못 마셨어요. (Babeunkeonyeong muldo mot masyeosseoyo.) - 은/는커녕 picks its allomorph by the preceding 받침 just like the topic particle. 밥 ends in ㅂ, so it must be 은커녕.
- 대화로서 문제를 풀어요. (Daehwaroseo munjereul pureoyo.) -> 대화로써 문제를 풀어요. (Daehwarosseo munjereul pureoyo.) - 로서 is a role/status; a tool or method is 로써. Remember 로써 = 쓰다, by using.
- 선물조차 받아서 기뻐요. (Seonmuljocha badaseo gippeoyo.) -> 선물까지 받아서 기뻐요. (Seonmulkkaji badaseo gippeoyo.) - 조차 is negative-leaning and clashes with a happy climax; for a welcome extreme use 까지.
- 밥은커녕 물을 많이 마셨어요. (Babeunkeonyeong mureul mani masyeosseoyo.) -> 밥은커녕 물도 못 마셨어요. (Babeunkeonyeong muldo mot masyeosseoyo.) - After 은/는커녕 the second clause must be something even lesser, normally negated with 도 - not a positive abundance.
- 계획한대로 진행해요. (Gyehoekandaero jinhaenghaeyo.) -> 계획한 대로 진행해요. (Gyehoekan daero jinhaenghaeyo.) - After a verb modifier, bound-noun 대로 takes a space. It attaches solid only to a plain noun: 약속대로.
Tips
- A ladder for even: 도 < 까지 < 조차 < 마저. 도 is neutral, 까지 marks an extreme (either direction), 조차 adds even the bare minimum failed (negative), and 마저 adds the last one I had left, too (regret). When you mean “not even ___”, reach for 조차.
- 로써 = 쓰다 (to use). The double 써 borrows the verb to use, so 로써 is always the instrument or method; 로서 is the hat you are wearing (교사로서, 부모로서, 친구로서).
- ㄹ splits the two particle families. 은/는커녕 treats a ㄹ-final noun as a consonant (물은커녕), but (으)로서/(으)로써 treats it like a vowel and drops the 으 (딸로서, 말로써) - the same rule that gives 서울로, not *서울으로.
- Register: these lean formal or literary. 로써, 은/는커녕, (이)야말로, (이)나마 and 마는 belong to writing and careful speech; casual speech prefers plain 로, 도, or 는 무슨. 에서-as-subject and 께서 are the subject markers you meet in news, reports and announcements.
In short
This is the bookish end of “even if / even though.” Where speech uses -아/어도 and -더라도 (lesson 49), essays and editorials reach for -(으)ㄹ지라도 (emphatic “even if”), rhetorical -(으)ㄴ들 (“even if - what good is it?”), and -(으)ㄹ망정 (“though X, … Y” - with 차라리, “I’d rather X than Y”). Recognize them for reading first; use the colloquial -아/어 봤자 (“even if - it’s no use”) when you actually speak.
The rule
These endings all grant a clause and push past it, exactly like the B1 concessives - but they carry a formal, written register, and several add a rhetorical or preference twist that plain -아/어도 does not. An adverb up front telegraphs which ending is coming: 설령/설사 (even supposing), 비록 (although), 아무리 (no matter how), 차라리 (rather).
Step 1 - -(으)ㄹ지라도: emphatic literary “even if / even though”
The written upgrade of -더라도. Attach -ㄹ지라도 after a vowel or ㄹ, -을지라도 after a 받침: 가다 -> 갈지라도 (galjirado), 먹다 -> 먹을지라도 (meogeuljirado). It handles both a hypothesis and a granted fact, and pairs with 설령 (seollyeong, even supposing) or factual 비록 (birok, although): 설령 실패할지라도 (seollyeong silpaehaljirado, even if I should fail).
Step 2 - -(으)ㄴ들: the rhetorical “even if”
-ㄴ들 after a vowel/ㄹ, -은들 after a 받침: 가다 -> 간들 (gandeul), 먹다 -> 먹은들 (meogeundeul). It is almost always rhetorical - the main clause is a “what use is it?” question or a flat 소용없다 (soyongeopda, it’s no use): 지금 간들 소용없어요 (jigeum gandeul soyongeopseoyo, even if I go now, it’s no use). Pairs with 아무리.
Step 3 - -(으)ㄹ망정 and -(으)ㄹ지언정: preference under sacrifice
Their dictionary sense is concessive contrast - 표준국어대사전 defines -(으)ㄹ망정 as “앞 절의 사실을 인정하고 뒤 절에 그와 대립되는 다른 사실을 이어 말할 때에 쓰는 연결 어미” (“grant the first clause, then say something that stands against it”) and -(으)ㄹ지언정 as the same thing with a stronger feel. The pattern you actually meet, though, is 차라리 + the ending + a refusal, which reads “I would rather X than Y”: there the -(으)ㄹ망정 / -(으)ㄹ지언정 clause is the hardship you accept and the main clause is what you refuse: 굶을망정 빌리지는 않겠어요 (gulmeulmangjeong billijineun ankesseoyo, I’d rather starve than borrow). Attachment is the (으)ㄹ pattern: 굶다 -> 굶을망정, 지다 -> 질지언정. They pair with 차라리 (charari, rather). 지언정 is even more formal than 망정 and stresses the refusal.
Step 4 - -기로서니 and -(느)ㄴ다손 치더라도: “granted that / even supposing”
-기로서니 attaches to the plain stem and concedes a reason (“granted it’s so, that’s no excuse”); it lives in rhetorical questions with 아무리: 아무리 바쁘기로서니 (amuri bappeugiroseoni, no matter how busy you are). -(느)ㄴ다손 치더라도 stacks the plain declarative (-(느)ㄴ다/-다) onto 손 치더라도 for a very literary “even supposing that”: 가다 -> 간다손 치더라도 (gandason chideorado).
Step 5 - -아/어 봤자 / -았자: the colloquial counterpart
Everything above is reading-and-writing register. In speech the concessive of choice - besides -아/어도 and -더라도 - is -아/어 봤자 (the auxiliary 보다, written with a space by default): 가 봤자 소용없어요 (ga bwatja soyongeopseoyo, even if you go, it’s no use). 봤자 is not a word of its own - it is 보- plus the ending -았자, which is why the two are the same thing; 표준국어대사전 lists -았자/-었자 as an ending in its own right, but it is used almost only in this -아/어 봤자 frame. It means “even if you try, at most / it’s pointless.”
The (으)-type endings by stem ending:
| Stem ends in… | -(으)ㄹ지라도 | -(으)ㄴ들 | -(으)ㄹ망정 / -(으)ㄹ지언정 |
|---|
| a vowel (가다 gada) | 갈지라도 (galjirado) | 간들 (gandeul) | 갈망정 / 갈지언정 (galmangjeong / galjieonjeong) |
| a 받침 (먹다 meokda) | 먹을지라도 (meogeuljirado) | 먹은들 (meogeundeul) | 먹을망정 / 먹을지언정 (meogeulmangjeong / meogeuljieonjeong) |
| ㄹ-stem (살다 salda) | 살지라도 (saljirado) | 산들 (sandeul, ㄹ drops) | 살망정 / 살지언정 (salmangjeong / saljieonjeong) |
ㅂ-irregular stems take the vowel form: 어렵다 -> 어려울지라도 (eoryeouljirado).
The endings that don’t take (으):
| Ending | Attaches to | Verb (가다) | Adjective (좋다) |
|---|
| -기로서니 | plain stem | 가기로서니 (gagiroseoni) | 좋기로서니 (jokiroseoni) |
| -아/어 봤자 | the 아/어 form + 봤자 | 가 봤자 (ga bwatja) | 좋아 봤자 (joa bwatja) |
| -(느)ㄴ다손 치더라도 | plain declarative + 손 치더라도 | 간다손 치더라도 (gandason chideorado) | 좋다손 치더라도 (jotason chideorado) |
Register - which to read, which to say:
| Ending | Nuance | Where you meet it |
|---|
| -(으)ㄹ지라도 | emphatic “even if / though” | editorials, essays, TOPIK reading |
| -(으)ㄴ들 | rhetorical “even if - what use?“ | literary, proverbs |
| -(으)ㄹ망정 | accept the sacrifice, refuse the rest | formal writing, determined speech |
| -(으)ㄹ지언정 | ”rather X than Y,” stresses refusal | very literary / formal |
| -기로서니 | ”granted that - even so” | semi-formal; spoken rhetorical questions |
| -(느)ㄴ다손 치더라도 | ”even supposing that” | very literary / formal |
| -아/어 봤자, -았자 | ”even if - it’s no use / at most” | colloquial, everyday |
| -더라도 (L51) | emphatic “even if” | all-round, spoken & written |
Adverbs that flag the ending:
| Adverb | Meaning | Typical partner ending |
|---|
| 설령 / 설사 (seollyeong / seolsa) | even supposing | -(으)ㄹ지라도, -(느)ㄴ다손 치더라도 |
| 비록 (birok) | although (fact) | -(으)ㄹ지라도, -지만, -아/어도 |
| 아무리 (amuri) | no matter how | -기로서니, -(으)ㄴ들, -아/어도 |
| 차라리 (charari) | (would) rather | -(으)ㄹ망정, -(으)ㄹ지언정 |
Examples
- 설령 실패할지라도 다시 시작할 거예요. (Seollyeong silpaehaljirado dasi sijakhal geoyeyo.) - Even if I fail, I’ll start over.
- 비록 작을지라도 저는 이 집이 좋아요. (Birok jageuljirado jeoneun i jibi joayo.) - Even though it’s small, I like this house.
- 지금 후회한들 무슨 소용이 있어요? (Jigeum huhoehandeul museun soyongi isseoyo?) - Even if I regret it now, what use is it?
- 아무리 화가 난들 그런 말은 하면 안 돼요. (Amuri hwaga nandeul geureon mareun hamyeon an dwaeyo.) - No matter how angry you are, you shouldn’t say things like that.
- 차라리 굶을망정 남의 것을 훔치지는 않겠어요. (Charari gulmeulmangjeong namui geoseul humchijineun ankesseoyo.) - I’d rather starve than steal what belongs to others.
- 늦을지언정 대충 하지는 않아요. (Neujeuljieonjeong daechung hajineun anayo.) - I would rather be late than do a sloppy job.
- 아무리 바쁘기로서니 밥은 먹어야지요. (Amuri bappeugiroseoni babeun meogeoyajiyo.) - No matter how busy you are, you’ve got to eat.
- 그가 사실을 안다손 치더라도 달라지는 건 없어요. (Geuga sasireul andason chideorado dallajineun geon eopseoyo.) - Even supposing he knows the truth, nothing will change.
- 설사 내일 비가 온다손 치더라도 행사는 열려요. (Seolsa naeil biga ondason chideorado haengsaneun yeollyeoyo.) - Even supposing it rains tomorrow, the event will still be held.
- 지금 서둘러 봤자 기차를 놓칠 거예요. (Jigeum seodulleo bwatja gichareul nochil geoyeyo.) - Even if you hurry now, you’ll miss the train.
Common mistakes
- 가은들 소용없어요 (gaeundeul soyongeopseoyo) -> 간들 소용없어요 (gandeul soyongeopseoyo) - a vowel stem takes just -ㄴ들 (간들); -은들 is only after a 받침 (먹은들).
- 빌릴망정 굶지는 않겠어요 (billilmangjeong gumjineun ankesseoyo) -> 굶을망정 빌리지는 않겠어요 (gulmeulmangjeong billijineun ankesseoyo) - the -(으)ㄹ망정 clause is the sacrifice you accept, the main clause is what you refuse; reversing them reverses your meaning.
- 바빠기로서니 (bappagiroseoni) -> 바쁘기로서니 (bappeugiroseoni) - -기로서니 attaches to the plain stem (바쁘-), never to the 아/어 form.
- 먹봤자 소용없어요 (meokbwatja soyongeopseoyo) -> 먹어 봤자 소용없어요 (meogeo bwatja soyongeopseoyo) - 봤자 is the auxiliary 보다, so the main verb must be in its 아/어 form (먹어), never the bare stem; and remember it is colloquial, not for essays. (Spacing: write 가 봤자 - but 한글 맞춤법 제47항 also allows the joined 가봤자, so that one is not an error.)
- 지금 간들 소용업어요 (jigeum gandeul soyongeobeoyo) -> 지금 간들 소용없어요 (jigeum gandeul soyongeopseoyo) - 없다 has 받침 ㅄ (없), not *업; a wrong 받침 is a different word.
Tips
- Let the adverb warn you. 설령/설사 -> a hypothetical ending is coming (-(으)ㄹ지라도, -(느)ㄴ다손 치더라도); 비록 -> a factual “although”; 아무리 -> “no matter how” (-기로서니, -(으)ㄴ들); 차라리 -> a “would rather” (-(으)ㄹ망정, -(으)ㄹ지언정).
- -(으)ㄴ들 needs a rhetorical partner. It nearly always sets up a question or 소용없다. If there’s no “what’s the point?” bite, you actually want plain -아/어도.
- 망정 vs 지언정 are twins - both “rather X than Y” - but 지언정 is the more formal, more emphatic refusal. Both outrank a bare 차라리.
- Read them, speak the plain ones. For output, -아/어도 (L51) and -아/어 봤자 carry you through conversation; -(으)ㄹ지라도 and -(느)ㄴ다손 치더라도 are what you decode in TOPIK reading and editorials.
C1 67 / 68
Advanced honorific usage and the archaic speech levels
고급 높임법과 하오체·하게체
In short
At C1 the honorific system is no longer about whether to be polite but about the borderline cases: honoring a person through their attribute - 연세가 많으세요 (yeonsega maneuseyo, is elderly) - while NOT honoring a mere object, the much-mocked 커피 나오셨습니다 (keopi naosyeotseumnida, your coffee has “graciously” come out). You also fix the retreat of 압존법, wield the professional object-honoring verbs (드리다, 올리다, 모시다, 여쭙다, 뵙다) and the frozen business-letter kit (-(으)시기 바랍니다, 귀하, 올림), and learn to recognize two dead speech levels - 하오체 and 하게체 - that you will read but never produce.
The rule
You already have the machinery: subject honorification with -(으)시- and 께서 (lesson 22) and the three-axis grid (lesson 45). This lesson is the fine print.
Step 1 - 간접높임 (indirect honorification): honor the person through what is theirs
When the grammatical subject is not the honored person but something that belongs to them - their age, body, words, time, health, family, home - the -(으)시- still goes on that noun’s predicate, and the respect reaches the person indirectly:
[Honored person]은/는 + [their attribute]이/가 + Predicate-(으)세요
- 선생님은 연세가 많으세요. (age -> 연세, so 많다 takes -(으)시-)
- 할머니는 손이 크세요. (soni keuseyo, is generous - lit. their hands are big)
- 사장님은 하실 말씀이 있으세요. (the boss’s 말씀 has -(으)시-)
The trap is over-extension. -(으)시- can only reach an attribute that is genuinely part of the honored person. A product, a price, a size, a stock status belongs to the shop, not the customer - so honoring it (사물존칭, object honorification) is ungrammatical and widely ridiculed:
- 커피 나오셨습니다 -> 커피 나왔습니다 (a cup of coffee cannot be honored)
- 품절이십니다 -> 품절입니다 (pumjeorimnida, being sold out is a fact about the product)
- 가격이 삼만 원이십니다 -> 삼만 원입니다 (samman wonimnida)
Step 2 - 압존법 (apjonbeop) and its modern retreat
압존법 is the old rule that you do not raise a middle-ranked subject in front of someone even higher. Traditionally, speaking to your grandfather about your father, you left the father plain: 할아버지, 아버지가 아직 안 왔습니다 (not 오셨습니다). Two things have changed. In the family the rule is now optional - most speakers happily say 아버지가 아직 안 오셨습니다. In the workplace the 국립국어원 standard reverses it outright: you keep the middle manager’s honorific even before the CEO - 사장님, 김 부장님께서 방금 나가셨습니다. Default to raising the middle person; 압존법 now survives mainly in the military and very traditional households.
Step 3 - Professional object honorification (객체 높임 / 극존칭)
In business the object-honoring axis is used constantly, and it adds one verb beyond lesson 45: 올리다 (ollida, to offer up), an even more deferential “give” than 드리다. Two moves fire together: the dative 에게/한테 rises to 께, and the verb swaps:
저/제가 + [superior]께 + [올리다 / 드리다 / 여쭙다 / 모시다]
- 이 서류는 부장님께 올리겠습니다. (submit upward - 올리다 outranks 드리다)
- 회장님을 공항까지 모시고 가겠습니다. (escort - 모시다)
Step 4 - The frozen business and public register
Formal notices and emails are assembled from a fixed kit of set phrases, not built from scratch. Learn them as chunks: -(으)시기 바랍니다 (we request that you…), -아/어 주시기 바랍니다 (please kindly…), -고자 합니다 (we wish to…; see lesson 64), the archaic-flavoured connective -(으)오니 (as/since…), the envelope title 귀하 (gwiha, Dear…), and the letter sign-offs 드림 / 올림 (from…; 올림 is the more humble).
Step 5 - Recognition only: 하오체 and 하게체
Two speech levels survive in reading but are effectively dead in speech. 하오체 uses -(으)오/-소 and an imperative -(으)오, which in the surviving frozen uses always carries -(으)시- as -(으)시오; it is a distant, once-authoritative register now heard in 사극 (historical dramas) and frozen on public signs - 미시오 (push), 당기시오 (pull), 돌아가시오 (detour). 하게체 uses -네, -게, -나?/-는가? with the pronoun 자네 and the address 여보게; it is how an older man addresses a younger adult he respects but outranks (a professor to a grad student, a father-in-law to a son-in-law) - dignified, not casual. You will never produce these: aimed at a stranger or a superior they sound archaic or condescending. Recognize the endings, then answer in 해요체 or 합쇼체.
간접높임 (correct) vs 사물존칭 (the criticized over-honoring):
| The subject is… | Honorific? | Correct form |
|---|
| the person’s age (연세) | yes - it is theirs | 연세가 많으세요 (yeonsega maneuseyo) |
| the person’s words (말씀) | yes | 말씀이 있으세요 (malsseumi isseuseyo) |
| the person’s time (시간) | yes | 시간 있으세요? (sigan isseuseyo?) |
| a coffee the shop made | NO | 커피 나왔습니다 (not 나오셨습니다) |
| a price / size / stock | NO | 품절입니다 (not 품절이십니다) |
Object-honoring verbs for professional use (극존칭):
| Plain | Object-honoring / humble | Note |
|---|
| 주다 (juda, give) | 드리다 / 올리다 (deurida / ollida) | 올리다 is the more ceremonial |
| 말하다 (malhada, say) | 말씀드리다 / 말씀 올리다 (malsseumdeurida) | speak to a superior |
| 만나다·보다 (mannada·boda) | 뵙다·뵈다 (boepda·boeda) | meet a superior |
| 묻다 (mutda, ask) | 여쭙다·여쭈다 (yeojjupda·yeojjuda) | ask a superior |
| 데리고 가다 (derigo gada) | 모시다 (mosida) | escort a superior |
| 에게·한테 (dative) | 께 (kke) | the particle rises too |
The business-register kit (assemble from these):
| Chunk | Function | Worked example |
|---|
| -(으)시기 바랍니다 | we request that you… | 참고하시기 바랍니다 (chamgohasigi baramnida, please note) |
| -아/어 주시기 바랍니다 | please kindly (do for us) | 확인해 주시기 바랍니다 (hwaginhae jusigi baramnida, please confirm) |
| -고자 합니다 | we wish / intend to | 안내드리고자 합니다 (annaedeurigoja hamnida, we wish to inform you) |
| -(으)오니 | formal “as / since” | 곧 시작되오니 (got sijakdoeoni, as it begins shortly) |
| 귀하 / 드림 / 올림 | envelope title / sign-off | 홍길동 귀하 (Hong Gildong gwiha); 김민수 올림 (Gim Minsu ollim) |
Recognition table - the two dead levels:
| Function | 하오체 (hao-che) | 하게체 (hage-che) |
|---|
| statement | -(으)오 / -소: 가오 (gao), 그러하오 (geureohao) | -네: 있네 (inne), 가네 (gane) |
| question | -오?: 어디 가오? (eodi gao?) | -나? / -는가?: 언제 왔나? (eonje wanna?) |
| command | -(으)오, in practice -(으)시오: 미시오 (misio), 앉으시오 (anjeusio) | -게: 오게 (oge), 이리 오게 (iri oge) |
| address | 당신, 그대; 여보 | 자네 (jane); 여보게 (yeoboge) |
| survives in | public signs, 사극, older speech | 사극, older man -> younger adult |
Examples
- 선생님은 연세가 많으세요. (Seonsaengnimeun yeonsega maneuseyo.) - The teacher is elderly. (indirect honorification: the age is theirs)
- 할머니는 손이 크세요. (Halmeonineun soni keuseyo.) - Grandmother is generous. (indirect: their hands)
- 사장님, 지금 시간 있으세요? (Sajangnim, jigeum sigan isseuseyo?) - Boss, do you have a moment now? (indirect: the boss’s time)
- 주문하신 음료 나왔습니다. (Jumunhasin eumnyo nawatseumnida.) - Your drink is ready. (the drink is not honored - not 나오셨습니다)
- 이 서류는 부장님께 올리겠습니다. (I seoryuneun bujangnimkke olligetseumnida.) - I’ll submit these documents to the manager. (올리다)
- 회장님을 공항까지 모시고 가겠습니다. (Hoejangnimeul gonghangkkaji mosigo gagetseumnida.) - I’ll escort the chairman to the airport. (모시다)
- 행사가 곧 시작되오니 자리에 앉아 주시기 바랍니다. (Haengsaga got sijakdoeoni jarie anja jusigi baramnida.) - The event will begin shortly; please take your seats. (business kit)
- 자세한 내용을 안내드리고자 합니다. (Jasehan naeyongeul annaedeurigoja hamnida.) - We would like to inform you of the details. (business kit)
- 문을 미시오. (Muneul misio.) - Push the door. (하오체, a frozen public-sign form)
- 여보게, 이리 좀 오게. (Yeoboge, iri jom oge.) - Say, come over here a moment. (하게체, an older speaker to a younger adult)
Common mistakes
- 커피 나오셨습니다. (Keopi naosyeotseumnida.) -> 커피 나왔습니다. (Keopi nawatseumnida.) - The 사물존칭 error: -(으)시- can honor the customer or something that belongs to them, never the product itself.
- 주문하신 사이즈는 품절이십니다. (… pumjeorisimnida.) -> 주문하신 사이즈는 품절입니다. (… pumjeorimnida.) - “Sold out” is a fact about the item, not the customer; 이십니다 wrongly honors 품절. Use the plain copula 입니다.
- 제가 말씀하시겠습니다. (Jega malsseumhasigetseumnida.) -> 제가 말씀드리겠습니다. (Jega malsseumdeurigetseumnida.) - About your own speaking to a superior use the humble 말씀드리다; -(으)시- here would honor yourself.
- 사장님, 김 부장 지금 자리에 없습니다. (Sajangnim, Gim bujang jigeum jarie eopseumnida.) -> 사장님, 김 부장님 지금 자리에 안 계십니다. (… an gyesimnida.) - The modern workplace standard keeps the middle manager’s honorific even before the CEO; don’t strip 부장님’s respect (압존법 retreat).
- (to a customer) 어서 오게. (Eoseo oge.) -> 어서 오세요. (Eoseo oseyo.) - 하게체 is not “polite”; aimed at a stranger or a superior it sounds condescending and archaic. Produce 해요체/합쇼체.
Tips
- The -(으)시- test: “whose is it?” Attach -(으)시- only to the honored person or to a noun that is genuinely part of them - age, hands, words, time, health, family. A latte, a price, a size, a stock level belongs to the shop, not the customer, so it takes 나왔습니다 / 입니다, never 나오셨습니다 / 이십니다. Fixing this 사물존칭 marks you as a careful speaker.
- 올리다 outranks 드리다. Both are humble “give upward,” but 올리다 is the ceremonial one - 인사를 올리다 (pay respects), 말씀을 올리다, and the letter closing 올림 (more deferential than 드림).
- Read 하오체/하게체, don’t speak them. Meet them in 사극, in an old man’s dialogue in a novel, and frozen on signs (미시오, 당기시오, 돌아가시오). Register the endings -(으)오/-소 and -네/-게/-나 as “period-piece polite,” then reply in 해요체.
- Business boilerplate is a chunk kit. -(으)시기 바랍니다, -아/어 주시기 바랍니다, -고자 합니다, 귀하 / 드림 / 올림. You assemble notices and formal emails from these fixed pieces, not word by word.
C1 68 / 68
Advanced idiomatic and evaluative patterns
고급 관용 표현 -기 마련이다·-는 법이다
In short
These are frozen evaluative predicate frames: a nominalizer (-기) or a bound noun (법, 따름, 리, 나머지, 바, 셈) sits at the end of a clause and stamps a fixed stance on it - inevitability, likelihood, futility, or “it depends.” 누구나 실수하기 마련이에요 (nuguna silsuhagi maryeonieyo, everyone is bound to make mistakes) is not “makes a mistake” plus a word; it is one set expression meaning it’s only natural to. Learn each as a chunk, and learn its register - some are everyday 해요체, others belong to editorials and speeches.
The rule
Step 1 - The shared machinery, and the two spacing families
Every pattern here is clause + connector + 이다 (or 없다, or 치다 in 셈 치고). The connector is either the nominalizer -기 (glued to the stem, then a space) or a bound noun after a modifier ending (-(으)ㄴ / -는 / -(으)ㄹ, then a space). The tail carries the sentence: copula 이다 -> 해요체 -이에요 after a consonant, -예요 after a vowel (마련이에요, 법이에요, 십상이에요 but 일쑤예요), or 없다 -> 없어요. Because these are set idioms, the register is baked in - keep spoken frames out of formal prose and editorial frames out of casual chat.
Step 2 - Inevitability and natural law: -기 마련이다, -는 법이다
Stem + -기 마련이다 (= -게 마련이다, fully interchangeable) says an outcome is only natural, bound to happen: 누구나 실수하기 마련이에요 = 누구나 실수하게 마련이에요 (nuguna silsuhage maryeonieyo). -는 법이다 (“법”, law, the way of things) is close but more sententious, the tone of a maxim: verbs take -는, adjectives -(으)ㄴ. 노력하면 성공하는 법이에요 (noryeokhamyeon seonggonghaneun beobieyo, work hard and you succeed - that’s how it goes). Both are natural in speech and in writing.
Step 3 - Likelihood and bad habit (negative only): -기 십상이다, -기 일쑤이다
Both attach to -기 and both are reserved for undesirable outcomes. -기 십상이다 = all too likely to (end badly): 급하게 먹으면 체하기 십상이에요 (geuphage meogeumyeon chehagi sipsangieyo, eat in a hurry and you’re all too likely to get indigestion). -기 일쑤이다 = does the bad thing habitually, a narrative/written flavour: 지각하기 일쑤예요 (jigakhagi ilssuyeyo, is forever turning up late). Never use either for a welcome result - that is 마련이다’s job.
Step 4 - Limitation and impossibility: -(으)ㄹ 따름이다, -(으)ㄹ 리가 없다
-(으)ㄹ 따름이다 (“따름”, bound noun) = nothing but / can only, a formal, self-effacing register: 그저 감사할 따름이에요 (geujeo gamsahal ttareumieyo, I’m nothing but grateful). -(으)ㄹ 리가 없다 (“리”, reason) denies a possibility outright - there’s no way that: 그 사람이 거짓말을 할 리가 없어요 (geu sarami geojinmareul hal riga eopseoyo). Both lock to the prospective -(으)ㄹ and take a space.
Step 5 - Excess-cause and the lesser evil: -(으)ㄴ 나머지, -(으)ㄹ 바에는
-(으)ㄴ 나머지 (“나머지”, remainder) marks an extreme cause spilling into a (usually bad) result - so much X that …. It names a cause already realized, so it takes the completed -(으)ㄴ: 너무 긴장한 나머지 이름을 잊어버렸어요 (neomu ginjanghan nameoji ireumeul ijeobeoryeosseoyo, I was so nervous I forgot my own name); editorial in tone. -(으)ㄹ 바에는 (also -(으)ㄹ 바에야) = rather than (this bad option), and pairs with 차라리 (charari, rather): 포기할 바에는 차라리 끝까지 해 볼래요 (pogihal baeneun charari kkeutkkaji hae bollaeyo, rather than give up, I’d sooner see it through).
Step 6 - Opportunistic and hypothetical connectives: -는 김에, -는 셈 치고
These join clauses rather than end them. -는 김에 (verb only; past -(으)ㄴ 김에) = while you’re already at it: 나가는 김에 우유 좀 사다 주세요 (naganeun gime uyu jom sada juseyo). -는 셈 치고 = supposing / as if, treat a fiction as true and act on it: 속는 셈 치고 한번 믿어 볼게요 (songneun sem chigo hanbeon mideo bolgeyo, I’ll trust you this once, as if letting myself be fooled).
Step 7 - Contingency and framing: -기 나름이다, -는 데(에) 있어서
-기 나름이다 (also N 나름이다) = it all depends on how: 모든 일은 마음먹기 나름이에요 (modeun ireun maeummeokgi nareumieyo, everything depends on how you set your mind to it). -는 데(에) 있어서 = when it comes to / in doing, a formal calque for essays and speeches: 외국어를 배우는 데 있어서 꾸준함이 제일 중요해요 (oegugeoreul baeuneun de isseoseo kkujunhami jeil jungyohaeyo). In casual 해요체 Koreans just drop it (배울 때 / 배우려면).
Step 8 - 사자성어 and 속담: when they land, when they clang
사자성어 (sajaseongeo, four-character Sino-Korean idioms like 고진감래, gojingamnae, bitter first, sweet later) read as erudite: they land in essays, editorials, toasts and formal speeches, usually flagged with …(이)라는 말이 있듯이 (as the saying goes). Stacking several into casual chat sounds like showing off. 속담 (sokdam, native proverbs like 티끌 모아 태산, tikkeul moa taesan, dust piled up makes a mountain) are the folksy counterpart - warm in conversation, flagged with 옛말에 …(이)라고 하잖아요 - but preachy if overused. Rule of thumb: one, placed well, at the right register.
Attachment shape, spacing, and a model sentence for each frame:
| Pattern | Attaches via | Model phrase | Register | Sense |
|---|
| -기 마련이다 / -게 마련이다 | -기 (glued) + space | 실수하기 마련이다 (silsuhagi) | both | bound to / only natural |
| -는 법이다 | -는 / adj -(으)ㄴ | 성공하는 법이다 (seonggonghaneun) | both, sententious | that’s the way of it |
| -기 십상이다 | -기 + space | 체하기 십상이다 (chehagi) | spoken | all too likely (bad) |
| -기 일쑤이다 | -기 + space | 지각하기 일쑤이다 (jigakhagi) | written | habitually (bad) |
| -(으)ㄹ 따름이다 | -(으)ㄹ + space | 감사할 따름이다 (gamsahal) | formal | nothing but / can only |
| -(으)ㄹ 리가 없다 | -(으)ㄹ + space | 할 리가 없다 (hal) | both | there’s no way that |
| -(으)ㄴ 나머지 | -(으)ㄴ (completed) + space | 긴장한 나머지 (ginjanghan) | editorial | so much X that (excess) |
| -(으)ㄹ 바에는 | -(으)ㄹ + space | 포기할 바에는 (pogihal) | emphatic | rather than |
| -는 김에 | verb -는 / -(으)ㄴ | 나가는 김에 (naganeun) | spoken | while you’re at it |
| -는 셈 치고 | verb -는 | 속는 셈 치고 (songneun) | spoken | supposing / as if |
| -기 나름이다 | -기 (or N) + space | 마음먹기 나름이다 (maeummeokgi) | both | depends on how |
| -는 데(에) 있어서 | verb -는 | 배우는 데 있어서 (baeuneun) | formal | when it comes to |
Two spacing families - the single test that keeps them straight:
| Family | Members | Rule |
|---|
| Nominalizer -기 (glued to stem, then space) | 마련, 십상, 일쑤, 나름 | stem + -기 with no space, then a space before the idiom word (마련 alone also allows the -게 variant) |
| Bound noun after a modifier ending | 법, 따름, 리, 나머지, 바, 셈, 데 | pick -(으)ㄴ / -는 / -(으)ㄹ by word class and tense, then a space before the noun |
사자성어 vs 속담 - erudite vs folksy:
| Type | Example | Register | Typically flagged with |
|---|
| 사자성어 (four-character) | 고진감래 (gojingamnae, hardship then reward) | erudite - essays, toasts, speeches | …(이)라는 말이 있듯이 |
| 속담 (proverb) | 티끌 모아 태산 (tikkeul moa taesan, specks of dust piled up make a great mountain) | folksy - conversation | 옛말에 …(이)라고 하잖아요 |
Examples
- 누구나 실수하기 마련이에요. (Nuguna silsuhagi maryeonieyo.) - Everyone is bound to make mistakes.
- 노력하면 성공하는 법이에요. (Noryeokhamyeon seonggonghaneun beobieyo.) - Work hard and you succeed - that’s the way it goes.
- 급하게 먹으면 체하기 십상이에요. (Geuphage meogeumyeon chehagi sipsangieyo.) - If you eat in a hurry, you’re all too likely to get indigestion.
- 동생은 지각하기 일쑤예요. (Dongsaengeun jigakhagi ilssuyeyo.) - My younger sibling is forever turning up late.
- 그저 감사할 따름이에요. (Geujeo gamsahal ttareumieyo.) - I’m nothing but grateful.
- 나가는 김에 우유 좀 사다 주세요. (Naganeun gime uyu jom sada juseyo.) - While you’re heading out, please pick up some milk.
- 속는 셈 치고 한번 믿어 볼게요. (Songneun sem chigo hanbeon mideo bolgeyo.) - I’ll trust you this once, as if letting myself be fooled.
- 너무 긴장한 나머지 이름을 잊어버렸어요. (Neomu ginjanghan nameoji ireumeul ijeobeoryeosseoyo.) - I was so nervous that I forgot my own name.
- 그 사람이 거짓말을 할 리가 없어요. (Geu sarami geojinmareul hal riga eopseoyo.) - There’s no way that person would lie.
- 모든 일은 마음먹기 나름이에요. (Modeun ireun maeummeokgi nareumieyo.) - Everything depends on how you set your mind to it.
Common mistakes
- 실수하는 마련이에요 (silsuhaneun maryeonieyo) -> 실수하기 마련이에요 (silsuhagi maryeonieyo) - 마련이다 sits on the nominalizer -기, never on the modifier -는. You’re bound to make mistakes.
- 너무 긴장하는 나머지 이름을 잊어버렸어요 (neomu ginjanghaneun nameoji…) -> 너무 긴장한 나머지 이름을 잊어버렸어요 (neomu ginjanghan nameoji…) - 나머지 names a cause already realized, so it takes the completed -(으)ㄴ, not -는. I was so nervous I forgot my name.
- 그저 감사할따름이에요 (geujeo gamsahalttareumieyo) -> 그저 감사할 따름이에요 (geujeo gamsahal ttareumieyo) - 따름 is a bound noun, so a space follows the -(으)ㄹ form (same for 리, 셈, 나머지). I’m nothing but grateful.
- 그 사람이 거짓말을 하는 리가 없어요 (… haneun riga eopseoyo) -> 그 사람이 거짓말을 할 리가 없어요 (… hal riga eopseoyo) - 리 locks to the prospective -(으)ㄹ, never -는. There’s no way that person would lie.
- 열심히 하면 성공하기 십상이에요 (yeolsimhi hamyeon seonggonghagi sipsangieyo) -> 열심히 하면 성공하기 마련이에요 (yeolsimhi hamyeon seonggonghagi maryeonieyo) - 십상이다 and 일쑤이다 are for undesirable results only; a welcome, natural outcome takes 마련이다. Work hard and you’re bound to succeed.
Tips
- Spacing follows the family. If the frame is built on -기 (마련, 십상, 일쑤, 나름), glue -기 to the stem and space before the idiom. If it is built on a bound noun (법, 따름, 리, 나머지, 바, 셈, 데), first choose the modifier ending by word class and tense, then space. Get the family right and the spacing is automatic.
- The negative-outcome pair. 십상이다 (likely) and 일쑤이다 (habitual) only describe things going wrong; 마련이다 / 법이다 are neutral “that’s how it is.” Swapping them in reverses the meaning a native ear expects.
- -는 데 있어서 is a formal false friend. It calques English “in doing / when it comes to,” so it fits speeches and essays but sounds stiff in chat - there, Koreans simply say 배울 때 or 배우려면. Do not sprinkle it into 해요체 conversation.
- Idiom dosage. A single well-placed 사자성어 (고진감래) dignifies a toast; a string of them in small talk reads as pretentious. 속담 (티끌 모아 태산) is the warm, folksy alternative - homely in speech, but preachy if you lean on it.